1
0
forked from mirrors/pacman

Compare commits

..

1728 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Dan McGee
d3d3b861ac Bump version to 4.0.0
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 13:52:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
a0d0f3f47f Final Transifex update before 4.0
We have a few incomplete translations, but these should be addressable
before the 4.0.1 maint release that is surely not that far in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 13:42:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
e1ae3a6038 pactest: add a better description
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 12:33:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
0c1a0a6d87 Add note to TRANSLATORS regarding Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 10:07:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a39172835 pacman-key: don't escape single quote in usage message
This screws up gettext and causes the message to display always
untranslated.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 09:07:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
d9c0a08e6d Document verifying source file signatures in makepkg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 09:07:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
8ac7cf6b1b Fix typo in PKGBUILD man page
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 09:07:20 -05:00
lolilolicon
4de3d9092e PKGBUILD.vim: fix epoch syntax highlighting
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 09:07:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
8cc4ed0d63 Update translations from Transifex
In prep for the 4.0.0 release.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-11 09:07:19 -05:00
Dave Reisner
abfa8370c0 dload: unhook error buffer after transfer finishes
Similar to what we did in edd9ed6a, disconnect the relationship with our
stack allocated error buffer from the curl handle. Just as an FTP
connection might have some network chatter on teardown causing the
progress callback to be triggered, we might also hit an error condition
that causes curl to write to our (now out of scope) error buffer.

I'm unable to reproduce FS#26327, but I have a suspicion that this
should fix it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-10 19:09:59 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
8f414cd040 pactree: Make error message smarter in register_syncs()
Our error message used to be very unclear when the configuration file
could not be found:

    $ ./pactree -lsr gtk
    error: failed to register sync DBs

Instead, display an accurate message and include the file name:

    $ ./pactree -lsr gtk
    error: config file /usr/local/etc/pacman.conf could not be read

Also, move the error message inside register_syncs() to allow for
differentiating between different errors that might require a handler in
the future.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-10 19:09:18 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
fb401f569e pactree: Add "--config" option
This allows for specifying an alternate configuration file path, similar
to pacman's "--config" option.

Given that there is currently no other way to tell pactree to read from
another configuration file (except for patching or symlinking), this
seems totally sensible - even if there are plans to refactor and/or
replace the standalone configuration file parser.

We do not define a short option for the sake of consistency with
pacman's set of command line options.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-10 19:09:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
36f31dd133 makepkg: strip comments after pkgver/pkgrel when checking value
Inline comments after pkgver or pkgrel would cause the sanity
checks to fail so remove them before checking the value.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-10 19:05:22 -05:00
Allan McRae
cc13f47532 Format pacsort and vercmp testsuite output
Make the output into a single block and add separators at the end
so that they do not merge into each other.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-07 09:21:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
9168977b3b Update NEWS for 4.0.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-06 02:13:41 -05:00
lolilolicon
22abe27bfa bacman: use globbing to get local package db path
The original code- pkg_dir="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)" is
problematic in several ways:

 - $pac_db and $pkg_name should be quoted, obviously.
 - It assumes pkgver always starts with an integer, while in fact
   it just can't contain ':' and '-'.
   Counterexample: the code breaks on lshw B.02.15-1.
 - It assumes there are no more than one directory matching the
   pattern.  While this should be the case if everything works
   perfectly, it certainly relies on external conditions.
   Counterexample: if the local db contains two packages named
   foo and foo-3g, even if everything else is perfect, the code
   will match two directories.

Don't make assumptions, use what is known.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-10-06 02:10:25 -05:00
lolilolicon
4928f9edc3 bacman: add tar.Z package creation support
bacman should support whatever makepkg does as PKGEXT.
Also remove obsolete $EXT variable.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-10-06 02:10:25 -05:00
lolilolicon
273cc66a8a bacman: small code cleanup
This includes:
 - Quoting fixes.
 - Drop deprecated mktemp option -p.
 - Set extglob nullglob shell options at the top.
 - Use extended globbing instead of regex to match %HEADER% in pacman db.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-10-06 02:10:25 -05:00
lolilolicon
7e5bbf0387 bacman: bashify using [[ ]] and (( ))
Another style change.  The [[ expression ]] form is particularly
cleaner, safer and more powerful than the [ expression ] form.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-10-06 02:10:24 -05:00
lolilolicon
3f937c8404 bacman: indent code using TAB
As every piece of code in the whole project uses TAB as indentation
character, bacman shouldn't be an exception.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-10-06 02:10:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
524847145d Enable CheckSpace by default in default config file
This will have to be picked up downstream of course, but addresses
FS#25684 now that this is a lot faster in 4.0 than it was in the
original 3.5 implementation.

Also make curl the first XferCommand listed, as we are moving away from
any other download program at this point.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 23:44:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8ca9b93f8 Update translation message catalogs in prep for 4.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 22:39:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
2df519f807 Add a top-level 'update-po' make target
This makes the maintainer's life (read: my life) a lot easier when
updating translation files to push to Transifex.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 22:36:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
dc7d691b20 Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 22:30:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
484d5ec624 pacman-key: treat foo-trusted as an ownertrust export file
This allows it to serve double-duty. In order to allow users to base
verification decisions off of both a valid signature and a trusted
signature, we need to assign some level of owner trust to the keys we
designate as trusted on import.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 22:00:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
ab7d2890a4 pacman-key: refine and clarify import/import-trustdb behavior
* --import now only imports keys from pubkey.gpg and does not import
  owner trust; if you want to have both simply run the operations in
  sequence.
* --import-trustdb has been simplified; it will overwrite existing
  values in the trust database as before, but there is no need to export
  it first as those values are safe if left untouched.
* Fix the manpage referring to a non-existent option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-05 21:55:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
cf0edb92ba Parse '0' as a valid package installed size
This was a bad oversight on my part, pointed out by Jakob. Whoops.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-04 15:31:17 -05:00
lolilolicon
94bc64ae1b makepkg: create tar file for bogus PKGEXT
If PKGEXT is not one of the recognized tar*'s, create_package() would
create an empty package file and fail, since bsdtar on the left side of
the pipe returns 141 on SIGPIPE (broken pipe).

This patch changes the behavior for an invalid PKGEXT. A warning is
printed on stderr, and a tar file is created. Also retire the obsolete
$EXT variable.

Add the obligatory comment why we don't use bsdtar's compression.
Finally, fix mixed-tab-space indentation.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-03 10:59:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
c4d6688694 Use _alpm_local_db_pkgpath in _cache_changelog_open
Another place where we were doing the dirty work by hand.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 11:08:49 -05:00
lolilolicon
b0543440ca makepkg: support .tar.Z source packages creation
SRCEXT should allow whatever PKGEXT does.
Also address an uninitialized use of $ret.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-09-30 10:57:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
39b0ac43fc Revamp scriptlet path formation for scriptlets in local database
Expose the current static get_pkgpath() function internally to the rest
of the library as _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(). This allows use of this
convenience function in add.c and remove.c when forming the path to the
scriptlet location.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:55:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
73139ccb3c Refactor _alpm_runscriptlet()
Add an is_archive parameter to reduce the amount of black magic going
on. Rework to use fewer PATH_MAX sized local variables, and simplify
some of the logic where appropriate in both this function and in the
callers where duplicate calls can be replaced by some conditional
parameter code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:55:58 -05:00
lolilolicon
6bb5948025 paccache: proper quoting in [[ expression ]]
Always quote the right-hand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:48:49 -05:00
lolilolicon
e0400fff96 paccache: declare variables explicitly
Declare and initialize integer variables 'needsroot' and 'verbose'.
Don't use the fact that (( undefined_variable )) evaluates to 0.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:48:43 -05:00
Dave Reisner
938fb2c878 pacman-key: remove errexit flag from shebang
We're ill equipped to be using this flag as we don't trap and respond to
the ERR signal. The result is that if is ever tripped, pacman-key will
instantly exit with no indication of why. At the same time, we're
already fairly good about doing our own error checking and verbalizing
it before dying.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:48:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
07ecd40a1a pacman-key: return 0 from get_from if default value used
This prevents the error trap being set off when GPGDir is commented
in pacman.conf.  Bug introduced in 507b01b9.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:48:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
6dfb9d35f8 Remove redundant transaction size output
Printing all of "Installed", "Removed" and "Net Upgrade" sizes is
redundant as the difference of the first two is the last. Instead,
only print "Installed Size" and "Net Upgrade Size" when both the
installed and removed are non-zero.

This results in the following output in the following cases:
 - package installation only: Installed Size
 - package removal only: Removed Size
 - package installation involving replacement: Installed + Net Upgrade Size
 - package upgrade: Installed + Net Upgrade Size
 - combination upgrade and installation: Installed + Net Upgrade Size

Download Size remains outputted whenever something is downloaded.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-30 10:48:01 -05:00
lolilolicon
83c05e71bc paccache: allow strictly integer for -k option
Verify the argument to -k is a non-negative integer.  Leading zeros
are simply stripped.

'declare -i keep' allowed the argument to -k to be any arithmetic
evaluation expression.  The simple assignment 'keep=$OPTARG' triggers
arithmetic evaluation implicitly, which can either consume a huge amount
of resources with input such as '2**2**32' or immediately produce an error
on invalid input.  Instead, we simply 'declare -- keep' and avoid all that.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-29 13:02:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
1463a9aa36 Remove redundant "removal" output in pure remove operation
Printing "[removal]" beside all package names is redundant when all
packages are being removed (i.e. when using -R).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-29 13:02:02 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ad8d3ceb89 move prevprogress onto payload handle
This is a poor place for it, and it will likely move again in the
future, but it's better to have it here than as a static variable.

Initialization of this variable is now no longer necessary as its
zeroed on creation of the payload struct.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-29 12:58:37 -05:00
lolilolicon
775b94e649 pkgdelta: proper quoting in [[ expression ]]
Always quote the right-hand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-09-28 14:09:01 -05:00
lolilolicon
497501d1c7 makepkg: proper quoting in [[ expression ]]
Always quote the righthand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern.  Quoting bash(1):

When the == and != operators are used, the string to the right of the
operator is considered a pattern.  Any part of the pattern may be quoted
to force it to be matched as a string.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
2011-09-28 13:06:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
d1af9b70c8 Refactor display_targets to not be recursive
This also fixes a memory leak and makes the dual-purpose "rows" variable
go away in favor of storing the rows and non-verbose names separately.

This also fixes some potential memory leaks and/or wrong behavior due to
the config->verbosepkglists flag being flipped, which we should never be
doing.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 13:01:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
e0acf2f144 Refactor download payload reset and free
This was done to squash a memory leak in the sync database download
code. When we downloaded a database and then reused the payload struct,
we could find ourselves calling get_fullpath() for the signatures and
overwriting non-freed values we had left over from the database
download.

Refactor the payload_free function into a payload_reset function that we
can call that does NOT free the payload itself, so we can reuse payload
structs. This also allows us to move the payload to the stack in some
call paths, relieving us of the need to alloc space.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 13:01:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
9a58d5c6c5 Initialize cURL library on first use
Rather than always initializing it on any handle creation. There are
several frontend operations (search, info, etc.) that never need the
download code, so spending time initializing this every single time is a
bit silly. This makes it a bit more like the GPGME code init path.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 13:01:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
83f99bfb39 Add more valgrind suppressions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 13:01:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8ed39ce05 verbose package lists: remove errant debugger
Left this in as part of the last set of commits, whoops.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 10:26:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
6f3a657f66 Always show download size if -w/--downloadonly was provided
The prompt can be rather confusing otherwise when all files have already
been downloaded, but there is not a single total size listed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 10:18:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
bcc6a5d72d Table format creation code cleanup
Better scoping of variables for the most part, and ensure we are using
string_length() and not strlen() as appropriate. Also refactor the
longest cell code to call string_length() a lot less; by simply using an
array of max sizes we don't have to recompute values nearly as much.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 10:17:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
1b8bb7c1cd Use unsigned types for indent width and column count
For getcols(), the functions we call return a value of type 'unsigned
short', so it makes sense for us to do the same.

string_length() is meant to behave like strlen(), so it should return
type size_t. This exposes other functions such as indentprint() which
should also be using signed return types.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 09:48:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
f682cbd433 Show download sizes when using -S/--sync
We now label the old 'Size' column as 'Net Change' to reflect the
reality of what we are looking at. Sync operations now get an additional
'Download Size' column.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:52:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
7edeb276b6 Keep track of explicitly added and removed packages
This allows us to sort the output list by showing all pulled
dependencies first, followed by the explicitly specified targets.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:52:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
bd83c8e756 Combine add and removal package list display
There was no real reason for these to be done separately.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:52:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
40a264478e Track unresolvable transaction packages
Rather than free them right away, keep the list on the transaction as
we already do with add and remove lists. This is necessary because we
may be manipulating pointers the frontend needs to refer to packages,
and we are breaking our contract as stated in the alpm_add_pkg()
documentation of only freeing packages at the end of a transaction.

This fixes an issue found when refactoring the package list display
code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:52:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
6e081a0c57 Move pacsave path construction code off the stack
This is definitely not in the normal hot path, so we can afford to do
some temporary heap allocation here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:48:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
98e0371ae3 Use the full buffer when computing md5/sha256 sums
No wonder these were slower than expected. We were only reading 4
(32-bit) or 8 (64-bit) bytes at a time and feeding it to the hash
functions. Define a buffer size constant and use it correctly so we feed
8K at a time into the hashing algorithm.

This cut one larger `-Sw --noconfirm` operation, with nothing to
actually download so only timing integrity, from 3.3s to 1.7s.

This has been broken since the original commit eba521913d introducing
OpenSSL usage for crypto hash functions. Boy do I feel stupid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:48:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
f66f9f11cd Fix memory leak in download payload->remote_name
In the sync code, we explicitly allocated a string for this field, while
in the dload code itself it was filled in with a pointer to another
string. This led to a memory leak in the sync download case.

Make remote_name non-const and always explicitly allocate it. This patch
ensures this as well as uses malloc + snprintf (rather than calloc) in
several codepaths, and eliminates the only use of PATH_MAX in the
download code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-28 04:48:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
ea3c47825e Revert "libalpm: compare pkgname with strcoll"
This commit was made with the intent of displaying "correctly" sorted
package lists to users. Here are some reasons I think this is incorrect:

* It is done in the wrong place. If a frontend application wants to show
  a different order of packages dependent on locale, it should do that
  on its own.
* Even if one wants a locale-specific order, almost all package names
  are all ASCII and language agnostic, so this different comparison
  makes little sense and may serve only to confuse people.
* _alpm_pkg_cmp was unlike any other comparator function. None of the
  rest had any dependency on anything but the content of the structs
  being compared (e.g., they only used strcmp() or other basic
  comparison operators).

This reverts commit 3e4d2c3aa6.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 20:24:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
69962184bb _alpm_splitdep: use malloc instead of calloc
There was only one simple to handle case where we left a field
uninitialized; set it to NULL and use malloc() instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 17:52:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
d8fab9b441 be_sync: fetch only entry mode, not full stat struct
This saves a lot of unnecessary work since we don't need any of the
other fields in the stat struct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 17:49:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
bf56fb6eb8 alpm_list: use malloc instead of calloc
In every case we were calling calloc, the struct we allocated (or the
memory to be used) is fully specified later in the method.

For alpm_list_t allocations, we always set all of data, next, and prev.

For list copying and transforming to an array, we always copy the entire
data element, so no need to zero it first.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 17:49:27 -05:00
Dave Reisner
619c3629ca makepkg: ensure '-' is last in a character glob
If '-' isn't the last item, it's interpreted as a range and not
literally, causing problematic behavior in parsing optdepends.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 11:35:17 -04:00
Dan McGee
e70d540501 pacman-key: use consistent punctuation in error messages
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 09:17:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa929e8258 Fix compilation using --without-gpgme
I'm really good at breaking this on a regular basis. If only we had some
sort of automated testing for this...

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 09:15:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
b242b2d050 Remove unnecessary logger
This is just a wrapper function; the real function we call logs an
almost identical line.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 09:08:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
47657107af Delay check for repository servers until we need them
In the sync download code, we added an early check in 6731d0a940 for
sync download server existence so we wouldn't show the same error over
and over for each file to be downloaded. Move this check into the
download block so we only run it if there are actually files that need
to be downloaded for this repository.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-27 07:53:38 -05:00
Allan McRae
5e13b2b6af Avoid comparison between signed and unsigned types
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 23:04:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
80b0f27125 Ensure fileconflict value is actually a string
When we switched to a file object and not just a simple string, we missed an
update along the way here in target-target conflicts. This patch looks
large, but it really comes down to one errant (char *) cast before that has
been reworked to explicitly point to the alpm_file_t object. The rest is
simply code cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 17:36:29 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d1fc3aec4c bash_completion: add completion for pacman-key
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:19 -05:00
Dave Reisner
507b01b912 pacman-key: allow get_from to return a default value
Keep the non-zero return val to let the caller know that the key wasn't
found.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:19 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b6ccae2d18 pacman-key: simplify writing to config file
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
dd82b8d09f makepkg: normalize whitespace for optdepends in .PKGINFO
Many PKGBUILDs use formatting whitespace when specifying optdepends.
This is removed when adding a package to a repo-database so the
output of "pacman -Si <package>" and "pacman -Qip <package file>"
becomes inconsistent.  Instead, do the adjustment when creating
the .PKGINFO file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
6adf502f0d makepkg: allow versioned optdepends with epoch
Allow the specification of versioned optdepends with an epoch.
This also (partially) enforces a whitespace between ":" and the
description which is required for the future optdepends parsing
code.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
d26d50e664 Revamp pacman signal handler
* All errors now go to stderr, so do the same here and simplify the
  writing of the error message.
* Add SIGHUP to the handled signal list, and don't repeat code.
* Attempt to release the transaction (e.g. remove the lock file)
  for all of HUP, INT, and TERM. Signals HUP and INT respects
  transaction state, TERM will immediately terminate the process.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-26 16:02:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
2517ba3303 Update Doxyfile and fix some documentation errors caught by Doxygen
A few parameters were outdated or wrongly named, and a few things were
explicitly linked that Doxygen wasn't able to resolve.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 16:37:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
c406949226 Ensure database validity flags are set in invalid signature case
We returned the right error code but never set the flags accordingly.
Also, now that we can bail early, ensure we set the error code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 16:01:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
1e0ed133f4 Handle key import errors correctly and with good error messages
This adds calls to gpgme_op_import_result() which we were not looking at
before to ensure the key was actually imported. Additionally, we do some
preemptive checks to ensure the keyring is even writable if we are going
to prompt the user to add things to it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 16:01:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
907e8af5be signing: be consistent with returning -1 for error cases
This also fixes a segfault found by dave when key_search is
unsuccessful; the key_search return code documentation has also been
updated to reflect reality.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 16:01:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
f1beb050a3 Update configure.ac version to rc2
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 12:08:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
43787d0067 Regenerate message catalogs and translations
We've had a bit of churn since the last time this was done.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:36:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
a78e3e3a23 Translation file updates from Transifex
Pick up any updates before I push new source messages out to the
service.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:35:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
1df9b2aa79 pacman-key: add an additional plain text 'foo-trusted' file
This is similar to the 'foo-revoked' file we had. This will be used to
inform the user what keys in the shipped keyring need to be explicitly
trusted by the user.

A distro such as Arch will likely have 3-4 master keys listed in this
trusted file, but an additional 25 developer keys present in the keyring
that the user shouldn't have to directly sign.

We use this list to prompt the user to sign the keys locally. If the key
is already signed locally gpg will print a bit of junk but will continue
without pestering the user.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:15:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
067721cbff pacman-key: factor out validate_with_gpg() method
This was copy-pasted code for the most part once the filename was
factored out.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:15:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
33685b960d pacman-key: remove holdkeys functionality
We're putting the cart ahead of the horse a bit here. Given that our
keyring is not one where everything is implicitly trusted (ala gpgv),
keeping or deleting a key has no bearing on its trusted status, only
whether we can actually verify things signed by said key.

If we need to address this down the road, we can find a solution that
works for the problem at hand rather than trying to solve it now before
signing is even widespread.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:15:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
595e1a437f pacman-key: implement promptless lsigning
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:15:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
7d961c849b pacman-key: disable, don't remove, revoked keys
Unlike our protégé apt-key, removing a key from our keyring is not
sufficient to prevent it from being trusted or used for verification. We
are better off flagging it as disabled and leaving it in the keyring so
it cannot be reimported or fetched at a later date from a keyserver and
continue to be used.

Implement the logic to disable the key instead of delete it, figuring
out --command-fd in the process.

Note that the surefire way to disable a key involves including said key
in the keyring package, such that it is both in foobar.gpg and
foobar-revoked.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:15:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
6767de5380 Add status and check for key being disabled
Because we aren't using gpgv and a dedicated keyring that is known to be
all safe, we should honor this flag being set on a given key in the
keyring to know to not honor it. This prevents a key from being
reimported that a user does not want to be used- instead of deleting,
one should mark it as disabled.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
213950afa3 pacman-key: simplify import in populate
This finishes the cleanup started in 710e83999b. We can do a straight
import from another keyring rather than all the funky parsing and piping
business we were doing.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
491b656c54 pacman-key: don't hide --verify details in populate
Otherwise we're hiding extremely relevant bits like this one:
    gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
    gpg:          There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
03e1b4caa9 pacman-key: print message in populate if signature is missing
Rather than saying it was invalid, tell the user no signature exists.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
a7691ba6fd pacman-key: clean up populate output
* Ensure usage message is indented correctly
* Show short filenames for both the gpg keyring and revocation file

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
4b6a5ae159 pacman-key: ensure array iterations are quoted
When doing something like `pacman-key --edit-key 'Dan McGee'`, one would
expect it to work, and not fail.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
765178c5ba Implement PGP key search and import
Add two new static methods, key_search() and key_import(), to our
growing list of signing code.

If we come across a key we do not have, attempt to look it up remotely
and ask the user if they wish to import said key. If they do, flag the
validation process as a potential 'retry', meaning it might succeed the
next time it is ran.

These depend on you having a 'keyserver hkp://foo.example.com' line in
your gpg.conf file in your gnupg home directory to function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:14:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ef7129a4a signing: document most undocumented functions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 11:06:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
4849a4596d Add _alpm_process_siglist() logic to failed package validation
This moves the result processing out of the validation check loop itself
and into a new loop. Errors will be presented to the user one-by-one
after we fully complete the validation loop, so they no longer overlap
the progress bar.

Unlike the database validation, we may have several errors to process in
sequence here, so we use a function-scoped struct to track all the
necessary information between seeing an error and asking the user about
it.

The older prompt_to_delete() callback logic is still kept, but only for
checksum failures. It is debatable whether we should do this at all or
just delegate said actions to the user.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:35:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
0a4a5cea97 Add new import key question enum value and stub frontend function
This is for eventual use by the PGP key import code. Breaking this into
a separate commit now makes the following patches a bit easier to
understand.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:35:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
3e4749fe3e Fix signature printing in package info
pm_asprintf() does not return a length as asprintf() does. Fail. Make
sure it is not -1 as that is the only failure condition.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:34:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
361ed6a600 config parsing: add note if libcurl disabled and no XferCommand
Just a helpful warning for those users in this unenviable position.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:33:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
e4690232d6 config parsing: include file and line number in more errors
Before:
    $ pacman -Si pacman
    error: invalid value for 'SigLevel' : 'FooValue'

After:
    $ ./src/pacman/pacman -Si pacman
    error: config file /etc/pacman.conf, line 88: invalid value for 'SigLevel' : 'FooValue'

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:33:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
ca58e326dc Pull option names out of messages in config parsing
This allows some message reuse, as well as making it clear to
translators what *not* to translate.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:33:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
69694edd2c Check capabilities in SigLevel option parsing
Only allow turning it on if the backend library has support for it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:32:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
d36d70d294 Add alpm_capabilities() method and enumeration
This allows a frontend program to query, at runtime, what the library
supports. This can be useful for sanity checking during config-
requiring a downloader or disallowing signature settings, for example.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:32:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
33f2518531 Move default siglevel value from backend to frontend
This takes the libraries hidden default out of the equation: hidden in
the sense that we can't even find out what it is until we create a
handle. This is a chicken-and-egg problem where we have probably already
parsed the config, so it is hard to get the bitmask value right.

Move it to the frontend so the caller can do whatever the heck they
want. This also exposes a shortcoming where the frontend doesn't know if
the library even supports signatures, so we should probably add a
alpm_capabilities() method which exposes things like HAS_DOWNLOADER,
HAS_SIGNATURES, etc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:32:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
01f5c9e79a validate_deltas: split verify/check errors loops
This allows us to do all delta verification up front, followed by
whatever needs to be done with any found errors. In this case, we call
prompt_to_delete() for each error.

Add back the missing EVENT(ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE) that
accidentally got removed in commit 062c391919.

Remove use of *data; we never even look at the stuff in this array for
the error code we were returning and this would be much better handled
by one callback per error anyway, or at least some strongly typed return
values.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:32:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
5e7875ae6a Fix possible segfault if siglist was empty
If siglist->results wasn't a NULL pointer, we would try to free it
anyway, even if siglist->count was zero. Only attempt to free this
pointer if we had results and the pointer is valid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-22 10:31:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
3a460a8be6 Remove noisy debug logger
This one can be overwhelming when reading debug output from a very large
package. We already have the output of each extracted file so we
probably can do without this in 99.9% of cases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-21 13:02:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
47dd315609 Fix int/size_t type in alpm_list_count() call
alpm_list_count() returns size_t, which we should use to store the
result since it is easy enough to format for printing.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 17:15:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
8375ad214a _alpm_sync_commit: extract two static methods
This adds two new static methods, check_validity() and load_packages(),
to sync.c which are simply code fragments pulled out of our
do-everything sync commit code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
b7ebacc576 Pass package signature data up one more level
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
ec790ced7c signing: add a process and retry loop for database signatures
In reality, there is no retrying that happens as of now because we don't
have any import or changing of the keyring going on, but the code is set
up so we can drop this in our new _alpm_process_siglist() function. Wire
up the basics to the sync database validation code, so we see something
like the following:

    $ pacman -Ss unknowntrust
    error: core: signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
    error: core: signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
    error: database 'core' is not valid (invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature))

    $ pacman -Ss missingsig
    error: core: missing required signature
    error: core: missing required signature
    error: database 'core' is not valid (invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature))

Yes, there is some double output, but this should be fixable in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
994cb4da4f Allow our PGP helper method to pass back the signature results
This will make its way up the call chain eventually to allow trusting
and importing of keys as necessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
a27f993600 Split package validation and load loops
This adds a some new callback event and progress codes for package
loading, which was formerly bundled in with package validation before.
The main sync.c loop where loading occurred is now two loops running
sequentially. The behavior should not change with this patch outside of
progress and event display; more changes will come in following patches.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
afdbfc05f7 Extract an _alpm_pkg_validate_internal() method
_alpm_pkg_load_internal() was becoming a monster. Extract the top bit of
the method that dealt with checksum and signature validation into a
separate method that should be called before one loads a package to
ensure it is valid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7eb2f0cd15 pacman/upgrade: print 'loading packages...' only once
Do this outside the loop to prevent the message from being displayed
(and pluralized!) for each individual package.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
8e3b39a9e0 pacman: use dynamic string allocation where it makes sense
None of these are hot-code paths, and at least the target reading has
little need for an arbitrary length limitation (however crazy it might
be to have longer arguments).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
0f92fc5963 utils/cleanupdelta: remove unneeded syncdbpath
This variable was totally unused.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
79cbce60ac Remove all usages of alpm_list_getdata() from the library
No need for the indirection; just access ->data instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
70e2c34f0f _alpm_runscriptlet(): remove clean_tmpdir variable
This is always true at the end since we return early if we couldn't
create the tmpdir, so it is totally unnecessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
3796164848 Access db->pkgcache directly in db_free_pkgcache()
We shouldn't be going through the accessor that does a bunch of
unnecessary legwork, including potentially loading the pkgcache right
before we free it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
95119d46d4 Flip getcwd()/chdir() for open()/fchdir() in the frontend
Just like we did in libalpm in commit 288a81d847.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-20 10:23:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
288a81d847 Use more efficient way of restoring working directory
Rather than using a string-based path, we can restore the working
directory via a file descriptor and use of fchdir().

From the getcwd manpage:
    Opening the current directory (".") and calling fchdir(2) to
    return is usually a faster and more reliable alternative when
    sufficiently many file descriptors are available.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-19 14:11:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
bfe36c2ddf Reduce path allocation on the stack in local database
We did a lot of both malloc-ing and stack printing to form some paths in
this code. Attempt to unify it all into the one get_pkgpath() method by
adding an optional third "filename" parameter, and form the necessary
path string all in one go.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-19 13:43:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
e1899cbc64 Be smarter about running ldconfig during removal transactions
1. Don't run it if something failed in package removal- this mirrors
what we already do in sync transactions.
2. Don't run it if we are invoking it for the replaces removal bit of a
sync transaction- it doesn't make sense to run ldconfig halfway through
a sync install; we should only run it once at the end.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-19 13:18:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
a94ad29740 Search for non-prefixed paths in skip_remove list
We add them to this list with the root path not appended; we should be
searching for them this way as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-19 13:17:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
41d8deff88 be_local: cope with a desc file without trailing newline
We checked the (fgets == NULL and !feof) case, but never actually bailed
out of the loop if we were at the end of the file, causing infinite
looping.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 17:32:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
86d9fcbfff Remove const specifier from changelog_read() void parameter
This shouldn't really be declared with const, and causes a compile error
when -Wcast-qual is used. Remove the const specifier from the function
specification and all implementations.

Also fix one other trivial -Wcast-qual warning in _alpm_db_cmp().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 17:11:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
69a3558b75 Remove dead changelog_feof() code
We never ended up using or really needing this; kill it for now knowing
it is in git history if ever needed again.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 17:03:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
49dff4c80b Add a random pactest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 17:00:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
83ee9708b1 src/util: provide strndup definitions where needed
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 16:58:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
07e89c1e5d dload: avoid using memrchr
This function doesn't exist on OSX. Since there aren't any other
candidates in alpm for which this function would make sense to use,
simply replace the function call with a loop that does the equivalent.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 16:57:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
52c65fdfea Ensure entire struct is zeroed in _alpm_parsedate()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 16:57:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c12fa4ab19 pactree: include missing ctype.h header
needed for isspace() -- avoids warnings on OSX.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 16:57:09 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b1a09b93ef configure: Fix quoting in SEDINPLACE on Darwin
single quotes expanded to nothing, leaving us with a command that
assumed the sed expression was the backup suffix. Use a pair of escaped
double quotes, which survives automake and ends up properly in makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 16:57:07 -05:00
Dave Reisner
223a92ca9d dload: remove user:pass@ definition from hostname
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 15:35:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7ad78c2c88 paccache: remove unnecessary if check
This is superfluous as the ensuing for loop will exit immediately on the
same condition avoided by the if.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 15:34:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
a7d7798032 Fix build without gpgme
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-18 15:34:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f883efe2cb pacman: add short opt '-p' for --print to -{S,R}h
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 17:24:55 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e01dbcc068 include ldconfig.stub in EXTRA_DIST
Since c51b9ca, ldconfig.stub is required by pactest so we need to
include it as part of the dist tarball.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 17:18:44 -05:00
Dave Reisner
68856755c4 buildsys: remove existing symlinks before installing
This fixes build errors when performing a manual install straight to a
filesystem where the files already exist.

Reported-by: Sergej Pupykin <ml@sergej.pp.ru>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 17:18:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
a2356d5ae3 Don't duplicate header strings
There is no need to print them into buffers; we can use the values
returned by gettext() directly without issue.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 17:18:07 -05:00
Dave Reisner
4a02350ded makepkg: fix recreation of hardlinks to .gz manpages
4ed12ae tightened up the logic to use only find, but ignored the fact
that since the manpage hard link names were no longer captured. They
were created as separate compressed manpages, rather than as hardlinks.

This also introduces a minor efficiency of deleting all hardlinks at
once and using proper iteration over an array rather than a string.

Note to anyone else touching this code: e2fsprogs and libpcap are useful
for testing this. If that changes in the future, you can use the below
bash to locate others:

  IFS=$'\n' read -rd '' -a a < <(find /usr/share/man -type f \! -links 1)
  pacman -Qqo "${a[@]}" | sort -u

I broke it!

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 17:25:29 -04:00
Dave Reisner
d1e04c1b67 makepkg: add missing newline on passing gpg sourcecheck
When a sourceball passes this check without any warnings, a newline is
omitted. Similar to the if clause of this else block, print a single new
line at the end of the clause instead of accounting for each output.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-14 14:19:18 -04:00
Dave Reisner
0f69e2ec0b makepkg: check for var existance before file existance
This prevents makepkg from aborting with 'file not found' when
changelog= or install= are declared in a PKGBUILD, but empty.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-12 08:27:13 -04:00
Dave Reisner
3905ada993 account for partial delta files in download size
Similar to an earlier commit which accounts for .part files for full
packages, calculate the download_size for deltas keeping mind the
possibility of a partial transfer.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 19:10:48 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d8eacae7bc make compute_download_size consider .part files
Check for the existance of a partial download of a package file before
jumping to delta calculations. Currently, if there were 10MiB remaining
in a 100MiB the values passed to the front end do not reflect this.

Refactored from an old patch originally by Dan.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 19:09:04 -05:00
Dave Reisner
befddfc3e6 dload: provide optional netrc support
if ~/.netrc exists and has credentials for the hostname requested in a
download, they will be provided in an http auth request. This can still
be overridden by explcitly declaring user:pass in the URL.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 19:07:25 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c736a12e86 makepkg: unset errexit when sourcing /etc/profile
This is a fix for a bash3 specific bug, where a file sourced by
/etc/profile would exit non-zero and make its way back up to makepkg,
forcing it to exit after package installation. Along with unsetting the
ERR handler, temporarily unset errexit to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 13:47:07 +10:00
Dave Reisner
7f1235ccbc paccache: escape . in trimming of diskspace string
Before:
==> finished dry run: 2 candidates (diskspace saved: 7. MiB)

After:
==> finished dry run: 2 candidates (diskspace saved: 7.8 MiB)

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 13:46:07 +10:00
Dan McGee
4737a87b84 download callback: show decimal places in rate if we have room
Display now looks like this, whereas before we would have just showed
'2M/s' for the extra repository download. The cutoff is placed at 100.0
to ensure we only use 4 character slots of width (e.g. '99.9', '100').

:: Synchronizing package databases...
 testing                   39.9 KiB   470K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 core                      51.4 KiB   469K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 extra                    768.8 KiB   2.1M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 community-testing       1941.0   B  54.4M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 multilib                  26.6 KiB   458K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 community                449.8 KiB  1649K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 13:45:59 +10:00
Dan McGee
f7653e582b Move download callback static vars into function
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-11 13:45:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
db70c9da15 diskspace: fix memory leak on root mount not found
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-08 14:18:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
a03313f3f6 Print 'loading packages' message on -U operations
This will be the first thing printed when doing an upgrade. Currently
there is no output at all until we start resolving dependencies, which
can be a while in if specifying very large targets on the command line,
in which case it is nice to let the user know we are doing something.

Addresses FS#25822 in the most KISS way possible.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-08 14:14:51 -05:00
Dave Reisner
905ae640cf makepkg: use more awk'ish syntax in sanity checks
This simplifies the flow a bit, making the pipeline a little easier to
grok.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 21:05:05 -05:00
Dave Reisner
4ed12aec30 makepkg: avoid for loop in deleting manpage hardlinks
find can do this all on its own and remain portable.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 21:05:04 -05:00
Dave Reisner
17c3de3e4f makepkg: act on function return value, not output
Correcting a typo, as this function will never output anything.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 21:05:04 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3d9f961d13 makepkg: refactor check_pgpsigs output
- display associated warnings on same line as pass/fail msg, to be more
  consistent with checksum verification output
- properly error on a revoked key (matching pacman's behavior)

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 21:05:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
8ffa2b24a5 Use more correct integer types in diskspace checks
This adjusts type usage to match POSIX provided types from
<sys/types.h> rather than assuming everything will fit in a long or
unsigned long. Use fsblkcnt_t (unsigned) and blkcnt_t (signed) as
appropriate. These are affected the same way off_t is on 32 bit
platforms, where the types are extende to 64 bits if large file support
is enabled.

Because most numbers here are block counts, this isn't
near as pressing as using a 32-bit variable for file sizes where
anything over 2GiB can burn you; we likely can support files at least
512 but mainly 4096 times larger.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 21:05:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
b961ebe16f query check: use provided filelist count instead of keeping track
We don't need to keep track of how many files are in a package now that
said value is provided to us. It also makes more sense to use size_t
here for types rather than the (hopefully never too short) int.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 20:51:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
6317db8429 Remove unnecessary cast
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 20:51:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
3e08614fda Ensure PackageRequired works as expected
Changes in commit dc3336c277 caused this to stop working as expected for
sync packages, due to the way the logic is structured. Ensure we always
enter the signature code if the bitflag is flipped on to check
signatures for packages. Rename 'use_sig' to 'has_sig' for clarity.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-07 20:51:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0e79802c0a makepkg: use globs in place of regex
We seem to enjoy using bash regex capabilities, but never referencing
the result with BASH_REMATCH. Replace almost all regexes with equivalent
globs which are faster and functionally equivalent in these cases.

This enables the extglob shopt.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 11:46:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
8d0ff3d7dc dload: use intmax_t when printing off_t
This works for both 32-bit and 64-bit platforms.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 11:44:29 -05:00
Dave Reisner
29ad9e0a0a makepkg: unset variables as per !{make,build}flags
Don't just set the flag variables to zero length strings, actually unset
them from the environment. This fixes issues with broken gnu Makefies
that use ?= for assigment, where the presence of a var is enough to make
this condition avoid assignment.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:45:44 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7ed54a9940 rankmirrors: properly sort resulting times
- Properly read each sorted line into a new array, instead of breaking
  on every word.
- LC_COLLATE should apply to the sort portion of the pipeline, not the
  printing.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:44:34 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a4e0d3e930 dload: abstract dload_interrupted reasons
This gives us some amount of room to grow in case we ever find another
reason that we might return with an error from the progress callback.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:44:14 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6c236277a3 dload: improve debug output
We lost some of this output in the fetch->curl conversion, but I also
noticed in FS#25852 that we just lack some of this useful information
along the way.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:44:09 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7054e37126 sync: add missing newline in warning message
Dan: fix the other missing one too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:43:23 -05:00
Dave Reisner
400942fedf avoid blowing out the filecache list when using tmpdir
_alpm_filecache_setup() destroys the list of cachedirs when it finds no
writeable directories in the config. This put us in an awkward situation
where _alpm_filecache_find() would locate a downloaded file in a r/o
cachedir, but then fail to install it after _alpm_filecache_setup() is
called (with a NULL argument). Change this behavior to merely prepend
the temporary directory to the list of available cachedirs.

Dan exposed it in e07547ee4e, as now a package can be found in a
directory we may not be able to actually store packages in.

Reported-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-06 08:42:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
7ea1ea88bb More package operations cleanup
Neither deltas nor filename attributes are ever present in the local
database, so we can remove all of the indirection for accessing these
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 22:07:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
7c956d5d4b Add -p/--print tip for -Q operations on filepath
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:45:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
98fdfa1968 Former transaction callback rename refactor
Put all the callback stuff in alpm.h in one spot, and make the following
renames for clarity with the new structure:

ALPM_TRANS_EVT_* --> ALPM_EVENT_*
ALPM_TRANS_CONV_* --> ALPM_QUESTION_*
ALPM_TRANS_PROGRESS_* --> ALPM_PROGRESS_*
alpm_option_get_convcb() --> alpm_option_get_questioncb()
alpm_option_set_convcb() --> alpm_option_set_questioncb()

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:45:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
37da18aee8 Move all callbacks up to the handle level
This was just disgusting before, unnecessary to limit these to only
usage in a transaction. Still a lot of more room for cleanup but we'll
start by attaching them to the handle rather than the transaction we may
or may not even want to use these callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:45:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
d88e524e7c Be fully silent on any -Sp operation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:44:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
062c391919 Make delta validation/application more logical
The call to apply was tucked inside validate, and the EVENT callbacks
were done outside the function rather than inside. Reorganize things a
bit to make more sense.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:44:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
16fd66f879 pacman-key: add --refresh-keys operation
This allows new signatures to be pulled, revocations to be found, etc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:44:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
d9545103b9 pacman-key: split keyserver to a separate option
This also renames '--receive' to '-recv-keys' to match the wrapped gpg
option name, rather than invent a new one, now that the calling
convention is the same.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:43:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a9b07b0e7 pacman-key help and documentation cleanup
We were using the mystical [<foobar>] options which is some sort of
cross between a <required> argument and an [optional] one. Remove this
madness and do some other general cleanup/consistency work in the
manpage.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:41:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
24f4f9822f doc: consistency when referencing other options
Use '\--option' rather than `--option` everywhere.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:41:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
3c3ee6796a pacman-key: document --lsign-key
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 21:41:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
83a1e4fee3 Clean up handling of size fields
We currently have csize, isize, and size concepts, and sometimes the
difference isn't clear. Ensure the following holds:

* size (aka csize): always the compressed size of the package; available
  for everything except local packages (where it will return 0)
* isize: always the installed size of the package; available for all
  three package types

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-02 19:26:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
c51b9ca0ad pactest: remove PACMAN_OUTPUT from ldconfig tests
This removes the last usages of this rule that aren't explicitly looking
at real output from pacman. Notably, these tests depended on one
particular debug logger not ever being changed, which is too fragile,
not to mention doesn't work at all with --nolog.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 14:36:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
ad051f7328 _alpm_parsedate(): return time_t and not long
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 12:36:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
13072ef86c Add pactest for overflowing date (year 2038 problem)
This will work fine on x86_64 (or any platform that has a 64 bit long),
but currently fails on i686. This test also stresses the recent changes
to accommodate package size values greater than a 32 bit UINT_MAX.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 12:18:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
11873b70ae makepkg: fix overzealous PGP signature file matching
The regex wasn't rooted at the end of the filename, nor was it matching
a period/dot before the file extension. The end result was this matched a
file named '07_all_sig.patch' which is totally broken.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 11:42:55 -05:00
Dave Reisner
11ab9aa9f5 pacman/callback: reuse strlen calculation
Call strlen earlier in the dl progress callback, and reuse this length
to replace some heavier str*() calls with more optimized mem*()
replacements. This also gets rid of a false assumption that the ending
string will ever be longer than the original string.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 11:33:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
cf1f014393 makepkg: fix sanity checking in versioning
Read the entire variable, respecting escapes, which are necessary to
retain for the successive eval.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 11:32:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5bb2d2e0a0 makepkg: read filenames in a while loop
Further improvments on 2ca27ab which will allow the changelog and
install script files to contain whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 11:32:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
35d8cc8bc8 makepkg: fix breakage in eval'ing quoted strings
Broken in 2ca27a by me, trying to fix another problem.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-09-01 11:32:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
50f53b293c pacman-key: add --lsign-key operation
This allows local signing of a given key to help establish the web of
trust rooted at the generated (or imported) master key.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-30 08:39:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
7479bf21e8 pacman-key master key generation
This enables pacman-key, during --init, to generate a single secret key
for the pacman keyring if one is not present. This will be used as the
root of the web of trust for those that do not wish to manage it with
their own key, as will be the default.

This does not preclude later adding other secret keys to the keyring, or
removing this one- we simply ensure you have at least one secret key
available.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-30 08:23:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
06b228b20f Scale package integrity progress bar/percentage by package size
This upgrades the simple 15/17 scaling by package number we used before
to package sized based scaling, which is much more accurate. Addresses
some of the issues raised in FS#25817.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-30 08:23:32 -05:00
Allan McRae
19c3880ec9 Remove outdated comment for _alpm_outerconflicts
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-30 08:11:57 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
2c5f000d5b Improve advice for sync ops when db.lck is present
When the database is locked, sync operations involving transactions, such as
pacman -Syy, show the following:

:: Synchronizing package databases...
error: failed to update core (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update extra (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update community (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update multilib (unable to lock database)
error: failed to synchronize any databases

Whereas pacman -U <pkg> shows:

error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
  if you're sure a package manager is not already
  running, you can remove /var/lib/pacman/db.lck

Which is much more meaningful, since the presence of db.lck may indicate an
erroneous lockfile instead of an ongoing transaction.

Improve the error messages for sync operations by advising the user to remove
db.lck if he is sure that no package manager is running.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 20:17:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
234b6ffc2c Parse > 2GiB file sizes correctly
We were using atol(), which on 32 bit, cannot handle values greater than
2GiB, which is fail.

Switch to a strtoull() wrapper function tailored toward parsing off_t
values. This allows parsing of very large positive integer values. off_t
is a signed type, but in our usages, we never parse or have a need for
negative values, so the function will return -1 on error.

Before:
    $ pacman -Si flightgear-data | grep Size
    Download Size  : 2097152.00 K
    Installed Size : 2097152.00 K

After:
    $ ./src/pacman/pacman -Si flightgear-data | grep Size
    Download Size  : 2312592.52 KiB
    Installed Size : 5402896.00 KiB

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:57:05 -05:00
Helder Martins
d74dad79b7 lib/libalpm/handle.c: Removed redundant if condition
Signed-off-by: Helder Martins <heldermartins89@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:56:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
515720a6fc Ensure progress callback updates if XX/YY numerator changes
We only updated if the percentage incremented and enough time had
elapsed, even though the numerator of the current/howmany fraction may
have changed. Ensure we proceed with the progress bar update in these
cases so as to not mislead the user.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:56:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
8129b93afe pacman-key: fix broken logic around updating trust database
Any option that flips UPDATEDB=1 doesn't work right now due to what we
thought was a good idea in commit cab1379a1a. Fix this by not
including the update operation in the option count and special casing
it where necessary.

Also, bring back the helpful "Updating trust database" message.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:55:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
e3676ae7b5 Run pacman test-suite with LC_ALL=C
Running the pacman test-suite in a non-English locale results in a few
failures.  Force the test-suite to run with LC_ALL=C.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:54:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
499e09734b Streamline alpm_splitdep() comparisons
This reduces from 5 to 3 the number of searches needed on the string
looking for a comparison operator, since we can so a second quick
comparison looking for '=' if we find '<' or '>'. It also makes every
search doable with strchr() or memchr() rather than the slower strstr()
method.

In testing, only 10% of splitdep calls (~1600 / 16000) during an -Ss
database load found a version comparison operator, so optimizing the not
found path to be require less work makes sense.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:54:18 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b3c0ae5205 pacsort: use boolean, not binary OR operation
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 19:53:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
7480df68ce Rework scriptlet tests to not depend on pacman output
This actually does something in a scriptlet we can check with our normal
set of rules, rather than relying on pacman debug output.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 07:48:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
f46db04f98 Merge branch 'allan/pacman-key' 2011-08-28 23:51:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
8973875a1f _alpm_splitdep(): don't pass bogus length value to strndup
If we fell through to the ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY case, ptr would be NULL, and
we would pass (0 - <str>), which is a rather large negative number or
bogus positive number, depending on signed/unsigned. Just use strdup in
the case where we don't have a ptr available.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 23:50:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
b221af660d Database read optimizations
Hard to believe there was still more room to improve on this, but I
found an easily correctable oversight tonight. Our databases (both sync
and local) contain many blank lines, and we were not moving onto the
next line right away in these cases; instead we would proceed through
our strcmp() conditional checks as normal.

Some local numbers follow to show the effects of this patch:

Sync `-Ss foobarbaz`:
71,709 blank lines skipped early
~1,505,889 strcmp() calls avoided (21 per line)
~15% speed improvement (.210 --> .179 sec)

Local `-Qs foobarbaz`:
6,823 blank lines skipped early
115,991 strcmp() calls avoided (17 per line)
~6% speed improvement (.080 -> .071 sec)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 23:49:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
040083b97f Allow access to package origin data
Add new alpm_pkg_get_origin() method, use it in the front end now that
the enum constants are publicly available.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 23:41:17 -05:00
Diogo Sousa
3a458783a2 Removed multiple definitions of pkgfrom_t
libalpm now exports type alpm_pkgfrom_t in alpm.h, which may be used
by frontends.

Pacman now uses alpm_pkgfrom_t instead of replicating that type (pkg_from
as was in src/pacman/package.h)

Updated API change in README.

Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 23:30:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
12a6c77fdd pacman-key: have --init add more options to default gpg.conf
This adds a add_gpg_conf_option() helper function which tries to be
intelligent and only add not found options, and those which have not
been explicitly commented out.

The new options added are 'no-greeting', 'no-permission-warning', and a
default 'keyserver'.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:23 +10:00
Dan McGee
7ceeebf150 pacman-key: refine permission and locking checks
* secring.gpg can be 600, readable by root user only
* ensure grep for lock-never option in check_keyring doesn't catch comments

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
e1b9f7b300 pacman-key: rework and document holding keys in keyring
The HoldKey option was undocumented and was not suited for pacman.conf.
Instead use the file "/etc/pacman.d/gnupg/heldkeys" to contain a list
of keys not to be removed from the pacman keyring with the --populate
option.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
29dede2eb7 pacman-key: Improve documentation for --populate
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
cab1379a1a pacman-key: update trust database for relevant operations
After most operations that touch the keyring, it is a good idea to
always run a check on the trustdb as this prevents gpg complaining
on later operations.

Inspiration-from: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:22 +10:00
Allan McRae
710e83999b pacman-key: import everything then revoke on --populate
The optimization of only importing keys that were not to be later
revoked was a not smart enough.  For example, if a key was
in both a repos keyring and its revoke list, alternate runs of
pacman-key --populate would add then remove the key from the pacman
keyring.  This problem is made worse when considering the possibility
of multiple keyrings being imported.

Instead, import all keys followed by the revoking of all keys.  This
may result in a key being added then revoked, but that is not much of
an issue given that is a very fast operation.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:22 +10:00
Allan McRae
d1240f67ea pacman-key: rework importing distro/repo provided keyrings
The current --reload option, apart from being non-clear in its naming,
is very limited in that only one keyring can be provided.  A distribution
may want to provide multiple keyrings for various subsets of its
organisation or custom repo providers may also want to provide a keyring.

This patch adds a --populate option that reads keyrings from (by default)
/usr/share/pacman/keyrings.  A keyring is named foo.gpg, with optional
foo-revoked file providing a list of revoked key ids.  These files are
required to be signed (detached) by a key trusted by pacman-key, in
practice probably by the key that signed the package providing these
files. The --populate flag either updates the pacman keyring using all
keyrings in the directory or individual keyrings can be specified.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-29 11:55:22 +10:00
Dan McGee
2cfcc874b9 Better error handling out of package load method
There are many other ways to fail a package load other than "file not
found". We should also use the correct error code in this case. Clean it
up a bit in the various callers.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:52:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
dc3336c277 Refactor some args out of pkg_load_internal
Just pass the entire sync package in if we have it; that way we can do
any necessary operations involving it rather than have a parameter list
growing endlessly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:52:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
c7e4005e5c Add more info to debug key display
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:52:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
de43d00db0 Refactor signature result return format
I was trying to take a shortcut and not introduce a wrapper struct for
the signature results, so packed it all into alpm_sigresult_t in the
first iteration. However, this is painful when one wants to add new
fields or only return information regarding a single signature.

Refactor the type into a few components which are exposed to the end
user, and will allow a lot more future flexibility. This also exposes
more information regarding the key to the frontend than was previously
available.

The "private" void *data pointer is used by the library to store the
actual key object returned by gpgme; it is typed this way so the
frontend has no expectations of what is there, and so we don't have any
hard gpgme requirement in our public API.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:51:54 -05:00
Diogo Sousa
12387ca4e5 lib/libalpm/signing.c: Fix memory leak in decode_signature() in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:50:22 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
0dad2f6e62 lib/libalpm/util.c: Fix two memory leaks
Free "md5sum" if md5_file() fails in alpm_compute_md5sum(). Free
"sha256sum" if sha2_file() fails in alpm_compute_sha256sum().

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:49:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
a12a4ea396 Check local database status flag in db_write sanity check block
Do all the checks at once; this also avoids the 'return' call after we
have allocated memory for "pkgpath" as well as tweaked the umask.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:46:09 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
455ca55f4e be_sync.c: Fix memory leak in alpm_db_update()
Free "syncpath" and restore umask if we fail to grab a lock.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:40:22 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
a2002b8f69 pacman.c: Remove redundant strdup() in parsearg_global()
config_set_arch() already calls strdup(). Remove strdup() from the
config_set_arch() invocation to avoid a memory leak.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:37:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
87fb8f5d57 Make sync error message smarter on unfound targets
We had two issues here. One is a file with an absolute path passed to -S
results in a cryptic error message due to the database name being '\0'.
The second is not realizing you should be doing -U instead of -S. Fix
both of these to transform this:

    $ sudo pacman -S /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
    error: database not found:

to this:

    $ sudo pacman -S /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
    error: target not found: /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
    warning: '/tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz' is a file, did you mean -U/--upgrade instead of -S/--sync?

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:37:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
84d6de806b Fix possible mismatched type with several curl arguments
After commit 2e7d002315, we use off_t rather than long variables.
Use the _LARGE variants of the methods to indicate we are passing off_t
sized variables, and cast using (curl_off_t) accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-28 19:36:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a07b75b22 Always process validity value returned by gpgme
Don't force 'never'; you should be checking both the status and validity
anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 17:41:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
be72e10015 Fix small memory leak in sig check code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 17:41:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
c5982a3eb5 strtrim: don't move empty string
There were many cases where the string coming in was a blank line, e.g.
"\n\0", length 1. The trim routine starts by trimming leading spaces,
thus trimming everything. We would then proceed to do a memmove of the
NULL byte, which is completely worthless as we can just assign it
instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 17:14:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
e1dce078b2 Remove argument from check_pgp_helper
This one wasn't all that necessary as we only used it in one place in
the function, which can be checked easily enough at the call site.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:12:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
6aa9fdce5a Remove trans is NULL check in QUESTION/EVENT/PROGRESS macros
trans cannot (and better not) be NULL at any point when these are being
called.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:12:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ee3ce70a8 Remove short/long label distinction
We only used short labels in one place, and the short label is always
the first character of the long label anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:09:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
73fcf17041 Slight refresh of the download progress callback
This cleans up some of the mess we have here.

* switch to long units for the download size
* omit the .0 decimal part from the download rate
* omit the almost always zero HH: from estimated time if eta_h == 0
* Display --:-- if eta_h > 99; formatting was screwed up before

The net result of this is we usually have 1 more character to use for
filename display.

Before:
 extra                   500.9K 1242.4K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
 community-testing       947.0B   28.2M/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
 multilib                 26.5K  405.1K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
 community               450.6K 1238.3K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%

After:
 extra                    500.9 KiB  1118K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 community-testing        947.0   B    23M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 multilib                  26.5 KiB   255K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
 community                450.6 KiB  1211K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:09:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
30cad47fb9 Add a few more sizes to humanize_sizes()
Because why the hell not? Exbibyte, zebibyte, and yobibyte are going in,
even though nothing bigger than the 2^60 exbibyte can be represented
using an off_t variable anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:09:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
f7a3c4c8df Finish large file download attack prevention
This handles the no Content-Length header problem as stated in the
comments of FS#23413. We add a quick check to the callback that will
force an abort if the downloaded data exceeds the payload size, and then
check for this error in the post-download cleanup code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:09:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
2e7d002315 Use off_t rather than double where possible
Beautiful of libcurl to use floating point types for what are never
fractional values. We can do better, and we usually want these values in
their integer form anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:09:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
f0357e415c Add new 'lt' and 'zh_TW' translations from transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:04:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
5c48ca3239 Update existing translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-25 16:04:41 -05:00
Diogo Sousa
268d0bbcbe Improved alpm_list_mmerge() performance (fixed coding style)
Improved alpm_list_mmerge() performance by removing an extra
pass to obtain the tail node.

This was actually suggested by a TODO comment.

Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-24 11:27:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
30d978a966 vercmp: ensure 2.0a and 2.0.a do not compare equal
We had this interesting set of facts conundrum, according to vercmp
return values:
    2.0a <  2.0
    2.0  <  2.0.a
    2.0a == 2.0.a

This introduces a code change that ensures '2.0a < 2.0.a' as would be
expected by the first two comparisons. Unfortunately this stays us a bit
further from upstream RPM code, but those are the breaks (in RPM, the
versions involving 'a' do in fact compare the same, but they are both
greater than the bare '2.0').

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-23 01:49:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
cc03d6366a Style-match rpmvercmp code with upstream
Not sure how or why some of this differed, but it is easy enough to set
it back to how it was so it is easier to diff.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-23 01:47:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8a4395098 Retrieve default SigLevel value from backend after initial setting
This ensures we grab and use the library default once we have processed
the global SigLevel setting, but before processing the repo-specific
settings. This means the following two configs will now evaluate the
same, as the backend currently defaults to 'Optional':

Config 1:
    [options]
    # nothing here
    [repo]
    SigLevel = TrustAll

Config 2:
    [options]
    SigLevel = Optional
    [repo]
    SigLevel = TrustAll

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-23 01:06:56 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6731d0a940 sync: halt file discovery if repo has no servers
This avoids error spam when no servers are configured for a repo and a
sync operation is performed:

Proceed with installation? [Y/n] y
:: Retrieving packages from testing...
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-23 00:49:14 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
dddd6a46a0 Fix formatting in pacman-key manpage
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 13:15:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
762cbf574b dload: prevent need to copy struct in mask_signal()
Since we store this directly in the download function, just rework
mask_signal() to take a pointer to a location to store the original.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:27:13 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f3e2858621 dload: extract tempfile creation to its own function
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:23:18 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c65cea0dcb dload: move (un)masking of signals to separate functions
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:23:14 -05:00
Dave Reisner
10cbfc956c dload: move curl option setting to static function
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:19:38 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d64c409913 dload: add open_mode to payload struct
This is a precursor to a following patch which will move the setting of
options to a separate function. With the open mode as part of the
struct, we can avoid modifying stack allocated variables.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:18:00 -05:00
Dave Reisner
592ed13bce dload: rename cd_filename to content_disp_name
This is more in line with the menagerie of file name members that we now
have on the payload struct.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:15:11 -05:00
Dave Reisner
329a7b7e24 dload: move tempfile and destfile to payload struct
These are private to the download operation already, so glob them onto
the struct. This is an ugly rename patch, with the only logical change
being that destfile and tempfile are now freed by the payload_free
function.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 09:14:45 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c4350d90f1 pacman/util: use string_length to calculate line length
This is measuring strings that are potentially localized, so we need a
multibyte aware function to count characters instead of bytes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:25 -05:00
Allan McRae
b6914d16cc Print callback messages to stderr
Fixes FS#25099.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
a98babbfef Print debug timestamps to same stream as rest of output
We used fprintf() elsewhere in this function, but we didn't use it on
the debug timestamp printing. Use fprintf() instead of printf() to fix
this.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:01 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
343ea81718 pacsort: correct list freeing
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
ffdfc82523 pacsort: ensure list is freed if size is 0
Found using: `valgrind ./src/util/.libs/lt-pacsort /dev/null`

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:01 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
e9b8a7693d pacsort: correct pointer type in list_new
Pointer sizes are the same but this makes intention clearer.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-22 08:53:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
d9e5dab6ac Remove alpm_option_get_* usage from backend
These are all available directly on the handle without indirection.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 19:12:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d307ed5eb9 dload: remove unused macro
This was a vestige leftover from the libfetch days of yore.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 19:01:57 -05:00
Dave Reisner
82fc816d79 dload: delete zero length downloads on curl error
In the case of a non-operation (e.g. DNS resolver error), delete the
leftover 0 byte .part file.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 19:00:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
43940f591e dload: rename payload->filename to payload->remote_name
This is a far more accurate description of what this is, since it's more
than likely not really a filename at all, but the name after a final
slash on a URL.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 19:00:40 -05:00
Dave Reisner
eae363c96f dload: remove code duplication
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 19:00:13 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d3f135af8f bash_completion: add dbonly to sync options
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 18:56:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
e07547ee4e Rework finding a writable cache directory
This is a refactor and refresh of the code used to find where we should
download packages.

* Incorporate suggestions from FS#25435 to use TMPDIR from the
  environment if set, otherwise fall back to /tmp as before.
* Make the writability tests a bit more in depth. We now do a three part
  check consisting of:
  - S_ISDIR(): is this even a directory
  - access(W_OK): is this directory writable by the current user.
    Unfortunately for root, this almost always returns that it is, but
    in the case of a RO mount or NFS share inaccessible to root, this
    check will exclude the directory.
  - mode & (any write bit): is there a writable bit set on this
    directory. This makes it possible to enforce a read-only cache
    directory by setting permissions to 0555, for example.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 13:10:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
6d544984f2 Be more robust when copying package data
This changes the signature of _alpm_pkg_dup() to return an integer error
code and provide the new package in a passed pointer argument. All
callers are now more robust with checking the return value of this
function to ensure a fatal error did not occur.

We allow load failures to proceed as otherwise we have a chicken and egg
problem- if a 'desc' local database entry is missing, the best way of
restoring said file is `pacman -Sf --dbonly packagename`. This patch
fixes a segfault that was occurring in this case.

Fixes the segfault reported in FS#25667.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 11:09:57 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9934b3bd34 lib/dload: unlink on response code >=400
ftp and http both define >=400 as being "something bad happened"

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 09:54:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
24824b54ce dload: add 'unlink_on_fail' to payload struct
Let callers of _alpm_download state whether we should delete on fail,
rather than inferring it from context. We still override this decision
and always unlink when a temp file is used.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 09:43:19 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2ca27ab3a1 makepkg: quote re-evaluation of simple vars
This is a safety measure to prevent simple code injection.

$ i="foo bar"
$ eval i="$i"
bash: bar: command not found
$ eval i=\"$i\"
$ echo "|$i|"
|foo bar|

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 09:42:41 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1723e6dc4f lib/dload: prevent possible NULL dereference
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 09:41:55 -05:00
Dave Reisner
16334f778b sync: fix garbled output in conflict prompt
$ pacman -S cronie
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
:: cronie and fcron are in conflict (@.). Remove fcron? [y/N] n

$ sudo pacman -S pacman
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
:: pacman and pacman-git are in conflict (pKÈ). Remove pacman-git? [y/N]

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-19 09:40:07 -05:00
Allan McRae
c28052e45b makepkg: deal with variable substitution when checking sanity
If any of pkgver, pkgrel or epoch contained a variable substitution,
then it needed to be evaluated before checking its value conformed
to the rules.

[Dan: add quotes around RHS]

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:50:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
2a466c2abc doc/PKGBUILD: update regarding versioned package fields
Add the info that versioned replaces are now supported, as well as
beefing up some of the other places touching on versioned fields.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
6cfc4757b9 Convert resolvedep() to use _alpm_depcmp_literal()
The whole first loop is trying to check literals only, so teach it to do
so. Also, reorder operations to make more sense by putting the strcmp()
first in the literal loop, and using a very cheap name_hash check first
in the second loop.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
3752edbff4 Fix replacement of provider issue
When we switched to using alpm_depcmp() in resolving replacments, we had
some interesting behavior with regard to providers and packages not
found in repositories. Teach the replacement resolving code to not look
at provisions at all to be slightly more sane.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
d008a816f1 Add an _alpm_depcmp_literal() function
This omits the finding of matching provisions and only checks the
package itself against the provided dep.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
78b63ce7c3 Replacements refactor: extract check_replacers()
This moves code that was inline in alpm_sync_sysupgrade() to its own
method.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
231d6cc1e4 Replacements refactor: extract check_literal()
This moves code that was inline in alpm_sync_sysupgrade() to its own
method.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
5d291d050e Remove usages of alpm_list_next() in backend
Another function call that can be replaced by a single pointer
dereference.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
c4bd476ad1 Remove use of no-op accessor functions in library
The functions alpm_db_get_name(), alpm_pkg_get_name(), and
alpm_pkg_get_version() are not necessary at all, so remove the calling
and indirection when used in the backend, which makes things slightly
more efficient and reduces code size.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
c885a953eb Enhance and utilize database status flags
* Move is_local standalone field to status enum
* Create VALID/INVALID flag pair
* Create EXISTS/MISSING flag pair

With these additional fields, we can be more intelligent with database
loading and messages to the user. We now only warn once if a sync
database does not exist and do not continue to try to load it once we
have marked it as missing.

The reason for the flags existing in pairs is so the unknown case can be
represented. There should never be a time when both flags in the same
group are true, but if they are both false, it represents the unknown
case. Care is taken to always manipulate both flags at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Sebastien Luttringer
4a7f3bbc46 Add makepkg -S which is an alias to makepkg --source
makepkg --source is a often used go make source package like for AUR.
Have a -S shortcut will save the world.

Signed-off-by: Sebastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
d18e600952 lib/libalpm/dload.c: Use STRDUP() instead of strdup()
Use the STRDUP macro instead of strdup() for the sake of better error
handling on memory allocation failures.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 10:47:41 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
0745288c14 lib/libalpm/dload.c: Add ASSERT() to alpm_fetch_pkgurl()
Return with ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS instead of causing a potential segfault
if alpm_fetch_pkgurl() is invoked with a NULL URL.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-18 07:38:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9f139550f8 lib/dload: refactor deletion on failure
This moves all the delete-on-fail logic to under cleanup label. This
also implies should_unlink when a payload is received that doesn't allow
resuming.

Fixes .db.sig.part files leftover in the sync dir.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 21:03:43 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2dbdfe0788 lib/dload: avoid renaming download to 0 length destfile
This leverages earlier work that avoids a rename when destfile is unset.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 17:31:04 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
b9833838c6 Avoid stat() on NULL path in curl_download_internal()
stat()'s behaviour is undefined if the first argument is NULL and might
be prone to segfault. Add an additional check to skip the stat()
invocation if no destfile is used.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 17:30:52 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
9cddc4ad80 Skip rename() on NULL destfile in curl_download_internal()
Avoid a potential segfault that may occur if we use a temporary file and
fail to build the destination file name from the effective URL.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 17:30:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
3ceef97799 Fix trailing whitespace in whole codebase
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 17:03:19 -05:00
Sebastien Luttringer
b2688e9559 Update PKGBUILD manpage about startdir deprecation
Signed-off-by: Sebastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-17 16:54:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
b952a3b08c Fix compilation using --without-gpgme
This function is used regardless of whether gpgme support is enabled, so
make sure it is always accessible.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 19:51:21 -05:00
Allan McRae
c5c1a1349a configure.ac: add checks for more types, functions and headers
This covers most types, functions and headers that we use in the
code base.  Currently we do not use any of these checks, but it
is useful to have the configure output when looking at build issues
on other peoples systems.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 19:39:07 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b008193c12 dload: zero out pm_errno in curl_download_internal
This reverts some hacky behavior from 5fc3ec and resets the handle's
pm_errno where it should be reset -- prior to each download. This
prevents a transaction with a download from being aborted when a package
is successfully grabbed from a secondary server.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 19:37:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
cea6d7eb13 doc/PKGBUILD: fix Asciidoc formatting issues
We had this gem:
    ⇐ (less than or equal to)

Due to not ensuring we did literal printing of things like this. Fix it
and a few other problems noticed scanning through both the HTML and
manpage generated files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 11:47:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
70db027204 Update authors and contributors
* .mailmap: add mapping for Dave's two email addresses.
* AUTHORS: clear out file, tell people to use `git shortlog -s` instead.
* doc/footer.txt: "promote" Dave, put Xavier and Nagy in past contributors.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 11:46:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
f41dc7e8fa repo-add: fix creation of signature symlink
When creating a repo outside the current directory, the signature
symlink was not created.

Reported-by: Gaetan Bisson <bisson@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-16 09:25:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
1175702828 Update message catalogs
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 16:09:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
d4a92cacc6 Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 16:09:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
11b9bc443d repo-add: reorganize output messages for clarity
The use of warning once we had already started adding a package was
confusing as it broke the standard indent pattern. It was especially bad
if adding multiple packages as it wasn't clear what sub-messages applied
to which package being added. This should be an output change only from:

    ==> Adding package '/tmp/sync/netcfg-2.6.7-1-any.pkg.tar.xz'
      -> Computing checksums...
      -> Adding package signature...
    ==> WARNING: An entry for 'netcfg-2.6.7-1' already existed
      -> Removing existing entry 'netcfg-2.6.7-1'...
      -> Creating 'desc' db entry...
      -> Creating 'depends' db entry...

to:

    ==> Adding package '/tmp/sync/netcfg-2.6.7-1-any.pkg.tar.xz'
    ==> WARNING: An entry for 'netcfg-2.6.7-1' already existed
      -> Computing checksums...
      -> Adding package signature...
      -> Removing existing entry 'netcfg-2.6.7-1'...
      -> Creating 'desc' db entry...
      -> Creating 'depends' db entry...

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 15:15:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
11f4a7a48e Only check necessary signatures and checksums
The precedence goes as follows: signature > sha256sum > md5sum

Add some logic and helper methods to check what we have available when
loading a package, and then only check what is necessary to verify the
package. This should speed up sync database verifies as we no longer
will be doing both a checksum and a signature validation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 15:15:11 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
855bc16a9e libalpm: fix a remaining old syntax of RET_ERR() macro
It would prevent compilation of pacman on FreeBSD, and possibly other
systems.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 14:55:14 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5fc3ecf7f8 lib/sync: ignore download errors for as long as possible
Previously, the behavior was such that if a sync operation required
packages from multiple repos, a download error in the first repo would
cause a hard repo, ignoring the remainder of the repositories. Change
this behavior so that we do a better job of fetching as many packages as
possible before aborting the transaction.

There's a little bit of refactoring mixed in here to get rid of some
useless variables. Since we now depend heavily on the value of
handle->pm_errno being accurate the determine the function's return
value, we clear it when the transaction state is set.

Fixes FS#25532.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 14:54:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
796eaaed40 Further fixes to replacement iteration
A partial fix for this was in commit 7de92cb22, but this should fix the
remaining cases. There are still several issues dealing with "provision
as replacement" selection however.

Addresses FS#25538 and FS#25527.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 14:47:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
88bd1cec77 Add short example signature config to pacman.conf
This is similar to what we do with every other option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 13:08:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
82ffe2cbfd build-sys: always use $(RM) instead of rm -f
These are equivalent. Use the autoconf macro for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 13:05:27 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1741b5cc30 dist: preserve symlinks on installation
This applies to the repo-remove man page as well as the script itself.

Yes Dan, I ran distcheck afterwards.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 13:05:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
a628feee46 Parse conflicts/provides/replaces at database load time
We did this with depends way back in commit c244cfecf6 in 2007. We
can do it with these fields as well.

Of note is the inclusion of provides even though only '=' is supported-
we'll parse other things, but no guarantees are given as to behavior,
which is more or less similar to before since we only looked for the
equals sign.

Also of note is the non-inclusion of optdepends; this will likely be
resolved down the road.

The biggest benefactors of this change will be the resolving code that
formerly had to parse and reparse several of these fields; it only
happens once now at load time. This does lead to the disadvantage that
we will now always be parsing this information up front even if we never
need it in the split form, but as these are uncommon fields and our
parser is quite efficient it shouldn't be a big concern.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:56:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
bd5ec9cd8e Validate the sha256sum if available
Adjust load_internal() to check the sha256sum value if we have it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:13:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
f37c501657 Show 'None' in Signatures -Qip/-Si output if none found
This is to be as consistent as possible across both types of display.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:12:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa4aad5b50 decode_signature: guess signature data length for efficiency
We may end up allocating 1 or 2 extra bytes this way, but it is worth it
to simplify the method and not have to call base64_decode() a second
time. Use the hueristic that base64 encoding produces 3 bytes of decoded
data for every 4 bytes of encoded data.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:11:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
f3f39cef84 Remove checksum access indirection
These items are never present in anything but sync databases, nor do we
even try to load them from the local database. Remvoe the indirection
meant to allow the caching layer to work since it will never do anything
anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:11:59 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7de92cb223 lib/sync: reset flag after rejecting a replace
This prevents iteration through the remainder of the current tree, with
pacman claiming that they're all replacements to the original
replacement candidate.

:: Synchronizing package databases...
 allanbrokeit is up to date
 testing is up to date
 core is up to date
 extra is up to date
 community-testing is up to date
 community is up to date
:: Starting full system upgrade...
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/util-linux? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/vi? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/vpnc? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wget? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/which? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wireless-regdb? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wireless_tools? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wpa_actiond? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wpa_supplicant? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xfsprogs? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xinetd? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xz? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/zd1211-firmware? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/zlib? [Y/n] n
 there is nothing to do

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:11:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
ebb2e36cc4 Load and allow access to sha256sum
This adds a field in the package struct for this checksum type as well
as allowing access via the API to it. The frontend is now able to
display any read value. Note that this does not implement any use or
verification of the value internally.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 12:11:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
31f2e0cba3 Add ALPM sha256sum routines
These mirror ones we already have for md5sums.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 07:07:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff88228abd Add sha2 (sha256) routines from PolarSSL
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 07:07:13 -05:00
Allan McRae
31a7b150b0 repo-add: indicate whether package signature is found
When adding a package to a repo, it is useful to be able to see
that repo-add has indeed found the signature file.

[Dan: update text to be more in line with other messages]

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 07:07:13 -05:00
Dave Reisner
20b5cc96be pacman/package: show presence of signature in in -Si
adds a new API method: alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig

[Dan: don't use a new header string in frontend]

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 07:06:23 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ea79de21d8 README: update with 3.5.0 -> 4.0.0 API changes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:34:15 -05:00
Dave Reisner
71f854dde8 makepkg: don't hardcode path to strip
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:33:01 -05:00
Dave Reisner
05f87e0b09 alpm.h: fix inconsistency in function prototype
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:30:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8d5018e780 add pactest for replacing a shared provider
This is currently expected to fail.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:30:25 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ce8f91a71b pactest/sync200: check for curl instead of fetch
We can't just check for LIBS as curl won't be listed. Instead, look at
the length of the LIBCURL var from the Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:29:09 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6bf60568f8 lib/dload: avoid deleting .part file on too-slow xfer
Take this opportunity to refactor the if/then/else logic into a
switch/case which is likely going to be needed to fine tune more
exceptions in the future.

Fixes FS#25531

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:26:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
83f076d3a8 Update base64 PolarSSL code
Also adjust our code using it for the size_t adjustments made by
upstream.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-15 06:24:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
835365b817 Update MD5 routines with changes from PolarSSL
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 20:17:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
c9cc2332cf pacman/query.c: avoid variable redeclaration
We were using i as the loop variable in both the inner and outer loop.
Use j in the inner loop instead for clarity.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 20:17:21 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
450bcb5d7b pactest: -U --recursive
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 12:52:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
fffaba50fb scripts/pkgdelta: fix make distcheck
--help and --version are required by the sanity checks performed by
`make distcheck`.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:56:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
c5eccedc63 Bump version to 4.0.0rc1
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:45:27 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a58dc9283c pactest: add sync302 to test recursive syncfirst
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:36:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
0903452032 Enable recursive/needed sync on SyncFirst
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:36:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
dd865d2981 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/repo-add.sh.in
2011-08-11 11:35:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
d0c64c4196 Attempt to update zsh_completion
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:29:49 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0bfefa87c8 bash_completion: update for adjusted options
Remove -k option excepting query operations and add --recursive for sync
and upgrade operations.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:29:49 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6e4f695a0f pacman: remove --dbonly shortopt
This is somewhat of a dangerous option with limited use cases. Don't
advertise it as an easily accessibly option.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:29:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
725edde73f Update trust level strings in -Qi display
It makes more sense to use the same tense and construction on all of
these.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:29:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
857357f940 Allow --needed and --recursive on -U operations
Trivial to implement as the same backend machinery is used anyway.
Document it and add it to the accepted options.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:29:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
f3fa77bcf1 Add -S --recursive operation
This closely matches what we had before for -R --recursive. Basically,
when specifying a target (e.g., pacman), we can now recursively pull all
dependencies, regardless of version specifiers and whether they are
already satisfied in the local database. This could be used to update
pacman on a system with an old glibc, for example, as both pacman and
glibc would get pulled into the transaction.

This is most useful with --needed to prevent needless reinstalls as
described in the man page changes.

The end goal of this change is to wire it into SyncFirst and have it be
the default mode of operation there, but that belongs in a separate
changeset.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:19:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
1f6afe6b0b Dependency code style cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:18:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
ca41470462 configure: simplify CARCH generation madness
Rather than a hardcoded list of only a few select architectures (of the
250+ case statements in config.guess), simply define CARCH to be the
first component of the "target triplet".

This introduces one "regression"- powerpc will no longer become ppc.
However, this is easily worked around in downstream distros if wanted.
This was the only CPU architecture with this oddity so it was felt worth
the price to make this change. Note that 'ppc64' wasn't handled in this
same odd fashion before anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:18:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f0803f6ece build: remove mucking with CARCHFLAGS
We've never received an update to this, and gcc has sane defaults out of
the box anyway, as do most projects in their build systems. Remove the
magic here and just let downstream distros handle any changes or
additions necessary, as we already do for LDFLAGS.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:18:39 -05:00
Dave Reisner
edd9ed6a3b stop progress callbacks after curl_easy_perform returns
This prevents possible null dereferences in FTP transfers when the
progress callback is touched during connection teardown.

http://curl.haxx.se/mail/lib-2011-08/0128.html

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:18:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c4112da8c3 dload: remove unnecessary cast in alpm_load_payload_free
Dan: make it compile, s/load/payload/.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-11 11:18:00 -05:00
Allan McRae
c493eef643 makepkg: fix removing symbolic link
The path was not being stripped from $file before prefixing with
$srcdir resulting in the attempted removal of a very weird
filename.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit e92905a2c8)
2011-08-10 08:08:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
05608ee57e Fix stupid typo in NEWS file updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 19:52:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
e0f41e0fb4 3.5.4 release preparation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 19:16:19 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
c36dbf9711 Remove -f option from ln for POSIX compliance
Fixes FS#24893.

Conflicts:

	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
	scripts/repo-add.sh.in

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 51ed7dff0d)
2011-08-09 19:01:37 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6b57118c15 pacman/util: flush terminal input before reading response
Addresses FS#20538

Conflicts:

	src/pacman/util.c

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9477abc359)
2011-08-09 18:59:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
07996bfac7 Document group and providers selection
The format required for selection of packages within the group selection
dialog is not entirely obvious, so provide some documentation.

Fixes FS#24134.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 94d22f9309)
2011-08-09 18:55:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
82d45d66ca Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	src/pacman/callback.c
2011-08-09 16:24:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
5c1b83d9b1 Parse replaces strings as dep strings with version specs
This is done extremely crudely and is not very efficient, but it does
push us down the path of being closer to right, as one additional test
now passes.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 16:13:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
ce74f76a4c Conflict comparison performance enhancements
* Add *_hash fields to conflict struct and populate them
* Remove unnecessary backwards string comparisons

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 16:11:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
76dfea6e83 Update string catalogs after string tweaks
This also pulls in some early translations we had entered in Transifex
in the last day so those would not be lost. The diffstat is huge and not
very telling as usual, as all sorts of fuzzyness switches happened this
time around for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 16:00:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a6ebec7b2 Add a slightly simpler versioned replace test
It turns out we have a few problems here which are best tackled
independently. The first is simply parsing replacements as dep strings;
the second will be dealing with replaces when the original package name
still exists in the repository.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:46:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
96c4b1c303 Don't walk off front of string when stripping newline
If the string was zero-length to begin with, or consists of only newline
characters, nothing stopped us from incrementing right off the front of
the string. Ensure len stays above zero the whole time.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:41:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
a42e52a09f doc/pacman.conf: make SigLevel overview an unordered list
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:41:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
6803260f26 Fix compile error when curl is not used
Noticed in my PowerPC Linux VM:

    cc1: warnings being treated as errors
    dload.c:45: error: 'get_filename' defined but not used
    make[3]: *** [dload.lo] Error 1

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:40:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
40ea6cd607 Depend on name_hash being set
This is a fairly valid assumption at this point, or at least as good of
one as assuming packages all have names.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:38:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d3d647f00 pactest: improve speed of local DB dependent rules
We were doing some really silly stuff before and abusing the os.walk()
call, having to walk the entire local database for every single PKG
rule. We really only need top level directories, and we can cache any
generated package since calls to db_read() are well-defined and only
happen in one place.

This speeds up the running of tests that may want to add 100 PKG_VERSION
rules at once, where before we had to limit how many we used in order to
not put a serious cramp in the speed of the test suite run.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-09 15:36:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f38660be1 Add reason to corrupted package callback
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 19:55:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d09c9fdf7 Attempt to fix up some of the brokenness around failed package loads
This is a bit of a mess, due to the fact that we have a progress meter
running. It is also ironic that we are in the midst of a method named
"commit" when we haven't done a damn thing yet, and can still fail hard
if either a checksum or signature is invalid or unrecognized.

Adapt the former test_md5sum method to be invoked for any of the various
failure types, which at least gives the user some indication of what
packages are failing. A second patch will be needed to actually show
worthwhile error codes, but this is going to involve modifying the
actual data passed with the callback.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 19:42:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
1d16875db7 Update several translation strings
* Fix typos/capitalization
* Make sure large blocks of text are translated in one unit

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 19:01:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
4885a7fa3a Fix divide by zero when downloading zero length files
If someone did a 'touch bogusrepo.db', we had the potential to throw a
SIGFPE or divide by zero, given that the total file size was 0 and
getting passed up to the pacman callback. Fix this so we get weird but
sane output and don't blow up when downloading:

:: Synchronizing package databases...
 core             35.7K  306.7K/s 00:00:00 [###################] 100%
 bogusrepo         0.0K    0.0K/s 00:00:00 [###################] 100%

Exception as seen in gdb:

Program received signal SIGFPE, Arithmetic exception.
0x000000000040cc73 in cb_dl_progress (filename=0x619dfc "bogusrepo.db", file_xfered=0, file_total=0) at callback.c:584
584             file_percent = (file_xfered * 100) / file_total;

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 18:18:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
21240d4746 Update transifex config for new translation layout
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 17:45:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
9a40927533 Update all translation files
This moves us toward staring translations for the 4.0.0 release,
although this should not be interpreted as a string freeze by any means.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 17:17:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
09f950af07 _alpm_access(): don't call gettext() in debug level loggers
This is standard procedure elsewhere and cuts down on translations that
won't be seen (and we don't want if we need English debug output
anyway).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 17:11:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
8fa330335f Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
	lib/libalpm/po/fi.po
	lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
	po/de.po
	po/fi.po
	src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
	src/pacman/util.c
2011-08-08 17:05:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
ef4757afa5 Store a package info level flag if we fail to load data
If we are missing a local database file, we get repeated messages over
and over telling us the same thing, rather than being sane and erroring
only once. This package adds an INFRQ_ERROR level that is added to the
mask if we encounter any errors on a local_db_read() operation, and
short circuits future calls if found in the value. This fixes FS#25313.

Note that this does not make any behavior changes other than suppressing
error messages and repeated code calls to failure cases; we still have
more to do in the "local database is hosed" department.

Also make a small update to the wrong but unused flags set in
be_package; using INFRQ_ALL there was not totally correct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:56:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
d9f9b87d3f Add a test harness for new pacsort command
Note that this is meant to exercise pacsort more than the underlying
version comparsion; that is better left to the standalone vercmptest.sh
test script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:55:01 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1d37c19e04 mark option structs as const
These are never modified and even getopt_long's prototype shows this
modifier on the parameter.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:50:03 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5136df0f39 paccache: use pacsort instead of sort -V
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:49:56 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b283a1e065 src/util/Makefile.am: alphabetize targets
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:49:49 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0b57da2a43 pacsort: add new utility
pacsort is a command line sorting utility that implements libalpm's
alpm_pkg_vercmp algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:49:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
fab66f157d Bash-ify test/util/vercmptest.sh
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:49:19 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1a919a11b8 makepkg: ignore epoch when undeclared
In this case, we skip the epoch versioning entirely, as if it were
declared as 0.

Prevents errors such as:

/usr/bin/makepkg: line 244: ((: !  : syntax error: operand expected
(error token is " ")
==> Finished making: cower-git :20110808-1 (Mon Aug  8 17:17:27 EDT
2011)

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:47:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
67445334e7 Update translations from transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 16:39:04 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1e16b94a85 contrib/paccache: misc cleanup and bugfix
* change error verbiage when run as root
* delete sigs along with packages
* fix bug in diskspace calculations
* merge END block in pkgfilter

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 13:29:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
07a1292721 Check return value of rename() calls
We did a good job checking this in add.c, but not necessarily anywhere
else. Fix this up by adding checks into dload.c, remove.c, and conf.c in
the frontend. Also add loggers where appropriate and make the message
syntax more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 13:29:45 -05:00
Florian Pritz
4c37d74ae5 doc/PKGBUILD: fix pkgver for -git packages
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-08 13:28:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
f10aea73e4 docs/pacman.conf: Document SigLevel option
This adds docs for SigLevel, which can exist in both [options] and
[repository] sections. It also does a bit of reworking of the structure
of this manpage and adds a labeled list under the repo sections where we
didn't have one before.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:25:23 -04:00
Dan McGee
b03b06cfd3 Implement parsing of the new SigLevel directive
Add code to conf.c that parses the new SigLevel directive. An
overwhelming number of options are presented, but most users will still
be fine with the Never/Optional/Required trio. More advanced users can
combine these or any of the other options on a 'SigLevel = ' line, which
is parsed in a left-to-right fashion and flags turned on and off
accordingly. For example, all three of these will net the same config:

    SigLevel = Required PackageOptional
    SigLevel = Optional DatabaseRequired
    SigLevel = DatabaseRequired PackageOptional

Additionally, database-specific lines assume you wish to start with any
global default that has been set. For example, if any of the above lines
were in the [options] section, something such as:

    SigLevel = PackageRequired PackageAllowMarginal

Would continue to enforce required database signatures.

Inspiration-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:25:09 -04:00
Dave Reisner
6997a738bb paccache: add new contrib script
paccache is a robust and flexible package cache cleaner with a variety
of options. Much credit goes to DJ Mills and Pat Brisbin for ideas
behind this script.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
[Dan: add .gitignore entry]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:24:06 -04:00
Allan McRae
c55cbfbd5f pacman-key: follow gpg options for listing keys
The current --list option outputed the keys and all their signatures
which can be overly verbose.  It also did not take a list of keys on
the command line to limit its output (although the code suggests that
was intended).

That patch brings consistency with gpg, providing --list-keys and
--list-sigs options that function equivalently to those provided by
gpg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:20:42 -04:00
Dan McGee
cbaff216b3 Don't trim whitespace when reading database entries
We don't write with extra or unknown whitespace, so there is little
reason for us to trim it when reading either. This also fixes the
hopefully never encountered "paths that start or end with spaces" issue,
for which two pactests have been added. The tests also contain other
evil characters that we have encountered before and handle just fine,
but it doesn't hurt to ensure we don't break such support in the future.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:20:34 -04:00
Dan McGee
573260556d pactest: use subprocess module instead of os.system
This is more in line with standard Python practice, and makes keyboard
interrupts behave a lot more sanely. It also prevents the useless
spawning of a shell as well as simplifies the command building and
working directory stuff.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-08-02 08:20:27 -04:00
Dan McGee
66d9995711 Revamp signing checks
This ensures we are actually making correct use of the information gpgme
is returning to us. Marginal being allowed was obvious before, but
Unknown should deal with trust level, and not the presence or lack
thereof of a public key to validate the signature with.

Return status and validity information in two separate values so check
methods and the frontend can use them independently. For now, we treat
expired keys as valid, while expired signatures are invalid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 18:46:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
aecd0740cf Tidy up testdb to match coding styles
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 15:01:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
a3def7ac87 Make free_groupcache() private
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 15:01:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
dffff9659b Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/scripts-fixup' 2011-07-28 12:48:38 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e42d97b737 scripts/pkgdelta: exit properly on missing args
Removes usage of 'nounset' which, when combined with 'errexit' can cause
undesirable early exits.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 13:10:10 -04:00
Dave Reisner
e99b6a131e scripts/repo-add: show usage when no DB file specified
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 13:07:25 -04:00
Dan McGee
cd8747ba6d Unify modelines in Asciidoc files
This gets us close to using the same modeline in all files we run
through Asciidoc, as well as adding the spell and spelllang
declarations, just as we had in NEWS already.

The choice of 'en_us' is mainly for consistency and because the body of
work already uses these spellings.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-28 11:42:08 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
804e2505cf pacman-key: Add --import and --import-trustdb
Currently, pacman-key allows the user to import their keys using the --add
option. However, no similar functionality exists for importing ownertrust
values.

The --import-trustdb option takes a list of directories and imports ownertrust
values if the directories have a trustdb.gpg database.

The --import option takes a list of directories and imports keys from
pubring.gpg and ownertrust values from trustdb.gpg. Think of it as a combination
of --add and --import-trustdb

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:53 -05:00
DJ Mills
c5d4c92ad4 pacman-key: change GPG_PACMAN and GPG_NOKEYRING to arrays
Allows the commands to safely handle any possible arguments

Signed-off-by: DJ Mills <danielmills1@gmail.com>
Allan: rebase patch
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:46 -05:00
Allan McRae
d9875c5e6c pacman-key: fix syntax error in -r arg parsing
Previous fix did not work...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
49d9426b6a makepkg: refactor checking source integrity
Move the source integrity checking into its own function as the code
was duplicated and is now more complicated with the separation of the
two checks types.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
2b3405e01b makepkg: more control of skipping integrity checks
Allows the skipping of all integrity checks (checksum and PGP) or
either the checksum or PGP checks individually.

Original-patch-by: Wieland Hoffman <theminew@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:13 -05:00
Wieland Hoffmann
94f61c5b29 makepkg: Add support for verifying pgp signatures
Many projects provide signature files along with the source code
archives. It's good to check these, too, when verifying the integrity
of source code archives.
Not everybody is using gpg so the verification can be disabled with
--skippgpcheck.
Additionally, only a warning is displayed when the key that signed the
source file is unknown.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:47:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
9929a34a6d Remove duplicate code shared between sync and upgrade
Pacman did a great job of having almost (but not quite) duplicate code
paths through the sync and upgrade code. We can use the same logic in
both upgrade in sync once the targets are resolved, so extract a
function and delete a bunch of code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:46:15 -05:00
Allan McRae
ccdb2fa800 makepkg: get package version with overrides
When epoch, pkgver and/or pkgrel were overridden in a split package
function, makepkg failed hard finding the real version for checking
if packages were already built or trying to install packages. Fix
the get_full_version function to deal with overrides and return the
actual package version.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:45:25 -05:00
Allan McRae
03447ce39c makepkg: allow epoch to be overridden
We can override pkgver and pkgrel so it is only logical to add epoch
to that list

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:45:18 -05:00
Allan McRae
a7940e7419 makepkg: check arch overrides for required architecture
Check any overrides of the "arch" variable contain the required
architecture.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:45:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
819f675004 makepkg: check overrides for pkgrel and pkgver
Enforce syntax checking for pkgrel and pkgver overrides in package
functions.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:45:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
00949db191 makepkg: pkgver and pkgrel can not have whitespace
There is always someone who tries to break things (cough *Dave* cough...)

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:44:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
06974ebf2f contrib/pacsearch: skip non-matching lines
This prevents some perl errors from popping up when pacman prints error
or warning messages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-27 12:44:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
88644e181d Fix group selection entry for large inputs
Hardcoding anything always ends up burning you, and the arbitrary length
of 64 here did just that. Add the ability to reallocate the readline
buffer for longer inputs if necessary, and add other error checking as
approprate. This also plugs one small memory leak of the group
processing code selection array.

Addresses FS#24253.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-25 10:07:48 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
005eab0a08 libalpm: Set ret correctly in download_internal()
Immediately jump to the cleanup code after setting the return code to -1
in case rename() fails. Otherwise, it will be reset to 0 right after we
leave the if branch.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-25 08:48:02 -05:00
Dave Reisner
98073afe55 pacman-key: refactor post parse opt check into a case
This is a cleaner expression of the same information.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:05:52 -05:00
Dave Reisner
768d3589a3 pacman-key: s/UPDATEBD/UPDATEDB/
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:05:39 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2bd1687f51 pacman-key: fix syntax error in -r arg parsing
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:05:30 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9f500f684d pacman-key: return $ret, not errors
fixes: /usr/bin/pacman-key: line 286: return: errors: numeric argument required

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:04:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
bb3dada871 Convert package filelists to an array instead of linked list
This accomplishes quite a few things with one rather invasive change.

1. Iteration is much more performant, due to a reduction in pointer
   chasing and linear item access.
2. Data structures are smaller- we no longer have the overhead of the
   linked list as the file struts are now laid out consecutively in
   memory.
3. Memory allocation has been massively reworked. Before, we would
   allocate three different pieces of memory per file item- the list
   struct, the file struct, and the copied filename. What this resulted
   in was massive fragmentation of memory when loading filelists since
   the memory allocator had to leave holes all over the place. The new
   situation here now removes the need for any list item allocation;
   allocates the file structs in contiguous memory (and reallocs as
   necessary), leaving only the strings as individually allocated. Tests
   using valgrind (massif) show some pretty significant memory
   reductions on the worst case `pacman -Ql > /dev/null` (366387 files
   on my machine):

   Before:
     Peak heap:   54,416,024 B
	 Useful heap: 36,840,692 B
	 Extra heap:  17,575,332 B

   After:
     Peak heap:   38,004,352 B
	 Useful heap: 28,101,347 B
	 Extra heap:   9,903,005 B

Several small helper methods have been introduced, including a list to
array conversion helper as well as a filelist merge sort that works
directly on arrays.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:04:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
058ee17371 contrib: add paclog-pkglist to gitignore
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-21 15:03:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
70d6fe6632 Clean up my debug logger mess
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 00:23:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
61410814c2 Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/pacman-key' 2011-07-18 21:10:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
05f7c0280e Fix test suite when GPGME is disabled
As noted by Allan, we failed pretty hard if gpgme was compiled out. With
these changes, only sign001.py fails. This can/will be fixed later once
we beef up the test suite with more signing tests anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 21:06:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f1d25ba2dd pacman/callback: show .sig suffix on sig download
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 21:01:12 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
333269482a pacman-key: --init: correct creation of gpg.conf
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Pang Yan Han
fa3aaa41e3 pacman-key: correct spelling mistake
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e5dea5d32 pacman-key: add dependency on parse_options to Makefile
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
31c9a521b4 pacman-key: check required permissions on keyring
Makes sure that the pacman keyring is readable and that the user
has permissions to create a lock file if lock-never is not specified
in the gpg.conf file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
0c9e86bab1 pacman-key: add --init option
Add an --init option that ensures that the pacman keyring has all
the necessary files and they have the correct permissions for being
read as a user.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
0be9e4a4cd pacman-key: tidy up logic for finding pacman keyring directory
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
df7b390514 pacman-key: refactor get_from
This function had a variety of pitfalls, including the inability to
successfully find a key=value pair where no whitespace surrounded the
equals sign. Make it more robust by splitting the line on the equals
itself, and performing whitespace trimming on the resulting key/value
pair.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
0e85c4989b pacman-key: add --verify option
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
fec10d4a65 pacman-key: check only a single operation has been specified
Follow the example of gpg and only allow a single operation to be
specified each time.  Prevents having to deal with conflicting
variable names and potential issues due to the order in which the
operations are run.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
74f6d717a3 pacman-key: move verifying keyring files to own function
Also check all files before bailing on errors.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
74e5a494b0 pacman-key: move --edit-key and --receive processing to functions
This moves the processing of the --edit-key and --receive options
to functions, keeping the final option processing to be all single
line statements.

Also rework the --edit-key option to validate all input before
processing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
7963c5d000 pacman-key: update man page
Update man page to reflect current options.  Also add a description
on how to manually interact with the pacman keyring with gpg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Ivan Kanakarakis
e37adcd664 pacman-key: hide output of executed commands on logic checks
This commit correctly redirects to /dev/null the output of several
commands that get executed on logic checks.

Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
e458606ad2 pacman-key: rename --trust to --edit-key
This keeps the naming of the option more consistent with what is
actually being called by gpg.

Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Ivan Kanakarakis
15ca6dca5c pacman-key: fix quotation on several variable assignments
This commit adds quotes to several variable assignments. Unquoted values
can cause problems on several occasions if the value is empty. It is
safer to have every assignment quoted.

Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
b300b991a7 pacman-key: allow the export of all key ids
The gpg --export will exprt all keys if none are specified. Replicate
this behavior in pacman-key.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
8ee0724558 pacman-key: rename --del to --delete
There is already the short -d alias provided, so stay verbose with
the longer option name.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
95d7e16163 pacman-key: remove the --adv option
The conversion to using parse_options causes this option to break.
It is preferable to remove the option rather than fix it as it is
simply a wrapper for "gpg --homedir @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg".
Any user using more advanced keyring management than provided by
pacman-key can manage to point gpg at the right place themselves...

How to manually edit the keyring with gpg will instead be documented
in the man page in a later commit.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
7d205a70a2 pacman-key: use our option parser
The pacman-key script is complicated enough to warrent usage of the
parse_options script.  This is especially helpful in dealing with
all the configuration file override flags as the no longer need to
be specified first.  It also allows us to do the right thing early
with --help/--version and no option cases cleanly. This change also
makde the check for root privileges only occur on operations where
they are needed.

This patch is inspired by and supercedes some patches submitted by
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto and Ivan Kanakarakis who were altering the
previous option handling in an attempt to deal with the above issues.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-19 10:27:53 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d86a60c694 PKGBUILD.vim: add new var and assert bash syntax
* assert is_bash to pickup more valid syntax
* add checkdepends highlighting

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 11:50:47 -04:00
Florian Pritz
dad96ccce2 replace access() calls for debug info where applicable
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:44:28 -05:00
Florian Pritz
89c070b263 signing.c: check if needed files are readable
If we can't read the keyring, gpgme will output confusing debug
information and fail to verify the signature, so we should log some
debug information.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:44:07 -05:00
Florian Pritz
29a96bcfe1 add _alpm_access() wrapper
This is a wrapper function for access() which logs some debug
information and eases handling in case of split directory and filename.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:42:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
48e2a1a119 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-07-18 10:41:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
297cd7897b makepkg: fix issue with filenames with spaces and noextract
Specifying a filename with spaces in a PKGBUILDs noextract array fails
due to a lack of quoting.

Fixes FS#25100.

Reported-by: Thomas Weißschuh <thomas_weissschuh@lavabit.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:41:27 -05:00
Allan McRae
c0fe1743e5 Fix compilation without gpgme
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:36:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
f0e34be990 configure: output more compile settings
Add information on CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS and LIBS to the end of the
configure output. This is very helpful in tracing issues when
adjusting the configure file and also will allow us to more
easily replicate any issues discovered due to a users build
environment.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:36:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
36db8c5047 makepkg.conf: remove curl from other common tools
It is now set as the main tool, so make wget another common one.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:36:13 -05:00
Allan McRae
49427d1fb4 repo-add: do not print full path of signature file
The full path to the signature file when it is created is in a temporary
directory so only print the filename.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:35:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
bf120635a7 repo-add: always remove repo signature symlink
This prevents a dangling symlink being left behind if the repo goes
from being signed to unsigned.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:35:47 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3934a842b8 contrib/paclog-pkglist: whitespace cleanup
add a modeline and change 2 space indent to a tab.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:35:12 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3294039a00 contrib/paclog-pkglist: rework as bash wrapping awk
Avoid some pain in awk's limited handling of command line arguments by
wrapping this in a Bash script. We also default to
@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log when no args are specified, meaning that
-h or --help is required to get the help message.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:34:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
0b92d9ed9c Add a new epoch pactest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:34:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
1c39e4fbad Handle removal of empty directories properly
This addresses FS#25141. We shouldn't remove every empty directory we
come across during the removal process unless it is truly not known to
any other package. This will prevent removal of essential directories
such as '/var/lock/'.

This is accomplished by first checking the empty/non-empty status of a
directory, which was previously done implicitly by calling rmdir() and
ignoring errors. We do this to avoid the next (new) check in most cases,
which is to look at all local packages to see if the to-be-removed
directory is present in another packages' filelist. If we do not find it
anywhere, then we remove it, else we keep the file around.

The pactest has been updated to test more cases, as well as finding a
flaw in the original expected to fail case- we need separate DIR and
FILE based EXIST rules.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:34:05 -05:00
Rogutės Sparnuotos
3a04267cdd makepkg: only test for writable PKGDEST when needed.
There is no need for a writable PKGDEST when using the --nobuild or
--geninteg flags.

Allan: added --geninteg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:28:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
65847fad44 Move some .gitignore entries
Put a .gitignore entry at the right level and sort that file
alphabetically.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-18 10:28:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
e209955606 doc/PKGBUILD: clarify scriptlet version arguments
It was a bit unclear that both pkgver and pkgrel were included in the
passed version strings; clarify this fact in the manpage. Also include
epoch in the mix now that it exists.

Also make two other minor consistency touchups to code-print variables
in text.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 16:12:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
8f72ffbc45 Make alpm_db_set_pkgreason() arguments more sane
This can only ever operate on the local database, and a local package at
that. Change the function signature to take a handle and package object,
add the relevant asserts, and ensure the frontend can detect the package
not found condition when finding packages to pass to this method.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:59:57 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0fe93bc34c contrib/paclog-pkglist: new contribution
converts a pacman log file to a list of installed packages, which should
match the output of `pacman -Q'.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:49:34 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1376ba5b0e contrib/bash_completion: update with new makepkg opts
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:49:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6907a22b27 makepkg: remove unused -C option from option list
We nuke it from the completion file as well along with its longopt.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:49:13 -05:00
Dave Reisner
727e03fe19 makepkg: skip devel_check when reading from a pipe
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:44:48 -05:00
DJ Mills
282be6bf4b makepkg: Remove pre-optimization from in_array()
The '[[ -z' test in in_array() is redundant, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: DJ Mills <danielmills1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:42:37 -05:00
DJ Mills
7f5b24597b makepkg: Remove OPT_TEMP hack in parse_options call
Instead of hacking around the error trap, simply do an explicit
test for failure.

Signed-off-by: DJ Mills <danielmills1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:42:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
af357d6ab0 Allow fileconflict if unowned file moving into backup array
The bulk of this commit is adding new tests to ensure the new behavior
works without disrupting old behavior. This is a relatively sane maneuver
when a package adds a conf file (e.g. '/etc/mercurial/hgrc') that was
not previously in the package, but it is placed in the backup array. In
essence, we can treat the existing file as having always been a part of
the package and do our normal compare/install as pacnew logic checks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 15:34:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
36e48573ce Add 'compress' compression format as an available option
This adds the '.tar.Z' option to both repo-add and makepkg for no other
reason than "why not", and because bsdtar supports it natively with the
'-Z' flag. Also update the documentation accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-14 14:58:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
00628c7268 Unify package removal code
This code duplication has always been a rather clumsy casuality of
fixing some past upgrade issues. Unify the removal code across upgrade
and remove operations into  a new _alpm_remove_single_package() method
wihch makes it very clear how we handle upgrade and remove differently,
via several conditionals on newpkg.

This commit highlights interesting behavior such as the fact that the
implicit removal in every package upgrade never gets transaction events
or progress callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-06 09:26:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
1d53dd716d include util.h in rawstr.c
Fixes "error: no previous prototype for '_alpm_raw_cmp'
[-Werror=missing-prototypes]" warnings, and also prevents someone from
getting the prototypes and functions out of sync.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 22:36:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
b678e00271 Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/download' 2011-07-05 22:01:29 -05:00
Dave Reisner
57eac093c4 absorb fileinfo struct into dload_payload
This transitional struct becomes delicious noms for dload_payload.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 23:00:03 -04:00
Dave Reisner
3eec745910 absorb some _alpm_download params into payload struct
Restore some sanity to the number of arguments passed to _alpm_download
and curl_download_internal.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 23:00:02 -04:00
Dave Reisner
6dc71926f9 lib/dload: prevent large file attacks
This means creating a new struct which can pass more descriptive data
from the back end sync functions to the downloader. In particular, we're
interested in the download size read from the sync DB. When the remote
server reports a size larger than this (via a content-length header),
abort the transfer.

In cases where the size is unknown, we set a hard upper limit of:

* 25MiB for a sync DB
* 16KiB for a signature

For reference, 25MiB is more than twice the size of all of the current
binary repos (with files) combined, and 16KiB is a truly gargantuan
signature.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 22:58:55 -04:00
Dave Reisner
6c9b82e72a dload: handle irregular URLs
URLs might end with a slash and follow redirects, or could be a
generated by a script such as /getpkg.php?id=12345. In both cases, we
may have a better filename that we can write to, taken from either
content-disposition header, or the effective URL.

Specific to the first case, we write to a temporary file of the format
'alpmtmp.XXXXXX', where XXXXXX is randomized by mkstemp(3). Since this
is a randomly generated file, we cannot support resuming and the file is
unlinked in the event of an interrupt.

We also run into the possibility of changing out the filename from under
alpm on a -U operation, so callers of _alpm_download can optionally pass
a pointer to a *char to be filled in by curl_download_internal with the
actual filename we wrote to. Any sync operation will pass a NULL pointer
here, as we rely on specific names for packages from a mirror.

Fixes FS#22645.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-07-05 22:58:27 -04:00
Allan McRae
eda741ae93 repo-add: backup old database signature too
If you are keeping a copy of the old database, you probably want
to keep a copy of its signature too.  Also, delete the previously
backed-up database signature if no new one is being copied.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:40:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
043931ca45 Rework -Si display logic
We did some funny stuff here before to allow specifying fully-qualified
package names, such as 'testing/gcc' or 'core/gcc'. However, it was done
by duplicating code, not to mention an early escape if a repository
could not be found for an early target. Something like `pacman -Si
foo/bar core/gcc' would not give expected results, although `pacman -Si
bar gcc' would.

Clean up the code, remove strncpy() usage, and clarify the error
messages a bit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:38:32 -05:00
Allan McRae
e2f00abe26 pacman-key: fix syntax highlighting
The lone quotation mark in "pacman's" causes issues for some syntax
highlighting. Change the printing of the nessage from echo to printf
so we can invisibly escape it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:38:07 -05:00
Dave Reisner
62880d7568 contrib/paclist: rewrite in bash
The original concept for this script was a bash implementation, but
turned out to be unreasonable at the time due to the efficiencies of the
database format. Since those have been resolved, we can rewrite this in
bash as a much simpler script.

All the action happens in a single line, but we add extend this a
little, binding to gettext to keep our pacman translations intact.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:37:18 -05:00
Florian Pritz
36474af463 fix segfault if pacman.conf can't be read
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:36:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
ae7139adcf Remove most usages of strncmp()
The supposed safety blanket of this function is better handled by
explicit length checking and usages of strlen() on known NULL-terminated
strings rather than hoping things fit in a buffer. We also have no need
to fully fill a PATH_MAX length variable with NULLs every time as long
as a single terminating byte is there. Remove usages of it by using
strcpy() or memcpy() as appropriate, after doing length checks via
strlen().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 21:29:02 -05:00
Dave Reisner
44889da5b7 dload: rearrange code to avoid extra cpp block
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 17:18:23 -04:00
Dave Reisner
6cce517f1a lib/rawstr: borrow raw string functions from curl
We'll need these functions to do locale agnostic and case insensitive
string comparisons.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 17:18:23 -04:00
Allan McRae
dfc532668d makepkg: update --pkg desciption in man page
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
77a93328cf Add library files to POTFILES.in
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
bfd6d22be2 parse_options: accept multiple arguments
Allow command-line options to accept multiple arguments without
additional quoting by taking the list of arguments until one
starting with a "-" is reached.

The only current use of this is the --pkg option in makepkg.  This
allows (e.g.)

makepkg --pkg foo bar

and packages "foo" and "bar" will be built.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:31 -05:00
Allan McRae
87ee38d8b3 parse_options: implement optional arguments
This allows options specified with a trailing "::" to optionally
take arguments.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:25 -05:00
Allan McRae
ddb8617d96 parse_options: add missing newlines
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
24324ff0e1 Simplify alpm_list_previous
We can readily detect the first node in a list by checking if
node->prev->next is NULL. So there is no need to pass the head
of the list to this function and its prototype now looks like
all the other item accessors.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
97103f860d Remove alpm_list_first
The only thing this accessor did was remove the const qualifier
given our entire list implementation requires passing around the
head anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:22:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
c748eadc80 Allow invalid sync DBs to be returned by the library
They are placeholders, but important for things like trying to re-sync a
database missing a signature. By using the alpm_db_validity() method at
the right time, a client can take the appropriate action with these
invalid databases as necessary.

In pacman's case, we disallow just about anything that involves looking
at a sync database outside of an '-Sy' operation (although we do check
the validity immediately after). A few operations are still permitted-
'-Q' ops that don't touch sync databases as well as '-R'.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:13:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
07502f2d82 Allow frontend access to signature verification information
Show output in -Qip for each package signature, which includes the UID
string from the key ("Joe User <joe@example.com>") and the validity of
said key. Example output:

Signatures     : Valid signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>"
                 Unknown signature from "<Key Unknown>"
                 Invalid signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>"

Also add a backend alpm_sigresult_cleanup() function since memory
allocation took place on this object, and we need some way of freeing
it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:13:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
e8443b1685 Correctly check the GPG error codes
The error code is in fact a bitmask value of an error code and an error
source, so use the proper function to get only the relevant bits. For
the no error case, this shouldn't ever matter, but it bit me when I was
trying to compare the error code to other values and wondered why it
wasn't working, so set a good example.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:13:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
7af0ab1cde signing: move to new signing verification and return scheme
This gives us more granularity than the former Never/Optional/Always
trifecta. The frontend still uses these values temporarily but that will
be changed in a future patch.

* Use 'siglevel' consistenly in method names, 'level' as variable name
* The level becomes an enum bitmask value for flexibility
* Signature check methods now return a array of status codes rather than
  a simple integer success/failure value. This allows callers to
  determine whether things such as an unknown signature are valid.
* Specific signature error codes mostly disappear in favor of the above
  returned status code; pm_errno is now set only to PKG_INVALID_SIG or
  DB_INVALID_SIG as appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-05 10:13:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
1ce7f39ad7 Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/ALPM'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_local.c
	lib/libalpm/be_package.c
	lib/libalpm/conflict.c
	lib/libalpm/diskspace.c
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
	lib/libalpm/remove.c
2011-07-03 14:44:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
c839415e3f conflict code tweaks and cleanups
We can take advantage of a few things on our new and improved filelist
in this code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 14:29:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
26195f8da1 diskspace: remove all libarchive usage
Now that the filelists capture mode and size information, we can read
the data from there and prevent having to loop through and uncompress
every archive to check required diskspace usage.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 14:29:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
6a6fc3107f Move alpm filelists to a struct object
This allows us to capture size and mode data when building filelists
from package files. Future patches will take advantage of this newly
available information, and frontends can use it as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 14:29:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
a2995f586e pactest: add a few more checks to fileconflict checks
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:44:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
06840f14b4 Fix debug logger without a newline
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:44:26 -05:00
Allan McRae
a7b02d07f4 Do not replicate files list when removing packages
This saves replicating the potentially large list of files in a package
that is being removed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:42:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
ab79b13079 Add alpm_list_previous method
Helper function to get the previous item in a list

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:42:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
f612e5ede7 checkdeps: remove unnecessary list join and copy
We can just perform the same search operation on both lists.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:39:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
925d74f38d be_local: use macros in database loading similar to be_sync
This removes some of the repetition in the code for reading and parsing
database file lines.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:37:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
de8b9a85a5 be_sync: make READ_NEXT() a no-arg macro
We passed in 'line', but not 'buf.line'. In addition, the macros
building off of READ_NEXT() assume variable names anyway. Since we only
use these macros in one function, might as well simplify them.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-03 13:07:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
afc96f2ab3 Prefix _alpm_errno_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
bd88a8d551 Prefix alpm_transprog_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
495ba26e63 Prefix alpm_transconv_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
3189d3bc4a Prefix alpm_transevt_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
39262acab6 Prefix alpm_transflag_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
ca43fdd92f Prefix alpm_loglevel_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
d796d1cdda Prefix alpm_fileconflicttype_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
f818f570c5 Prefix alpm_depmod_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
eb39a9482b Prefix alpm_pkgreason_t members with ALPM
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-07-02 02:01:38 +10:00
Dan McGee
cf1401a04d signing: check validity of all available signatures
Change the check into a loop over all signatures present and returned by
GPGME. Also modify the return values and checks slightly now that I know
a little bit more about what type of values are returned.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 17:25:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
23a2d2c16a Make alpm_db_get_sigverify_level() public
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 16:16:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
68284da0d7 Add an alpm_db_get_valid() public function
This allows one to check if a database is valid or invalid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 16:05:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6633b8e5c2 move proto files to new subdirectory, proto/
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 13:37:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
98a2fc8deb pacman: return with 128+signum on signaled exit
This is a convention that is widely followed in *nix and posix-ish
environments. We should follow it, too.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 12:43:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
35ffe6af2d pactest: remove no longer necessary newline hacks
libalpm can now cope with this as of commit 719e0d3ddb.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 12:02:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ed848a9ea pactest: create packages in memory
This is similar to what was just done for the sync databases. Move a few
pieces around so we never need to actually write out the filesystem to
create a package, and simply stream the tarfile out from the data we've
collected.

Once again, a few newline addition hacks and other things have to be
left in place in order not to break everything; this time however most
of the assumptions are in pactest and not libalpm.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 11:55:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
13235ba65a Make local_db_read() private to the local backend
There is little need to expose the guts of this function even within the
library. Make it static in be_local.c, and clean up a few other things
since we know exactly where it is being called from:

* Remove unnecessary origin checks in _cache_get_*() methods- if you are
  calling a cache method your package type will be correct.
* Remove sanity checks within local_db_read() itself- packages will
  always have a name and version if they get this far, and the package
  object will never be NULL either.

The one case calling this from outside the backend was in add.c, where
we forced a full load of a package before we duplicated it. Move this
concern elsewhere and have pkg_dup() always force a full package load
via a new force_load() function on the operations callback struct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 11:51:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
b94e8ecd1f Fix a few warnings pointed out via clang scan-build
Some of these are legit (the backup hash NULL checks), while others are
either extemely unlikely or just impossible for the static code
analysis to prove, but are worth adding anyway because they have little
overhead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 11:51:36 -05:00
Florian Pritz
9efd10cd2a fix vim syntax highlighting of .sh files
vim recognises what type of shell script it's dealing with by looking at
the shebang. If detection fails it falls back to sh which doesn't
support some bash features. Adding a normal, possibly broken, shebang
which gets fixed by the Makefile allows vim to detect bash syntax.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:44:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
c2cce4f3f5 Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/makepkg' 2011-06-30 10:41:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
ad577b3cb4 Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/breakshit' 2011-06-30 10:37:08 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0f4aaeee42 lib/util: modify entry_prefix, not prefix
Modifying prefix caused tmp directories to be left behind after
running scriptlets, and the path '/' to be passed to _alpm_rmrf. Broken
in f01c6f.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:34:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
002d2fda7a lib/alpm: unlock the handle before freeing it
This avoids, probably among other things, leaving the lock file in place
after a SIGINT'd sync DB update.

Fixes regression introduced in 4f8ae2b.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:33:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2860ade2f5 repo-add.sh.in: avoid being clever with repo repacking
Revert to the old behavior that 6f5a90 attempted to simplify and go with
the original proposed solution of using "ugly" bash to detect empty
directories.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:32:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
84974ed04c repo-add: fix db creation one last time
We fubar-ed this pretty good.

1. The whole old/new move shuffle was totally busted if you used a
relative path to your database, as we would just build the database in
place.
2. Our prior temp directory layout had the database files extracted
directly into it. When we tried to create a xxx.db.tar.gz file in this
same directory, due to the fact that we were no longer using a shell
wildcard, we tried to include the db in ourself, which is a big failure.
Fix all this by extracting to tree/ so we can have a clean top-level
temp directory.
3. Fix the inclusion of the './' directory entry; ensure the regex
prunes both leading paths of '.' as well as './'.

Where is that test suite again?

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:29:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
c2e6a01a28 makepkg: only source user override if using default config file
Otherwise there is no way to easily test or run with a standalone config
file without outside interference.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:29:49 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
4c80f994c3 makepkg: fix typo (missing quotes)
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:28:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
e92905a2c8 makepkg: fix removing symbolic link
The path was not being stripped from $file before prefixing with
$srcdir resulting in the attempted removal of a very weird
filename.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-30 10:28:18 -05:00
Allan McRae
fed3e09c94 Use ignoregroup rather than ignoregrp in the handle
This matches the naming in pacman.conf.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-29 16:00:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
b1894ccf06 Rename internal functions with grp in their name
The following function renames take place for the same reasoning as
the previous commit:

  _alpm_grp_new -> _alpm_group_new
  _alpm_grp_free -> _alpm_group_free
  _alpm_db_free_grpcache -> _alpm_db_free_groupcache
  _alpm_db_get_grpfromcache -> _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-29 15:52:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
f1bb56cebf Rename public functions with grp in their name
Using grp instead of group is a small saving at the cost of clarity.
Rename the following functions:

  alpm_option_get_ignoregrps -> alpm_option_get_ignoregroups
  alpm_option_add_ignoregrp -> alpm_option_add_ignoregroup
  alpm_option_set_ignoregrps -> alpm_option_set_ignoregroups
  alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp -> alpm_option_remove_ignoregroup
  alpm_db_readgrp -> alpm_db_readgroup
  alpm_db_get_grpcache -> alpm_db_get_groupcache
  alpm_find_grp_pkgs -> alpm_find_group_pkgs

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-29 15:46:49 +10:00
Dave Reisner
9a29888ba7 makepkg: simplify SIGNPKG check
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-28 23:15:58 -04:00
Dave Reisner
5f6e8c9274 makepkg: fix vim syntax highlighting
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-28 23:05:57 -04:00
Dave Reisner
452bf71cec makepkg: remove unneeded echo
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-28 23:05:57 -04:00
Allan McRae
3bb469d558 Update README with changes to struct names
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
7633c14bd5 Rename _pmdbstatus_t to _alpm_dbstatus_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
028b965e1a Rename pmdbinfrq_t to alpm_dbinfrq_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
925f42e460 Rename pmtransstate_t to alpm_transstate_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
71fa9f912d Rename pmpkghash_t to alpm_pkghash_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
57b9b19b10 Rename pmgraph_t to alpm_graph_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
08fc1db24c Rename pmpkgfrom_t to alpm_pkgfrom_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
ddad400900 Rename pmerrno_t to alpm_errno_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
1059df7486 Rename pmtransprog_t to alpm_transprog_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
565e167356 Rename pmtransconv_t to alpm_transconv_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
011ef6be0e Rename pmtransevt_t to alpm_transevt_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
590a8fcb1e Rename pmtransflag_t to alpm_transflag_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
0aef91bc4f Rename pmloglevel_t to alpm_loglevel_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
cd1e39ba62 Rename pmbackup_t to alpm_backup_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
bfe1771067 Rename pmdelta_t to alpm_delta_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
1fdbe79022 Rename pmgrp_t to alpm_group_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
37b6cceed4 Rename pmfileconflict_t to alpm_fileconflict_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
220842b37b Rename pmconflict_t to alpm_conflict_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
6d876f9b6b Rename pmdepmissing_t to alpm_depmissing_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
9540dfc4d9 Rename pmdepend_t to alpm_depend_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:28:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
6b62508c86 Rename pmtrans_t to alpm_trans_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:27:16 +10:00
Allan McRae
8a04bc25a1 Rename pmpkg_t to alpm_pkg_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 23:26:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
939d5a9511 Rename pmdb_t to alpm_db_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 14:16:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
64c1cf7921 Rename pmhandle_t to alpm_handle_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 14:04:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
1c5c7c907c Rename pmfileconflicttype_t to alpm_fileconflicttype_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 13:58:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
0a80cf31cf Rename pmdepmod_t to alpm_depmod_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 13:56:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
7ce674491b Rename pmpkgreason_t to alpm_pkgreason_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-28 13:54:04 +10:00
Dan McGee
9aab1440ca Revert "Merge branch 'master' of git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman"
This reverts the merge of 2d32a9a3a3,
which reverts the commit 8581694ceb.

Thanks Dave for the dirty branch and non-clean rebase! :) Dave broke it.
2011-06-27 21:43:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
97e1dd9318 repo-add: remove extra exit call
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 15:08:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
09c803783d pacman-optimize: use output library
We already use msg() and error() in here, might as well just use the
standard functions. In addition, fix one translated message that would
have printed ERROR twice if anyone ever saw it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 13:30:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
a12acbc2ff Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/repo-add' 2011-06-27 13:30:37 -05:00
Dave Reisner
db172b09c5 repo-add: add new command, repo-elephant
_    _
  / \__/ \_____
 /  /  \  \    `\
 )  \''/  (     |\
 `\__)/__/'_\  / `
    //_|_|~|_|_|
    ^""'"' ""'"'

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-27 14:10:03 -04:00
Dave Reisner
399184d68f repo-add: enforce file extensions
Allow one of 4 archive extensions: .tar{,.gz,.xz,.bz2} for each of the 2
valid repo extensions: .db and .files. Check for this via
'verify_repo_extension' directly after option parsing to assert that
this extension is present, and again after files have been added to get
the proper archive option for bsdtar.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-27 13:39:02 -04:00
Dave Reisner
122b4c2187 repo-add: move command invocation out of arg parsing loop
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-27 13:39:02 -04:00
Dave Reisner
6f5a90edb3 repo-add: refactor repacking of repo file
Dump the whole conditional and filter the contents of the directory to
create an empty or non-empty archive.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-27 13:39:02 -04:00
Dan McGee
865ac0f055 Remove setter for DB signature level
This should have been removed with commit db3b86e7f3 but was
erroniously left behind.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 11:57:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
f01c6f814a Fix several -Wshadow warnings
Only one of these looked like a real red flag, in find_requiredby(), but
it doesn't hurt to fix several of them up anyway.

Unfortunately, we can't turn this on universally due to things like the
sync(), remove(), etc. builtins which we often use as variable names.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 10:10:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
77a09c92c6 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/conflict.c
2011-06-27 09:33:27 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
51ed7dff0d Remove -f option from ln for POSIX compliance
Fixes FS#24893.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:24:41 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
f5dc5c46e0 makepkg: Add warning if VCS tool is not present when determining latest VCS revision
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:24:28 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
bdd8ebd631 makepkg: Move check for sudo into check_software function
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:24:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
6a413fe72f Remove two alpm_list_count usages
We have just looped through the list of files, so might as well get
the count as we go.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:19:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
93c77565f6 Add scripts po directory to autoclean.sh
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:16:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
e378170c25 Ensure a file can be replaced by a directory
This addresses FS#24904. In a normal upgrade case, this replacement
seems to work just fine. However, when doing a sync "replace" type
upgrade, we weren't properly handling this edge case due to path
comparison not ignoring trailing slashes. Fix this by pruning any
trailing slashes past a certain point of file conflict resolution where
we no longer need them, which allows us to safely detect cases such as
now tested in the new pactest.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:15:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
f8f4c2a6f3 File conflict code cleanups
While researching the root cause of FS#24904, I couldn't help but clean
up some of the cruft in here. A few whitespace/line-wrapping issues, but
also fix shadowed variables and add some const where applicable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-27 09:15:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3725998cbc pactree: add -s option to walk sync DBs
Add a whole lot of bloat to parse pacman.conf and only a few lines to
use the list of sync DBs instead of the local DB.

Dan: I fully plan on this being temporary and us finding a better way in
the future to parse pacman.conf from multiple binaries. Adding a
standalone config parser is probably not the right way of going about
things, but for now it is by far the easiest.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 14:18:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
777bdc6c50 Make sync DB reading a bit more flexible
We can reorganize things a bit to not require reading a directory-only
entry first (or at all). This was noticed while working on some pactest
improvements, but should be a good step forward anyway.

Also make _alpm_splitname() a bit more generic in where it stores the
data it parses.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 14:04:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
719e0d3ddb archive_fgets(): ensure we return any trailing text with no newline
Discovered this when doing some pactest rewrite work to generate
archives in memory only. If a sync database file or PKGINFO file is
missing a newline on the final line, the text from that line gets tossed
aside and never read into the package struct. This is pretty critical
when that last line is a depend or something.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 14:03:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
1187edb38c valgrind.supp: add known leaks from GPGME
Thank you too, GPGME, for these. Why don't you provide a way to
clean up your static variable mess?

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 14:03:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
112858ae61 repo-add.8.txt: document valid DB file extensions
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 14:55:49 -04:00
Dave Reisner
7d8e9b8ed6 repo-add: use format_entry for all desc/depends fields
This ranks high on the code readability scale. The same function formats
all of our data and writes to the metadata file at once.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 14:55:49 -04:00
Dave Reisner
5246fdecf6 repo-add: store multi-value fields as arrays
Fields like groups and depends should be stored as arrays. This requires
rewriting our write_list_entry function to accomodate our new data type.
This new function will not write to a file, but rather only format it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 14:55:49 -04:00
Dave Reisner
522c94f168 repo-add: bashify reading of .PKGINFO file
grep and sed aren't needed here, and this removes the truly ugly
manipulation of IFS. The process substituion could just as well be a
herestring, but it breaks vim's syntax highlighting. Style over
substance, mang.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 14:55:49 -04:00
Dave Reisner
2d32a9a3a3 Merge branch 'master' of git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman
* 'master' of git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman:
  pactree: carry a list of databases for dep resolution
  makepkg: Remove a lone quotation mark
  makepkg: remove the cleancache option
  Don't require a transaction for sync DB updates
  Move locking functions to handle
  Add a 'valid' flag to the database object
  Move database 'version' check to registration time
  Do database signature checking at load time
2011-06-24 14:55:32 -04:00
Dave Reisner
e06586ceb4 pactree: carry a list of databases for dep resolution
Declare an alpm_list which, for now, only holds our local database.
walk_deps and walk_reverse_deps are refactored to account for this, and
a helper function is added to wrap alpm_db_get_pkg for traversing a
list.

This is groundwork for letting pactree walk the sync DBs.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 13:37:09 -05:00
Wieland Hoffmann
61cb8e76c3 makepkg: Remove a lone quotation mark
Allan broke it in 4bdb868.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 13:36:46 -05:00
Allan McRae
c45cfb1741 makepkg: remove the cleancache option
This is a fairly useless feature given all it does is an "rm" on a
directory.  It is also unlikely that you would want to remove the
entire SRCDEST anyway, but rather just the old files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 13:36:38 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8581694ceb makepkg: fix incorrect parenthesis in gettext call
allan broke it in 4bdb868a.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 08:36:54 -04:00
Dan McGee
4f8ae2bab6 Don't require a transaction for sync DB updates
Instead, just do the required locking directly in the backend in calls
to alpm_db_update().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 04:11:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
7b8f8f69f1 Move locking functions to handle
These operate on the handle, and the state is stored on the handle, so
move them where they belong. Up until now only the transaction stuff
calls them, but this will soon change and alpm_db_update() will handle
locking all on its own.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 04:02:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
79e98316ea Add a 'valid' flag to the database object
Start by converting all of our flags to a 'status' bitmask (pkgcache
status, grpcache status). Add a new 'valid' flag as well. This will let
us keep track if the database itself has been marked valid in whatever
fashion.

For local databases at the moment we ensure there are no depends files;
for sync databases we ensure the PGP signature is valid if
required/requested. The loading of the pkgcache is prohibited if the
database is invalid.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 03:46:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
1150d9e15a Move database 'version' check to registration time
This is another step toward doing both local database validation
(ensuring we don't have depends files) and sync database validation (via
signatures if present) when the database is registered.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 03:31:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
db3b86e7f3 Do database signature checking at load time
This is the ideal place to do it as all clients should be checking the
return value and ensuring there are no errors. This is similar to
pkg_load().

We also add an additional step of validation after we download a new
database; a subsequent '-y' operation can potentially invalidate the
original check at registration time.

Note that this implementation is still a bit naive; if a signature is
invalid it is currently impossible to refresh and re-download the file
without manually deleting it first. Similarly, if one downloads a
database and the check fails, the database object is still there and can
be used. These shortcomings will be addressed in a future commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 02:34:50 -05:00
Allan McRae
94d22f9309 Document group and providers selection
The format required for selection of packages within the group selection
dialog is not entirely obvious, so provide some documentation.

Fixes FS#24134.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 02:02:40 -05:00
Allan McRae
4bdb868ac8 makepkg: clean-up of output messages
There was a lot of inconsistency in how strings that should not be
translated (program names, option flags, PKGBUILD directives, etc) were
handled. This patch moves them all outside the gettext invocation for
consistency and to prevent accidental translation.

Note that some of these may need reverted if they cause difficulties in
translation due to gettext usage in bash not taking positional parameters
for arguments. A quick survey of current translations indicates that this
issue will be rare.  Also, we should be able to catch these before a full
string freeze given we are going to probably need a "developer preview"
release before the next release series.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 02:02:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
624a878701 pactest: generate sync DB's in memory
Sync database are no longer exploded on the filesystem. Rework the logic
used to generate our test databases so we can create them completely in
memory without having to write the individual files to disk at all. The
local database is unaffected.

Note that several shortcomings in libalpm parsing were discovered by
this change, which have since been temporarily patched around in this
test suite:

* archive_fgets() did not properly handle a file that ended in a
  non-newline, and would silently drop the data in this line.
* sync database with only the file entries and not the directories would
  fail to parse properly, and even cause segfaults in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
63335859d1 pactest: refactor install file creation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f15cce1d41 pactest: move filelist/backup generation into package object
These are definite methods that operate on a package, so move them there
which cleans up util a bit more.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
3ace8ceb23 pactest: make pmfile a bit more pythonic
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
11d8418737 pactest: small cleanups and chmod -x most files
Remove empty docstrings, small and easy pylint fixes, etc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
763d638ca1 pactest: clean up database section writing
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8c3202836 pactest: add isize attribute, fix url attribute
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
f12ead2cf2 Remove three unnecessary usages of alpm_list_count()
For the files count when loading from a package, we can keep a counter.
The two in the frontend were completely useless due to the fact that if
sync_dbs is non-NULL, alpm_list_count() will always be greater than 0.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
d589a7b5db Prevent segfault when parsing unexpected sync database file
This doesn't fix the real (bigger) problem of failing to parse sync
databases without directory entries, but it does prevent the parser from
segfaulting when the first desc file encountered did not have a
directory entry, among other conditions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-24 01:36:47 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e27a5c8851 parse-options: simplify unused-arg & parameter printing
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-24 00:02:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
ac7d17f88e Merge branch 'po-split' 2011-06-23 23:44:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d8d287b4d2 repo-add: fix path designation regression
b899099 made path checking a bit more strict than I had intended, and
would actually forbid creation of a repo in $PWD if only the filename
was specified. readlink would be the fun and easy solution here, but
it's avoided due to portability issues, making the validation process a
bit more verbose.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 23:27:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
d62a429b92 scripts/po/: add pacman-key
This has gettext strings, but wasn't added to the list of files in
POTFILES.in just yet. Add it and update the catalogs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:55:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
c699c0b154 src/pacman/po/: prune message catalog and translations
Now that we have performed the split, prune the catalogs of all
scripts-only messages.

All old messages were pruned from the files using the following command:
    sed -i -e '/^#\~/,$d' *.po

Note: the diff on this commit looks much less insane if the --patience
option is used.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:55:56 -05:00
Dan McGee
963b942bb9 scripts/po/: prune message catalog and translations
Now that we have performed the split, prune the catalogs of all
pacman-only messages.

All old messages were pruned from the files using the following command:
    sed -i -e '/^#\~/,' *.po

Note: the diff on this commit looks much less insane if the --patience
option is used.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:50:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
a4a7006a13 po/: split into scripts/po/ and src/pacman/po/
This is the first step at separating the pacman message catalog and the
scripts message catalog. Makefiles, configure.ac, and other such files
are adjusted accordingly, as well as renaming files. The TEXTDOMAIN of
scripts is also adjusted.

Note that no actual pot or po files get changed here; these will get
pruned in a future commit so each catalog contains only the necessary
messages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:50:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
78f297dabe Update all translation files
This is for the eventual 4.0.0 release, but more importantly to
logically separate new translations and strings from the PO split about
to happen between pacman and scripts.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:49:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa3aa6441c Let configure gettext setup know we use ngettext()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 22:49:59 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
eedd56f320 makepkg: Added checks in check_software for distcc, ccache, strip and gzip
Dan: slightly shorten some of the messages.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 21:39:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
aa89a65a83 makepkg: remove distcc/makeflags option interaction
Way back in c94bfbaba when refactoring makepkg options handling, I added
these lines to unset MAKEFLAGS if '!distcc' was set in a PKGBUILD (not
taking into account makepkg.conf settings). This was an attempt to say
"if it is broken in distcc, it is probably broken even more". However,
this is silly as one should be using '!makeflags' as well. Remove the
linkage.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-23 21:35:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
54ef162a1a Convert backup list to new pmbackup_t type
This allows us to separate the name and hash elements in one place and
not scatter different parsing code all over the place, including both
the frontend and backend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 12:31:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
886a31ef20 makepkg: fix 'check_sofware' typo
Allan broke it!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 11:51:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
85902d98e8 repo-add: style cleanup
Unify function braces to be top right opening, bottom left closing.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 11:22:36 -05:00
Kerrick Staley
3d4bf3b3fd Fixed outdated documentation in test/pacman/README
test/pacman/README mentioned the -A flag, which no longer exists.

Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 11:13:52 -05:00
Allan McRae
7468956236 makepkg: add software check function
Add a function that checks for the software needed by makepkg to
process a PKGBUILD with the requested options.  This allows makepkg
to bail early in the packaging process.

Many other checks can be added to this function...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:49:33 -05:00
Allan McRae
e97541c208 Remove old TODO lists
These had not been touched since 2007 and had lost most of their
relevance.  The bug tracker is a better place for the filing of
ideas.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:48:14 -05:00
Allan McRae
41f9fa9bed makepkg: move comment into correct place
Oops... Introduced by commit d21f6ca4.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:47:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
3497eb4e2c makepkg: adjust libprovides/depends messages
Contractions are less clear for non-native speakers so should be
avoided (and cause syntax highlighting issues).  Also, the 'provides'
and 'depends' strings are not to be translated.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:46:38 -05:00
Allan McRae
508b360c24 makepkg: allow specifying alternative build directory
Add a BUILDDIR variable (which can be overridden in the environment)
to specify an alternative location for building the package. This is
useful for people who want to build on a different filesystem for
improved performance (e.g. tmpfs).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:45:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
b803a33a8f makepkg: Add UPX compression support
This patch enables the automatic compression of executable binaries
using UPX when the 'upx' options is specified in makepkg.conf or the
PKGBUILD.  Additional arguments can be passed to UPX by specifying
the UPXFLAGS variable.

Original-patch-by: Bryce Gibson <bryce@gibson-consulting.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-22 10:45:18 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b899099327 repo-add: show better error when path to repo does not exist
Previously, the error message when trying to add to a repo where a
parent directory didn't exist was:

==> ERROR: Failed to acquire lockfile: /path/to/noexist/repo.tar.gz.lck

This sucks. Make an explicit check to ensure that the path to the repo
really does exist, and throw a meaningful error message when it can't be
found.

Dan: reuse an existing (translated) error message.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 11:22:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
ee638415e3 repo-add: allow creating a database with no compression
A plain '.tar' ending should be allowed. This corresponds to how we
handle this extension in makepkg. Also fix up the other extension
checks, which were missing a leading '.' character.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 11:08:40 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ab53aa3e3c repo-add: use bash equivalents of basename/dirname
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-20 10:44:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3847446603 lib/util: call _alpm_log before setting handle->pm_errno
This is an unfortunate chain of events. RET_ERR and RET_ERR_VOID will
eventually call CHECK_HANDLE, which resets the handle's pm_errno member.
Dan probably had a reason for doing this, so we merely switch the order
of operations in the RET_ERR macros to avoid stomping on our pm_errno.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-20 10:43:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
81e6071e0f pactest: add retcode=0 to several tests
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:36:01 -05:00
Florian Pritz
34876e4fe9 makepkg: fix broken syntax (double $)
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:20:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
36d98b3919 Improve cachedir removal and error handling
* Check the return value of canonicalize_path() for non-NULL
* Use ASSERT and RET_ERR as appropriate
* Make remove_cachedir() use same path munge logic as add_cachedir()

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:18:29 -05:00
Kerrick Staley
83071f579c Documented _alpm_download()
Documented the _alpm_download() function in dload.c

Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:18:03 -05:00
Kerrick Staley
d980bd403d Documented purpose of be_*.c
Added a line to the top of each of be_local.c, be_package.c, and
be_sync.c indicating their purposes.

Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:17:54 -05:00
Dave Reisner
620cddfc13 pacman/util.c: support terminals with unknown width
Add detection for stdout being attached to a tty device. When this check
fails, return a default width of 0, which callers interpret to mean
"don't wrap". Conversely, when our term ioctl suceeds but returns 0, we
interpret this to mean a tty with an unknown width (e.g., a serial
console), in which case we default to a sane value of 80.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-06-20 00:11:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
0f26e3aa5b Correctly duplicate delta objects
We were using copy_data before; this works for the struct itself but not
the strings contained within. Fix it up by duplicating all the data as
we do with our other structures.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:10:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
deb5601d8d Clean up util md5sum method
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:08:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ee9ced4cb Merge branch 'public-structs' 2011-06-20 00:07:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
eb2d607899 lib/handle: use CALLOC macro instead of bare calloc
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:05:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
36ae77dd49 Don't call public API in _alpm_log()
Calling get_logcb() here would reset any previous setting of
handle->pm_errno due to the CHECK_HANDLE() macro contained within. This
would make error setting a bit funny if one set pm_errno before calling
_alpm_log(), such as in the RET_ERR() macro.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-20 00:03:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
25b7df4dab Make pmgrp_t public
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-16 11:58:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
51359e6d33 Make pmdelta_t public
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-16 11:58:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f6c1a76c6 Make pmdepend_t and pmdepmissing_t public
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-16 11:57:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
19fcc74016 Make struct pmconflict_t public
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-16 11:57:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
bdf00d3dbd Make pmfileconflict_t type public
This removes the need to write accessor methods for every type we have,
and simplifies the API. Any type that doesn't need magic* can be
converted in this fashion to make it easier for frontend applications to
use, as well as make it less of a pain to introduce new such structs in
the future.

* "magic" meaning something like pmpkg_t where values can be lazy loaded.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-16 11:57:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
1cd6515af0 API: change 'signaturedir' to 'gpgdir'
This is more in line with reality and what we have our makepkg, etc.
options named anyway.

Original-patch-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 12:02:29 -05:00
Allan McRae
d21f6ca4aa makepkg: create source package inside fakeroot
Create source package files inside the fakeroot environment to
ensure reasonable ownership of files within the archive.

Fixes FS#24330.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:20:52 -05:00
Allan McRae
06cb713f39 Clean up makefile for script generation
We no longer have any python scripts in our scripts/ directory so
we can simplify the makefile a bit.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:19:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
e27e658033 parse_options: adjust error messages
Provide consistent error messages for unknown long and short options.
Also get full string translation for the messages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:19:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
53f4e43191 scripts/library: add README file
Add a README file to briefly document the code snippets in the scripts
library folder.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:19:10 -05:00
Allan McRae
4272b37d3d scripts: refactor output formatting functions
Move the common output formatting functions into a separate
library file and import that into each script.  makepkg is
excluded due to its additional color formatting.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:18:05 -05:00
Allan McRae
6f3a2145b0 makepkg: move option parsing code to separate file
This move the getopt replacement function parse_options out of
makepkg.sh.in and into a separate file.  The code is inserted
into the relevant place in makepkg using m4.

This will allow the reuse of the option parsing code in other
scripts (i.e. pacman-key) while avoiding code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:16:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f404f2cb7 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-06-15 09:16:08 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
e92083798c Ensure humanize_size works for negative values
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:14:00 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
5b33f48389 Use pm_fprintpf in table_create_format
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:13:51 -05:00
Allan McRae
700a5374f1 makepkg: reword purge message
Clarfiy that it is unwanted files are being removed rather than "other"
files (whatever they are...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:13:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
6eee3f6781 list_display: fix incorrect assignment
Commit 895a888865 erroneously left this around.

Noticed-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 09:11:47 -05:00
Allan McRae
4664a095a4 Fix man page generation for out of tree build
Fix failure at man page generation when building outside the source tree.
There may still be issues with other documentation types...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-15 08:49:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
82a701401c valgrind.supp: add known leak exposed by cURL
This one comes courtesy of OpenSSL and some static initialization.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 12:01:07 -05:00
Florian Pritz
ef3ec2603d doc/PKGBUILD: misc changes
Acked-by: matt mooney <mfm@muteddisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2011-06-14 10:21:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
2f5f157274 Rename and rework signing helper methods
* Don't name static methods with a gpgme_ prefix to avoid confusion with
  methods provided by the library. These are static and local to our
  file so just give them sane non-prefixed names.
* Rework sigsum_test_bit() to not require assignment.
* Don't balk if there is more than one signature available (for now,
  only check the first).
* Fix error codes in publicly visible methods to return -1, not 0, if pkg
  or db are not provided.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 10:18:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
71fd34e596 Alpm pkg accessors: ensure pkg argument is non-NULL
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 10:09:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
ee015f086f Ensure handle is valid and pm_errno is reset when calling into API
We didn't do due diligence before and ensure prior pm_errno values
weren't influencing what happened in further ALPM calls. I observed one
case of early setup code setting pm_errno to PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS and that
flag persisting the entire time we were calling library code.

Add a new CHECK_HANDLE() macro that does two things: 1) ensures the
handle variable passed to it is non-NULL and 2) clears any existing
pm_errno flag set on the handle. This macro can replace many places we
used the ASSERT(handle != NULL, ...) pattern before.

Several other other places only need a simple 'set to zero' of the
pm_errno field.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 10:01:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
be97276735 Avoid setting sigverify option twice
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 09:32:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
76a991c117 Conflict check and skip_remove code cleanups
* Move several variables into better scope
* const-ify a few variables
* Avoid duplicating filelists if it is unnecessary
* Better handling out out of memory condition when adding file conflicts
  to our list

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 09:30:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
ba63e31cc7 Small handle related cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 08:39:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
0074cadb3b Add handle argument to _alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
This allows callers to retrieve it from wherever is convenient, which
may or may not be on the package object itself.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 08:38:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
c206b3a6d5 Merge remote-tracking branch 'florian/sodeps' 2011-06-14 08:30:23 -05:00
Florian Pritz
d355376865 doc/PKGBUILD: misc changes
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 08:30:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
fbb44a6e0d Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt
2011-06-14 08:29:39 -05:00
Dan McGee
00a1b1deeb Remove alpm_db_get_url()
This method is old, it doesn't adequately check for a NULL server list,
and can easily be done using better API method we provide these days.
All former users of this method can get similar results by calling
alpm_db_get_servers() and using the data from the returned server list.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-14 08:26:58 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
07e97a5f2c Added check option to BUILDENV array in makepkg.conf man page
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 20:48:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
8be4db8caf Add a helper method for retrieving the DB signature path
Note that is a bit different than the normal _alpm_db_path() method; the
caller is expected to free the result.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
f6700d5c98 alpm_db_update(): refactor out sync dir create/check
This was a lot of stuff that can stand by itself for the most part.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
a775530941 conf: do batch processing of repo sections
We now parse an entire repo section and store all information about it.
When the next section is encountered or the end of the root config file
is reached, we will then process the stored information.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
c730ca5997 conf: _parseconfig() cleanups and documentation
* Function doxygen documentation
* Reuse a single strlen() call
* Prevent infinite recursion (limit to 10 levels)
* Other small cleanups

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
29ea0fa09f Always pass data to trans_commit()
Even though we currently don't use it here in the backend, we might as
well pass it in since we used it earlier.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
4d9278f87f Remove global handle variable
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
52bffd2457 Switch all logging to use handle directly
This is the last user of our global handle object. Once again the diff
is large but the functional changes are not.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:41:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
e2aa952689 Move pm_errno onto the handle
This involves some serious changes and a very messy diff, unfortunately.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:38:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
8b62d9bc0a Add handle argument to two more alpm methods
This takes care of alpm_checkdeps() and alpm_find_dbs_satisfier().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:35:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
70a86c14f4 Require handle for alpm_checkconflicts()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:35:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
d76341297a Require handle for alpm_pkg_load()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:35:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
fb3ad7f882 Add handle argument to alpm_(add|remove)_pkg()
This makes these functions consistent with the rest of the transaction
related API calls. We do an additional assert to ensure the handle
attached to the package is the same as the handle passed in.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:32:59 -05:00
Kerrick Staley
01ad3faee9 Added initialization code for database siglevel
The siglevel field of a newly created pmdb_t struct is now
initialized when it is created in _alpm_db_new().

Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 19:32:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
bcd442761b Fix memory leak if package sig was invalid
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 17:44:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
c5761bfe41 Fix all current return(x) usages
A few of these snuck in as of late, some from the table display patches
that were using the previous format before we changed it after the 3.5.X
major release.

Noticed-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 17:43:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
895a888865 Fix list_display on non-ttys and other output fixes
commit c1f742d775 broke what was one of the tenants of out output-
if piping pacman output somewhere else, we shouldn't ever try to
line-wrap and indent print our output. This makes it easier for tools to
use output from pacman -Ss, -Qs, -Qi, etc. list_display() unfortunately
was given a default value of 80 rather than 0, so fix this.

Next, make some additional changes that ensure we don't insert an
unnecessary blank line if for some crazy reason the indent level (such
as on -Qi output) is greater than the number of columns. Accomplish this
by printing the first item unconditionally as we do in
list_display_linebreak().

Finally, teach indentprint to not wrap if the number of columns is less
than the indent level, this prevents some forms of ridiculous output
such as the following:

    Install Date   : Wed
                     08
                     Jun
                     2011
                     04:39:19
                     AM
                     CDT

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-13 17:04:35 -05:00
Florian Pritz
5689478c68 doc/PKGBUILD: document libdeps
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2011-06-09 23:18:23 +02:00
Dan McGee
ff7ad5fd73 commit_single_pkg(): Use handle object directly
Commit e68f5d9a30 did something a bit silly and changed the
scriptlet calls to use 'newpkg->handle' rather than the 'handle'
argument passed in. Use the handle directly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 15:32:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff8e519d4b Require handle for alpm_sync_sysupgrade()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:24:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
7d27cf8364 Require handle for alpm_db_register_sync()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:24:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
24000b83c9 Require handle argument to all alpm_trans_*() methods
Begin enforcing the need to pass a handle. This allows us to remove one
more extern handle declaration from the backend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:24:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
17a6ac5675 Require handle argument to all alpm_option_(get|set)_*() methods
This requires a lot of line changes, but not many functional changes as
more often than not our handle variable is already available in some
fashion.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:24:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
7968d30510 Require handle argument to alpm_logaction()
This is the first in a series of patches to update the API to remove the
implicit global handle variable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:24:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
e826c143d3 Kill all remaining 'PATH_MAX + 1' usages
The few remaining instances were utilized for buffers in calls to
snprintf() and realpath(). Both of these functions will always ensure
the returned value is padded with '\0', so there is no need for the
extra byte.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:16:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d6568da0f _alpm_lstat: only duplicate string if necessary
The vast majority of the time we will just be passing the same string
value on to the lstat() call. The only time we need to duplicate it is
if the path ends in '/'. In one run using a profiler, only 400 of the
200,000 calls (0.2%) required the string to be copied first.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:14:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
451cd2c88d Fix bracket type in makefile
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-09 14:14:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
dfaeb6bb2c Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/working' 2011-06-08 02:49:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
11ba7a0e8a Fix graph free valgrind warnings
Due to the way we set up the graph structure, we don't always have good
parent information. The changes made in dd8cf0c12d assumed this, so
back them out and just live with the dead pointers being there in the
memory while we are cleaning up after ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 02:49:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
beffab02c4 pactest: only create install file if necessary
We were testing whether there were any values in the array, rather than
looking if the values contained anything.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 02:48:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
2668782db2 Plug a memory leak
Introduced by me in commit cc25576f8b.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 02:48:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
87072ff639 Fix name of original files in scripts
Our scripts all currently say:

Generated from foo.in; do not edit by hand.

Fix this to say foo.sh.in, which is the actual original file name.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 17:36:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
361b6a9403 pacman-key: add vim modeline and fix whitespace issues
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 16:48:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
80b024d56a pkgdelta: add vim modeline
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 16:44:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
45fe92bf39 Remove incorrect output with download only and IgnorePkg
When only downloading a package that is in IgnorePkg, pacman
incorrectly asks about installing.

e.g. with <pkg> in IgnorePkg in pacman.conf:

> pacman -Sddw <pkg>
:: <pkg> is in IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup. Install anyway? [Y/n]

This output is now silenced when downloading only.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-08 15:34:47 +10:00
Dan McGee
b059040011 Add late-breaking 3.5.3 NEWS
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 15:05:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
8c6a636cd9 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/add.c
2011-06-07 11:43:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
c750114894 pacman-key: update copyright
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:39:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
4fdcf50d66 Revamp pacman setup code to handle new alpm initialize routine
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:37:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
19755b648c Update utilities for new initialize/release methods
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:37:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
fb4b422fc4 New signatures for alpm initialize and release
These new method signatures return and take handle objects to operate on
so we can move away from the idea of one global handle in the API. There
is also another important change and that deals with the setting of root
and dbpaths. These are now done at initialization time instead of using
setter methods. This allows the library to operate more safely knowing
that paths won't change underneath it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:37:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
992fa50dfd Add cachedirs one-by-one in set_cachedirs()
This addresses the issue where calling set_cachedirs() didn't
canonicalize the passed-in paths.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:36:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
c1a5b11f11 Be consistent with memory treatment for plural option setters
In all cases we should duplicate the passed-in list so the caller is
free to do with it as it pleases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:33:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
991b3ff7e6 Add helper methods for setting directory options
This keeps duplicate code to a minimum. This will come in more handy as
we refactor some of these option setters away.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 11:30:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
e62566a763 Transifex updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 10:52:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
67c33fb8ff Remove incorrect output when downloading only
When only downloading a package, pacman can produce some incorrect
output.

> pacman -Sddw nvidia-utils
warning: nvidia-utils-270.41.19-1 is up to date -- reinstalling

This line is now now silenced when using -Sw.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 10:51:46 -05:00
Allan McRae
3df88a1a01 makepkg: fix creation of source package with -p
When creating a source package using an non-local buildscript via
the -p option, the inclusion of changelog and install files would
fail. Fixes FS#24567.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-07 10:49:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
cc25576f8b Use standard errno codes in return from _alpm_archive_fgets
This allows us to not require the context (e.g. handle) when calling
this function. Also beef up the checks in the two callers of this
function to bail if the last return code is not ARCHIVE_EOF, which is
the expected value.

This requires a change to one of the pactest return codes and the
overall result of the test, but results in a much safer operating
condition whereby invalid database entries will stop the operation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 14:37:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
e68f5d9a30 Remove global handle dependencies from sync/upgrade paths
This kills a lot more global handle business off. sync.c still requires
the handle declaration for one reference that can't be changed yet; it
will be removed in a future patch which isolates all of the necesary API
changes.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 13:18:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
d2f05f72f0 Remove global handle from remove.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:53:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
307a6de17a Remove global handle from some package and db code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:44:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
4015b23e8e Remove global handle from diskspace.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:36:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
7fc635fee0 Remove global handle from util.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:33:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
de36c5fac4 Push down extern handle variable to files that need it
This will make the patching process less invasive as we start to remove
this variable from all source files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:23:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f98460e37 Add handle attribute to pmpkg_t struct
Similar to what we just did for the database; this will make it easy to
always know what handle a given package originated from.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:13:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
c47d25d74b Add handle attribute to pmdb_t struct
This is the first step in a long process to remove our dependence on the
global handle variable we currently share in libalpm, with the goal to
make things a bit more thread-safe and re-entrant.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 12:06:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
2102d1a2eb Remove unnecessary handle != NULL asserts
These are simple accessor functions for a struct; the handle never even
comes into play when calling these functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 11:54:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
78cbc045c1 Remove ALPM_LOG_FUNC macro
The usefulness of this is rather limited due to it not being compiled
into production builds. When you do choose to see the output, it is
often overwhelming and not helpful. The best bet is to use a debugger
and/or well-placed fprintf() statements.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-03 11:48:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d73b261cf Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	src/pacman/callback.c
2011-06-02 17:34:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
8f30e1b110 Show net upgrade size on -U/-S operations
If it is different than the raw installed size metric we already show,
compute the net upgrade size. For some sync operations, this can even be
negative if newer packages are smaller than the ones they replace
locally. Implements FS#12566.

Example:

    Targets (1): telepathy-glib-0.14.7-1

    Total Download Size:    1.07 MiB
    Total Installed Size:   15.72 MiB
    Net Upgrade Size:       -0.29 MiB

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-02 17:21:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
142c2132cf Add two currently failing test cases from bug reports
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-02 17:20:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
1744fe12d4 3.5.3 release preparation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-02 16:33:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
d63599719a repo-add: anchor exclusion pattern when generating filelist
Fixes FS#24534. Dotfiles, such as /etc/skel/.bash_profile, were not
being included in generated files entries. bsdtar --exclude option
supports anchors on the pattern, so using "^.*" instead of ".*" solves
our problem and still excludes all root-level dotfiles (e.g. .PKGINFO).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-02 08:04:06 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0d1fcd329f lib/dload.c: remove assumption in continuation logic
Callers to curl_download_internal now tell us if its okay to continue a
transfer, so obey this instead of using a heuristic.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 15:05:41 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8807cac100 dload: abort transfer on CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT
If a connection drops below 1kb/s for 10s, curl will kill the transfer
and we'll report failure. This is the average transfer speed over the
delta defined by CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_TIME, so setting a low value here
shouldn't bother folks using 14.4k dial-up.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 15:05:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
c1f742d775 Ensure list_display works on outputs of unknown width
If getcols() returns 0, we were getting stuck before in a loop of no
return. Teach getcols() to take a default value to return if the width
is unknown, and use this everywhere as appropriate.

Also make a few other cleanups while diagnosing this issue, such as
const-ifying some variables.

Noticed-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 14:58:10 -05:00
Florian Pritz
73d5eb1edf makepkg: add libdepends support
The user adds libaries to the depends array without a version. These
must end with .so.
Example: depends=(glibc libc.so)

find_libdepends() looks for ELF files (not symlinks because these could
point outside of pkgdir) in $pkgdir, extracts the library sonames the
binary links to and outputs depends seperated by spaces.
This list contains all libraries needed by the package.
Example: libfoo.so=3-64

write_pkginfo() only keeps .so depends with version information and warns
the user about unneded ones.

Support-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Support-by: Christoph Schied <Christoph.Schied@uni-ulm.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
2011-06-01 21:34:16 +02:00
Dan McGee
8f1c873b5f doc: monospace attribute escape fixes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 12:56:38 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
5842dad7e7 pacman-key: print default gpgdir in usage
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 12:27:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
41da225336 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-06-01 12:13:49 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
fe9804a96d Update pacman manpage and pacman.conf for gpgdir
pacman.8.txt --gpgdir section is updated based on the pacman.conf manpage

pacman.conf is updated to include the default GPGDir

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 12:13:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
aad57cc06a doc: fix attribute substitution in monospaced text
When I switched all paths to use `` formatting, I didn't realize
substitution didn't work in these quote marks. Use ++ instead to ensure
attributes are substituted where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 12:11:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
ac1726788c doc: update Makefile for new asciidoc resource location
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 12:11:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
1855b3073a doc: add a few more escapes and fix usage of {}
These addditional attributes come from the git asciidoc.conf file. Also,
fix a place where we used {treename} without escaping the braces,
causing the generated manpage to be missing text.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 11:46:13 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
7b26167580 Let pacman -v print GPG Dir
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-06-01 11:30:34 -05:00
Florian Pritz
79f1a3c4a1 makepkg: add libprovides support
The user adds libaries to the provides array without a version. These
must end with .so.
Example: provides=(readline libreadline.so)

find_libprovides() looks for .so files (not symlinks because these could
point outside of pkgdir) in $pkgdir, extracts the library soname (ld
links the binary to this name) and outputs provides seperated by spaces.
This list contains all libraries provided by the package.
Example: libfoo.so=3-64

write_pkginfo() only keeps .so provides with version information and warns
the user about unneded ones.

Support-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Support-by: Christoph Schied <Christoph.Schied@uni-ulm.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
2011-05-27 13:29:22 +02:00
Pang Yan Han
e711e5b950 alpm_list: fix typo in doxygen comment
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-24 08:27:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
65c1880735 Bail early if we don't have a valid lockfile path
This addresses FS#24292. If one does the bad thing of not checking
pm_errno after calling set_dbpath(), you may not realize the
initialization process went wrong and calling trans_init() resulted in a
segfault. If we don't have a lockfile path, bail out and have
trans_init() fail.

Also remove a ALPM_LOG_FUNC call that was causing pm_errno to return "no
handle"; this was due to a log call in the handle setup (whereby the log
attempts to use a callback attached to the handle).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-19 17:42:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
11fb9c7674 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/trans.c
	src/pacman/query.c
2011-05-19 17:17:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
f2c4e7e552 Coding style cleanups; add a null check
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-19 16:59:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
ba467779bb Ensure --print doesn't enable --noconfirm when not expected
This is at best a hack around the way we currently do our --print magic,
but at least prevents someone from shooting themselves in the foot as
indicated in FS#24287.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 11:52:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
aec60e3782 Fix segfault when uninstalling broken backed-up symlink
Issue FS#24230. If a symlink is broken and included in the removal
process of a package, we blew up and segfaulted due to
alpm_compute_md5sum() returning NULL and then performing a strcmp()
operation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 11:50:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
93f02f5793 Add test for FS#24230, dead backup symlink removal
This currently causes a segfault, which is bad news.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 11:32:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
3000b6b473 pactest: treat symlinks with more respect
Don't call os.stat() when we should be using os.lstat(); this allows us
to actually test dead symlinks that don't have a corresponding file. Add
a new LINK_EXIST rule that complements FILE_EXIST for a similar purpose.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 11:31:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
ac6f6b317a Transifex updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 10:19:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b9a2318bec trans.c: create transaction prior to checking DB version
The addition of the DB version check introduces a lag time between the
lockfile creation and the transaction initialization. In cases where the
local DB is large enough and/or the user's disk is slow enough, this
time is significant enough that its possible for a user to send a SIGINT
and leave behind a db.lck file.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-16 10:16:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
70cf4546d6 Don't balk on .sig files being invalid in package cache
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-10 17:39:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
2cd79bc853 Remove sync DB reregister check
It's your own damn fault if you do this, and this code is remnants from
an old time when we weren't very good at coding.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 15:26:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
dd95c96b8a Rework config parsing to reduce variable duplication
This removes the need to strdup() the section name at every decent into
an Include statement, as well as having duplicate DB pointers around
that are never used independently.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 15:16:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
0fbdfd02dc Refactor VerifySig option value parsing into standalone method
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 15:01:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
6b308d89f9 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-05-05 13:25:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
f2d696cd51 Don't null-check handle lists before setting
This needlessly prevents the easiest way available of clearing any of these
values. We can also do the same for the 'arch' value.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 12:46:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
42ab639bf7 Improve database server API
Currently we have one call that has all sorts of crazy behavior and doesn't
make a whole lot of sense. Go from one method to the normal four methods we
have for all of our other lists we use in the library to make it a lot
easier for a frontend to manipulate server lists.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 12:31:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
b14c5477e5 Ensure populate error return codes are consistent
It must be -1 to differentiate it from a number of packages loaded
count.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 12:10:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
3045f09ef4 Logging changes during DB load
The switch from FUNCTION to DEBUG was ill-advised inside the local
database load. Instead, add a DEBUG level logger to both local and sync
database loads that shows the number of packages processed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 12:08:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
73c74355ab Make config parsing a two-part affair
This ensures we call any alpm_option type functions before registering
databases, making sure all paths and other defaults (e.g. sig
verification levels) have been set first. This will ensure we can
continue to allow crazy config files where [options] doesn't come first.

The diffstat on this commit is misleading; view with
-w/--ignore-all-space to get a better idea of what needed to be touched.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 11:48:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
bda208f823 Move parseconfig to conf.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 11:12:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
d360153bc6 pactest: run with root in /tmp and clean up automatically
This moves the generated root/ directory into /tmp, or at least a path
returned by tempfile.mkdtemp(), by default. This can make test runs
significantly faster if done when /tmp is a tmpfs.

If you are debugging a failed test, use the new --keep-root option to
not clean up and pactest will print the location of the generated root/
test directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 11:12:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
47de7973fd dload: ensure we return success if we found files on any mirror
We were erroring out in the case where a first (possibly bogus) mirror
would cause the download process to return a failure code, even though
subsequent servers had the file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 10:01:01 -05:00
Allan McRae
500a6f576d Dan broke my patch
Add a missing space.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-05 11:12:46 +10:00
Dan McGee
73553e60ec Fix incorrect memory allocation assignment
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 16:46:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
22b1338390 dload: make sure we never print a bogus error buffer
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 16:29:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
991bfb7cbf Merge branch 'maint' 2011-05-04 15:54:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
7680f46157 Deal with unused function parameters correctly
This started off removing the "(void)foo" hacks to work around
unused function parameters and ended up fixing every warning
generated by -Wunused-parameter.

Dan: rename to UNUSED.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 15:53:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
c4fccfe3e6 pactree: make -Wwrite-strings friendly
Use a few structs to hold configuration values we change given certain
options so we can be const-correct with string assignment across the
board. Behavior should be completely unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 15:49:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
e8a40526cb Fix warnings reported by -Wwrite-strings
These are places where we stuck a string constant in a variable not
marked as const.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 15:48:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
c03faa32f3 Reduce duplicate signing debug code and fix logic condition
We had a lot of similar looking code that we can collapse down into a
function. This also fixes errors seen when turning on some gcc warnings
and implicitly casting away the const-ness of the string. Free the list
when we are done with it as well.

Also, fix a logic error where we should be checking with &&, not ||.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-04 15:46:18 -05:00
Allan McRae
8fd9037cfd makepkg: quote variable that may contain spaces
Prevents failures when $PKGDEST contains spaces (FS#24002)

Patch-by: Sebastien Duthil
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-02 10:04:36 -05:00
Allan McRae
9a127d8ed4 Update PKGBUILD example
Add quotes around $srcdir/$pkgdir (FS#23960) and use a package()
function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-05-02 10:04:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
4758cfe33f Merge branch 'maint' 2011-04-29 16:05:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
da24324e2d Transifex updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-29 16:04:13 -05:00
Matt Mooney
3ec723ddc7 pacman(8): grammar correction for relative clauses
Change "which" to "that" when used in a restrictive clause.
Replace usage of the relative prounoun "those" with a common noun for
added clarity.

Signed-off-by: Matt Mooney <mfm@muteddisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-29 15:58:59 -05:00
Matt Mooney
1b25cb80ba pacman(8): change "options" to "operation" when referring to -D
-D is an operation not an option.

Signed-off-by: Matt Mooney <mfm@muteddisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-29 15:58:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
9c552272e8 configure: add output showing what libraries will be used
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-27 16:59:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
97be2f0e0a Allow conditional compilation with GPGME
This makes it possible to omit usage of -lgpgme, just as we can do for
-lcurl and -lcrypto.

Thanks to Rémy Oudompheng for an initial stab at this.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-27 16:58:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
b7b3fc2386 signing: add more detail to unexpected signature count error
Do a quick loop and count of the returned data so we can show how many
signatures were parsed and read.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:50:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
1d7ad5d24b Enhance GPGME debug output
Add some lookup functions for nice names for the various types used by
the library, and remove some fields that are of little use to us in the
debug output. This should make looking at key loading and verification a
bit easier, especially in determining what makes up our good and bad
criteria.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
4d63ebe2fb Perform package verification at package load time
Both md5sum verification and PGP verification can and should be done at
package load time. This allows verification to happen as early as
possible for packages provided by filename and loaded in the frontend,
and moves more stuff out of sync_commit that doesn't really belong
there. This should also set the stage for simplified parallel loading of
packages later down the road.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
1cf79eb8c8 sync_commit: refactor out validate_deltas
More stuff going on in the pre-committing stage that can be in a static
method to make things a bit more clear.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
2df1534b78 sync_commit: refactor out file downloads
This part is almost completely self-contained, except building the list
of delta filenames that we use later to check their md5sums. Refactor it
into a static method so we can bring most of the code in sync_commit
closer to the method name.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
225acbbff1 Rein in the complexity of the signature type
Given that we offer no transparency into the pmpgpsig_t type, we don't
really need to expose it outside of the library, and at this point, we
don't need it at all. Don't decode anything except when checking
signatures. For packages/files not from a sync database, we now just
read the signature file directly anyway.

Also push the decoding logic down further into the check method so we
don't need this hanging out in a less than ideal place. This will make
it easier to conditionally compile things down the road.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
31e55b8049 signing: let GPGME handle loading signatures from files
Rather than go through all the hassle of doing this ourselves, just let
GPGME handle the work by passing it a file handle.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:48:33 -05:00
Allan McRae
a7d33d0c36 repo-add: update copyright message
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:44:52 -05:00
Allan McRae
1cb1b0a52c repo-add: document -k option
Also unify the usage output with that given by repo-add itself.

Dan: use 'options', not 'option(s)'.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:44:22 -05:00
Allan McRae
036f98575c repo-add: check for gpg early
Check for the presence of gpg as soon as we know we need it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:43:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
fade60088e repo-add: check for valid key when signing is requested
Follow the example of makepkg

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:43:25 -05:00
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto
59da64146d repo-add: add option to specify a different key to sign with
Add -k/--key option to specify a non-default key for signing
a package database.

Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:43:01 -05:00
Allan McRae
2eab4ab033 repo-add: simplify usage message
Listing every option on the usage line becomes unweildly as more
options get added so simplify it. Also, provide a standard package
name in the repo-add example.

Dan: just use 'options' as we use elsewhere, not 'option(s)'.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-24 10:41:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
8b34aa50b9 Make dump_pkg_full a little less insane
The various "level" values were a bit crazy to decipher, and we were
doing some very interesting comparisons in certain places. Break it out
into two parameters instead so we can seperate the type from the extra
information display, and do things accordingly.

Nothing changes with the display of any of the five types we currently
show: -Si, -Sii, -Qi, -Qii, -Qip.

Something to note- we should expose the PKG_FROM enum type somehow, this
patch leaves the door open to do that quite easily.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 17:08:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
9579879b1b libalpm/dload: major refactor of signature downloading
There's a lot of related moving parts here:
* Iteration through mirrors is moved back to the calling functions. This
  allows removal of _alpm_download_single_file and _alpm_download_files.
* The download function gets a few more arguments to influence behavior.
  This allows several different scenarios to customize behavior:
  - database
  - database signature (req'd and optional)
  - package
  - package via direct URL
  - package signature via direct URL (req'd and optional)
* For databases, we need signatures from the same mirror, so structure
  the code accordingly.

Some-inspiration-from: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 17:08:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
204bbc4714 libalpm/dload: add allow_resume and reorder error checks
The allow_resume is the start of the fix to the "don't ever resume
database downloads" problem, as well as being useful for '.sig'
downloads as well. For now, we say "always allow resume", but this will
eventually get pushed down as necessary.

Error checks are reworked in order to correctly error out when a file is
not found on the remote end and reports 0 bytes downloaded. In addition,
the two error messages printed are now different as one reports a more
specific error message provided via the cURL error buffer.

Some example output from an -Sy run with [testing], [community],
[community2], [eee], and [nonexistant] defined as repos. [community2]
and [nonexistant] are both invalid, one using FTP and one using HTTP.

    :: Synchronizing package databases...
    testing is up to date
    community is up to date
    error: failed retrieving file 'community2.db' from ftp.archlinux.org : Given file does not exist
    error: failed to update community2 (FTP: couldn't retrieve (RETR failed) the specified file)
    eee is up to date
    error: failed retrieving file 'nonexistant.db' from code.toofishes.net : The requested URL returned error: 404
    error: failed to update nonexistant (HTTP response code said error)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 17:08:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
934e8c79af Merge branch 'maint' 2011-04-22 17:08:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
e3268d5e88 Small translation update from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 17:07:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
e39c104d13 cleanup: add_pkg() and remove_pkg()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 15:58:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
53c749ce0a libalpm/dload: const and static correctness
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 15:58:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
1ff04b980f be_sync: use _alpm_db_get_sigverify_level()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-22 15:58:09 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
10b8cd75b3 sync.c: remove unnecessary check for PM_PGP_VERIFY_UNKNOWN
The value PM_PGP_VERIFY_UNKNOWN is reserved to error cases,
now that the signature verification level defaults to the
globally set level. The only error case is when handle == NULL,
which is false in the context of _alpm_sync_commit().

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 12:14:34 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
dd7b17aa0a handle.c: force sigverify level not to be PM_PGP_VERIFY_UNKNOWN
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 12:14:23 -05:00
Dan McGee
ada5bc1404 Merge remote-tracking branch 'remy/doxygen' 2011-04-21 12:12:29 -05:00
Ivan Kanakarakis
908e9f41ed pacman-key: improved reading of the configuration file
This commit replaces the find_config() function with the get_from()
function. get_from expects two arguments, the first is the file to
read and the second is the key to look for in the given file.
get_from returns the first matching value for the given key. The
file is expected to be in the format:
key = value
Each of 'key' 'equal sign' 'value' can be surrounded be random
whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 12:10:31 -05:00
Ivan Kanakarakis
fdbcc9847d pacman-key: display the unsupported command to the user
If the user provides an unsupported command, inform the user that this
switch is unknown, display usage and exit.

Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 12:09:23 -05:00
Ivan Kanakarakis
6f19a8c9f7 makepkg, pacman-key: unify help message with other scripts
The help message changed to match the one rankmirrors script has.
It's clearer as to what the --help switch does.

Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 12:09:18 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
36737aebb7 alpm.h: add several missing documentation strings
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 07:45:27 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
96ad414d73 alpm.h: rationalize option getters/setters documentation
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 07:43:32 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
670b315c4d alpm.h: add/improve function documentation
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-21 07:08:35 +02:00
Dan McGee
442e1420f9 Rename gpgsig struct fields for clarity
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 20:11:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
3c5661ec3c Form the signature file location in one place
Since we do this for all cases anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 20:10:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
791928dc48 Header inclusion cleanup
This does touch a lot of things, and hopefully doesn't break things on
other platforms, but allows us to also clean up a bunch of crud that no
longer needs to be there.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 20:09:13 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
74994faee7 doc/pacman: split -Su description in 3 paragraphs
One paragraph for -Suu and one for -Su foo. Fixes FS#23451.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:51:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
4af6c72d79 syntax: if/while statements should have no trailing space
This is the standard, and we have had a few of these introduced lately
that should not be here.

Done with:
  find -name '*.c' | xargs sed -i -e 's#if (#if(#g'
  find -name '*.c' | xargs sed -i -e 's#while (#while(#g'

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:47:39 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6760ec2b77 Allow VerifySig to act as a default verification in [options]
* add _alpm_db_get_sigverify_level
* add alpm_option_{get,set}_default_sigverify

And set the default verification level to OPTIONAL if not set otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:42:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
2c8c763723 alpm.h: forward-declare shared enumerations
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:29:14 -05:00
Dave Reisner
91594a1ef8 style cleanup: cast as (type *) not (type*)
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:04:53 -05:00
Dave Reisner
fdcfcf28a2 lib: remove dead code in be_local and be_package
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-04-20 19:04:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
a6c05458d4 Put comments on their own line
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 19:00:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
4c31bc6e3f Add configure option to specify package signing key
Add the "GPGKEY" option to makepkg.conf for specifying signing packages
with the non-default key from the keyring.  Is overridded by makepkg's
--key option.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 18:58:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
cb35affd1b Document makepkg package signing options
Dan: fix some grammar issues.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 18:54:42 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
e95be3379a New VerbosePkgLists option
If enabled, displays package lists for upgrade, sync and remove
operations formatted as a table. Falls back to default list display if
insufficient terminal columns are available.

Example output:

:: Starting full system upgrade...
:: Replace libjpeg with testing/libjpeg-turbo? [Y/n]
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...

Remove (1):

Name     Old Version       Size

libjpeg  8.3.0-1        0.83 MB

Total Removed Size:   0.83 MB

Targets (5):

Name            Old Version  New Version       Size

libjpeg-turbo                1.1.0-1        0.20 MB
linux-firmware  20110201-1   20110227-1     8.23 MB
ncurses         5.7-4        5.8-1          0.92 MB
ppl             0.11.1-1     0.11.2-1       2.74 MB
v4l-utils       0.8.1-1      0.8.3-1        0.23 MB

Total Download Size:    12.32 MB
Total Installed Size:   58.82 MB

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 18:13:02 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
0152266dd3 Table formatted output functions
table_display takes a list of lists of strings (representing the table
cells) and displays them formatted as a table.
The exact format depends on the longest string in each column.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:41:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
50de7019c0 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-04-20 17:35:33 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
c3f3d0b81a Refactor display_targets for readability
Row handling is moved to its own function in preparation for verbose
package lists.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:33:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
ecf15be0a7 Remove outdated comments
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:32:16 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
84cfc13589 Use IEC unit prefixes
Display {KiB, MiB, ...} instead of {KB, MB, ...} since that's what's
actually being displayed.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:31:56 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
3c8a448a2f Add a utility function to humanize sizes
Converts the given size in bytes in two possible ways:
1) target_unit is specified (!= 0): size is converted to target unit.
2) target_unit is not specified (== '\0'): size is converted to the first
   unit which will bring size to below 2048.

If specified, label will point to the long label ('MB') if long_labels is
set or the short label ('M') if it is not.

Dan: use '\0' rather than 0 for the special value as a matter of coding
style for char variables.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:29:32 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
dcb6fb224d Remove ShowSize option
Dan: The commit message originally referenced "VerbosePkgLists", but I'm
going to change the name of the option. In addition, this patch serves
a purpose being standalone- we should really do things like this with
-S --print and hopefully -Q --print in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-20 17:13:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
18c73b0002 Final updates for 3.5.2 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-18 11:27:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
1995561f56 3.5.2 translation updates from Transifex
And also a POT version and package version update.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-18 11:26:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
efd8ae483f Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/alpm.h
	lib/libalpm/trans.c

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 18:41:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
202ade1398 Include "config.h" in header files using off_t
This makes it absolutely dead easy to ensure off_t has the same length
in all compilation units. I just spent 2.5 hours bashing my head on an
issue related to this so damn it I'm fixing it for good.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 18:40:32 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
4ffda3f05b libalpm: consistently use int as return type for option setters
Currently the only error case then when handle == NULL.
However several handle functions return -1 on this error,
and a uniform API makes things simpler.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 18:37:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
dff2d916ba Remove indirection on get_name and get_version operations
For a package to be loaded from any of our backends, these two fields
are always required upfront. Due to this fact, we don't need them to be
backend-specific operations and can just refer to the field directly.

Additionally, our static (and thus private) cache package accessors had
a NULL check on pkg before returning the relevant field. Eliminate this
since they only way they are ever called is via the packages attached
callback struct, which would have caused the NULL pointer dereference in
the first place.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 18:37:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
dd8cf0c12d Move graph.h functions into graph.c
So we only need one copy in the final library, not one copy per time
used. Ensure all necessary includes are in place (especially to get the
right size of off_t each time it is compiled) by including "config.h" in
the new graph.c.

One small adjustment here makes the graph_free code more robust- ensure
we don't have invalid pointers after each iteration by looking at the
parents and children and adjusting accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 18:36:53 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
21a881ec68 pacman/query: correctly handle root files with -Qo
spotted by clang-analyzer (strcmp with NULL rpath is bad)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-15 15:30:09 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
a93e058b68 makepkg.sh.in: fix a GNU-ism in su invocation
GNU su supports the -c option to specify a command to execute.
However, other flavours of su may have a different interpretation
of the '-c' flag (e.g. FreeBSD and OpenBSD).

The behaviour is correct when '-c' follows an explicit username.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-13 10:33:22 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
8e8391e17c alpm.h: fix typos in documentation
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-13 10:32:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa9cd98ecf Remove Korean language translation files
There is no actual translation done here yet, just a dormant Transifex
language with nothing checked in.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-12 01:33:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
8df7208d7b Don't create two pmpkg_t objects in be_package
Ensure we only have one- this looks like the result of a bad merge from
old 2008 signing code with the current stuff which has changed quite a
bit.

Originally-seen-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remyoudompheng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-11 15:56:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
31cb210057 bacman: fix the fact that the depends file no longer exists
Addresses FS#23641.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-09 17:26:55 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
dbd7d49d31 alpm.h: document transaction flags
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
2011-04-09 23:28:00 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
b750d3e7b0 More documentation for option getters/setters. 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
fa47dd9615 alpm.h: more documentation for pkgreason, depend and errno. 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
6ebb6fec8b Move documentation for public package function to alpm.h 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
3901ca1a6d alpm.h: organize doxygen documentation in groups 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
96432ab4ef Move documentation of public database functions to alpm.h 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
0c320b5a51 alpm.h: add documentation for package property accessors 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
aac9e7c280 Move documentation of public transaction functions to alpm.h 2011-04-09 22:36:43 +02:00
Rémy Oudompheng
ff6f6027f0 Fix broken documentation for alpm_trans_prepare()
The current state of the code does not allow to see immediately
that it returns a list of pmdepmissing_t structures.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-09 15:24:11 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
a479e0300b libalpm: set pm_errno correctly in alpm_trans_get_flags()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-09 15:24:05 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
f888283910 diskspace: add the actually used statfs type in ifdefs
Some systems, like FreeBSD might define both statfs
and statvfs: however if statvfs exists whereas getmntinfo()
uses a statfs struct, the current ifdefs would select the wrong
line of code.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-06 15:56:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
c5addd94e3 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_sync.c
	lib/libalpm/db.c
	src/pacman/util.c
2011-04-05 00:49:30 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
272e9b355b libalpm/be_local.c: unused variable ent
spotted by clang analyzer

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-04-04 23:35:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
ff1974c6e9 libalpm/pkghash.c: unused variable ptr
spotted by clang analyzer

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-04-04 23:35:39 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2f71d1dc00 pacman.c : useless extra parenthesis
clang 3.0 git complained about these

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 23:33:39 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
40fd8123a2 makepkg: fix a GNU-ism in awk usage
A non-GNU version of awk may not support the (|...) syntax for
an optional group and require '()' to match an empty string.
The (...)? syntax is more appropriate for this usage.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 19:03:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
37df0d4f4f makepkg: improve parsing for sanity checks
Trailing backslahses can lead to additional spaces at the front
of extracted entries.  See FS#23524.  Strip these while parsing
the PKGBUILD entries.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 19:03:40 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
fc334b4e77 db.c: set pm_errno appropriately in alpm_db_set_pkgreason()
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 19:03:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
6a8b1c4f84 Coding style cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 19:03:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
38e5a4a54f test: fix invalid usage of 'type -p'
The vercmptest script needs to be invoked as a bash script for this to
be valid; the -p operator is interpreted as an argument to look up by
sh. This goes way back to commit 3bf9448943, done to solve
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-July/007180.html.

Saw this problem running in a virtual machine where sh is not bash, but
in fact dash:

    user@debian-powerpc:~/projects/pacman$ ./test/util/vercmptest.sh
    src/util/vercmp-p: not found
    src/util/vercmp is src/util/vercmp
    vercmp binary (src/util/vercmp) could not be located

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-04 19:03:27 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
0458572a6e util.c: include limits.h for PATH_MAX macro
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-02 12:40:12 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
c377107346 Fix compatibility with older versions of libarchive.
There is no reason to not support versions of libarchive that lack
ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU. Distributions should work properly without
this.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-02 12:39:04 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a461837835 dload: dont forget to initialize open_mode
That's a funny one, building with optimization levels (with both gcc and
clang) caused open_mode to always be set to "ab", which worked.

This was spotted both with clang-analyzer, and by Jakob who reported a
segfault as he was using an un-optimized build.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-02 12:37:17 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0e03c0849d configure.ac: we use fabs now so -lm is needed
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-02 12:37:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
d8d89d8d27 Ensure stdout/stderr are flushed when asking questions
Addresses FS#23492, where the question was shown without knowing what
one was answering to. Ensure we flush our output streams before printing
the question, and flush the stream on which we ask the question before
waiting for an answer.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-01 15:18:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f6d986ac9 Add default changelog functions to pkg_operations
So we don't segfault when calling this on be_sync loaded packages. They
return logical values as much as possible for indicating there is no
changelog available.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-01 15:13:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
39fd8bc318 Ensure dbpath is not null when populating sync database
We didn't do this sanity check before trying to open an archive. If
the alpm dbpath wasn't set, the sync database dbpath would be NULL,
causing us to hang indefinitely in archive_read_open_filename() rather
than erroring out.

We already have a corresponding check in local_db_populate().

The following program will test this case, and hangs before this patch
without the call to set_dbpath:

	int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
		alpm_initialize();
		// alpm_option_set_dbpath("/var/lib/pacman/");
		pmdb_t *core = alpm_db_register_sync("core");
		pmpkg_t *pkg = alpm_db_get_pkg(core, "pacman");
		return 0;
	}

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-01 14:31:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
20c4928ee1 Ignore upcoming new values in sync backend
PGPSIG and SHA256SUM are new and we can safely ignore them for now if
we come across them.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-04-01 12:31:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
a164c8405a makepkg: remove unnecessary tr usage
The use of "tr" only leads to trouble.  Remove unnecessary usage
of it from within makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-30 20:43:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
541c2470b8 makepkg: avoid usage of tr to sidestep locale issues
to quote dan:
  "turkish will FUCK YOU UP. this is not the first or the last time"

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-30 20:43:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
3089c833ff Unify filelist operation functions in conflict checking
We had two functions that were oh so similar but slightly different. We
can combine them and add some conditional operation stuff to decide what
to return.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-30 20:20:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
d3d18a42d2 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-03-29 12:21:07 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
287e8d356e alpm/handle.c: ensure handle is not NULL before proceeding
Many alpm_option_get/set_*() functions already check this
and set pm_errno to the right value, but not all, so
this improves consistency.

Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-29 12:10:08 -05:00
Andrea Scarpino
b6ecb2329b call alpm_option_get_localdb once in syncfirst()
Signed-off-by: Andrea Scarpino <andrea@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-29 11:01:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
1a8c792e8f Fix an outdated comment
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-29 02:20:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
6303d4920c Add initial 3.5.2 notes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-28 10:31:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
db722bb4b1 Update .mailmap file
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-28 10:11:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9477abc359 pacman/util: flush terminal input before reading response
Addresses FS#20538

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-28 09:04:15 -05:00
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto
e8069cfc3d makepkg: command line options for signing packages
Three new command line options were added:

--sign: forces the generation of a signature for the resulting package,
taking precedence over the value in makepkg.conf

--nosign: do not sign the resulting package

--key <key>: use a different key than the user's default for signing
the package.

A check is performed to ensure the user has (provided) a valid gpg key
for signing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-28 09:03:28 -05:00
Ray Kohler
4ef664f485 Create pacman keyring directory if missing
Use mode 755, so non-root users can see inside.
Add "--no-permission-warning" to GPG_PACMAN to suppress the noise that
otherwise comes of not using mode 700 - this is not private data.

GPGme turns out not to issue this warning itself, so no problem there.

TODO: should non-root users be allowed to use the read-only operations
(--list, --export, --finger)?

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:50:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
7a9b0e0f06 Update pacman.pot with changed strings
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:39:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
c3ae209246 Documentation formatting updates
Be consistent in the Synopsis and Description sections with the use of
quotes around command names.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:27:15 -05:00
Ray Kohler
f6c8532fd0 Add manpage for pkgdelta
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:26:52 -05:00
Ray Kohler
c0190798e1 Update repo-add manpage
Add -v, mention delta support (other than -d), and split
repo-add-specific options out from those common to repo-add and
repo-remove.

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:20:20 -05:00
Ray Kohler
86ff381ac2 Clean up repo-add usage message
This now includes -s and -v, tailors itself to the current command,
and is formatted more like that of other pacman commands.

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 21:13:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
4a3cd364d0 Temporary fix for new warnings from gcc 4.6
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:48:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
3f269503d5 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/deps.c
2011-03-27 20:41:23 -05:00
Ray Kohler
630b7b94c3 Sign database even if empty
Move the create_signature() call outside the case of non-empty
databases, so it will be called regardless.

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:35:43 -05:00
Ray Kohler
43dacceb6b makepkg: allow PKGEXT and SRCEXT to be overridden by env variables
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:15:52 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c02556e290 Rely on the return value of type instead of its output
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:15:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a9fb4d9d5b lib/dload: abstract out helper function to set utimes
This greatly simplifies the cleanup fallthrough in our download function
and we'll be able to reuse this for signatures.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:14:47 -05:00
Dave Reisner
98c8ab18ff lib/dload: remove proxy debug output
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:14:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
33c08ac91e lib/dload: code simplification
Based on the fact that localf always points to the same file, there's no
need to code in multiple fopen calls with varying results. Instead,
track the desired file open mode and make a single call to fopen.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:14:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
fd64988c80 lib/dload: merge get_{destfile,tempfile} into get_fullpath
Create a more general function that allows appending a suffix to a
filepath.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:12:51 -05:00
Dave Reisner
55f790ebe4 pacman/pacman.c: fix setting of useragent string
libcurl doesn't natively honor the HTTP_USER_AGENT environment variable.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:12:29 -05:00
Dave Reisner
283bf7e87c lib/dload: pass a struct with filename and size to curl_progress
This lets us determine the real size of the file on disk so that we can
properly bump the progress bar when we're resuming a download.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:12:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
ea216d3f5a Clarify error message in pacman-db-upgrade
Addresses FS#23451.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-27 20:03:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
68701a98af Ensure reported missing dependencies show correct version comparison
This addresses FS#23424. The -dd backend code was introduced in commit
b6ec9019d7, and unfortunately the munged depend used for comparison did
not carry through to the eventual display of this version. To fix this,
we undo some of the depcmp_tolerant() business introduced, and instead
make a new pmdepend_t object if necessary when the no dependency version
flag is set. This results in the correct depend being copied to the
missing depend passed onto the frontend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 15:43:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
3bc3999bd2 Mark various functions in deps.c static
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 15:40:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a9a570dda Move alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() function down in deps.c
This will make sense for a later commit when static/non-static
properties of other functions are changed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 15:40:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
c40fc6b80d Rework find_requiredby() to not use _alpm_dep_edge()
And move the sort after the final loop; we don't need to sort once for
each database we look at.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 15:40:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f480ccc0d Don't include version in dep string if mod == ANY
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 15:40:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
e214b260ef Update usage instruction strings
* Address FS#23433 by documenting -d vs. -dd
* Drop the useless "as well", "also", "too", and "that won't break
  packages" strings from -R usage
* Fix alignment of multiline strings in source (no string change)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-25 13:47:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
86e7f60756 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-03-24 21:18:09 -05:00
Ray Kohler
c37c9c5dca Add -T, --deptest to usage message
Fixes FS #23369

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-24 21:16:11 -05:00
Jan Steffens
14474a32c9 Make log redirection saner
My main motivation was to remove the "sync", which can stall for
minutes on a busy machine (FS#23378). I also cleaned up the redirection.

Signed-off-by: Jan Steffens <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-24 20:27:56 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e68e994eb2 alpm/db: do not close local DB in alpm_db_unregister_all
pacman 3.5.0 removed alpm_db_register_local, so calling
alpm_db_unregister_all leaves the front end in a position where there's
no local db, and no way to re-register it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-24 17:18:24 -05:00
Ray Kohler
cfa2eebdaf Fix use of relative paths for packages in repo-add
Move checksum and pgpsig calcluation before changing into the
tmpdir, otherwise we can't find the files if a relative path
was used.

Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-24 17:15:35 -05:00
Allan McRae
a8b22e16ef Do not reuse old signature
After updating a database, remove the old signature to prevent it
being used in validation if the new signature fails to download.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 22:58:32 -05:00
Allan McRae
38da050f31 Download and verify package database signatures
If signature verification is needed, attempt to download a signature
file for a repo when it is updated. Return an error if unable to
download signature only when checking is mandatory, or if signature is
invalid.

TODO: At the moment the database signature is only checked on download.
Should we do anything with a database if it fails to be verified to prevent
its future usage?

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 22:58:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
9a3325a56d Refactor signature loading code into common function
We can use this for both standalone package signatures as well as
standalone database signatures.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 22:56:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
ed6fda2f98 Add functions for verifying database signature
Add a pmpgpsig_t struct to the database entry struct and functions for
the lazy loading of database signatures.  Add a function for checking
database signatures, reusing (and generalizing) the code currently used
for checking package signatures.

TODO: The code for reading in signature files from the filesystem is
duplicated for local packages and database and needs refactoring.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 22:22:33 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ef26c44524 etc/makepkg.conf: use curl in place of wget as a DLAGENT
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 20:37:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b9263fb4e1 lib/dload.c: Check for dlcb == NULL earlier
Our curl callback does a whole lot of work for nothing if the front end
never defined a callback to receive the data we'd calculate for it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 11:04:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
351942c71b Update doc/index.txt with 3.5.1 release date
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 11:03:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
47e41b2023 lib/dload.c: don't use deprecated curl symbols
CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE is deprecated in favor of CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE.
Both yield the same values.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:44:16 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e29301954c lib/dload.c: don't request compressed transport
The files we transfer are generally compressed already, so this just
adds unnecessary overhead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:44:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
82fb7a0202 lib/dload.c: Fix progress callback issues on download
Use a static variable to effectively track the initialization state of
the progress callback via the last byte amount reported as downloaded by
libcurl.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:43:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
768451c5e3 lib/dload.c: fix compiler warnings generated by -Wfloat-equal
* introduces new macro in util.h (DOUBLE_EQ) for properly comparing
  floating point values

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:43:53 -05:00
Dave Reisner
db49c4a7f0 buildsys: use libcurl's m4 macro for buildtime detection
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:43:17 -05:00
Allan McRae
2f060dec6a Report output from signature checking to debug log
Move the (possibly still temporary) output generated during signature
checking into the --debug output.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:36:48 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f9505063f8 Added gpg verification options per repo to the config file.
Once we do this, add support for VerifySig to pactest. We just check if
the repo name contains Always, Never or Optional to determine the value
of VerifySig. The default is Never. pacman uses Always by default but
this is not suitable for pactest.

Original-work-by: shankar <jatheendra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:35:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
18c6946961 Remove unnecessary sanity check on db->setserver
We pass in a db object, so no need to go looking for it in the list on
the handle. This is a remnant of when we passed in a treename, more than
likely.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:33:31 -05:00
Chris Brannon
ac88e90557 Let pacman specify GnuPG's home directory.
GnuPG looks for configuration files and keyrings in its home directory.
For a user, that is typically ~/.gnupg.
This patch causes pacman to use /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/ as the default
GnuPG home.  One may override the default using --gpgdir on the command-line
or GPGDir in pacman's configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Chris Brannon <cmbrannon@cox.net>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:22:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
5b962f0d1c Add a pactest showing failed GPG verification
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
39c75c7000 Integrate GPGME into libalpm
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
061948597d Add some error codes for signature verification
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
4ae902ec5f Add signature directory as option on libalpm handle
This will serve as the home directory we pass to GPGME when making calls so
we can have a libalpm-utilized keyring.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:16:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
39ce9b3afc Actually read PGPSIG field in sync DB code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 03:07:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
f7b577dc77 Merge branch 'gpg-libalpm-basics' 2011-03-23 02:34:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
cedc633757 Add a few pactests for PGP integration
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:33:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
8584c25903 Remove libfetch error code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:29:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
88746ec067 Read in .sig files when opening a package file
If a .sig file sits side-by-side on the filesystem with a package archive,
read it in during the package struct creation process so we can verify it at
a later time if necessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:22:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
39da0198cd Add PGP signature support to pactest
Allow pkg.pgpsig to end up in the created sync databases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:22:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
60159c2e77 Allow PGP signature to be read from sync database
Add a new field to the package struct to hold PGP information and
instruct db_read to pick it up from the database. It is currently unused
internally but this is the first step.

Due to the fact that we store the PGP sig as binary data, we need to store
both the data and the length so we have a small utility struct to assist us.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:22:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
9f2a3023f8 Add base64 algorithms from PolarSSL to libalpm
We will need these for GPG functionality (decoding the base64 encoded
signature stored in the databases).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:22:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
0908533127 Merge branch 'gpg-build-tools' 2011-03-23 02:18:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
a31d091fb3 repo-add: add sha256sum values to repo database
Implements FS#23103. Also modify libalpm so it ignores this value
without any warning as we know it is likely to exist.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:18:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
36747e4a7f Merge branch 'gpg-pacman-key' 2011-03-23 02:17:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
3df49acb30 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-03-23 02:16:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
115bf1bf9f Bump version to 3.5.1
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:13:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
87fbbdc649 Updated 3.5.1 translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:12:36 -05:00
Slobodan Terzić
02945ca7ad Add new Serbian translation from Transifex
Thanks!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:12:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
c46f21af0a 3.5.1 NEWS updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:07:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
7d899910c5 Documentation consistency fixes
Fix the way we were referring to paths (use ``), .pac* extensions (use
''), and other general things across our main manpages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:07:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
5eca2fbdf1 Fix documentation typo in makepkg.8
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 02:07:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
b625d03dd6 pacman-key manpage updates
Make consistent in formatting, syntax, and prose with the rest of our
documentation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 01:59:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
964e8c5bf2 pacman-key help, round three
Make it actually like all our other tools rather than some homegrown
format. Also make it translator friendly by not wrapping messages across
lines in different strings.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 01:59:42 -05:00
Guillaume Alaux
482da2eceb Add man-page for pacman-key
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 01:59:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
5a89a12aa0 pacman-key: improve usage output
Make the usage output display nicely on 80 character width terminals.

Also fix parsing of "-h" and "-v" options and avoid root check when
run with no commands.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 01:59:42 -05:00
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto
422925a65e pacman-key: remake of --reload command
The --reload command was refactored to allow a more flexible management.
There are two sets of keys that will be added, one that will be
removed and one that will be kept.

The set of keys to be kept are configured in pacman.conf, with the
option HoldKeys, with the same meaning of HoldPkgs. It can be repeated
and several values can be put in the same entry.

The new behavior allows a key to be marked for removal, but the user
can decide if that key must be kept. For example, if a developer has
a public repository, signed with his own key, that key must be added
to the HoldKeys option. If the key is marked for removal from pacman's
keyring, it will not be removed for the users that have configured
HoldKeys correctly.

There are other minor fixes, mainly in the handling of --add command
when there is no aditional parameter. In that case, pacman-key will
behave just like gpg, adding the contents of stdin into pacman's keyring.

Signed-off-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
2011-03-23 01:59:42 -05:00
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto
ae20f88202 pacman-key: keyring management tool
The script pacman-key will manage pacman's keyring. It imports, exports,
fetches from keyservers, helps in the process of trusting and updates
the trust database.

Signed-off-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 01:59:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
93591d428f repo-add: add symlink to signature file
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 00:26:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
f0f8319769 repo-add: Fix up usage with GPG options
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 00:26:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
38f94da47d repo-add: add -v/--verify option
This is intended to verify an existing signature on a database before
making further changes to it and performing updates. Rarely would you
use this without immediately resigning it via the -s/--sign option.
Instead, it is intended as a "chain of trust" operation where the
previous signature is verified to give you some sense that what you sign
off on is also safe.

Still todo: don't make changes unless the signature is not only good,
but also in the accepted list of keys.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 00:26:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
a4120f2015 repo-add: allow signing of the package database
In order to be fully secure, we can't only sign packages. We also need
to sign our repository metadata to prevent database falsification,
dependency injection, etc. Add an '-s/--sign' option that allows this
functionality, and will generate a .sig file side-by-side with the
package database.

While at it, fix the issue where a signature file would never be found
because of 'cd' madness (this needs fixing in another commit).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 00:26:54 -05:00
Geoffroy Carrier
8fde399fe6 Add PGPSIG field in repo-add
Use base64 encoding to store the value in the database if a .sig file exists
for the package being added.

Signed-off-by: Geoffroy Carrier <geoffroy.carrier@koon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-23 00:26:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
2f2f53ddc9 makepkg: place signature symlink in build dir
Be consistent in package and signature placements when using
PKGDEST.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-22 23:52:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
82e22596d8 makepkg: allow signatures to work with split packages
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-22 23:52:00 -05:00
Geoffroy Carrier
ee34869e89 Add GPG signature support to makepkg
This is a rather simple patch to add signing support to makepkg. Add a
create_signature() to makepkg, add a 'sign' BUILDENV option in makepkg.conf,
and document the changes in the makepkg.conf manpage.

Signed-off-by: Geoffroy Carrier <geoffroy.carrier@koon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-22 23:52:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
7b60a639d1 Minor code cleanups
Wrap lines of long length, noticed while creating and messing around
with some of the other maint branch patches.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 09:02:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
110eb314f0 Ensure package removal list does not contain duplicates
Noticed with the openoffice/libreoffice replacement scheme where many
packages are listed as replacements to one package, thus electing it for
removal multiple times. Ensure a given package is not already present
before placing it in the removal list.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 08:59:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
834ba4da93 Fix line_offset not being reset in _alpm_archive_fgets()
This is a rather serious data corruption issue that luckily manifested
itself today in a noticable way. A package in testing had replaces
entries read in as ["%RE pkgname", "%RE"] which was clearly wrong. This
happens when we hit the end of an archive block, do not have a newline,
and have to continue reading from the next block to complete the line.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 08:52:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ff52b6845 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts due to change in return calling style.

Conflicts:
	src/pacman/pacman.c
	src/pacman/sync.c
2011-03-21 07:53:13 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
c67c864ffd Don't initialize progress to zero before calling curl_easy_perform().
Drawing progress bars before calling curl_easy_perform() is needless as
the curl progress callback is called with zero progress before actually
downloading the file anyways. Fixes display of "0%" progress bars when
sync'ing package databases that are already up to date.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:51:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
488f341f57 Ensure dlcb is defined before calling it
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:50:31 -05:00
Allan McRae
b0bb4f9024 Do not query group selection when using -Sp
Remove unnecessary output when using -Sp.  Fixes FS#23340.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:43:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
9cab9807e0 Some more zsh completion tidy up
Changes for consistency across functions

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:40:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
c3e72e11b6 Fix zsh completion
Fixes completion for "pacman -S <tab>" and "pacman -S repo/<tab>"

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:40:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
fd3acff5e6 Restore --debug/--verbose output without a primary operation
This is by no means a guarantee of this behavior remaining the same in
the future, but it is easy enough to do what we used to in this case by
delaying any sort of error condition until after we are completely done
parsing options. Addresses FS#23370.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-21 07:40:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
d3b32a68fe Add a few more notes about translating using Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 23:46:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
451f9493f5 Update source translation files in prep for 3.5.1
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 23:08:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
78e55be0e6 Remove unnecessary NULL check
fp can never be NULL at this point in the code, proven by Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 20:11:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
32e35d4028 Fix comparison to 0 rather than NULL
Another fix found by Coccinelle example semantic patches.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 20:10:19 -05:00
Dan McGee
bdc1508a06 Fix assignment before NULL check
Easy fix, found using null_ref.cocci example Coccinelle script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 19:56:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
0303b26b1e Style change: return(x) --> return x
This was discussed and more or less agreed upon on the mailing list. A
huge checkin, but if we just do it and let people adjust the pain will
end soon enough. Rebasing should be relatively straighforward for anyone
that sees conflicts; just be sure you use the new return style if
possible.

The following semantic patch was used to do the change, along with some
hand-massaging in order to preserve parenthesis where appropriate:

The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows, although some
hand-massaging was done in order to keep parenthesis where appropriate:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@@
expression a;
@@
- return(a);
+ return a;

// </smpl>

A macros_file was also provided with the following content:

Additional steps taken, mainly for ASSERT() macros:
$ sed -i -e 's#return(NULL)#return NULL#' lib/libalpm/*.c
$ sed -i -e 's#return(-1)#return -1#' lib/libalpm/*.c

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 19:49:45 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0cf05c77ad lib/dload.c: fix opening braces to conform with coding style
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 18:49:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
b2fde01c54 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-03-20 11:49:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
67c0e9cab3 Add missing include for size_t
Needed for things like our strndup() substitute function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:45:17 -05:00
Dave Reisner
524b338974 INSTALL: replace libfetch with libcurl
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:32:08 -05:00
Dave Reisner
352b799efc lib/dload.c: remove lingering libfetch specific headers
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:32:02 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
b0f9477f01 Fix libtool and LDFLAGS reordering issues
This is a Debian patch (from #347650) that makes libtool play nicely
with "-Wl,--as-needed".

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:22:41 -05:00
Pang Yan Han
58df372be6 Fix handling of ignored packages
Noted in FS#23342. When the user attempts to install an ignored package
and answers no when asked whether to install it, pacman bails out with:

"error: target not found: packagename"

This is because satisfiers are not found for the package and execution
continues to process_group(), where the package is treated as a group
(which does not exist).

In addition, test ignore006.py is updated with PACMAN_RETCODE=0 since
saying no to installing an ignored package should not be considered an
error.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:17:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
f6716ae94a Use sane umask for repo db downloads
Fixes FS#23343.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:17:00 -05:00
Allan McRae
b6cada3eed makepkg: Improve optdepends extraction
Prevents issues where optdepends descriptions contain a bracket.
Also, strip all comments from arrays before joining them.

Fixes FS#23307.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-20 11:15:34 -05:00
tuxce
b48f718417 Correctly parse %DELTAS% entries in sync DB
We erroniously dropped the call to _alpm_delta_parse() when macro-izing,
causing segfaults for repos that provide deltas. Addresses FS#23314.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-17 10:51:44 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ff713a51bd remove antiquated contrib/wget-xdelta.sh
Support for this script was removed in makepkg by commit b4e1365. Delta
creation support has been provided by scripts/pkgdelta.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-17 10:05:33 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0da6c591c0 Fix triple progress bars on download
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-17 10:05:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
e47fc2d7c6 Ensure we have a root partition when checking space
Partially addresses the "why doesn't CheckSpace work in a chroot" issue.
We can't make it work, but we can at least detect when it won't work by
checking for a partition for our given installation root. If we can't
determine the mountpoint for this, bail out with an error.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-17 09:33:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
e6c9076a74 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-03-16 19:55:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
308aa38a40 pacman.8: (re)document behavior of reading from stdin
Change the term 'packages' to 'targets' in the synopsis as well, since
command line parameters could just as well be groups, repos, or URLs.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:54:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
3707d5bc46 Warn but don't error for unknown pacman.conf directives
This makes all the pacman developers' jobs harder as we have to switch
files whenever running multiple pacman versions and are using newly
introduced options. Instead of erroring out, print warnings and continue
on.

This patch also fixes a const-correctness issue. We immediately cast a
'const char *' to a 'char *' in setrepeatingoption(), which is just
plain wrong as we manipulate the underlying string. Fix the types and
remove the now unnecessary variable.

Finally, a few messages change here for consistency and clarity and
because we continue parsing rather than bailing out on a problem.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Dave Reisner
40a6c5c5ec Only read from stdin if '-' is provided as a target
This prevents a regression for people who enjoy piping yes to pacman to
avoid prompts.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Dave Reisner
deed0286ef alpm_list: fix typo in doxygen comment
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
e28c47ade3 Update translations for message with added newline
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
771c002c98 Add missing newline to warning message
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
f1ea4c8d24 Update index.txt with 3.5.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 19:52:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
cff36093f3 Merge branch 'download' 2011-03-16 19:25:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
92630c6607 Bump pacman versions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:40:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
656b470163 contrib/Makefile.am: don't simplify what you don't understand
This was totally screwed under a 'make distcheck' invocation. Bring it
inline with what we have (and what works!) in scripts/Makefile.am. This
was broken/introduced in commit 05f0a28932.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:38:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
9ae6ee0f09 Updated translations for 3.5.0 from Transifex
Thanks to all translators that contributed!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-16 10:30:02 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f2eac18a6e Remove all traces of libfetch
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
4ad4527d10 dload: temp patch to allow curl/fetch coexistance
this is just some debuggery to allow pacman to operate with both fetch
and curl at the same time. use the PACMANDL variable to control which
library is used.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
96e458b705 dload.c: add curl_download_internal
This is a feature complete re-implementation of the fetch based internal
downloader, with a few improvements:

* support for SSL
* gzip and deflate compression on HTTP connections
* reuses a single connection over the entire session for lower resource
  usage.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8a58648471 handle error case for PM_ERR_LIBCURL
Add PM_ERR_LIBCURL to error enum and handle case in error.c by returning
curl_easy_strerror() based on the error number carried by the gloabl alpm
handle.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a5b6a75787 share code between libfetch and libcurl
no actual code changes here. change preprocessor logic to include
get_tempfile, get_destfile, signal handler enum, and the interrupt
handler logic when either HAVE_LIBCURL or HAVE_LIBFETCH are defined.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
159e1b06a5 prefix fetch based functions with fetch_
Do this in preparation for implementing similar curl based
functionality. We want the ability to test these side by side.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
278c847106 handle: Add CURL* and CURLcode vars to struct
Adding the CURLcode is necessary in order to return an error string from
pm_error. Unlike libfetch, curl returns numerical error numbers and does
not maintain a staticly allocated string with the last error generated.

Adding the curl object itself to the handle is advantageous (and
encouraged by curl_easy_perform(3)) because the handle is reusable for
successive operations. This cuts back on overhead when downloading
multiple files in a single transaction.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
75bfe825fc add curl to alpm initialization and teardown routines
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
67391c2c6c Add configure.ac option for --with-curl
To avoid breaking compilation, fetch defaults to 'no', and curl defaults
to 'check'.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2011-03-09 15:22:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
36c570712a Fix value of ngettext() count parameter in callback
I was awesome and ran alpm_list_count() on an empty list. Fail.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 15:34:30 -06:00
Allan McRae
36df611203 Update NEWS for pacman-3.5 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:59:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
21f16fa7ab Document API changes for pacman-3.5 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:55:15 -06:00
Allan McRae
f2023176f6 Do not print warning with files entry in sync db
repo-add can add a "files" entry into the sync db.  Currently we
do nothing with this file, so explicitly skip it to prevent
unknown database file warnings.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-07 13:54:38 -06:00
Dan McGee
0b6aa428cf Fix gettext plural detection
Our keywords were all screwed up in this regard. Fix it so our
ngettext() shortcut calls are actually recognized and respected.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-03 11:10:14 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
79f8cfb529 libalpm/diskspace.c: remove bogus parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 18:16:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
d68635e7c2 pactest: use actual regexes in OUTPUT rules
I managed to just make deptest001.py fail by changing a DEBUG-level
logger in commit b12be99c89. This should not be this fickle. Enhance the
OUTPUT rule to use an actual Python re object when looking for matches,
and make a lot of the rules use stronger patterns to match with.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 14:24:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
b12be99c89 Ensure d_type is not DT_UNKNOWN before relying on it
Fixes FS#23090, a rather serious problem where the user was completely
unable to read the local database. Even if entry->d_type is available,
the given filesystem providing it may not fill the contents, in which
case we should fall back to a stat() as we did before. In this case, the
filesystem was XFS but there may be others.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-03-01 13:39:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
09ce8b446c Fix some easy to find double translations
A lot of these were places that should have used the same message but
didn't, or were very easy to convert to using the same message and
letting some of the burden off of the translators.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 17:50:23 -06:00
Dan McGee
07538b948a Update translation template files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 11:11:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
aafb387455 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-02-28 11:08:08 -06:00
Dan McGee
23451e7fa4 Update translation instructions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 11:08:01 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
dcd234ea27 --print-format displays size in bytes
Printing the exact size seems to make more sense for scripting contexts.

Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
[Dan: adjust for master before VerbosePkgLists patches, fix type]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:54:33 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
1a524fa8b8 A couple of minor manpage adjustments
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:48:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
f45369800a Check local DB version before continuing transaction
Ensure we have a local DB version that is up to par with what we expect
before we go down any road that might modify it. This should prevent
stupid mistakes with the 3.5.X upgrade and people not running
pacman-db-upgrade after the transaction as they will need to.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:46:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
5ea4706f57 Move locking functions to where they are needed
We only call these from the transaction init and teardown, so move them
to that file, mark them static, and push more of the logic of handle
manipulation into these functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:43:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
1eccae3d93 Fix trans no-argument function definitions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-28 10:41:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
2d25993d2d Add base transifex client configuration
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 14:01:26 -06:00
Jonathan Conder
acd9269478 Fix double close of the lock file
According to FOPEN(3), using fclose on an fdopen'd file stream also
closes the underlying file descriptor. This happened in _alpm_lckmk
(util.c), which meant that when alpm_trans_release closed it again, the
log file (which reused the original file descriptor) was closed instead.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 13:32:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
e8f799ba83 pactest for removing a required empty directory
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-27 13:26:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
3149a45bfb Add directory name to ownership error message
If you were doing a -Qo via xargs, it is at least nice to see what input
caused the error message to occur rather than having a bunch of plain
messages. This matches the style when we can't find the owner of a file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:48:20 -06:00
Dave Reisner
1fcc496756 alpm: alpm_db_get_pkgcache_list => alpm_db_get_pkgcache
This avoids needless breakage of the public API.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:46:36 -06:00
Dave Reisner
eefe8c8364 alpm: remove public visibility of pmpkghash_t
There's no API functions exposed which allow manipulation of this type,
so remove it from public view. Also, rename the public and private
alpm_db_get_pkgcache symbol to alpm_db_get_pkgcache_has.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 09:45:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
ab49bf6fa9 Add test case for util-linux/util-linux-ng name switch and deps
This case currently fails, but highlights a failure in our install
process I experienced the other day. Because we don't do replacement
uninstalls inline with the rest of the upgrade uninstalls, we can have a
time on our system where a critical package is not installed.

I hope no one ever renames glibc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:57:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
2f96764058 Continue resolving dependencies rather than bailing on first error
This allows error messages emitted by the frontend to be a bit more
descriptive and not have the annoying "well why didn't you tell me that
the first time" problem. If a package had multiple missing deps, we
would bail on the first one before rather than finish processing all
missing dependencies, and only print one error message. Instead,
continue through this entire set of missing deps and append all eventual
errors.

The added pactest tests this case, as the to be installed package has
two missing dependencies. However, pactest does not actually test or see
the difference in output from before and after, so it passes in both
cases, but it is clearly visible in the logs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:55:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
d4d304cdb7 Various small spelling fixes and small tweaks
Nothing that changes behavior here. Spelling fixes and pushing a
variable down to the scope it is used.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-25 07:53:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
7c14e48776 Mark log callback format string const
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-24 09:38:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
6735807c0f Remove trans->skip_add
This is old code that has since gone stale; we no longer ever add
anything to this list so no need to keep it around and check the
contents during extraction.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-22 16:48:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
cfa7602032 Don't generate filelist unless we are going to use it
We throw it away if !full, so no need to waste time creating the list in the
first place.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-16 20:57:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
00c393d49f Conflict checking code cleanup
* Make conflict_isin() static; it is used nowhere else.
* Remove does_conflict(): it turns out to be replaceable by a single call to
  _alpm_depcmp(). By pushing it up, we can reduce calls to _alpm_splitdep()
  from 60,368 to 16,940 during one test -Su operation I ran.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-16 20:57:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
d1cc1ef6c3 Fix some database size estimation problems
* Use stat() and not lstat(); we don't care for the size of the symlink if
  it is one, we want the size of the reference file.
* FS#22896, fix local database estimation on platforms that don't abide by
  the nlink assumption for number of children.
* Fix a missing newline on an error message.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-15 16:58:08 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
62a2e45b12 Use CALLOC for _alpm_graph_new()
Change _alpm_graph_new() to use CALLOC to avoid explicit zeroing out of fields
in pmgraph_t.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-15 16:23:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
30f338cce6 diskspace: allow used flag to be toggled for both remove and install
Turn it into an enum rather than a boolean, and use a bitmask like we do for
reading DB entries. The relevant flag is turned on in our two calculate
loops, and anything reading the used flag later can decided which flag (or
either) is relevant.

This will allow the read-only partition code to be triggered on a
remove-only operation, e.g. if /boot was read-only and one tried to remove
grub in a sync transaction. Of course, right now, we don't actually run the
diskspace check code in the '-R' codepath.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:51:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
3afe3b6dfb Check mountpoint read-only status when checking space
This is a bit of a stopgap solution for the problem, but an easier one than
revamping the file conflict checking code to support the same stuff. Using
some more gross autoconf magic, figure out which struct field we need to
look at to determine read-only status and store that on our mountpoint
struct. If we find out we needed this partition after calculating size
requirements, then toss an error.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:38:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
1358a4a80f diskspace: use calloc instead of malloc
Prevents us from having to manually zero out several of our fields.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:36:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
0eac60cd9d Fix mount dir length calculation
In the getmntinfo() section, the local variable mnt doesn't exist; this
would have caused a compile error if I had tested the code on such a
platform. Unify both codepaths to just run strlen() on the already copied
mount path instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:34:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
06cbb516c3 Avoid a memmove by advancing value pointer
In packages, our description file contains:
key = value is here
type entries, and we passed "key " and " value is here" to our strtrim
function, causing us to always memmove the value portion to remove the
space. Since this is a throwaway buffer, do the advancing on our own before
trimming to save the need to shift memory around; "value is here" will now
be passed and strtrim will be responsible for trailing whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
56721c12ce Fix fileconflict progress with only one package
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
62fc966882 Ensure pkgbase/epoch are defined before doing anything
When generating integrity sums, we could get some weird output before due to
epoch being uninitialized:

    /usr/bin/makepkg: line 234: [[: 2.6.37: syntax error: invalid arithmetic operator (error token is ".6.37")

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-11 10:23:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
942bb9e64a Skip diskspace checking for symlinks and directories in all cases
We did this in some but not all cases, assuming the 0 value coming out of
libarchive would not be a problem. However, this does not work for "fake"
filesystems such as rpc_pipefs, which reports a free block and total block
count of zero.

Fix this by not ever counting symlinks or directories, and adding a note
explaining that if we someday do count directories, their size needs to be
attributed to the proper place.

This patch also includes a few cleanups/performance tweaks- avoid calling
strlen() on the mountpoint directory string as much by storing this size in
our mountpoint struct, and push the snprintf() call up to the calculate
functions since we were already doing it here in the remove case.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-08 09:28:24 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
da3b934602 Refactor out common code in pkghash add functions
The overlapping code in _alpm_pkghash_add() and _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted()
are now in a new static function pkghash_add_pkg(). This function has a
third flag parameter which determines whether the package should be added in
sorted order.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-07 20:26:11 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
be9a60a338 Handle null pkgcache for local/sync db_populate()
In sync_db_populate() and local_db_populate(), a NULL db->pkgcache is not
caught, allowing the functions to continue instead of exiting.

A later alpm_list_msort() call which uses alpm_list_nth() will thus traverse
invalid pointers in a non-existent db->pkgcache->list.

pm_errno is set to PM_ERR_MEMORY as _alpm_pkghash_create() will only return
NULL when we run out of memory / exceed max hash table size. The local/sync
db_populate() functions are also exited.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-07 20:21:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
bb071f4eb2 makepkg: more bash-3.2 compatibility
Adding the "|| true" to the subshell prevents bash-3.2 setting off the
error_trap but requires changing the if statement.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-06 12:52:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
3cf870eda5 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-02-06 12:52:20 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
3865352d23 Remove redundant _alpm_strtrim() in be_local.c
When reading the "desc" file in _alpm_local_db_read(), some
strings are trimmed and checked for length > 0 before their
use/duplication subsequently. They are then trimmed again
when there is no need to.

The following code snippet should illustrate it clearly:

while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) &&
	strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {

	char *linedup;
	STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
	info->groups = alpm_list_add(info->groups, linedup);
}

This patch removes the redundant _alpm_strtrim() calls in
_alpm_local_db_read() such as the one inside the STRDUP shown
above.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-06 12:50:46 -06:00
Pang Yan Han
30bb969ace Handle PM_ERR_WRITE in alpm_strerror()
PM_ERR_WRITE is defined in alpm.h but not handled in
alpm_strerror(). This patch corrects that.

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:21:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
e17c4fe611 Add new translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:20:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
15e143bdfb Add updated Kazakh translation from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 14:20:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
fafa909a2d Update translation file indexes and Makevars
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:15:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
7664a58d4e Add comment about download file resolution
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:15:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
e34fc4eddf Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/hash' 2011-02-04 09:10:25 -06:00
Dan McGee
c12ccbfb2c Add more error checking and logging
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:00:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
7467fb9e76 Ensure found files are actually files
We located files in a few places but didn't check if they were files or
directories. Ensure they are actually files using stat() and S_ISREG(); this
showed itself when trying to download to the directory name itself in
FS#22645.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 08:42:55 -06:00
Dan McGee
6b0d4674bb Improve pkghash_remove algorithm
Rather than potentially move every item to the next NULL, attempt to move at
most one item at a time by iterating backwards from the NULL location in the
hash array. If we move an item, we repeat the process on the now shorter
"chain" until no more items need moving.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 10:03:04 +10:00
Dan McGee
1f145bcd1a Use alpm_list_remove_item in pkghash_remove
Removes the code that was duplicated and has now been refactored into a
separate method.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Dan McGee
14fd1e63a2 Add new alpm_list_remove_item() function
This takes in the list and a list item, and does the pointer dance necessary
to remove it from the list regardless of whether it is first, last, or
somewhere in the middle. It is useful for callers that already know what
item needs to be removed and have a pointer to it rather than doing a search
by data that the plain alpm_list_remove() does.

Refactor alpm_list_remove() to use this function as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Dan McGee
09e582b411 Add a new removal smoke test
Hint: this will really stress hash table removal.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
01c3c7e4f2 Actually remove packages from pkghash on removal
Fully removes a package from the hash.  Also unify prototype with
removal from an alpm_list_t, fixing issues when removing a package
from the pkgcache.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
11e5e86151 Refactor finding position for new hash entry
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
9320786349 Rehash efficiently
Rehash without recreating the hash table list or reallocating the
memory for holding the list nodes.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
c9820ec97b Slightly more efficient rehash size selection
While probably still not optimal in terms of everyday usage in
pacman, this reduces the absolute size increase to "more reasonable"
levels.  For databases greater than 5000 in size, the minimum size
increase is used which is still on the order of a 10% increase.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
d843c86b7b Error handling for maximum database size
Check that the requested size of a pkghash is not beyond the maximum
prime.  Also check for successful creation of a new hash before
rehashing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
021085624e Change default sync hash table sizing to 66% full
Since the sync database never changes size once we initialize it, we
allow it to be filled a bit more. This reduces the overall memory
footprint needed by the hash table.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
ce54715112 Implement a quick and dirty rehash function
This allows us to get through the rehash required by smoke001 and pass
all pactests. It is by no means the best or most efficient
implementation but it does do the job.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
f8fdce6cb0 Read pkgcache into hash
Read the package information for sync/local databases into a pmpkghash_t
structure.

Provide a alpm_db_get_pkgcache_list() method that returns the list from
the hash object.  Most usages of alpm_db_get_pkgcache are converted to
this at this stage for ease of implementation.  Review whether these are
better accessing the hash table directly at a later stage.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Dan McGee
5dae577a87 Get estimated package count when populating databases
This works for both local and sync databases in slightly different ways. For
the local database, we can use the directory hard link count on the local/
folder. For sync databases, we use the archive size coupled with some
computed average per-package sizes to determine an estimate.

This is currently a dead assignment once calculated, but could be used to
set the initial size of a hash table.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
e17b0446bd Add a hash table for holding packages
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-04 09:55:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
f892775366 makepkg: initialize local arrays to empty
Fixes bash-3.2 compatibility.

Thanks-to: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 20:47:08 -06:00
Allan McRae
35a8cf134b makepkg: error on invalid optdepends
Missed in commit a88cb03a.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:47 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
d8c4b12c66 makepkg: make SRCPKGDEST default to $startdir
The current behaviour, which is placing source packages in PKGDEST if
SRCPKGDEST is not set, is inconsistent with {SRC,PKG}DEST handling and
there is no real advantage in doing so.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:39 -06:00
Nezmer
332dd86912 makepkg: Fix the check for references to srcdir/pkgdir
At least in FreeBSD, find always returns 0 if it finds stuff
(imagine that). It doesn't care about the exit status of whatever is
passed to -exec.

This patch makes the checks compatible with this behaviour.

Using xargs and not using grep directly because packages with too many
files would cause grep to complain about argument list being too long.

This should also fix the false positive in packages with no files.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-02 18:46:23 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
3444146b48 makepkg: fix indention to follow style guide
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-01 10:04:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
87240dae6d Fix locale.h/setlocale inclusion with --disable-nls
Noted in FS#22697. When I factored out _alpm_parsedate() into a common
function, I didn't move the <locale.h> include properly, causing a build
failure when NLS is disabled and this header isn't automatically included
everywhere.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-02-01 09:59:12 -06:00
Florian Pritz
111e07d0be make -d less strict; add -dd option
-d skips checking the version of a dependency.

-dd skips the whole dependency check.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:49:53 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b6ec9019d7 alpm/depcmp: new NODEPVERSION flag
This flag allows to disable version checking in dependency resolving
code.

depcmp_tolerant respects the NODEPVERSION flag but we still keep the
original strict depcmp. The idea is to reduce the impact of the
NODEPVERSION flag by using it in fewer places.

I replaced almost all depcmp calls by depcmp_tolerant in deps.c (except
in the public find_satisfier used by deptest / pacman -T), but I kept
depcmp in sync.c and conflict.c

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:49:39 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b8d01dace8 add pactests for -Sdd
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 10:45:36 -06:00
Dan McGee
09f9f24331 Allow both cleanmethod values to be specified at the same time
No reason to disallow this- it allows keeping even more packages around in
the cache. Test cases included for this case and to ensure the default
behavior is preserved.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:38:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
986edb8bd4 Style cleanups in clean cache code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
d6a9436143 Add three clean cache tests
The first two are rather standard tests of our two available clean options,
and the third is attempting to test a reported bug (and failing to make the
given case fail).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
2d5ec02d7c pactest: allow checking for cache file existence
This will allow some tests to be added for cache cleaning.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:37:20 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
ed1aef7bc5 libalpm: fix db_update documentation
return codes were mixed up

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-31 09:36:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
2e1b5c96a6 Call count() once in callback
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 13:34:51 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
e263cf7231 alpm: drop old target interfaces
It's likely that these interfaces will break sooner or later, now that
pacman no longer uses them.

So better force the two people who use them to migrate their code to the
new add_pkg/remove_pkg interface, which is very easy anyway.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:08 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
05f2abfba9 select_display: per-database output
This function is used both for provision and group selection. Now the
database name will be displayed.

$ pacman  -S base-devel
:: There are 11 members in group base-devel:
:: Repository testing
   1) make
:: Repository core
   2) autoconf  3) automake  4) bison  5) fakeroot  6) flex  7) gcc  8) libtool  9) m4  10) patch  11) pkg-config
Which ones do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=all):

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:08 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
2dd53e50de pacman: improve select-question
Make use of parseindex like in multiselect, and loop until we get a
valid answer like in multiselect.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:07 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
00fec5e250 pacman/sync: implement interactive group selection
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:40:07 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
2a90dbe3a8 alpm: deprecate old interface
Old interface is marked as deprecated:
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);
int alpm_remove_target(char *target);

New recommended interface:
int alpm_add_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_remove_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:39:06 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
eed7ba92e8 pacman/remove: switch to new alpm_remove_pkg interface
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:39:05 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
4a72c0964a pacman/upgrade: switch to new interface
Note that there is a behavior change here : if the same package name
appeared several times in the target list, the alpm_add_target interface
chooses the new package, while alpm_add_pkg returns PKG_DUP.

I don't see why we cannot unify the behavior of -S and -U, and just
choose one behavior that applies to both.

Otherwise, it's always possible to handle these different behaviors in
the frontend, it just requires more work.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
953e0d48d7 alpm: new alpm_remove_pkg interface
For consistency with alpm_add_pkg.

The new recommended interface is alpm_add_pkg / alpm_remove_pkg, all
others interfaces are deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
f2fcf7eeb1 pacman/sync: rewrite target handling
This uses the new public functions to handle targets from the frontend,
like it used to be :
1) alpm_find_dbs_satisfier to find (optionally versioned) package or
provision
2) alpm_find_grp_pkgs to find members for a groups
3) alpm_add_pkg to finally add the pmpkg_t from 1 or 2

Of course, this adds more code to the frontend, but it completely
deprecates sync_target and sync_dbtarget interfaces.

This all-in-one interfaces felt wrong and left no control to the
frontend. A good frontend should just use alpm_add_pkg, with pkg coming
from alpm_db_get_pkg (for normal targets), alpm_find_dbs_satisfier (for
versioned provisions) or alpm_find_grp_pkgs (for groups).

This also opens the way to provide a better group handling in pacman
without constraint from libalpm and callbacks.

In ignore006, only the retcode changes, because no package was found to
satisfy the target (the only possible package is ignored).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
1767a569c6 alpm: add alpm_find_grp_pkgs
This group function is meant to help group handling from frontend : it
scans all dbs, handling ignored packages and duplicate members (the
first repo where a member is found has the priority).

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:16 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
fb7e1b4b9b alpm: new alpm_add_pkg interface
This new function is meant to deprecate all existing
sync/add target functions :
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);

Rather than dropping these 3 interfaces, it might be better to rewrite
them using alpm_add_pkg for now.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
b8590ed634 alpm/dep: add alpm_find_dbs_satisfier
This is a public interface for resolvedep. It looks nicer to expose it
this way rather than through sync_target.

This function can also be helpful for external tools as it should give
good results close to how pacman select a package for satisfying a given
dep.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Xavier Chantry
4097c98c1e Add interactive provider selection
If there are multiple providers in one db, pacman used to just stop at
the first one (both during dependency resolution or for pacman -S
'provision' which uses the same code).

This adds a new conversation callback so that the user can choose which
provider to install. By default (user press enter or --noconfirm), the
first provider is still chosen, so for example the behavior of sync402
and 403 is preserved. But at least the user now has the possibility to
make the right choice in a manual run.

If one of the provider is already installed, it is picked for
reinstall/upgrade, so that provision 002/003 pactest now pass.

$ pacman -S community/smtp-server
:: There are 3 providers available for smtp-server:
   1) courier-mta  2) esmtp  3) exim

Which one do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=1):

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2011-01-29 19:33:15 +01:00
Dan McGee
ba97a22ce1 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-01-29 12:16:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
ce089e1b97 pactest: pass entire test to rule.check()
We were piecemeal passing fields from the test object in and it was getting
out of hand, and future work would have added yet another argument. Instead,
just pass the entire test object and entrust the rule to get what it needs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 12:15:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
ef86da97f5 Remove need to explicitly register the local DB
Perform the cheap struct and string setup of the local DB at handle
initialization time to match the teardown we do when releasing the handle.
If the local DB is not needed, all real initialization is done lazily after
DB paths and other things have been configured anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-29 12:13:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
9b876fff09 Ignore known but unused package descfile fields
We explicitly place 'pkgbase' (and used to place 'force') fields inside
PKGINFO files, so ignore them silently instead of printing an error for
them. Also make the error message for unknown keys actually contain the key.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 17:34:06 -06:00
Thomas Bächler
272f7cf25e libalpm: Fix a missing "nicht" (not) in German translation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 16:41:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
f95080884c Enable failure on server error for curl download command
This will make a 404 a silent failure that returns an error code rather than
0 as was previously done, screwing up the logic used by pacman/libalpm to
allow moving onto the next server on a failed download. Fixes FS#22630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 12:00:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
7f93f0620c Fix libtool performance regression with many arguments
Reported and fixed upstream, patching our version for now until a future
release fixes it:

* http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-libtool/2011-01/msg00007.html
* http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/libtool.git/commit/?id=286e87b1030c353d9cfc89dbb72d59e0391cb693

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-28 11:42:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
fe76c353af Fix memory leak and error code in DB reading
We were returning a package error code rather than a DB one, and we
would leak the archive memory if the database file didn't exist.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 21:46:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
0f24390fe8 pkgsearch: handle non-matching lines gracefully
Before any non-matching line would trigger some perl warnings about
undefined variables. If a line doesn't match, just show it to the user
unprocessed; this is seen with warning and error messages pacman not so
helpfully emits on stdout rather than stderr.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 15:20:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
d6a997ee38 Update contrib/ Makefile
We didn't have the proper dependencies specified for our scripts after
the move to *.in extensions, so a change to a file didn't trigger a
rebuild. Also remove old stuff from .gitignore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-24 15:19:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
27e8f06e03 Query fileowner performance improvements
Clean up some of the code by doing less string copying and printing. This is
accomplished by either doing it after we know we need it, or taking
advantage of the fact that some strings never change such as the root
directory prefix. Also, fix an issue where a file at the root level (e.g.
/foobar) could not be queried.

End result is a much faster user experience when combined with the
mbasename() changes. These timings are for looking up 113 files in /etc/,
some of which are owned and some which are not.

	$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time pacman -Qo >/dev/null
	6.10user 0.05system 0:06.17elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131040maxresident)k
	0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps

	$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time ./src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Qo >/dev/null
	0.86user 0.04system 0:00.92elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131120maxresident)k
	0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps

I'll take a 600% increase in speed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:34:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
4d291508c2 Improve mbasename performance
Rather than roll our own, use strrchr() instead, which glibc may have a
better implementation than the simple iteration method we were using.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:34:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
d16a5ae7dd Merge branch 'backup-status' 2011-01-22 16:32:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
6e71922e6c Add a few new provides tests
These deal with already-installed packages and how they should be the
preferred provider in cases where provider selection now occurs. A few
involve multiple sync repos.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
a99e7272b8 pactest: sort repos by alpha order in config file
The order was non-deterministic before, and just happened to work for
sync023.py as it was written. Ensure there is some sort of predictable
ordering.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
b3d71bf7d0 pactest: use new-style python classes
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 16:29:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
cda7d7847f Be smarter about failure to read backup file contents
Instead of always printing MISSING, we can switch on the errno value set by
access() and print a more useful string. In this case, handle files we can't
read by printing UNREADABLE, print MISSING on ENOENT, and print UNKNOWN for
anything else. Fixes FS#22546.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:38:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
c91bd3dda9 Mark backup status strings as untranslated
And also change "Not Modified" -> "UNMODIFIED" for consistency. This makes
it a lot easier to machine-parse this and not worry about locale
differences.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:25:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
61864e1f6f Refactor backup file status check into separate function
This will make it a lot easier to use this stuff elsewhere.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:25:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
32727efc38 pactest: revamp modified logic
Remove all logic dealing with PKG_MODIFIED as this rule no longer exists.
This removes a bunch of unnecessary stat and checksum logic that most of the
time we were never even using. Also update the file modified checks to mark
every file created using mkfile() with an older time so any modified checks
will just work without hacks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:19:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
5699f2c94c Modify all pactests to not use PKG_MODIFIED
All conditions that this particular rule tested are better served by using a
more specific rule, whether that be checking a package version or whether
files inside the package have changed or still exist.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:19:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
2a3b5e40bc pactest: pylint changes for pmdb
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
8f711a7181 pactest: pylint changes for util
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
ff96649eeb pactest: pylint changes for pmtest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
d94346ede2 pactest: pylint changes for pmpkg
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
946f4af7f3 pactest: pylint changes for pmrule
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
2c6be06bba pactest: pylint changes for pmenv
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
505ad87e67 pactest: pylint changes for pactest
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
0de314205f pactest: pylint changes for pmfile
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:14:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
36ea02cc48 Compute download size for sync packages only
Neither packages from files nor packages from the local database will ever
have a download size.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 11:11:29 -06:00
Dan McGee
c4332c8091 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-01-22 10:12:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
a97e28205a Update 3.4.3 release date
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:07:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
51175f31c4 Merge branch 'epoch-work' 2011-01-22 10:03:51 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
e277e838d7 Makefile: Use git describe --dirty for GIT VERSION
dirty indicates if the repo has uncommited changes or not when building,
so dont hardcode this info.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:57 -06:00
Allan McRae
b947db040c repo-add: only attempt to create deltas when asked
repo-add should only attempt to create the delta file when using the -d
option.

Also adjust a couple of tests to use the "double bracket" syntax.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
859bdb5b1d doc: update current list of authors
Allan, I had no idea you were not listed here. I think you count as an
active developer at the moment. Also, move Aaron to the past contributors
section.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
01403f423a doc: add a vercmp manpage
This includes info on version comparison that is very similar to the stuff
in the pacman manpage, but also a few vercmp examples, the return values,
and other fun stuff.

Also update the version comparison stuff in the pacman manpage.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
b8ab96a270 makepkg: encode epoch in version specifier if > 0
This makes things consistent with everywhere else we are incorporating the
new optional epoch field. Add a helper function that forms the version
string for you and use it in makepkg where I found 'pkgver.*-.*pkgrel'.

This exposes a few shortcomings in a previous "Override pkgver" patch
(2020e629) in the install package and check if built functions.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-22 10:02:09 -06:00
Dan McGee
bf46e04614 Remove epoch as an independent field
Instead, go the same route we have always taken with version-release in
libalpm and treat it all as one piece of information. Makepkg is the only
script that knows about epoch as a distinct value; from there on out we will
parse out the components as necessary.

This makes the code a lot simpler as far as epoch handling goes. The
downside here is that we are tossing some compatibility to the wind;
packages using force will have to be rebuilt with an incremented epoch to
keep their special status.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
5c46ba14f7 Allow version comparison to contain epoch specifier
Adapting from RPM, follow the [epoch:]version[-release] syntax. We can also
borrow some of their parsing code for our purposes (thanks!).  Add some new
tests to our vercmp shell script tester for epoch comparisons, and then make
the code work with these newfangled epoch specifiers.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
e068b58507 pactest: add more testing for epoch
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
50f446886b pactest: Rename epoch pactests
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 19:30:45 -06:00
Dan McGee
76735e6519 Copy new backend translation over from frontend translation
Since it is the same string. Done with some bash looping and sed magic.

    for src in po/*.po; do
        echo $src
        newtrans=$(grep -A1 "msgid.*$1" $src | tail -n1)
        newtrans=${newtrans//\\/\\\\}
        echo "$newtrans"
        fname=${src##*/}
        dest=lib/libalpm/po/$fname
        sed -i -e "/msgid.*$1/{N; s/msgstr.*$/$newtrans/}" $dest
    done

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 11:04:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
85d0111da8 3.4.3 release preparation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 10:36:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
3863e48788 Add a likely_pkg hint argument to sync_db_read
In most (all?) cases, we will process all files for a given sync database
entry sequentially. The code currently does an _alpm_pkg_find() for every
file in the database, but we had the "current" package readily available.
Shift some local variables around a bit to expose this to sync_db_read() and
use it if the package is the correct one.

On my system, this cuts calls to _alpm_pkg_find() from 20,769 to 10,349
calls during a -Qu operation, and results in a ~30% speedup of the same
operation (0.35 sec -> 0.27 sec). This benefit should be apparent anywhere
we read in the full contents of the sync databases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 10:11:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
c86ff120c8 Improve splitname memory allocation
We don't need to create a temporary copy of the string if we are smart with
our pointer manipulation and string copying. This saves a bunch of string
duplication during database parsing, both local and sync.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
01c8f39ab8 Improve depends string parsing
Remove the need for an unconditional string duplication by using pointer
arithmetic instead, and strndup() instead of an unspecified-length strdup().
This should reduce memory churn a fair amount as this is called pretty
frequently during database loads.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
aff3e63c45 Add strndup fallback function to libalpm util
The same fallback we are currently using in the pacman frontend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
b40c8e2922 Update valgrind suppressions file
We haven't tweaked this in a while, but some of the old stuff seems to no
longer be necessary and there are a few new things we should add.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:14:18 -06:00
Dan McGee
c49f198042 Add a pactest for the situation in FS#7524
Confirming the current behavior. And yes, the error message is still no
better than it was when this was reported 3.5 years ago.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-21 09:07:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
f65edb7f29 Fix integrity check status when installing from file
When installing packages from a file, the integrity check count
stays at (0/x) complete.  This ensures it is bumped to (x/x) at
the end of the process.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-18 13:19:25 -06:00
Dan McGee
a88cb03a58 makepkg: perform all sanity checks before erroring out
It is pretty annoying to get one, fix it, and then get another. We should be
able to continue on through most of the sanity checks in one go so the user
gets all the error messages at once.

Also ensure $pkgbase is defined by the time we call this function;
previously we printed nothing where a package name should have been due to
this oversight.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-14 00:25:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
665528d7ba repo-add: fix misguided conditional correction
I tried to move things around here when testing and did a bit too much; the
warning message always showed regardless of delta inclusion in the call. Fix
it so we only warn if we have a filename, but the file couldn't be located.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-13 23:43:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
5615b71688 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_files.c
2011-01-12 09:23:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
30f53cfe8d Fix double read issue in maint releases
This is essentially a backport/cherry-pick of commit 33240e87b9 from
master, but has to be done by hand because the DB format has diverged. Read
more in the commit message used there, which follows.

Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.

Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.

The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.

Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-12 09:17:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
cae2bdafec pactest: build the filelist using a set()
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0d4dd09993)
2011-01-12 09:11:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
8e30a46adb Make debug config messages consistent in capitalization
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 23:16:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
9e8af82c97 Back out anticipated epoch changes
After all the debate as to what to do on maint, we are going to end up just
incorporating epoch into the version string, so we don't need this separate
field at all. Revert commit 5c8083baa4 and also kill the force flag we were
recording here as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 23:15:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
dd26592155 Merge branch 'diskspace-fixes' 2011-01-11 21:20:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
57c5afd69c Merge branch 'fix-double-load' 2011-01-11 21:20:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
0284cf2128 Merge branch 'repo-add-improvements' 2011-01-11 21:20:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
33240e87b9 Fix double filelist issue when upgrading a package
Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.

Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.

The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.

Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.

A debug log message was added to upgraderemove as well to match the one
already in the normal remove codepath.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:16:39 -06:00
Dan McGee
25fab402c7 Call archive_read_data_skip() while checking diskspace
libarchive eventually calls it anyway, but backtraces make a lot more sense
if we call it, as well as matching our precedent from alpm_pkg_load().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
6942bba75d Add error message stating which partition is full
This is helpful anyway to the user, and should also be helpful to us if we
see problems cropping up in the check during development.

Also add a missing ->used = 0 initialization in the code path less taken.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
55bff19b76 Unify two free diskspace error messages
Although they won't be the same in the gettext catalog because of the '\n'
we should still use the same text.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
fe6e90c21f Add a progressbar for package integrity checking
This can take a while too, and it is really easy to add the necessary
callback stuff for adding a progressbar.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
9a82cb92a4 Small fix to download size lookup and a logger
These were just two small things I came across today and found could be
fixed or helpful, so I've added them and I'm not sure what else to bundle
them with. commit_count++

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 21:15:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
d0c327df17 doc: add docs for repo-add -d option
This never got added when the option was brought in, so fix it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 20:30:27 -06:00
PyroPeter
eda4d9ec00 repo-add: Create/modify files databases
Implements FS#11302.

Dan: updated docs to not reference pkgfile.

Signed-off-by: PyroPeter <abi1789@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 20:30:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
b04a56dbe9 Add two pactests with non-trivial file counts
These are probably useful anyway, but also exposed the double file list bug
that will be fixed in a later commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 18:44:26 -06:00
Dan McGee
0d4dd09993 pactest: build the filelist using a set()
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 18:43:28 -06:00
Dan McGee
7ce90bb135 repo-add: use pushd/popd
Rather than explicit cd calls, we can use the directory stack to our
advantage. This also removes the need to store and restore $startdir, so
kill the variable entirely.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-11 17:18:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
a9cbd15260 pactest: correctly write epoch and force as necessary
We were missing this in a few places; also add the ability to check the
outcome via a new rule type.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:51:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
3e1bdfa93c Use double rather than float everywhere
No real need to use the smaller floating point types here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
5f140a62de Progress callback cleanups and fixes
* Remove a stale comment
* Fix a logic error- the conditional disagreed with the comments
* Remove some unnecessary floating point casts

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
842cbc9ea4 Ensure we use local package when calculating removed size
We were checking if a package existed locally, but then using the
incoming package to calculate removed size rather than the currently
installed package.

Also adjust the local variable in the replaces loop to make it more
clear that we are always dealing with local packages here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:50:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
d03b57f459 Remove need for floating point division in backend
All of these can be done with integer division; the only slightly
interesting part is ensuring we round up like before with calling the
ceil() function.

We can also remove the math library from requirements; now that the only
ceil() calls are gone, we don't need this anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-10 10:49:55 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
281a4c0a4f libalpm/be_package.c: fix small memleak
file_pkg_ops can be a static struct like in other backends, we just need
to initialize it at some point.

Dan: add initialization flag.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:27:39 -06:00
Dan McGee
62f5da3779 Fix some more simple conversion "errors"
None of these warn at the normal "-Wall -Werror" level, but casts do occur
that we are fine with. Make them explicit to silence some warnings when
using "-Wconversion".

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:15:47 -06:00
Allan McRae
f966f3a834 Use size_t for alpm_list sizes
There is a lot of swtiching between size_t and int for alpm_list sizes
in the codebase.   Start converting these to all be size_t by adjusting
the return type of alpm_list_count and fixing all additional warnings
given by -Wconversion that are generated by this change.

Dan: a few more small changes to ensure things compile, adjusting some
printf format string characters to accommodate the larger size on x86_64.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 21:15:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
4bc6ed56aa Refactor old date parsing into single method
We've managed to duplicate this four times at this point, so make it a
method in util.c instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 20:55:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
d288240426 Update copyright years for 2011
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-07 18:47:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
04dc87e012 vercmp: always return 0 if we perform a compare
And change the wording slightly to indicate we *print* a value, not *return*
it. You can't return negative values (they get coerced to 255), so it isn't
worth it to try and cram the result into the return code.

Acked-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 21:17:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
26652768d6 Remove FORCE reading from local DB
We never wrote it here, so no need to read it in either.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:56:06 -06:00
Dan McGee
46eda12c1b pactest: Use booleans where it makes sense
No need to use 0/1 when we can use False/True for the force option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:55:57 -06:00
Dan McGee
e57c3efeaa pactest: remove dead function
Stopped being used after commit fa933df65b.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-05 20:55:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
c41edf49be Fix function indentation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-01-02 12:25:33 -06:00
Dan McGee
08d885fda5 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/sync.c
	test/pacman/tests/ignore007.py
2010-12-30 09:41:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
351250adb4 Declare all local functions static
All functions that are limited to the local translation unit are
declared static.  This exposed that the _pkg_get_deltas declaration
in be_local.c was being satified by the function in packages.c which
when declared static caused linker failures.

Fixes all warnings with -Wmissing-{declarations,prototypes}.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:39:23 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
6ddc115c7f Respect Ignore{Pkg,Group} for group members
Fixes FS#19854.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
df360b791d Move group code to separate function
This makes the following commits more readable.
No logic was changed in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
58ee249c86 Tests: Sync group which includes ignored pkgs
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)

* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
  (operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
  not to install it)

If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9d0b33fd33)
2010-12-30 09:35:03 -06:00
Jakob Gruber
cb7ba4e4e5 Add const to some ALPM function signatures
char * -> const char *.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-30 09:25:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
e0d327462c doc: add website zip to clean files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 20:06:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
619c165d36 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-12-29 19:28:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
2052f29cdb makepkg: add option to clear buildflags
Add the "buildflags" option, which is useful in its negative form
for disabling CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS when building a package.
This is useful when determining of one of these flags is causing
an issue with a package.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:28:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
0c29eb431a makepkg: Add check() function for running test suites
A PKGBUILD can have an option check() function for running test suites
between the build() and package() stages.  This function is run by
default but can be disabled globally in with "!check" in BUILDENV in
makepkg.conf. This setting can be controlled on an individual package
basis using makepkg's --check and --nocheck flags. Addition dependencies
needed for running the test suite can be specified in the checkdepends
array and are only checked when running the check() function.

Original-work-by: Jeff C <jeff@kcaccess.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:28:00 -06:00
Allan McRae
d227771464 Use limits.h for PATH_MAX
We use PATH_MAX everywhere by including limits.h so there is no
point in doing a check for it in a different header when dealing
with FreeBSD's libfetch.

Also, remove autoconf check for strings.h header as it is not used
anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:26:21 -06:00
Allan McRae
81dd9d3ebc Detect undefined PATH_MAX
POSIX does not require PATH_MAX be defined when there is not actual
limit to its value.  This affects HURD based systems.  Work around
this by defining PATH_MAX to 4096 (as on Linux) when this is not
defined.

Also, clean up inclusions of limits.h and remove autoconf check for
this header as we do not use macro shields for its inclusion anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:24:13 -06:00
Allan McRae
fcc09bd7e3 Correct type for hash value storage
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:10:49 -06:00
Dan McGee
c002567d96 Various documentation updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 19:07:30 -06:00
Dave Reisner
bd98b93a6e makepkg: escape closing bash array paren for awk
The closing parenthesis of bash arrays needs to be escaped in the ending
address of awk expressions in order to play nicely with implementations
of awk other than gawk. This change provides compatibility with gawk,
nawk and mawk.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 18:44:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
eb93955477 makepkg: allow pkgname usage in split package functions
Currently, using $pkgname in a split package package_*() function
always returns the first value in the pkgname array rather than the
name of tha package being packaged.  Fix this so $pkgname gives the
expected value.

Fixes FS#22174

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-29 18:44:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
a7972625e3 Merge branch 'depcmp-perf' 2010-12-29 18:43:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
a58083459b Merge branch 'fgets-perf' 2010-12-29 18:43:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
735a197fc2 Use name hashes in depends to avoid strcmp calls
Just like we did for package name comparsions, if we add a depend name_hash
field on depend struct initialization, we can use it instead of doing a
string name comparison, saving us a lot of checks in the depcmp code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 17:25:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
34a78d935a Remove need for memory allocation in _alpm_depcmp
Noticed when tweaking testdb, when we run _alpm_depcmp in loops and call it
seven million times, the strdup()/free() combo can add up. Remove the need
for any string duplication by some pointer manipulation and use of strncmp
instead of strcmp. Also kill the function logger and add an escape so we
don't needlessly retrieve the list of provides.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 17:25:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
e3c19569cf Add pactest to test long archive reads
This creates two packages with extremely long description lines (500KB and
600 KB), causing our archive read code to perform reallocation to store the
whole contents. One of the packages will successfully read while the other
will fail for the time being.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
fbcc427754 pactest: allow testing of package description
And modify the code to not print the full rule string if it is more than 40
characters long; truncate it instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
f2dff08600 Overhaul archive fgets function
The old function was written in a time before we relied on it for nearly
every operation. Since then, we have switched to the archive backend and now
fast parsing is a big deal.

The former function made a per-character call to the libarchive
archive_read_data() function, which resulted in some 21 million calls in a
typical "load all sync dbs" operation. If we instead do some buffering of
our own and read the blocks directly, and then find our newlines from there,
we can cut out the multiple layers of overhead and go from archive to parsed
data much quicker.

Both users of the former function are switched over to the new signature,
made easier by the macros now in place in the sync backend parsing code.

Performance: for a `pacman -Su` (no upgrades available),
_alpm_archive_fgets() goes from being 29% of the total time to 12% The time
spent on the libarchive function being called dropped from 24% to 6%.

This pushes _alpm_pkg_find back to the title of slowest low-level function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-21 14:58:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
126f50ab0b testdb: update for new database format
Sync DB's no longer have an extracted directory, so remove the files check
for those. Local databases no longer have a 'depends' file, so kill that
check as well. Finally, do a little other cleanup and remove the need for
PATH_MAX.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 19:54:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
c78a808c49 Only check diskspace availability if needs more than zero
The amount of diskspace needed for a transaction can be less than
zero.  Only test this against the available disk space if it is
positive, which avoids a comparison being made between signed and
unsigned types (-Wsign-compare).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
a611879318 Always specify arguement type in function delcarations
Always declare a function with (void) rather than () when we expect
no arguements.  Fixes all warnings with -Wstrict-prototypes.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:21 -06:00
Allan McRae
5776090055 makepkg: remove last inappropriate PKGBUILD usage
We should always use $BUILDSCRIPT instead of PKGBUILD.  The only
remaining uses of PKGBUILD in makekg are in comments.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:03:01 -06:00
Dan McGee
8ac7f7e6e5 Use macros in sync DB parsing
This simplifies a lot of the repetative code and makes it obvious where the
tricky or different ones are (e.g. depends, dates). It also makes it
significantly easier to change the way this code works in the future.

There should be no functional change with this patch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-20 18:02:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
45146dccbb Merge branch 'maint' 2010-12-15 00:41:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
ab9c0814d2 Add a cushion for diskspace checking
It is the minimum of 5% of disk capacity or 20 MiB on a per-partition basis.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-15 00:41:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
6605637b53 Document PKGEXT and SRCEXT
Add some basic documentation for the PKGEXT and SRCEXT options in
makepkg.conf.  Fixes FS#21302.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-15 00:36:16 -06:00
Dan McGee
c7d332a26a Reorganize fields in package struct
Saves a few bytes due to padding (256 -> 248 bytes), especially on x86_64,
so we get the overhead of our new hash field right back.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 17:46:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
919bb6c9e0 Used hashed package name in _alpm_pkg_find
This results in huge gains to a lot of our codepaths since this is the most
frequent method of random access to packages in a list. The gains are seen
in both profiling and real life.

    $ pacman -Sii zvbi
    real: 0.41 sec -> 0.32 sec
    strcmp: 16,669,760 calls -> 473,942 calls
    _alpm_pkg_find: 52.73% -> 26.31% of time

    $ pacman -Su (no upgrades found)
    real: 0.40 sec -> 0.50 sec
    strcmp: 19,497,226 calls -> 524,097 calls
    _alpm_pkg_find: 52.36% -> 26.15% of time

There is some minor risk with this patch, but most of it should be avoided
by falling back to strcmp() if we encounter a package with a '0' hash value
(which we should not via any existing code path). We also do a strcmp once
hash values match to ensure against hash collisions. The risk left is that a
package name is modified once it was originally set, but the hash value is
left alone. That would probably result in a lot of other problems anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 12:36:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
c2a73ba989 When setting package name, set hash value as well
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 12:06:31 -06:00
Dan McGee
dbf59a6b14 Add hash_sdbm function
This is prepping for the addition of a hash field to each package to greatly
speed up the string comparisons we frequently do on package name in
_alpm_pkg_find.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 11:56:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
d1d163c5a3 Use _alpm_pkg_find in deps search
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-14 11:50:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
ba45cb4590 doc/PKGBUILD: document that functions run in -e mode
Caught this noted on the forums, but it is definitely worth a note in the
manpage as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 22:36:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
c5f6995aeb Fix manpage wrap not at 80 characters
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 22:35:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
a5e43b1605 Correctly force load of package reason
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:25:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
580fe21065 Abstract has_scriptlet() to package ops struct
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:25:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
c00e05992e Remove non-public functions from header
And rename accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:16:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
94d3d665f0 Mark sync_db_read() as static
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 21:14:03 -06:00
Bruno Widmann
5f36523af9 Abort db_populate if dbpath is not set
Rather than segfault. Fixes FS#21345.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Widmann <bruno.widmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-13 16:45:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
8f18798d10 Update news and bump versions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 23:07:54 -06:00
Dan McGee
ed367fe96d Update scripts/ .gitignore
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 22:42:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
1ff8118212 Create sync/ DB directory if it does not exist
Rather than error out, this is easy enough. Looks quite similar to the code
in be_local for creating the local directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 22:41:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
13a2847aa1 pacman-optimize: ensure database directory contains local/
And also default dbpath to the one we may find in pacman.conf.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
d98bacd4ec Add script to update pacman database format
The pacman-db-upgrade script was added to detect old pacman database
formats and upgrade them.

Currently performs the merging of depends files into desc files in
the local database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
8f3b485517 Update pactest suite for change in db structure
Merging desc and depends files in sync and local db.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Allan McRae
21833d90e2 Merge desc and depends files in local db
Whenever depends is needed from the local db, so is desc.  The only
disadvantage to merging them is the additional time taken to read the
depends entries when they are not needed.  As depends is in general
relatively small, the additional time taken to read it in will be
negligable.  Also, merging these files will speed up local database
access due to less file seeks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
209d0643e5 Attempt to stop installation when we encounter problems
This should hopefully address some of the concerns raised in FS#11639 with
regards to continuing after filling the disk up.

Add some more checks and passing of error conditions between our functions.
When a libarchive warning is encountered, check if it is due to lack of disk
space and if so upgrade it to an error condition.  A review of other
libarchive warnings suggests that these are less critical and can remain as
informative warning messages at this stage.

Note the presence of errors after extraction of an entire package is complete.
If so, we abort the transaction to be on the safe side and keep damage to a
minimum.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: make ENOSPC warning into an error]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
b276a76dc9 Turn libarchive warnings into libalpm warnings
Rather than hiding these warnings, show them to the user as they happen.
This will prevent things such as hiding full filesystem errors (ENOSPC) from
the user as seen in FS#11639.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: adjust warning wording and add gettext calls]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 21:42:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
3030542d10 Make reading from any file possible in sync DB
Whether it be "desc", "depends", or "deltas", it really doesn't matter-
treat them all the same and have the ability to read any data from any file
in that list. This continues the work in a44c7b8956.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:38:20 -06:00
Allan McRae
9f96c5433a Explicitly test time difference is greater than zero
We are comparing a floating point number so should use an inequality
rather than implicitly testing != 0.

Prevents warning given by -Wfloat-equal.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:32 -06:00
Allan McRae
ef977865a1 makepkg: perform sanity checks on variables in package functions
Check the over-ridden entries for provides, backup, optdepends and
options for illegal entries.  Partially fixes FS#16004.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
b7015af0fc diskspace style cleanups and small fixes
* Use our normal return() function syntax
* Rework a few things to reduce number of casts
* Fix void function argument declaration
* Add missing gettext _() call
* Remove need for seperate malloc() of statvfs/statfs structure
* Unify argument order of static functions- mountpoints now always
  passed first
* Count all files that start with '.' in a package against the DB
* Rename db to db_local in check_diskspace to clarify some code
* Fix some line wrapping to respect 80 characters

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:32:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
ec136784d4 Refactor statfs/statvfs type check
Turn it into a configure-type typedef, which allows us to reduce the
amount of duplicated code and clean up some #ifdef magic in the code
itself. Adjust some of the other defined checks to look at the headers
available rather than trying to pull in the right ones based on
configure checks.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:31:51 -06:00
Allan McRae
24684a616e Display progress bar for disk space checking
Checking disk space needed for a transaction can take a while so add
an informative progress bar.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:30:11 -06:00
Allan McRae
e22aa23c8f Add configuration option to control disk space checking
Disk space checking is likely to be an unnecessary bottleneck to
people with reasonable partition sizes so add a configuration option
to allow it to be disabled/enabled as wanted.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:30:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
3f0d98c124 Implement disk space checking
Pull together the work of the previous commits to implement a check
for enough free space before performing an install transaction. Abort
if there is not enough free space with an appropriate pm_errno..

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:59 -06:00
Allan McRae
e527699ddd Add functions to calculate approximate disk usage by packages
Two helper function are added to calculate the disk usage from packages
that are either currently installed on the system or from a package
archive.

Some minor approximations have been made:

1. Size for directories is not considered when removing a package from the
   filesystem to avoid multiple counting across packages. Also, these are
   reported to take zero size while installing.

2. Symlinks are reported to contribute zero size towards removal as
   libarchive reports them to have zero size for install.

3. Package data files (.PKGINFO, .INSTALL, .CHANGELOG) are counted towards
   usage on dbpath on install, but their size is not counted on package
   removal.

4. No handling of extra size needed for .pacsave/.pacnew files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
695656d252 Add function to match file to mount point
For a given file, determine which mount point it is on or will be
installed to.  Take into account that we might be using an alternative
installation root.

Add additional helper function added to sort mount point list for easier
matching.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:49 -06:00
Allan McRae
f4e9deb6d7 Add function for listing system mount points
Add a mount_point_list() function that attempts to portably obtain
a list of system mount points and a struct to hold needed mount point
information.

Abort the transaction if we are unable to determine the mount points.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:43 -06:00
Allan McRae
adb10c3ab2 Prototype disk space checking functionality
Very basic prototyping for adding functionality to check free disk
space before performing package installs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
f0051a7678 Remove AC_TYPE_SIGNAL usage
This macro is deemed unnecessary by even the autoconf guys, so we really
don't need to use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
fc74ef93b6 dirent usage cleanup
We were including the header in a lot of places it is no longer used.
Additionally, use the correct autoconf macro for determining whether
d_type is available as a member: HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:20 -06:00
Allan McRae
8e9a69e8f6 Move MAX_DELTA_RATIO definition
This is a delta specific definition so it makes more sense to put
it in the delta specific header file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:29:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
a44c7b8956 Combine reading from depends and desc in sync db
This will allow us to eventually combine the depends and desc entries
within the sync database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:25:35 -06:00
Andres P
889c260cbf makepkg: remove dead code from handle_deps
The error message that has been removed never gets to print because, given the
same condition, handle_deps throws the same error and then immediately exits
makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:25:09 -06:00
Andres P
579533d1a0 makepkg: do not ignore errors from pacman when checking deps
As check_deps is run in a subshell, exit had the same meaning as return.
Since the intention is to halt makepkg when pacman throws an error other than
127, the enclosing function has to handle error control instead.

Fixes FS#19840

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:59 -06:00
Carlos Diaz
330951200c makepkg: use portable escape sequence for terminal escapes
The escape string isn't necesarily \033; it's determined by what the
particular termcap/info entry for that terminal contains.

Bash uses ncurses functions to expand \e to the _correct_ terminal
escape.

Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:46 -06:00
Allan McRae
970ffbb4c7 Add epoch to PKGBUILD prototypes
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:24:26 -06:00
Dan McGee
d4bab6f8fc src/util: update .gitignore
Add pactree and sort entries.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:23:25 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
622e7fdd4f contrib: remove bash pactree
This has been rewitten in C which is much much faster.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:48 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
65a96e900d pactree: use variables for color and tree output
This allows to very easily support non-color and linear mode, by just
setting the variables to an empty string, very much like it was done in
the bash script.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:40 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
6b928fc0bf pactree: separate dependency and print logic
The deps walking code simply calls print_start, print, print_end, and
all the printing logic is handled there.

The unresolvable printing is disabled for now because it does not handle
linear mode, and the linear and color output will be re-written.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:27 -06:00
Dave Reisner
7c06e66c24 pactree: rewrite in C
Use the bash script in contrib as the basis for a C rewrite using
libalpm. The speedup can go from dozens of seconds to less than one
second.

Colorized output is preserved.

The --graph option generates output that graphviz's `dot' utility will
understand to draw us a graph. Output is written to stdout and it is
left up to the user to pipe the data and determine the output
characteristics.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
2010-12-12 20:21:15 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
abefa23341 alpm/remove.c : respect --dbonly during remove-upgrade
When a -Sk or -Uk operation induced a removal of an existing local
package, --dbonly was not in effect and the files were all removed.

Fixing this behavior was already marked as TODO in database012 pactest
------------
TODO: I honestly think the above should NOT delete the original les, it
hould upgrade the DB entry without touching anything on the file stem.
E.g. this test should be the same as:
   pacman -R --dbonly dummy && pacman -U --dbonly dummy.pkg.tar.gz
------------

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchup]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:19:24 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
3a9dec1048 pacman: sort --help output
Example with pacman -Uh :
$ pacman -Uh
options:
  -b, --dbpath <path>  set an alternate database location
  -d, --nodeps         skip dependency checks
  -f, --force          force install, overwrite conflicting files
  -k, --dbonly         only modify database entries, not package files
  -r, --root <path>    set an alternate installation root
  -v, --verbose        be verbose
      --arch <arch>    set an alternate architecture
      --asdeps         install packages as non-explicitly installed
      --asexplicit     install packages as explicitly installed
      --cachedir <dir> set an alternate package cache location
      --config <path>  set an alternate configuration file
      --debug          display debug messages
      --ignore <pkg>   ignore a package upgrade (can be used more than once)
      --ignoregroup <grp>
                       ignore a group upgrade (can be used more than once)
      --logfile <path> set an alternate log file
      --noconfirm      do not ask for any confirmation
      --noprogressbar  do not show a progress bar when downloading files
      --noscriptlet    do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists
      --print          only print the targets instead of performing the operation
      --print-format <string>
                       specify how the targets should be printed

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchups]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:17:38 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c78f5fb99a CLI args: update --help and manpage
The three parts (help, manpage and code) are now organized in the same
way and much easier to compare :
- specific options
- install/upgrade options for -S and -U
- transaction options for -S -R and -U
- global options

After this re-organization, it was easy to update and sync the three
components together. Duplication is also avoided.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:15:53 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
d0d8f605d5 alpm: don't expose alpm_depcmp
Either we expose all low levels function dealing with pmdepend_t
(splitdep and depfree come to mind), or we don't.

Since none of the tools use depcmp, I chose to remove it. In the future,
we might want to expose higher level functions such as
alpm_find_satisfier, or just lower level functions like splitdep and
depfree together with depcmp.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:54 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
d5a7dc67d9 alpm: kill alpm_deptest
This has been replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier
function, and alpm_deptest was completely unsused now.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:27 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
8791ae0fda pacman/deptest: reimplement with alpm_find_satisfier
It's very easy to re-implement the -T feature with the more generic
alpm_find_satisfier rather then the more specific and less useful
alpm_deptest.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:08:16 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
a03daad073 alpm: add new alpm_find_satisfier function
whatprovides and splitdep were removed, so depcmp alone is quite useless
now without splitdep, and deptest is not flexible enough.

Introduce a new alpm_find_satisfier which is hopefully more flexible,
this should make implementation of deptest very easy, and also help alpm
tools such as pactree.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:07:58 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
c2cce1f46a Fix a few problems reported by clang-analyzer
One missing NULL-check and 3 dead assignments.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:07:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
0e39cf9275 Ensure stdin args are correctly terminated
And don't require pm_targets to be empty to read from stdin either.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 20:01:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
a35610beba Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_local.c
	lib/libalpm/trans.c
2010-12-12 19:53:20 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
5c8083baa4 be_files: write EPOCH instead of FORCE
This patch is only meant for 3.4.x. It prepares the place for the future
epoch-aware release.

All force packages that get reinstalled or upgraded will get an EPOCH
entry in the local database, and thus the new pacman with epoch won't
reinstall them by mistake on the first -Su.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-12 19:45:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
eedf4f4e63 Fix possible null pointer deref in check_arch
If we have a corrupted database, a package can come through without an arch,
causing the code to blow up when making strcmp() calls. It might even be
possible with perfectly valid database entries lacking an 'arch =' line.
This behavior was seen as at least one of the problems in FS#21668.

Ensure pkgarch is not null before doing anything further.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-12-10 19:45:14 -06:00
Sergey Tereschenko
bd08581d2e Small update to Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-11-08 06:56:04 -06:00
Dave Reisner
4fb3cfc48f Support reading package args from stdin
Only occurs if no arguments were provided directly. Arguments can be
separated by any amount of valid whitespace. This allows for piping into
pacman from other programs or from itself, e.g.:

  pacman -Qdtq | pacman -Rs

This is better than using xargs, as xargs will not reconnect stdin to
the terminal. The above operation performed using xargs would require
the --noconfirm flag to be passed to pacman.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
2010-11-04 21:10:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
a91250b7bb Add initial 3.4.2 NEWS draft
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 10:13:18 -05:00
Tobias Eriksson
a08638edc8 Update Swedish translation
442 translated strings, no fuzzies, no untranslated.

	modified:   po/sv.po

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 10:13:18 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
592211b6dc PKGBUILD.vim: add special licenses BSD MIT ZLIB Python
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 09:31:22 -05:00
Ricardo Pérez
d901646f7a Small updates to Spanish translation
Also addresses FS#21373.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-28 09:13:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
0f3957ab48 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-18 16:52:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
ce96f39ac9 pactest: use valgrind.supp file
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
8f2eaa51c2 Tests: '-S repo/group' syntax
when calling '-S repo/group', only group members in <repo> should should
be installed (group members in other repos are ignored)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
9d0b33fd33 Tests: Sync group which includes ignored pkgs
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)

* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
  (operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
  not to install it)

If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:51:38 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
30734c9a4a alpm/sync: very small memleak fix
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:50:32 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
a2d7f6f206 libalpm/remove: fix funny progress bar problem with empty packages
$ pacman -Rd kde-meta

Remove (15): kde-meta-kdewebdev-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdeutils-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdetoys-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdesdk-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeplasma-addons-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdepim-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdenetwork-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdemultimedia-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdegraphics-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdegames-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeedu-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdebase-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeartwork-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]  kde-meta-kdeadmin-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]
             kde-meta-kdeaccessibility-4.5-1 [0.00 MB]

Total Removed Size:   0.06 MB

Do you want to remove these packages? [Y/n]
( 1/15) removing kde-meta-kdewebdev      [------------------------] 100%
$ it stopped here..

On one side, libalpm did not initialize the progress bar at 0 percent.
So with meta-packages that have 0 files, there was only one progress bar
call with percent == 100.

On the other side, pacman callback kept track of the last percent that
it received. When there are only meta-packages, we always received only
100, so pacman believed the progress bar needed not update. Thus only
the first package was actually displayed.

A proper fix for the callback would be to keep track of last package
name to make sure the recorded prev percent applies.

But since we now specify that both Add and Remove should at least send
percent=0 at beginning and percent=100 at the end, there is no need
for that.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-18 16:46:41 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7237903c66 be_package: read force entry and convert to epoch
We still need to read force entry in epoch-aware pacman, so that when we
install an old force package, EPOCH gets written to the local db.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 20:23:13 -05:00
Carlos Diaz
f5059038f2 bash_completion: remove upstream deprecated functions
Populate $cur and $prev with the new bash-completion 1.2 function,
_get_comp_words_by_ref.

_get_cword and _get_pword have been deprecated.

Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
2010-10-14 06:53:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
de5f438aef Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-13 23:42:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
73886504d7 Add several pactests for epoch code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
93718046d7 Add epoch verification to makepkg
If defined, it must be an integer.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
0d5fa576b3 Update contrib/ for epoch
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
8aa7ed5a7e Add epoch support to pactest
This adds epoch support to pactest, while still producing packages and
database entries the same way makepkg and repo-add currently do in a
backward compatible fashion (still including the 'force' option).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
6f37ba61ed Make repo-add and makepkg epoch-aware
Allow it to be a variable in the PKGBUILD as well as propagating it through
to the built package and the package database. We leave some backward
compatibility in place by placing the '%FORCE%' option in the database if
the package contains an epoch; this will be used by older versions of pacman
and more or less ignored by versions that use epoch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
42893e7165 Update documentation to reflect new epoch package variable
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
feb9889f22 Add epoch support to pacman/libalpm
This will allow for better control of what was previously the 'force' option
in a PKGBUILD and transferred into the built package.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:29:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
ef32aa0219 Small tweaks after backend merge
Just a few small things I noticed looking through the code.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:09:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
68b50c81c7 Merge remote branch 'allan/backend' 2010-10-13 22:46:04 -05:00
Allan McRae
24d77291da Only write to local repos
We do not write to sync repos so kill the code for that.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
5b17d8f27d Clean-up parsing sync database
Remove unnecessary parsing of fields not found in sync desc file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
fbcadebcab Clean-up parsing local database
Remove unnecessary parsing of fields not found in local desc files.
Leave %FORCE% parsing as this likely will make an appearance in desc
files in the future.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
d39248120e Remove lazy loading of deltas
Local packages do not have deltas so remove lazy loading of delta
information.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
e464339e3b Move and rename splitname
The splitname function is a general utility function and so is better
suited to util.h.  Rename it to _alpm_splitname to indicate it is an
internal libalpm function as was the case prior to splitting local and
sync db handling.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
448f78c067 Restrict visibility of checkdbdir and get_pkgpath
These functions are only needed by be_local and were only promoted
to db.{h,c} as part of the splitting of handling the local and sync
dbs.  Move them into be_local.c and make them static again.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5717c7d508 Clean up all old database files and directories
Clean-up the previous download location of the sync database and
any old extracted sync database directories which are unneeded
with the tar-db backend.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
149ab6b272 Only download sync databases
As the sync databases are read directly from the tarball, we no
longer need to extract them.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
4a8e396a58 Parse sync database
Read in package information for a tar based sync database. Do not
use lazy loading for sync db.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5e61f07735 Populate sync db from archive
Read in list of packages for sync db from tar archive.

Breaks reading in _alpm_sync_db_read and a lot of pactests (which
is expected as they do not handle sync db in archives...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
fc32faaa6a Completely separate local and sync db handling
Put the db_operations struct to use and completely split the handling
of the sync and local databases.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
5b2de3d8ec Separate be_files into be_sync and be_local
The file be_files.c is "split" to be_local.c and be_sync.c in order
to achieve separate handling of sync and local databases.

Some basic clean-up of functions that are only of use for local or
sync databases has been performed and some rough function renaming
in duplicated code has been performed to prevent compilation errors.
However, most of the clean-up and final separation of sync and local
db handling occurs in following patches.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-14 13:17:38 +10:00
Dan McGee
6eedf06fcc Fix bash shell location check
BASH is defined when you are actually using bash during configure, which
sucks because it ends up being '/bin/sh', messing up all of our scripts.
Change the name of the variable we use in configure, and also ensure we get
a full path to the executable by using AC_PATH_PROGS rather than
AC_CHECK_PROGS. Finally, change the variable name everywhere we use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 17:50:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
96e277cfd9 Move db cache handling functions
These will be needed for the handling of both local and sync database
caches, so put them in a common location.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
0909a72000 Move database handling utility functions
Move splitname, checkdbdir, get_pkgpath into db.{h,c} as these will be
needed to parse both the local and sync databases during the initial
splitting.  They will be moved out of db.{h,c} at to more appropriate
locations at a later stage.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
c56b576f6f Fix documentation syntax and typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
efbae3cfcb Initial hack at a DB operations struct
It doesn't do a whole lot yet, but these type of operations will
potentially be different for the DBs we load.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
522ef5e981 Move the cache stuff where it should be
Cache bullshit only has relevance to be_files, so move it there.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: BIG rebase]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
b9a531c2d7 Move changelog functions to callback struct
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
6cebd4e602 Complete rework of package accessor logic
Hopefully we've finally arrived at package handling nirvana, or at least
this commit will get us a heck of a lot closer. The former method of getting
the depends list for a package was the following:

1. call alpm_pkg_get_depends()
2. this method would check if the package came from the cache
3. if so, ensure our cache level is correct, otherwise call db_load
4. finally return the depends list

Why did this suck? Because getting the depends list from the package
shouldn't care about whether the package was loaded from a file, from the
'package cache', or some other system which we can't even use because the
damn thing is so complicated. It should just return the depends list.

So what does this commit change? It adds a pointer to a struct of function
pointers to every package for all of these 'package operations'  as I've
decided to call them (I know, sounds completely straightforward, right?). So
now when we call an alpm_pkg_get-* function, we don't do any of the cache
logic or anything else there- we let the actual backend handle it by
delegating all work to the method at pkg->ops->get_depends.

Now that be_package has achieved equal status with be_files, we can treat
packages from these completely different load points differently. We know a
package loaded from a zip file will have all of its fields populated, so
we can set up all its accessor functions to be direct accessors. On the
other hand, the packages loaded from the local and sync DBs are not always
fully-loaded, so their accessor functions are routed through the same logic
as before.

Net result? More code. However, this code now make it roughly 52 times
easier to open the door to something like a read-only tar.gz database
backend.

Are you still reading? I'm impressed. Looking at the patch will probably be
clearer than this long-winded explanation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: rebase and adjust]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
d1126db128 Allow local and sync db to be treated separately
Implement this seemingly simple change in package.h:

 typedef enum _pmpkgfrom_t {
-       PKG_FROM_CACHE = 1,
-       PKG_FROM_FILE
+       PKG_FROM_FILE = 1,
+       PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
+       PKG_FROM_SYNCDB
 } pmpkgfrom_t;

which requires flushing out several assumptions from around the codebase
with regards to usage of the PKG_FROM_CACHE value. Make some changes where
required to allow the switch, and now the correct value should be set (via a
crude hack) depending on whether a package was loaded as an entry in a local
db or a sync db.

This patch underwent some big rebasing from Allan and Dan.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:18 +10:00
Dan McGee
49176461a6 Unify caching concerns in package accessors
Move almost all of the caching related stuff into a single #define
(which should maybe even just be a static function) so we don't
duplicate logic all over the place. This also makes the code a heck of a
lot shorter and means further changes to this stuff don't have to touch
each and every getter function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-13 23:53:17 +10:00
Dan McGee
a7dc3875f1 contrib/ follow-up work
* Add a .gitignore file
* Use the same 'GEN' output we have in the scripts/ Makefile when doing our
  edits on the .in files
* Remove PKGBUILD.vim and vimprojects from our edit list, they have no need
  to be in the list

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-12 08:26:50 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
5fcb005ebd CLI args: stricter/better parsing
In the following, the letters SRUDQ refer to the corresponding pacman
operations.

Most of the work in this commit is about removing as many options as
possible from the global section and moving them to where they actually
belong.

Additionally, --ignore{,group} are added to U and --dbonly is added
to S.

--dbonly added to S
--asdeps moved to S/U/D
--asexplicit moved to S/U/D
--print-format moved to S/U/R
--noprogressbar moved to S/U/R
--noscriptlet moved to S/U/R
--ignorepkg added to U
--ignoregrp added to U
-d moved to S/U/R (--nodeps) and Q (--deps)
-p moved to S/U/R (--print) and Q (--file)
-f moved to S/U

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:57:36 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
827258f32e CLI args: reorganize parsing
Split parsing of CLI arguments into separate functions:

parsearg_op (operations)
parsearg_global (global options)
parsearg_{database,query,remove,sync,deptest,upgrade}

Organization strictly follows the manpage (even where the manpage is
incorrect) - these cases will be fixed in the following commits.

Switch cases are copy/pasted and statements unrelated to chosen
operation are deleted.

Parsing logic adjusted as follows:

1) Parse operation
2) If we can bail out early (duplicate op, help/version requested) do so
3) Parse arguments again:
    foreach arg:
        if arg is operation:
            continue
        tryparse_args_specific_to_op
        if unsuccessful tryparse_args_global
        if unsuccessful print error message and exit

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:57:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ff2a91497 util: fall cleaning on single file programs
* Add a bunch of static declarations where possible
* Fix void functions to be proper syntax, e.g. void func(void)
* Consistency fixes (such as argv references)
* Remove dead str_cmp() function from testdb
* Remove unneeded config.h header includes
* vercmp: remove completely unnecessary string copying

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Nezmer
05f0a28932 Use sysconfdir, localstatedir, BASH instead of hardcoded values
This applies to contrib/ files, our scripts, and the documentation.

Dan: fix 'make clean' in contrib/ directory.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Nezmer
bce3c8efc7 Add .in extension to files in contrib
This is needed If we want to use sysconfdir,localstatedir and other variables.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7d93777231 repo-add: more informative delta messages
- Print an error if database entry was not found and delta entry cannot
  be added
- More informative line when delta entry is added (oldfile -> newfile)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:29:22 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
c9179b09db repo-add: add delta generation
This allows deltas to be generated at repo-add invocation time as opposed to
just added to the database. It will generate the delta from the package
version currently in the database.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 20:28:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
3a06a9fa9f Read 'force' entry from packages
We weren't reading this in from our packages, thus causing us not to write
it out to our local database. Adding this now will help ease the upgrade
path for epoch later and not require reinstallation of all force packages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:48:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
53b41afbe8 pactest: fix typo in ignore001
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:02:03 -05:00
Nezmer
fb79d58109 makepkg: Use mkfifo instead of GNU-only 'mknod <file> p'
'mknod <file> p' is apparently GNU-only. Looking at coreutils' source
code, It just calls mkfifo.

This one line patch should fix makepkg logging in non-GNU systems.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 17:01:55 -05:00
Jakob Gruber
46ffd342a4 CLI args: add pactest with an invalid combination
Pacman should catch cases in which the passed arguments don't apply to the
current operation (sync/query/...).

Also see FS#20950.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
fa933df65b pactest: fix gensync
gensync generated a sync.db file with PKGINFO syntax, this is not quite what
pacman expects.

Also the file was only added to the Server path:
	root/var/pub/sync/sync.db
but it was not available in the normal sync db path:
	root/var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db

Change gensync() to generate var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db and then copy it to
var/pub/sync/sync.db (this is used by sync200 -Sy test).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
67068b64b9 pactest: use simpler method to create tar
Just like in 24fc623e1a8bf905cf0367f9bd40bc5bd6034378, apply to pmdb
gensync as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
73442a7e03 Only check for function if we are using libfetch
We did this check unconditionally, rather than only doing it if we were
actually going to build and run with libfetch. This is safe because we would
have already bailed if libfetch was explicitly requested but not found.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
1e0e5b2a02 Remove use of seq in pactree
This is not a bash builtin, so can potentially cause portability issues.
Additionally, the use of it is completely unnecessary as it can all be done
within bash (and done faster).

$ time pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (old version)
real	0m3.245s

$ time ./contrib/pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (new version)
real	0m3.042s

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
dff73a2a69 Avoid stat call to determine is_directory if possible
On Linux and OS X, we can determine if an entry obtained through a readdir()
call is a directory without also having to stat it. This can save a
significant number of syscalls. The performance increase isn't dramatic, but
it could be on some platforms (e.g. Cygwin) so it shouldn't hurt to use this
unconditionally where supported.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-11 10:06:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
bef19a266b Merge branch 'maint' 2010-10-05 11:15:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
283ef6519a Check for python-2.7
Add python-2.7 to the list of checked versions of python and add a
check for a python2 binary before resorting to the unversioned
python binary.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:14:31 -05:00
Rémy Oudompheng
302188b169 Make testsuite python-2.7 compatible
os.walk(".") adds a prefix of "./" to filenames in python-2.7 which
causes libalpm not to like archives generated in the testsuite resulting
in widespread failure.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:14:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
c0f58ea9a2 makepkg: canonicalize paths from environmental variables
This prevents circular symlinks and weird final package locations
when using commands like  'PKGDEST="." makepkg'.

Fixes FS#20922.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:03:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
960c2cdcf7 makepkg: compare paths using bash test
Compare paths using bash's "-ef" rather than by string tests as this
takes symlinks into account.  This will prevent issues similar to those
in FS#20922 if (e.g.) $PKGDEST is a symlink to $startdir.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 11:03:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
f2296aab89 makepkg: improve srcdir check and add pkgdir
The checking of the package for $srcdir references was overly
sensitive and gave a lot of what appear to be false positives with
binary files (in particular with debugging symbols kept).

Restrict the search for $srcdir to non-binary files as this should
still catch the majority of configuration issues the check was
initially designed to catch. Also, add a similar check for $pkgdir.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 10:58:21 -05:00
Allan McRae
022ec3dbb7 makepkg: remove STRIP_DIRS
For binary packages, the majority of the time used in the debugs symbol
stripping process is the actual stripping of the binaries/libraries and
not the testing of which files to strip.  This allows more complete
stripping of packages that install to "non-standard" paths that would
not be generally included in makepkg.conf.

Any performance hit that may be apparent for (_large_) "arch=('any')"
packages can readily be avoided by disabling stripping in the PKGBUILD
options array.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-10-05 10:58:05 -05:00
Sebastian Nowicki
821ff061b1 Set pm_errno on libarchive errors while reading
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 10:53:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f7895cc188 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-27 09:24:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
dff06a8170 Merge branch 'build-system' 2010-09-27 09:21:02 -05:00
Allan McRae
900605912b Add FORTIFY_SOURCE support
Adds a check for the minimum mainline GCC version for FORTIFY_SOURCE
support and enables -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 by default when building with
--enable-debug.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 16:06:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
28c662e7a4 Add wrapper around asprintf calls
Not checking the return value of asprintf calls reuslts in a warning
when using -D_FORTIRFY_SOURCE=2.  This adds a simple wrapper around
asprintf calls which checks the return value.

Currently the check does nothing more than outputing a message to stderr
on failure, but that is at least an improvement over silent failures.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 16:06:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
879fed5098 repo-add: make --quiet output more quiet
Fixes FS#20403.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-27 15:06:59 +10:00
Dan McGee
f489e969f0 Update build system (automake, autoconf, libtool)
Unfortunately this patch is hard to split up into smaller chunks. Our build
system and the associated automake/autoconf/libtool macros has been left
untouched for a while, and could use a refresher.

* Upgrade ltmain.sh to the latest version
* Move away from a huge acinclude.m4 directory to using individual files in
  the m4/ subdirectory, suggested by upstream automake documentation
* Update all macros to their latest available version
* Adjust Makefile.am and autogen.sh to accommodate m4/ subdirectory

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 09:10:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
413508c6fa Update more supplementary build scripts
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 09:08:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
af31fd6494 Update config.guess and config.sub
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:20:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
541f183cd6 Clean up root .gitignore
We had a few files listed in here that we have checked in to our repo, which
doesn't make a whole lot of sense. Also alphabetize the list while we are at
it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:17:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
d2ff8f4b96 Update gettext Makefiles to 0.18
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-23 08:17:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
fd38319106 bacman: unify package creation with makepkg
Currently bacman always compresses with gzip now matter what PKGEXT is
set to.  Rework the entire package creation process to be similar to
that in makepkg.  This also make the explicit assumption that PKGEXT is
defined in makepkg.conf.

Thanks to Nelson Chan <khcha.n.el@gmail.com> for the original patch to
fix the incorrect package compression.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 08:54:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
d201d1f312 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-15 07:31:37 -05:00
Gaspar Santos
c2993197ea Update Portuguese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:30:15 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
79541193f7 PKGBUILD-example.txt: Remove superfluous "|| return 1".
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:20:20 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
e29dde9157 Update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-15 07:19:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
31aed1243e Remove quotes in remaining bash regexes
After a8dcfeccfc, Allan noted that one more regular exprssion inside makepkg
also contained quotes; these should not be there for the same reason as that
commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-07 08:27:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
e344fab3b1 Restore trimming of db and pkg extensions
These keep having to change because we are getting really good at changing
the downloaded filename. Shorten the match sequences to just .db and .pkg
and trim everything after and including these strings.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-07 08:24:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
fe788ee4a6 Fix libfetch configure checking
I don't know what I tested in commit 3e7b90ff69, but it definitely wasn't
working as advertised. Fix the checks in the source code itself to match the
right define (HAVE_LIBFETCH), as well as make sure the configure check
defaults to looking for the library but not bailing if it could not be
found.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-06 11:20:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
6d41da4086 Minor translation file updates after make distcheck
It touched up these a bit after it ran, so might as well check the changes
in so we don't have to deal with them again later.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 20:10:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
df15a8c432 Retroactive additions to 3.4.1 changes
Forgot to mention things involving the translation changes we had.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 20:09:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
881bf5c90f Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-03 20:06:08 -05:00
Tobias Eriksson
3739e2c10c libalpm Swedish translation update
Signed-off by: Tobias Eriksson <tobier@tobier.se>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-03 19:55:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
3e7b90ff69 Clean up libfetch checking in configure
Model it after the new OpenSSL check, and have it be a bit more useful. If
you do not explicitly pass a command line option, it will be linked if
available but will not error out if it is missing. Also bump the version to
that where connection caching was introduced as we use these new features in
the codebase.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 12:30:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
eba521913d Use OpenSSL MD5 crypto functions if available
I've noticed my Atom-powered laptop is dog-slow when doing integrity checks
on packages, and it turns out our MD5 implementation isn't near as good as
that provided by OpenSSL. Using their routines instead provided anywhere
from a 1.4x up to a 1.8x performance benefit over our built-in MD5 function.

This does not remove the MD5 code from our codebase, but it does enable
linking against OpenSSL to get their much faster implementation if it is
available on whatever platform you are using. At configure-time, we will
default to using it if it is available, but this can be easily changed by
using the `--with-openssl` or `--without-openssl` arguments to configure.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 12:05:23 -05:00
Dan McGee
24d8a15308 libalpm md5: use larger and dynamic buffer
This gave at least a 10% improvement on a few tested platforms due to the
reduced number of read calls from files when computing the md5sum. It really
is just a precursor to another patch to come which is to use MD5 functions
that do the job a lot better than anything we can do.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 10:33:21 -05:00
Matthias Gorissen
1cbc3c5c90 German translation updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-02 08:00:14 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
4e3bd7c137 Small fixes to Kazakh translation 2010-09-01 22:46:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a25f54757 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-09-01 21:19:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
9d3a8efb7b 3.4.1 version bump
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:16:49 -05:00
Gaspar Santos
a7c4159b16 Add new European Portuguese translation
This is being checked in as 'pt' rather than 'pt_PT' as that is what
Transifex seems to want, and it is also the dominant choice of packages
already installed on my system when doing a count of the files located in
the /usr/share/locale translation directories.

Thanks for the new translation!

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:15:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
54b63de098 Add dir missing from autoclean.sh
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-09-01 21:13:17 -05:00
Jürgen Hötzel
38a60f49bd Use pipe to create compressed package instead of an intermediate tar file
A pipe between tar and compression command is used. This improves
performance by running tar and the compression command simultaneously.

Using a pipe also reduces IO by not writing an intermediate tar file
to disk.

Signed-off-by: Juergen Hoetzel <juergen@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 13:07:57 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
693ebbd16b use execv to avoid using sh just to run ldconfig
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:19:15 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
0223a028e0 redirect scriptlet stderr synchronously through alpm
Fixes FS#18770, and hopefully an occasional deadlock in my frontend as well.
For simplicity it redirects all scriptlet output through SCRIPTLET_INFO, and
all callbacks in the child process have been replaced for thread-safety.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:19:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
d14a98db25 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-08-27 11:19:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8dcfeccfc makepkg: remove trailing quote mark in regex
Regular expressions in bash should not be quoted. Glad this was in the
documentation and I didn't have to go to #bash to ask...

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-27 11:04:21 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
90c45f7bbe pactest: add shell to fake root environment
Adds a shell to the fake root set up for pactests, which was not needed
previously due to a bug (debian #582847) in fakechroot.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
2010-08-27 10:58:08 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
9fbf5d9336 Update Chinese translation
Submitted through Transifex on 2010-07-02.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-25 14:29:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
8d88f0c897 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-08-23 21:53:06 -05:00
Allan McRae
a28868eeae makepkg: error out on empty optdepends entries
If optdepends was defined with empty members, then makepkg would
abort late in the package building process.  Detect such cases
in the check_sanity() function.

Fix-provided-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:51:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
08e1d4764c makepkg: use less local variables in check_sanity
Instead of declaring a new local variable for each loop in the
check_sanity() function, just reuse $i.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:51:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
f04530eb61 makepkg: remove unnecessary variable presence check
It is unnecessary to check for a variables existence before
looping over it.

Extracted from patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
68d8bfa0b5 makepkg: clarify invalid backup entry errors
"Invalid backup entry" was not a particular helpful error message,
especially when it was due to the file not being in the final package.
Clarify these two messages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:46 -05:00
Andres P
3de32a0812 PKGBUILD.5: document illegal variable contents
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:50:20 -05:00
Andres P
f27fed14b1 makepkg: less code duplication in create_package
Combine changelog and install file creation in create_package().

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
298cbf2cb1 makepkg: use regex to match options for privilege escalation
Eases maintanence if we need to add further options in the future.

Extracted from a patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
48589ccc64 Fix some whitespace issues
The combination of tabs and spaces is annoying in any editor that
does not use a tab width of 2 spaces.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:49:05 -05:00
Dan McGee
d896527d21 fgets invocation cleanup
From the fgets manpage:

	fgets() reads in at most one less than size characters from stream and
	stores them into the buffer pointed to by s. Reading stops after an EOF
	or a newline. If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer. A
	'\0' is stored after the last character in the buffer.

This means there is no need at all to do 'size - 1' math. Remove all of that
and just use sizeof() for simplicity on the buffer we plan on reading into.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:48:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
71660f55b2 Update translation files for 3.4.1 freeze
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:47:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
4a487346c5 Update NEWS for 3.4.1 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:45:54 -05:00
Jozef Riha
0478dfa1a5 Add Slovak translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 21:45:54 -05:00
Dan McGee
ce3f4e7800 Enable libfetch connection caching
This will allow downloads to reuse connections if possible, which could make
big differences on perceived FTP speed as the connection won't have to be
reestablished each time. For the most part, HTTP requests wouldn't be using
keep alive anyway so this won't have an effect there.

I'm not enthused about having to do this with the library initialization,
but there isn't a much better place due to the fact that the loop over
databases occurs on the frontend and not the backend.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-23 17:42:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
281bc72534 repo-add: create relative DB symlinks
As noted in FS#20498, if an absolute path is used for specifying the
database when invoking repo-add, the symlink generated will point to the
absolute path instead of being relative to the directory. Fix this for
the two linking cases, but leave the copy untouched so that will still
work.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:17:46 -05:00
Allan McRae
5908992e47 makepkg: add file to the list of needed utilities
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:11:55 -05:00
Mateusz Herych
c3f5375380 Updates for Polish translations
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:11:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
b02bda75f1 makepkg: check tput support before using
Prevent makepkg aborting whe colors are enabled and the terminal
does not support setting colors by tput.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-18 13:10:03 -05:00
Thomas Bächler
8155571183 makepkg: Allow creation of uncompressed packages
When performing local testing, it may be useful to add PKGEXT='.pkg.tar'
to the PKGBUILD to save time, especially with big packages.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-08-08 10:24:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
e7d5803f07 Use the plural features of gettext
Gettext has this whole 'Plural-Form' thing that until now we haven't taken
advantage of. Given that not all languages have the same plural form rules
as English, take advantage of it by defining a new _n() macro which will
normally define to ngettext(), and adjust a few messages as an example of
how to use.

There are surely other places where we do singular/plural logic without me
having noticed, so further patches are welcome to fix those up too.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 15:50:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
ddc4130c97 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-07-27 10:18:35 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
0d6efb35ce Small fix to Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:14:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
52118bf0f0 bash_completion: negate expression inside brackets
Avoids letting the shell evaluate ! as something else (e.g. an alias).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:11:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff689b6a38 Fix compile error in certain cases
I'm not sure why it doesn't happen everywhere, but we need <sys/stat.h> for
umask and mkdir in this file. I hit this today:

cc1: warnings being treated as errors
util.c: In function ‘makepath’:
util.c:128:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘umask’
util.c:141:5: error: implicit declaration of function ‘mkdir’
make[2]: *** [util.o] Error 1

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
fa4f25626c Mark sync_pkg and sync_target as static functions
We no longer use these anywhere outside of sync.c, so do the rename and add
static to their definition to meet our coding standards.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
f8d7cd6b26 Maintain a list of seen packages when installing a group
As reported in FS#20221, we don't always do the right thing when installing
a group and using the --needed option. This was due to the code pulling
packages based on what was already in the transaction's add list, but
completely ignoring the fact that we may have already seen and skipped this
same package in an earlier repository.

Add a list to the private _alpm_sync_pkg() function that allows us to have
this extra information so we don't mistakenly downgrade a package when using
--needed.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
e702f56ea6 Add two pactests for group and --needed interaction
The first step for resolving FS#20221. sync023 is the case from the bug
report; sync022 is already working fine but we have no tests at all that
test the --needed option in any form.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7f5c486666 Always treat PKGLIST as an array.
Fixes repackaging issues when multiple package names are passed to the
--pkg option.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-27 10:10:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
a835599496 Download sync db into DBPath/sync
The sync db should be stored in the sync/ folder.  This cleans up
DBPath to only have local/ and sync/ directories in it.

A nice side effect is that the db are now in the right place so we
can implement directly reading from them.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:26:04 -05:00
Allan McRae
68dcabdfbe Remove DBEXT usage
With commit 5dffef78, the repo database always has a symlink
of the form reponame.db.  Use that filename and let libarchive
determine the compression type.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:25:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
60de8ec932 Check return value of fgets calls
Prevents compiler warnings with -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-07 07:24:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
686b8c1463 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2010-07-02 18:29:37 -05:00
Andres P
1a9db4cac7 makepkg: undeclared local variables
Variables that are only meaningful within the function they are declared in are
now prefixed by "local".

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:27:27 -05:00
Nico Schottelius
9ebb596805 manpage: add real world examples
Signed-off-by: Nico Schottelius <nico@kr.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:27:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
fcb4f0264f docs: Add a 'website' target
This will allow me to be not quite as lazy in getting website changes out
to the Arch Linux server by making it trivial to get everything packaged up
and working correctly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:23:20 -05:00
Dan McGee
3d8be4291c Fix some incorrect asciidoc syntax
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-02 18:23:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
622326bb37 makepkg: fix sudo/su calling of pacman
This fixes two issues:

1) using "sudo -l" results in excess password asking under certian
configurations.  Revert to the pre 3.4 behaviour of always using
sudo if it is installed.

2) Properly escape the command so that that versioned dependencies,
such as "foo>4", do not get treated as output redirection when using
su.  This also unifies the generation of the pacman line and its
privilege escalation.

Based on patches supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> with minor
adjustments for suitability for the maint branch.

Original-work-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:23:20 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
68dff73463 Update Chinese translation to fix gettext positional params
Because the shell gettext doesn't allow for positional gettext substitution,
be more careful about where we use it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:21:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
5a3aae02fe Check return value of chdir and getcwd
Prevents compiler warnings when building with -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-07-01 00:14:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
41724cbcde Check return value of fwrite when copying files
Check that writing to destination file actually occurs in
_alpm_copyfile.  Required adding a new error (PM_ERR_WRITE)
as none of the others appeared appropriate.

Prevents compiler warning when using -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 23:49:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
96a1255ead Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-30 08:41:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
c11bf581a3 makepkg: clarify aborting on packaging failure
When makepkg catches a command failure it currently prints "Aborting..."
and exits.  Clarify the reason for aborting from packaging is a failure
during one of the PKGBUILDs functions.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:32:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
081e6a8360 Do not compare signed and unsigned types
The casting of nread is safe as it is tested to be >0 when it is
initally assigned.  It is also being implicitly cast in the fwrite
call in the line above.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:32:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
0ea52e3a4f makepkg: try standard paths for coreutils du
Attempt to find "du" from coreutils in the standard paths and if
not revert to the version in the users PATH.  Using the full path
prevents issues such as FS#19932, where a different and incompatible
version of du is put earlier in the users path.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Andres P
8b23aa172f makepkg: remove bash4-only parameter expansion in check_sanity
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Thomas Bächler
d7c98d4e45 makepkg: Only check regular files in $srcdir check
The 'grep -R' in the $srcdir check would not only grep regular files,
but also devices, symlinks (that might potentially point outside of
$pkgdir), pipes and so on. Use find to ensure only regular files are
examined.

This should fix https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/19975

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-30 08:27:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
21d5dedfdd repo-add: try symlink, then hardlink, then copy for DB file
We were seeing some issues when trying to create our new database alias
using symlinks on certain filesystems (see FS#19907). Have a fallback method
in place where we first try a symlink, then a hard link, then just copy the
database if all else fails.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 10:06:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
630e7508ee Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-24 08:32:33 -05:00
Eric Bélanger
71330a4310 makepkg: Place source packages symlinks in build dir when SRCPKGDEST is used
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 08:22:55 -05:00
Andres P
c6a94a8d22 makepkg: fix regression in split package function checking
Commit 13748ca052 inversed the nature of one test wherein the if clause would
throw a fatal error if a legitimate package function was defined in PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-24 08:22:15 -05:00
Andres P
6f4f9c1b66 bash_completion: fix bash 3.2 incompatibility
To avoid errors with bash 3.2, compopt will be skipped if it's not a
shell builtin.

compopt is needed to not append slashes to package names that
coincide with directories in PWD.

This is currently not possible to fix in bash versions that do not support
compopt, so these users will have to bear that regression.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
07a9effdd0 makepkg: prevent error trap activation in bash-3.2
Running "pacman -T foo" is expected to return a non-zero value when
"foo" is not installed.  This sets of the error trap in bash-3.2 but
not bash 4.x.  Work around this by disabling the error trap around
this pacman call as we are manually checking the return value anyway.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
708f186f98 rankmirrors: pipe errors to stderr
If this is to be scripted with AIF or another tool, it needs to respect stderr.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
226c137245 rankmirrors: fix bogus pacman configuration parsing
Valid pacman configuration files do not have to start with a hash for that line
to be a comment, neither do directives need to be in column 0.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Andres P
2222e9f8df rankmirrors: fix bogus variable assignment
$replacedurl was being built from an expansion of itself. But at the time it
happened, it was empty.

Fixes FS#19911

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-23 13:32:21 +10:00
Dan McGee
67d71ea932 Merge branch 'maint' 2010-06-20 21:01:32 -05:00
Allan McRae
c2cf6a14cf makepkg: revert bash4-ism
Commit 3d67d9b1 introduced multiple bash4 string manipulations.
Revert those in order retain compatibility with bash-3.2 which
is still widely used.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-20 21:00:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
6c00ca8f23 Handle sync target + ignore properly
Rather than say we can't find the target after saying "No, I guess I don't
want to install this", we should make sure the ignored status gets passed
all the way through. This fixes FS#19866.

Pactest is also included that failed before due to the fact that we normally
treat an unfound package as a reason to exit with a non-zero status.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-20 15:19:19 -05:00
Allan McRae
59c47aaf52 Clarify testing within conditional statements
Follow the HACKING guidelines and always use != 0 or == 0 rather
than negation within conditional statements to improve clarity.
Most of these are !strcmp usages which is the example of what not
to do in the HACKING document.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:58 +10:00
Andres P
d7dccd5419 makepkg: remove unnecessary use of sort
pacman -Qq output is sorted according to the users LC_COLLATE
setting as is needed for comm.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:58 +10:00
Andres P
3e4d2c3aa6 libalpm: compare pkgname with strcoll
Use strcoll to compare package names to provide output sorted
according to a users LC_COLLATE settings.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
f5f107674b makepkg: use parameter expansion instead of basename
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
1b93a116e7 makepkg: fix inconsistent output when checking dependencies
Instead of writing:
==> Checking Runtime Dependencies...
==> Checking Buildtime Dependencies...
==> Installing missing dependencies...

Just make it homogeneous:
==> Checking runtime dependencies...
==> Checking buildtime dependencies...
==> Installing missing dependencies...

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
70418e48f6 makepkg: merge in-line splitpkg handling logic
Ease maintainace; the two parts that have been combined into a function were
identical.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: rename function]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
c7a37d039b makepkg: add to variables without expanding them
Use foo+=" bar" instead of foo="${foo} bar"

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
cd042640c6 makepkg: less code repetition for empty variable checking
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
13748ca052 makepkg: use "declare -f" to test for function presence
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Andres P
34229c5625 makepkg: fix variable checks when writing pkginfo
Regression caused by c71fe7db. Was checking for "optdepend" and "conflict"
rather than "optdepends" and "conflicts" when populating .PKGINFO.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-21 01:04:57 +10:00
Dan McGee
7fc50d7950 Revert disabling of make in doc/ dir by default
This is a partial revert of commit d44e5099. By making disabling docs the
default, it presents all sorts of problems- namely anyone who builds from a
tarball and isn't careful enough to include '--enable-doc' will get an
install without any manpages at all. Remember that make includes both
'build' and 'install' steps.

The warning introduced by the commit is kept, so we do not lose all its
benefits, but I am not happy to see regressions introduced in packaging and
installing of this piece of software.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 00:01:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
dc817a2061 makepkg: fallback to sane defaults for library stripping
If the library stripping variables are not defined in makepkg.conf,
libraries will be fully stripped and become broken.  Fallback to a
sane default stripping level.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 23:54:33 -05:00
Nezmer
09aae4b7a5 makepkg: Extract from any file bsdtar can recognize
If "file -bizL" does not return a supported type, check if the file is
recognized by bsdtar and if yes extract from it.

Dan: use '-q' option to prevent needing to seek the entire archive.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
c71fe7db42 makepkg: use printf when writing pkginfo
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
0e96532096 makepkg: use single redirection when writing PKGINFO
Instead of specifying the output file on every echo, leave it to the
caller of write_pkginfo to specify the target.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
f258ffab25 makepkg: use double brackets
Change all instances of the (test) [ builtin to the [[ keyword.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Andres P
95145d4c52 makepkg: use type -p's return value for PATH checks
Rely on type -p's return value instead of a string check.

And gettext was previously being checked with type -t, which was
inconsistent with the rest of the tests pertaining commands that aren't
expected to be functions nor builtins.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:34:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
3c8816f74b makepkg: fallback to sane defaults for library stripping
If the library stripping variables are not defined in makepkg.conf,
libraries will be fully stripped and become broken.  Fallback to a
sane default stripping level.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:32:08 +10:00
Dan McGee
892266277e Fix distcheck invocation in doc/ directory
Commit 5fe41df8 broke `make distcheck` pretty badly for the doc directory.
Looking at what this commit was trying to accomplish, it make sense to
revert a lot of the build system changes and just simplify what we are
showing in the man page anyway- an example, not exactly how it is configured
on your system.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 21:01:09 -05:00
Dan McGee
2ee186506c Add test/util directory as necessary to build files
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 21:00:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
1c59b9e881 Update website with 3.4.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 20:10:47 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
2e5e3739a1 Fix issue in Chinese translation
Fixes FS#19777.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-16 10:19:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
84b999823b Add a .mailmap file
This helps out `git shortlog` by mapping our various mismatched authors and
email addresses. The number of authors reported by shortlog goes from 131 to
98 after this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-15 19:56:47 -05:00
Ionuț Bîru
c355d2a3b7 Update Romanian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:18:01 -05:00
Leandro Inácio
6e31ddf42e Revise Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Fix the '\t' characters that got introduced by the last update of this
translation that should not have been there.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:08:28 -05:00
Manuel Tortosa
8fbc91e693 Updating Catalan translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 12:02:07 -05:00
Juan Pablo González T
fe7b77cd8a Update Spanish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 11:00:20 -05:00
Roman Kyrylych
ea7696b441 Update Ukrainian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-14 10:29:57 -05:00
Leandro Inácio
6297248087 Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 19:01:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f5b6f16af translations: rename Norwegian translation from nb_NO to nb
This puts us more in line with other projects that don't attach the country
code to the language code.

$ du -sh /usr/share/locale/nb*/LC_MESSAGES
3.5M    /usr/share/locale/nb/LC_MESSAGES
132K    /usr/share/locale/nb_NO/LC_MESSAGES

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 10:05:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
f9c70d3140 translations: rename Swedish translation from sv_SE to sv
This puts us more in line with other projects that don't attach the country
code to the language code.

$ du -sh /usr/share/locale/sv*/LC_MESSAGES
7.2M    /usr/share/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES
60K     /usr/share/locale/sv_SE/LC_MESSAGES

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-11 09:57:12 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
d978039cf0 Revise Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:16:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
d73d055c6f makepkg: use BUILDFILE rather than BUILDSCRIPT
In check_sanity, BUILDFILE needs to be checked rather than
BUILDSCRIPT.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 16:52:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
b886362282 makepkg: fix errors with multiple install or changelog files
Another issue caused by fe1e3471.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:58:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
ac5c2fd09b Fix creation of source packages
Source packages were getting created with only links to local source
files.  Caused by commit 5cddcc90.

Also, fix dangling symlinks to install and changelog files. Caused
by commit fe1e3471.

Thanks to Christopher Rogers <slaxemulator@gmail.com> for pointing
out areas that were failing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-09 15:58:05 +10:00
Dan McGee
8163beb622 Update English (British) translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 20:17:14 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
88f139ab4e API changes between 3.3 and 3.4
Updates for README file.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 18:18:34 -05:00
Matthias Gorissen
b00d911331 Update German translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 15:08:43 -05:00
Sergey Tereschenko
982018bf74 Update Russian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 12:24:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
93def410b8 Add note about XySSL/PolarSSL name change
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 10:35:08 -05:00
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
9a56830164 Update Kazakh translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-07 09:30:39 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3012c0e091 Update French translation
Thanks to CalimeroTeknik <calimeroteknik@free.fr> for providing many
corrections !

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-06 16:42:01 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
b79193a37e Update Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-06 16:41:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
a338778028 Remove unnecessary gettext call
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:42:46 -05:00
Vojtěch Gondžala
d58f398312 Update Czech translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:40:42 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
c80e04a151 Update Hungarian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:34:31 -05:00
Giovanni Scafora
a3b1585b7b Update Italian translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:30:51 -05:00
甘露(Gan Lu)
a66f8dbbb1 Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-05 11:27:45 -05:00
Samed Beyribey
10aba2fd53 Update Turkish translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 19:44:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
46b170a26e Bump configure.ac versions for 3.4.0 release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 17:02:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
5bf3ba1ca8 NEWS: add some flyspray bug numbers
Also add a note about bash completion improvements.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 16:49:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
f60db581a7 translation: update pot/po files for libalpm in prep for release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 13:36:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
a8a6eed9e8 translation: update pot/po files for pacman in prep for release
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-04 13:35:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
d8d5d48270 NEWS update for pacman-3.4
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 18:14:56 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
5cddcc901b makepkg: refactor absolute filename detection
Move the absolute filename detection to a new function to reduce code
duplication.

This patch also fixes the --allsource option that did not include remote
source files if they reside in $startdir instead of $SRCDEST.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 18:14:25 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
3739fe9913 makepkg: print only base filename of install/changelog files
The complete file path of a temporary symlink is really useless
information.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 14:15:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
756e49259d contrib: kill gensync/updatesync
These are old and have outlived their usefulness at this point. Kill them.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-03 14:07:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
0ac96d94ec Move vercmp tests into util/ testing directory
Now that not everything is in 'pactest/', we can separate out the parts a
bit more and leave the pacman/ directory to be just pactest.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:24:22 -05:00
Allan McRae
844d82fad8 Move pacman test suite
Move the test suite to test/pacman in order to make a logical
location for a future makepkg test suite.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:51 -05:00
Allan McRae
ccea1b5576 Fix typo in pactest
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:41 -05:00
Allan McRae
2710b256cc Remove unnecessary error catching from PKGBUILD protos
The use of "|| return 1" is no longer necessary in PKGBUILDs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-02 13:14:34 -05:00
Allan McRae
5dffef787d repo-add: symlink to db file to reponame.db
This is a small step towards allowing pacman to handle databases
with variable compression types.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:19:13 -05:00
Andres P
fe1e3471f4 makepkg: remove code duplication in buildscript parsing
Merges code in two almost identical chunks in create_srcpackage and
check_sanity.

Also discards the space kept by regex in ae73d75660 and earlier, since
the for loop discards it later on.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:18:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
3064f8d08d Update pacsearch to work with new Qs/Ss output
Now that we have the '[installed]' text, update pacsearch to look for it and
highlight it instead of the former '***' prefix.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-27 09:18:20 -05:00
Andres P
80f7c1707c bash_completion : full rewrite with many improvements
* Undeclared local vars with common enough names to warrant breakage
* Performance issues with _pacman trying to replicate /usr/bin/pacman
  with find and other slow tools.
* Performance issues with expanding an array (with sometimes hundreds of
  items) over three times.
* Expanding said array to remove already completed entries had the side
  effect of braking filenames with spaces and or \n.
* add -D --database options and --print
* fix dirs showing up when they shouldn't in completions
* completions regarding database entries shouldn't trigger filename
  completion.

This is now down to 106 lines. The original one (master) is 365 lines
long, yet this one retains all functionality.

The work is documented in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <stderr@mail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:24:48 -05:00
Andres P
ae73d75660 makepkg: replace unnecessary uses of grep
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:23:55 -05:00
Allan McRae
3cd237dec3 makepkg: fix permissions on install and changelog files
The .INSTALL and .CHANGELOG files in a package retained the permissions
that they had in $startdir.   Do a chmod after copying to ensure
that the permissions are sane.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:23:47 -05:00
Andres P
52c3f871db makepkg: don't decompress when stripping binaries
f569c4a042 wrongly relied on file's output.

The fix is to not decompress files in the first place.

Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-24 21:18:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
f948cb25bb Change directory in package function in PKGBUILD.proto
makepkg goes back to the $startdir between the build() and
package() functions so we need to change directory at the
start of the package function.

TODO: fix makepkg to make this unnecessary

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-19 20:33:35 +10:00
Jonathan Conder
9ab6bfad22 fix memory leak in _alpm_sync_commit
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:51:31 -05:00
Daenyth
ac722c9327 rankmirrors: Add a --repo option to target a specific repo
Signed-off-by: Daenyth <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:43:17 -05:00
Allan McRae
c1fc00508e makepkg: allow skipping integrity checks when making source package
Extends the use of the --skipinteg option to creating a source
package. Fixes FS#15984.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:35:55 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
0e7ba6bddd New pactest: unresolvable001.py
To test the regression of commit eada558e12.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:33:56 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
eada558e12 Partial fix for the phonon/qt issue
This patch fixes the phonon/qt issue, if all to-be-upgraded packages are
explicit targets (ie. only not-yet-installed packages are pulled by
resolvedeps). This condition covers the most common situations, for example
it should hold with every -Su operation.

After this patch sync405.py passes, but sync406.py doesn't.

The work is inspired by the patch of Henning Garus, thanks for his work:
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-February/010429.html
(I moved the alpm_list_diff computation to sync.c in order to compute it
only once.)

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:33:00 -05:00
Nezmer
c6f0fc27ed Resolve dependencies whenever --syncdeps is passed and --nodeps is not
With this patch, dependencies will be resolved and not silently ignored
when running:

makepkg --nobuild --syncdeps
makepkg --repackage --syncdeps

Also, a warning is displayed when repackaging and dependencies are not
being resolved.

Thank you Allan for the feedback.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
[Allan: Only warn when repackaging with a package function]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:31:59 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d44e509933 configure.ac : disable doc by default and check for asciidoc
This is a complaint that has been reported many many times. By default, docs
are enabled and there is no check for asciidoc, so anyone building from git
will see their build fail.

We cannot do a strict check for asciidoc because released source tarballs
have man pages already built, and it should be possible to install them
without having asciidoc.

This patch attempts to improve the situation in two ways :
1) disable doc by default
2) print a warning if docs are enabled but asciidoc is not installed

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:30:29 -05:00
Dieter Plaetinck
d32f6daa66 fix for incorrect checking of return code, which causes syntax errors
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:29:05 -05:00
Marc-A. Dahlhaus
5752e276fb Allow to include a path containing wildcards
Dan: line wrapping and man page touchup.

Signed-off-by: Marc-A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-18 11:26:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
a6ace987a9 Add some machinery to test the Include directive
After the previous patch that re-enabled its use outside of sync repository
sections which we had unintentionally disabled.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:47:30 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3a85f83840 Allow Include directive in any sections
Fix a regression of 51f9e5e40a that only allowed Include in repo sections.

Thanks to Marc - A. Dahlhaus for reporting the issue.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:27:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
df842e11cf pactest: remove cargo-cult option reset
This doesn't need to be here. We don't even support non-CamelCase options
anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-17 18:23:07 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
25cd6c2e8d Fix a serious bug in the download code
After commit df99495b82 pacman downloaded files from the first repo only,
and reported corrupted packages for all files from other repos.

The download_size was set to 0 for _all_ transaction packages after
downloading some files from the first repo. This code-block was moved to its
correct place.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-14 15:03:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
f03f09011f doc: fix up description of where example PKGBUILD is located
As Allan pointed out, this actually ships with pacman (at least with Arch)
and not necessarily with ABS or any other package. Also fix the language
dealing with the prototype install files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 19:14:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
10b0acfc20 PKGBUILD.vim: only allow hex characters in checksums
Of course, we still have only md5 and sha1 hardcoded here but I resisted the
urge to copy paste for the rest of our supported checksums in hope that
someone knows how to do it a better way.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:46:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
07b2ba251f Add 'pkgbase' highlighting to vim syntax file
Simple change and probably a bit too copy/paste, but works for now.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:26:54 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
df833f6c64 PKGBUILD.vim : update valid licenses
Updated list with :
echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep "/usr/share/licenses/common/.*/$" | cut
-d'/' -f6 )

Maybe PKGBUILD.vim could do this at runtime ?

Dan: you forgot the symlinks; readded FDL, GPL, LGPL.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-13 17:11:25 -05:00
Allan McRae
7f02f7cb9f Allow -Qo to perform a functional 'which'
When pacman queries the ownership of an object that is not a path, it will
check in the users PATH for a match. Implements FS#8798.

Dan: did some small refactoring and error message changes when PATH is
searched and nothing is found.

Original-patch-by: Shankar <jatheendra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-11 12:09:43 -05:00
David Campbell
364ebf4e16 Switch Contributor line with Maintainer line.
When someone is creating a new PKGBUILD he will most likely be the maintainer
not a contributor.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-06 11:38:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
2ce444ee10 makepkg: rework --skipinteg
The current --skipinteg is a bit weird.  It does not skip integrity
checks, but instead does them and prints a warning. Change this
behaviour to actually skipping the checks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:31:58 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
79987c92cb makepkg -g: use checksums defined in the pkgbuild
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Allan: amend documentation]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:28:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
64c3255b0e makepkg: handle multiple install and changelog files
The presence of all install and changelog files (multiple files may
be used with package splitting) is checked for in check_sanity().

All install and changelog files are copied to the source location
when using --source.  The check for install and changelog file presence
is removed in create_srcpackage() as this is redundant to the checks
performed in check_sanity().

Moved install and changelog handling in create_srcpackage() to after
source array files, as this is more logical and readily allows for the
following.

A check is made when creating a source package that a symlink to an
install file has not already been added.  This can occur if the
install file is used multiple times or if it is listed in the source
array.

Fixes FS#18831, FS#18394 and partially fixes FS#16004

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:27:55 -05:00
Ray Kohler
590606a5d7 makepkg: fall back to su if sudo is not available
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:26:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
ccbef232c9 makepkg: improve removal of installed dependencies
Compare a list of packages on the system before and after dependency
resolution in order to get a complete list of packages to remove.  This
allows makepkg to remove packages installed due to provides.

Bail in cases where packages that were on the system originally have been
removed as there is a risk of breaking the system when removing the new
packages.

Fixes FS#15144.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 19:26:06 -05:00
Jonathan Conder
df99495b82 Compute package download size outside _alpm_sync_prepare
And add a new info level for this piece of data.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 18:15:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
d485c0370f Improve documentation of -k/--dbonly
We had the long option wrong in some places and its behavior wasn't
documented at all with regards to -U/--upgrade.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 11:18:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
9528c36452 Add two new pactests for --dbonly
It caught me by surprise that:
1. These weren't being tested at all
2. The --dbonly combined with -U not only "works" but is also completely
   undocumented. It also has some weird behavior on install vs. upgrade that
   may need addressing.

Add some tests which will hopefully provoke some discussion.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 11:11:20 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
f9fa822ccb Remove unused 'z' option from getopt_long's optstring
In addition, I permuted shortopts to make it more readable.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 10:39:44 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ac9dde072c Introduce -D, --database
The request of FS#12950 is implemented.

On the backend side, I introduced a new function, alpm_db_set_pkgreason(),
to modify the install reason of a package in the local database. On the
front-end side, I introduced a new main operation, -D/--database, which has
two options, --asdeps and --asexplicit. I documented this in pacman manual.
I've created two pactests to test -D: database001.py and database002.py.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-05 10:37:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
6b6eb6345b Fix up the cross-compilation patch library lookup
Don't explicitly add things to the list that might not need to be there, and
get the fallback list of libraries correct.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:43:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
eb6af031ec Build vercmp without needing link to libalpm
Include the object file directly from the libalpm version comparison code as
it is the only thing we need. This drops the dependency of vercmp on
libalpm and all of the stuff we know it drags in.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:42:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
4f80993933 Remove call to function logger
It isn't really necessary here and it helps us get rid of some link
pollution so we can have a slim vercmp binary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:38:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
2a6f3f0652 Move vercmp code into a separate file
This will facilitate using this object file on its own in the vercmp tool
which will be done in a future commit. The net impact on the generated
binaries should not be noticeable after this commit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-05-04 23:32:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
8a6bbed98e Update PKGBUILD.proto to include a package() function
Relevant after we deprecated `makepkg -R` without a package() function being
present in the PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-27 13:08:09 -05:00
Allan McRae
90aca75cb9 makepkg: BSD find compatibility fix
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:49:28 -05:00
Christophe Chapuis
753599b504 contrib/pactree: generate reverse dependency trees
Add an option to show the tree of packages which depend on a given
package

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:49:11 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
652762488a New pactests for the phonon/qt issue
Original-work-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:47:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
6995aed9ae makepkg: deprecate repackaging without a package function
File permissions are not guaranteed to stay the same on exit from fakeroot,
so repackaging may result in files with different permissions. This is
avoided when using a package() function (or split packages) as the
packaging step is rerun.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: touched up message for translation purposes]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 18:46:41 -05:00
Serge Ziryukin
7608dd74d7 check for valid optarg before using strdup
Signed-off-by: Serge Ziryukin <ftrvxmtrx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-04-26 14:50:31 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
88254d762d Show --print and --print-format options with -Rh, -Sh and -Uh only
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-March/010519.html

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:59:27 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7965345d43 More consistent printing of off_t and time_t
time_t : %ld
off_t : %jd and cast to intmax_t

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:58:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
21abae98cb Update -Si docs to reflect new -Sii operation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:36:30 -05:00
Allan McRae
98ee520907 Sort and avoid duplicates in -Sii output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:32:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
526806e7ac alpm_list_diff_sorted - make some arguments const
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:31:37 -05:00
Matthias Lanzinger
bf7c3eb17f Fix cross-compilation issues with git and libfetch
This patch fixes 2 issues I encountered when cross-compiling pacman.
First is the test for libfetch which requires explicit linking to all
libraries libfetch depends on.

The other problem results from the AC_CHECK_PROGS test for git. This
test will stop configure with an error when cross-compiling.
The fix moves the call to AC_CHECK_PROG so that is only called of
--enable-git is actually set.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Lanzinger <mlaenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-25 21:28:01 -05:00
Dan McGee
cdbb90aceb Show 'Required By' in -Sii output
Just as we do in -Qi, we can compute required by information for sync
database packages. The behavior seems sane; for a given package, the -Sii
required by will show all packages in *any* sync database that require it.

Implements FS#16244.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-23 22:24:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
ad4efa539d Strip extension off all package compression types
Since we were searching for '.pkg.tar.gz' before, we now have started to
show extensions during the download when we have a '.pkg.tar.xz' package.
Just look for '.pkg.tar.' (or '.db.tar.') instead and suppress anything
found from that point on.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-18 21:46:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
f6c7de77ed Unbreak the database partial extraction code
Basically I'm the idiot that thought I could make it better and completely
forgot how freeing the contents of the original lists would screw up our
nice little diff extraction lists. This caused segfaults among other
problems. Last time I try to do that...

Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00007ffff627ce26 in strcmp () from /lib/libc.so.6
(gdb) bt

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-15 23:06:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
a36ff9404b Bump copyright dates to 2010
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:46:59 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
1aa1d00248 fix a few warnings reported by clang
- remove unused variables
- some more sanity checks
- safer printf

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:25:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
be2f43191d Reduce duplicate code in DB extraction
Follow-up to the previous "Only extract new DB entries" patch; move the
partial extraction code inside one side of the loop so we can use the same
code for actually doing file extraction.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:16:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2f4ee4341d Only extract new DB entries
This implements FS#15198. The idea apparently came from Csaba Henk
<csaba-ml <at> creo.hu> which submitted a patch to Frugalware, so thanks to
him, even though I did not look at the code :)

The idea is to only extract folders for new packages into the package
database and clean up the old directories. This is essentially implementing
Xyne's "rebase" script within pacman.

If using -Syy, just remove and extract everything.

If using -Sy :
1. Generate list of directories in DB
2. Generate list of directories in archive
3. Compare both
4. Clean up old directories
5. Extract new directories

Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: fix compile error, s/int/size_t/]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 19:12:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
69b3a811a1 Mark two functions static
These were just introduced in the `--print` patch, and don't need to be
exposed outside of util.c.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:47:40 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d39b1dbe62 Add new --print operation for all operations
And a new --print-format option to configure the output.

This implements FS#14208

Example usage :
pacman -Sp --print-format "%r/%n-%v : %l [%s]" kdelibs
extra/kdelibs-4.3.2-4 : ftp://mir2.archlinuxfr.org/archlinux/extra/os/i686/kdelibs-4.3.2-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz [0,00]

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:44:40 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
67700b926a print installed packages
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:41:38 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e4be3e06af callback: use variable length for progressbar text
This fixes FS#17523

We always used a fixed value of 50 for textlen, which is often not enough
for download progress bar. At least we can use a bigger width on large
terminal (e.g. 60% of width) and keep 50 as minimum.

before:
 nautilus-2.28.4-1-x...     5.7M  789.2K/s 00:00:07 [####################################] 100%
after:
 nautilus-2.28.4-1-x86_64         5.7M  770.7K/s 00:00:08 [##############################] 100%

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:39:43 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
e5dce888c0 callback.c : less magic progress bars
1 - Explain magic numbers

2 - There was a weird off by 1 mess in the progress bar. The code supposedly
shared the width between 50 chars for text (textlen) and the rest for the
progress bar (proglen = getcols() - textlen).
But the code actually used textlen + 1 for the text and proglen - 1 for the
progress bar (with haslen=1, the progress bar was actually empty), which was
a bit confusing so I changed it.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:39:26 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
087be2f1fb delta : add external cleanup script
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
6f0ffb2386 makepkg: always update symlinks to compressed man pages
When a man page has both symbolic and hard links, any symlink pointing
to other than the alphabetically first hardlink was not "compressed"
and left dangling towards the uncompressed man page. Fixes FS#18569.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:27 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
5fe41df8a9 makepkg: make strip options configurable
The newly added variables STRIP_BINARIES, STRIP_SHARED and STRIP_STATIC,
that are set in makepkg.conf, specify the strip options used on binaries
and shared and static libraries.
In addition, files are now stripped more aggressively by default.

Implements FS#13592 the way it was suggested by Allan in the comments.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:34:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
22331fdadb makepkg: Remove setgid bit on srcdir/pkgdir creation
It was noted in FS#17533 that setgid bits are carried down into any created
subdirectories, and thus could end up being in a built package if the
original package directory was marked g+s. When we create src/ and pkg/,
explicitly chmod them to remove any sticky bits.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:32:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
65d43fbb84 makepkg: abort on missing or non-writable PKGDEST
When PKGDEST pointed to a non-writable location, makepkg would fail
after completing the build process. This patch makes it abort as
soon as PKGDEST is parsed.

Also, move the SRCDEST check to the same point rather than right
before downloading sources (which was after dependency checks).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:30:35 -05:00
Allan McRae
a4e3fd1847 makepkg: only strip files that are writable
TODO: http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2010-January/010390.html

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-03-14 18:30:23 -05:00
Nezmer
de5473c026 makepkg: Add documentation for the new SRCPKGDEST variable
Add SRCPKGDEST documentation to the makepkg.conf man page

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:25:13 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
eee61a0bbc makepkg: document environment variables PKGDEST and SRCDEST
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:25:08 -06:00
Allan McRae
7ea0a115db makepkg: update required programs
Remove getopt, add xz.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:23:04 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
1a00ee5c27 bash_completion: remove absolute utility paths again
The location of the used utilities may and does differ between various
distributions and therefore absolute paths do not work well. Since the
main purpose of its introduction was to avoid side-effects caused by
aliases, it is sufficient to disable possible aliases temporarily by
preceding the commands with a backslash.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:19:03 -06:00
Pierre Schmitz
d85421ec62 contrib/*_completion: match *.pkg.tar.*
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-02-28 23:17:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
afb61bb22a Do not print installed size when only downloading
When using --downloadonly the "Total Installed Size" message is not
needed and perhaps misleading.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 23:39:22 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
27bc2f7eb8 Print "there is nothing to do" with NOOP transactions
The "local database is up to date" message has been replaced with "there
is nothing to do" message. This used with "empty" -S, -R, -U operations too.
(Examples: pacman -S ignored_pkg, pacman -Ru needed_pkg.)

See FS#17859.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 22:14:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
0eadc99240 Merge branch 'maint'
Just a slight touchup in makepkg due to the [ -> [[ conversion, so nothing
to see here.

Conflicts:
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2010-01-19 22:03:54 -06:00
Dan McGee
8b3f5f0ce6 bash_completion: use absolute paths to utilities
Fixes issues noted in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 03f35b1432)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:58:01 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
ce9bb994f8 makepkg: fix abortion after sourcing /etc/profile
The source command triggers / might trigger the ERR trap which makes
makepkg abort right after a successful installation of missing
dependencies.

Thanks to Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> for finding this
solution.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 77e84bea71)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:56:36 -06:00
Allan McRae
0c3f502064 contrib/bacman: fix checking if file has been added
Fixes FS#17140.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0199a7ee71)

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:56:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
a12ed63545 NULL out handle after release
We free'd the handle but didn't NULL out the global variable, leading to
problems if you try to reinitialize the library. Make sure we clean up after
ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:52:54 -06:00
Nezmer
afc37c58c7 makepkg: Introduce $SRCPKGDEST
Introduce $SRCPKGDEST to define a destination dir for source packages
instead of saving them in $PKGDEST with binary packages.

The simple patch doesn't break old behavior.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2010-01-19 21:51:51 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
335627d72d makepkg: check for non-empty pkgbase instead of pkgname
pkgbase is used in the following rm calls, and since pkgname can be
present when pkgbase is not, it is safer to check for pkgbase.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-14 21:39:24 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
a6cca6e456 makepkg: remove srclinks directory on error exit
When makepkg exits in create_srcpackage(), the (temporary) srclinks
directory is left behind.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:31:06 -06:00
Nezmer
9fe27b068a makepkg: skip devel_check() when repackaging
Currently, "makepkg -R" creates a package with a wrong updated $pkgver.

Signed-off-by: Nezmer <Nezmer@allurelinux.org>
[Allan: adjusted comment]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:30:58 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
05ff276eef makepkg: limit sudo usage to allowed pacman commands
This is particularly useful when using pacman wrappers which call sudo
by themselves and therefore should not be run as root.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:28:43 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
66c6d288fd makepkg: allow to specify an alternative pacman command
If PACMAN environment variable is set, makepkg will try to use this
command to check for installed dependencies and to install or remove
packages. Otherwise, makepkg will fall back to pacman.

Implements FS#13028.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Dan: move envvar section in manpage]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:26:54 -06:00
Allan McRae
b805fe58ae makepkg: check for references to build root in package
Add a check that the package does not contain references to the
folder it was built in.

Fixes FS#14751

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:22:34 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
a2c9cbdbdc improve download_internal error messages
download_internal is supposed to always set pm_errno but did not in many
cases.

The most important (and tested) change is the one concerning fetchStat. This
is typically where the code will fail when the network is down for example.

Before commit d2dbb04a9a, this fetchStat call did not exist and the
same kind of errors would be encountered in the fetchXGet call that follows.
I just copied the error printing to restore the old behavior.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:22:16 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
b8b8c78627 add some more sanity check for optarg
getopt should already ensure that optarg is not NULL when an argument is
required, but just be extra safe and double check it before using optarg.

To be honest, I only did that to make clang shut up and eliminate the last
warnings it reported.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:21:56 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
51f9e5e40a refactor _parseoptions
This function was quite huge (~230 lines) and difficult to parse, now it is
slightly better.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:20:56 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
444ff95641 Print error on duplicated database entries
Some users reported duplicated database entries in /var/lib/pacman/local/,
for example, both foo-1.0-1 and foo-2.0-1 subdirectories existed. (Bogus
3rd-party scripts, backup?) In this case pacman reported no error and its
behaviour was mysterious.

From now on, pacman detects this situation and prints an error message.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:18:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
e612eb6ba2 Remove trailing whitespace on all lines in list_display
This ensures we never have trailing whitespace. Take the following text,
with line numbers added for clarity:

1. Title   : item1 item2 item3 item4
2.           item5 item6 item7 item8
3.           item9 itemA itemB itemC

Laszlo Papp helpfully pointed out we would have two trailing spaces on line
three after the last item. However, we also had these trailing spaces on
lines one and two, which the initial patch didn't take care of. This can be
seen on something like `pacman -Qi glibc`.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-13 23:12:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
926dfe5827 Fix requiredby output
This is a bit embarrassing. For example:
$ pacman -Qi mesa
...
Required By    : mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa  mesa

Something is clearly not right, and the problem was introduced in commit
0bc961. Fix the issue by getting the package name off the correct variable.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-12-07 22:48:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
03f35b1432 bash_completion: use absolute paths to utilities
Fixes issues noted in FS#16630.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 23:01:12 -06:00
Allan McRae
f2c9e51eb0 makepkg: allow specifying subsets of packages to build
This allows makepkg to only build a specified subset of packages
from a split PKGBUILD.  This is very useful in combination with the
-R flag or when bumping the pkgrel of a single package.

Fixes FS#15956.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:22:52 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
82443e0059 makepkg: move pacman calls to a function
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:19:54 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
93862bd7cb makepkg: Place packages symlinks in build dir when PKGDEST is used
When PKGDEST is used, symlinks to the packages will be put in the build
directory.  This combines the convenience of a global package cache with
the ease of having a package (i.e. a symlink) in the build directory for
testing and installation purpose.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
[Allan: add comment documenting clean-up addition]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:12:27 -06:00
Isaac Good
6c8f817040 Replace an ugly while [ with a for (( loop
Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-30 21:06:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
96b34308fe Fix syntax error in new translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 21:22:01 -06:00
Dan McGee
8a8dfc9d55 HACKING: add some notes about valgrind/gdb usage
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 20:21:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
d2dbb04a9a download: major refactor to address lingering issues
Sorry for this being such a huge patch, but I believe it is necessary for
quite a few reasons which I will attempt to explain herein. I've been
mulling this over for a while, but wasn't super happy with making the
download interface more complex. Instead, if we carefully order things in
the internal download code, we can actually make the interface simpler.

1. FS#15657 - This involves `name.db.tar.gz.part` files being left around the
filesystem, and then causing all sorts of issues when someone attempts to
rerun the operation they canceled. We need to ensure that if we resume a
download, we are resuming it on exactly the same file; if we cannot be
almost postive of that then we need to start over.

2. http://www.mail-archive.com/pacman-dev@archlinux.org/msg03536.html - Here
we have a lighttpd bug to ruin the day. If we send both a Range: header and
If-Modified-Since: header across the wire in a GET request, lighttpd doesn't
do what we want in several cases. If the file hadn't been modified, it
returns a '304 Not Modified' instead of a '206 Partial Content'. We need to
do a stat (e.g. HEAD in HTTP terms) operation here, and the proceed
accordingly based off the values we get back from it.

3. The mtime stuff was rather ugly, and relied on the called function to
write back to a passed in reference, which isn't the greatest. Instead, use
the power of the filesystem to contain this info. Every file downloaded
internally is now carefully timestamped with the remote file time. This
should allow the resume logic to work. In order to guarantee this, we need
to implement a signal handler that catches interrupts, notifies the running
code, and causes it to set the mtimes on the file. It then rethrows the
signal so the pacman signal handler (or any frontend) works as expected.

4. We did a lot of funky stuff in trying to track the DB last modified time.
It is a lot easier to just keep the downloaded DB file around and track the
time on that rather than in a funky dot file. It also kills a lot of code.

5. For GPG verification of the databases down the road, we are going to need
the DB file around for at least a short bit of time anyway, so this gets us
closer to that.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Xav: fixed printf with off_t]
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-11-15 19:47:30 -06:00
Laszlo Papp
be266b4364 Refactor do/while cycle and multiple while cycles
* It makes the code clearer to read/understand
* Cppcheck tool doesn't show this anymore: [./util.c:215]: (error) Resource leak: fd

[Dan: don't change the coding style]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:40:56 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
120cd312e4 makepkg: Fixed logging for split packages
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:34:09 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
4d2ec3751c makepkg: allow the use of only a package() function
For some packages, generally the 'any' arch ones, a build step is not
required and therefore can be skipped. In these cases, a package()
function without a build() one is sufficient.

As a side effect, this commit makes meta packages without any function
at all in the PKGBUILD possible.

Fixes FS#15147.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:33:03 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
564352c4a2 makepkg: extend test for hyphen prefixes to pkgbase and all pkgnames
Since commit fb97d32, which brought in this test, support for split
PKGBUILDs was added, and therefore, all values of pkgname and also
pkgbase have to be checked now.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:30:23 -06:00
Allan McRae
9c34dfd908 makepkg: Add fallback to package function
makepkg looks for a package() function when building a single package
but package_$pkgname() style package functions when building a split
package.  This patch allows the use of a package_$pkgname() function
when building a single package for consistency.  This is achieved by
having makepkg consider a non-split package with a package_$pkgname()
function as a split package (creating just the one package).

Fixes FS#16622.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:29:24 -06:00
Isaac Good
c2999619d2 makepkg: use bash test operators, part two
* FS#16623, second half of makepkg
* Includes stuff like -o to ||, -a to &&, etc.
* if [ $(type ... preserved due to a bash bug with [[ and set -e and ERR traps

Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:26:56 -06:00
Isaac Good
966c815881 makepkg: use bash test operators, part one
* FS#16623, first half of makepkg
* Includes stuff like -o to ||, -a to &&, etc.
* if [ $(type ... preserved due to a bash bug with [[ and set -e and ERR traps

Signed-off-by: Isaac Good <pacman@isaac.otherinbox.com>
[Dan: made commit message useful]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:23:06 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
5d5070f47d scripts: replace test builtin [ with shell keywords [[ and ((
FS#16623 suggested this change for makepkg; this patch applies it to the
remaining files in the scripts directory.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:22:54 -06:00
Xavier Chantry
fb310fc01e pacman.conf : enable resuming for curl
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:20:21 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
77023978c5 makepkg: Clarified error message when a sourceball exist already
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:19:21 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
77e84bea71 makepkg: fix abortion after sourcing /etc/profile
The source command triggers / might trigger the ERR trap which makes
makepkg abort right after a successful installation of missing
dependencies.

Thanks to Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> for finding this
solution.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:19:11 -06:00
Allan McRae
0199a7ee71 contrib/bacman: fix checking if file has been added
Fixes FS#17140.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:18:56 -06:00
Manuel Tortosa
88706168f2 Add Catalan translation
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-15 19:09:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
7ae15768e5 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-11-10 18:21:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
e09253d15b Necessary updates for 3.3.3 release
Should cover everything worth mentioning in NEWS, plus the version number
bumps as usual.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-10 16:18:05 -06:00
Cedric Staniewski
db756ed931 makepkg: quote arrays in order to preserve spaces in array items
Fixes FS#16871 and makes the pkgdesc workaround obsolete.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-11-10 11:24:20 -06:00
Dan McGee
133a39e2bb Fix opendir error condition checks
Thanks to Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> for the following catch:
  opendir(path)) == (DIR *)-1;
is maybe the result of misunderstanding the manpage. If an opendir() call
isn't successful it returns NULL rather than '(DIR *)-1'.

Noticed-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-27 21:11:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
3f7cc83e0d Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-26 21:07:29 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
361a25c086 Fix a small typo in alpm_list.c
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:27:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
fff6d9dc2e makepkg: allow passing arguments with spaces
Currently makepkg takes the commandline arguments, assigns them to a
variable and passes that variable to the next makepkg call (within
fakeroot).

Use a comination of quotes and arrays in this process to ensure any
arguments passed within quotes and containing spaces stay as a single
argument during the second makepkg call.

Thanks to Dan for figuring out how to get this working.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:22:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
7f0f319a3e Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-24 10:10:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
0bc961a8be Reduce unnecessary get_name() function calls
alpm_pkg_get_name() gives us little benefit in backend code besides a NULL
check on the package passed in; we could do that ourself if necessary. By
changing to direct references in the cases where we are sure we have a valid
package, we save a function call each time we need a package name. This
function can't be inlined because it is externally accessible.

This cuts the calls to get_name() from 1.3 million times in a
pacman -Qu operation to around 2400.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:10:12 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
21caf8730f makepkg: change preselected option for cleaning the cache from Y to N
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:05:41 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
748bc8ebd4 makepkg: use tput for terminal-safe colored and bold text
Suggested-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 10:00:52 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
013fc9a795 makepkg: define escape sequences globally
In doing so, it is possible to get rid of all the tests for colored
messages except for one global one.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:59:03 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
1000c0bd2e makepkg: check for non-empty pkgbase instead of pkgname
pkgbase is used in the following rm calls, and since pkgname can be
present when pkgbase is not, it is safer to check for pkgbase.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:56:07 -05:00
Heiko Baums
6ed7d001f6 pacdiff : add diffsearchpath option
Xav: added doc
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:55:50 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
c6095e1032 makepkg: remove empty .part files after a failed download
Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-24 09:54:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
3758ccbb52 makepkg: fix testing for built package presence
Commit c7e4d10d introduced a small error in the testing of whether
a package is already built.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 23:32:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
6c635d76a0 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-20 22:29:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
c7e4d10df3 makepkg: allow overriding arch in split packages
This allows building a mixture of binary and arch=any packages.
Fixes FS#15955.

The value of CARCH is no longer overridden to "any" in when arch=any
is used and the assigning of the "any" arch is delayed to during the
packaging stage. Adjustments were required to fix installing and
checking for pre-built packages of varing arches.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:29:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
2020e6297b makepkg: allow overriding pkgver and pkgrel in split packages
Fixing a single package within a split package requires the overriding
or pkgrel.  In very rare (but existing) cases, it is useful to
override pkgver.  Partial fix for FS#15955.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:29:02 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2c2596177d dload.c : clear sigaction flag to make valgrind happy
This fixes the following valgrind warning :

==26831== Syscall param rt_sigaction(act->sa_flags) points to uninitialised
byte(s)
==26831==    at 0x4282547: __libc_sigaction (in /lib/libc-2.10.1.so)
==26831==    by 0x403C693: download_internal (dload.c:152)
==26831==    by 0x403D0E4: _alpm_download_single_file (dload.c:311)
==26831==    by 0x4033B72: alpm_db_update (be_files.c:319)
==26831==    by 0x805205E: pacman_sync (sync.c:257)
==26831==    by 0x804EE54: main (pacman.c:1120)
==26831==  Address 0xbec6cc04 is on thread 1's stack
==26831==
==26831== Syscall param rt_sigaction(act->sa_restorer) points to
uninitialised byte(s)
==26831==    at 0x4282547: __libc_sigaction (in /lib/libc-2.10.1.so)
==26831==    by 0x403C693: download_internal (dload.c:152)
==26831==    by 0x403D0E4: _alpm_download_single_file (dload.c:311)
==26831==    by 0x4033B72: alpm_db_update (be_files.c:319)
==26831==    by 0x805205E: pacman_sync (sync.c:257)
==26831==    by 0x804EE54: main (pacman.c:1120)
==26831==  Address 0xbec6cc08 is on thread 1's stack
==26831==

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:25:39 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
3d67d9b16c makepkg, repo-add: replace external commands with bash substitutions where possible
This also removes the awk dependency from makepkg and repo-add.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:24:36 -05:00
Gan Lu
5ffc1ad3cd fix for zh_CN
bash is not able to handle positional parameters

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-20 22:22:05 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
4281a1a7f2 Size handling was changed in fgets() functions
Pacman's fgets function in the API used hardcoded numbers to identify the size.
This is not good practice, so replace them with sizeof handling.

Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-19 07:37:53 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
f9582c7df2 Replace hardcoded option numbers with enumeration
Pacman's long option parsing used hardcoded numbers to identify them.
This is not good practice, so replace them with enumeration constants.

Signed-off-by: Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-12 23:42:36 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
2cabe336eb Introduce new PKGBUILD variable changelog
Currently, a changelog is added to a package if a specific file with a
hardcoded name exists in the PKGBUILD's directory. This approach is not
pretty and also inconsistent with the handling of install files, but it
works.

With the introduction of split PKGBUILDs, however, a drawback in this
old behavior has arisen: you only have the possibility to include one
specific changelog file in either every package defined in the PKGBUILD
or in none.

The use of an additional variable, `changelog`, works around this issue
and makes it possible to include a changelog in only some of the
packages, and besides, each package of the PKGBUILD can have its own
changelog file.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:35:20 -05:00
Allan McRae
da5fb3ee4f Fix Greek short Y/N translation
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:34:43 -05:00
solsTiCe d'Hiver
e3ac806262 use bitwise shift operator in enum "bit field"
This offers a cleaner way to deal with constant in enum and allow easy
maintainance

Signed-off-by: solsTiCe d'Hiver <solstice.dhiver@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 22:13:49 -05:00
Cedric Staniewski
c7d8601e12 Fix stderr redirection
When redirecting both stderr and stdout and using the 2>&1 construct,
you have to redirect stdout first. Otherwise stderr will be redirected to
the 'old' stdout and not to the new resource.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Staniewski <cedric@gmx.ca>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 16:34:47 -05:00
Laszlo Papp
ab3c6f01f5 Remove makepath function from frontend
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:52:12 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
72bc947cbb Fix "-Sd conflict_pkg" bug
If the -d switch was invoked with -S (or -U), the removes list was simply
lost, because trans->remove was computed in an
"if(!(trans->flags & PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPS))" block.

I've added a new pactest file, sync045.py (derived from sync043.py) to test
this.

Additionally, I did some other minor cleanups in sync_prepare:
 * preferred list is not needed anymore
 * I removed a needless alpm_list_remove_dupes line (the target list should
   not contain dupes at all)
 * I moved alpm_list_free(remove); to cleanup part to eliminate a possible
   memleak

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:30:52 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3dc87851cc alpm_list : add new alpm_list_diff_sorted function
This is more efficient than alpm_list_diff since it assumes the two lists
are sorted. And also we get the two sides of the diff.

Even sorting should more efficient than the current list_diff. Sorting the
two lists should be O(n*log(n)+m*log(m)) while the current list_diff is
O(n*m). So I also reimplemented list_diff using list_diff_sorted.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:28:10 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
14ab02e289 Rework the alpm_unpack functions
Add support to extract a list of entries

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:18:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
471b1fa543 update sync200 pactest
update download -> fetch

This just meant that we used XferCommand even if internal download was
available, no big deal.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:12:44 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
caea098c21 cygwin fix : use unsigned char for ctype function
See http://www.nabble.com/-PATCH-RFA--Distinguish-between-EOF-and-character-with-value-0xff-td23161772.html#a23188494

cygwin 1.7 actually displays a warning when using signed char with the ctype
function, so that compilation fails when using -Wall -Werror.

So we just cast all arguments to unsigned char.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 15:12:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
35bbc96b99 replace rankmirrors by bash clone
This removes python optdepends in pacman package

This bash clone is a courtesy of
Matthew Bruenig <matthewbruenig@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
2009-10-11 15:08:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
302310c5aa Minor scope/typing cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
4828d9ef7c libalpm: clean up lock function
We were doing a lot of manual work; leverage the standard library a bit to
do more for us.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
6e312220ec Reduce calls to list_count() in removing package
We don't need to count the number of packages left once per file when
removing; we only need to do it once per package. Also move a variable into
the correct scope.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
3bc8c28ce3 Add missing get_usedelta() method
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:42:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
145103aacc typing: a few more fixes for special int types
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 14:41:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
35dc9b0314 int typing: s/unsigned short/int/ in libalpm
After our recent screwup with size_t and ssize_t in the download code, I
found the `-Wsign-conversion` flag to GCC to see if we were doing anything
else boneheaded. I didn't find anything quite as bad, but we did have some
goofups- most of our public unsigned methods would return -1 on error, which
is a bit odd in an unsigned context.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 13:51:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
cf0d619670 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-10-11 12:57:57 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5e03941ee5 alpm_list : fix a bug in alpm_list_remove
A NULL list element triggered an infinite loop. Not cool :)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:55 -05:00
Christos Nouskas
f15c8d4616 Minor fix to Greek translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:33 -05:00
甘露(Lu.Gan)
aea22ac2fd Update Chinese translation
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-10-11 12:55:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
8e7652f1af Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
2009-09-29 21:08:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
2071286770 repo-add: clean up options parsing
-f/--force has been dead for a while, so kill it off. In addition, the
check for > 2 args is pretty useless when you do something like:
  repo-add -q -q
or a more legit:
  repo-add -q /path/to/mine.db.tar.gz

So instead make repo-add just return 1 when it doesn't do anything with
the database which seems to make more sense.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-23 22:46:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
86d4b8a3aa Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-22 21:38:16 -05:00
Allan McRae
5bea2c08a3 makepkg: tidy usage output
Various tidying to the usage output
 - change "--config <config>" to "--config <file>" to prevent wrapping in a 80 character wide terminal
 - re-alphabetise options, including moving all long only opts to the end
 - use same indentation for additional pacman options
 - remove useless comment

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 19:01:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0f834c93c7 testdb : fix many memleaks
Yes, it was that bad :P

We still have memleaks left because we cannot free the error data returned
by libalpm, but pacman has the same issue.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-22 18:46:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
03470c51ca Allow cache cleaning to process all cache directories
Previously we only looked at the first cache directory returned by the
library. This allows us to look at all cache directories for cleaning.

In addition, change the way we do a full (-Scc) cache cleaning operation.
Instead of removing the parent directory, remove each package one-by-one as
in the -Sc case. This would be ideal for someone mounting a cache directory
over NFS, as it ensures we don't wipe out the mountpoint from underneath the
directory.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:12:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
ece8f6fb0b Propagate return status up in DB cleaning code
We didn't look at the return status of sync_cleandb() in sync_cleandb_all().
Make it do so and return it up the call chain.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:09:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
e6efd1932b Add missing closedir calls in cache cleanup
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-21 08:03:07 -05:00
Dan McGee
72883e3bcb Fully implement database lazy loading
Commit 34e1413d75 attempted to implement lazy loading of package databases.
Although it took care of my main complaint (creating the database directory
if it didn't exist), it didn't allow sync repos to be registered before
alpm_option_set_dbpath() had been called.

With this patch, we no longer compute the individual repository DB paths
until necessary, allowing full lazy loading to work as intended, and
allowing us to drop the extra setlibpath() calls from the frontend. This
allows the changes introduced in a2cd48960 (but later reverted) to be added
back in again.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 12:19:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
6bfca2fd14 Merge branch 'maint'
Message updates made this one a bit messy, but nothing too bad.

Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/add.c
	lib/libalpm/remove.c
2009-09-20 12:09:10 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
ef37168770 Ask user confirmation for -R operation, too
After commit 0da96abc, pacman always asks user confirmation for -U, so it is
more coherent to doing that for -R, too.

Btw, most users use -Rs always, so they won't notice any change. In the old
code the -Ru operation was forgotten: Though it is a not "dangerous" operation,
but the target list can be changed by that, too.

Non-interactive scripts should always use --noconfirm (unexpected questions can
be asked by all transactions). [That's why we should always default to the
safest answers.]

I've also added a pkglist != NULL sanity check (because -Ru can empty target
list in trans_prepare part).

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 12:01:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
481014e944 delta : simple code refactoring
This will make the code re-usable for other purpose.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 11:57:12 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f4809dcc9c sync.c : duplicate the target before modifying it
It was probably a bad idea to modify the target directly in case of
repo/pkg syntax.

Duplicating it also allows us to keep the original target string, which
is more informative when printing errors.

Also remove a duplicated error message from libalpm, and improve the
message already returned to the frontend.

$ pacman -S foo/bar

before
error: repository 'foo' not found
error: 'bar': no such repository

after
error: 'foo/bar': could not find repository for target

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-20 11:56:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
95cb4b6874 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-14 22:10:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b4317a740a Change the interface for target loading
-int alpm_trans_sysupgrade(int enable_downgrade);
-int alpm_trans_sync(char *target);
-int alpm_trans_add(char *target);
-int alpm_trans_remove(char *target);
+int alpm_sync_sysupgrade(int enable_downgrade);
+int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
+int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
+int alpm_add_target(char *target);
+int alpm_remove_target(char *target);

* functions renaming
* add new sync_dbtarget which allows to specify the db
* repo/ syntax handling is moved to frontend
( should implement FS#15141)
* group handling is moved to backend
( see http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html )
2009-09-12 13:06:43 +02:00
Nagy Gabor
19e07eb8e8 Re-enable REMOVE_PKGS test in pactest suite
With the help of --ask switch it is possible to test remove_unresolvable
feature, so I reverted the change of commit f2061c5f on ignore005.py with
--ask=32 added.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:18:13 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
8ff3b87066 Remove transaction type
This basically started with this change :

 /* Transaction */
 struct __pmtrans_t {
-       pmtranstype_t type;
        pmtransflag_t flags;
        pmtransstate_t state;
-       alpm_list_t *packages;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */
+       alpm_list_t *add;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */
+       alpm_list_t *remove;      /* list of (pmpkg_t *) */

And then I have to modify all the code accordingly.
2009-09-08 22:17:41 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
0da96abc90 Use sync.c for upgrade transaction prepare and commit
This patch utilizes the power of sync.c to fix FS#3492 and FS#5798.
Now an upgrade transaction is just a sync transaction internally (in alpm),
so all sync features are available with -U as well:
* conflict resolving
* sync dependencies from sync repos
* remove unresolvable targets

See http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008725.html
for the concept.

We use "mixed" target list, where PKG_FROM_FILE origin indicates local
package file, PKG_FROM_CACHE indicates sync package. The front-end can add
only one type of packages (depending on transaction type) atm, but if alpm
resolves dependencies for -U, we may get a real mixed trans->packages list.

_alpm_pkg_free_trans() was modified so that it can handle both target types
_alpm_add_prepare() was removed, we use _alpm_sync_prepare() instead
_alpm_add_commit() was renamed to _alpm_upgrade_targets()

sync.c (and deps.c) was modified slightly to handle mixed target lists,
the modifications are straightforward. There is one notable change here: We
don't create new upgrade trans in sync.c, we replace the pkgcache entries
with the loaded package files in the target list (this is a bit hackish) and
call _alpm_upgrade_targets(). This implies a TODO (pkg->origin_data.db is
not accessible anymore), but it doesn't hurt anything with pacman front-end,
so it will be fixed later (otherwise this patch would be huge).

I updated the documentation of -U and I added a new pactest, upgrade090.py,
to test the syncdeps feature of -U.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:04:14 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
b7db46d610 Do not remove conflict by default
When a conflict is detected, pacman asks if the user wants to remove
the conflicting package.  In many cases this is a bad idea.  e.g.

udev conflicts with initscripts (initscripts<2009.07).
Remove initscripts [Y/n]

This changes the query to [y/N].

The --noconfirm behavior has been also changed, because it chooses the
default answer. Since the yes answer is more interesting in our pactests
dealing with conflicts, I inserted '--ask=4' to all of them with one
exception: sync042.py tests the no answer.

(I also fixed a typo in sync043.py)

Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2009-09-08 22:03:24 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
90e3e026d1 Re-add the non-user friendly --ask option
This re-implements the --ask option which was removed in commit
1ff8e7f364.

This option does not have to be exposed to the user (help,doc,etc), but is
very very useful for pactest if we want to have more coverage there.

This was rewritten in a smarter way, without code duplication. And with a
different behavior : this option is now only used to inverse default
behavior to questions.

We still use bit operations based on the following struct :
/* Transaction Conversations (ie, questions) */
typedef enum _pmtransconv_t {
        PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG = 0x01,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_REPLACE_PKG = 0x02,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_CONFLICT_PKG = 0x04,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_CORRUPTED_PKG = 0x08,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_LOCAL_NEWER = 0x10,
        PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_PKGS = 0x20,
} pmtransconv_t;

for each conv matched, the default answer is inversed.

--ask 0 : all default answers are preserved
--ask 4 : only conflict question is inversed
--ask 63 : all questions are inversed (63 == 1+2+4+8+16+32)

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 22:02:08 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
12b55958d8 Add a new reason field to pmconflict_t struct
Sometimes "foo conflicts with bar" information is not enough, see this
thread: http://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?id=77647. That's why I added
a new reason field to our pmconflict_t struct that stores the packager-
defined conflict that induced the fact that package1 conflicts with
package2.

I modified the front-end (in callback.c, sync.c, upgrade.c) to print this
new information as well.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
2009-09-08 21:58:52 -05:00
Nagy Gabor
902dfe5900 Change Y/n to y/N with REMOVE_PKGS (remove_unresolvable) callback
The main reason for this change is that scripts could not catch the removed
targets with -S --noconfirm (the return value was 0). So the effect of a
pacman command may have differed from the expected one. Moreover, for my
taste the default no answer is better (I wanted to install the specified
targets, not a subset of them).

I had to change some pactest files as well, because now the default behavior
is not to remove unresolvable targets. In fact, the only pactest file that
tested this feature was ignore005.py.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 21:54:51 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
f53d9bab0e Allow '-Su foo' operation
This implements FS#15581

'-Su foo' should be more or less equivalent do '-Su ; -S foo'

Note : I moved a block of code to a new process_target function

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-08 21:45:17 -05:00
Dan McGee
cd5b029e93 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-07 15:17:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
43e16b373b rewrite strreplace
* just do one malloc call

* p = realloc(p, new_size) was not good
(see http://www.iso-9899.info/wiki/Why_not_realloc)

* use more efficient strncpy instead of strncat

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:16:50 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
cb1d4195bf use strreplace in the xfercommand code
this operation was re-implemented using static strings, instead of using the
existing strreplace function

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-07 15:16:47 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
2f19072632 fix small memleak in an error case
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 19:15:12 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
845f21207c libalpm/util.c : remove _alpm_strreplace
This function is unused since commit
358cc5804a.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: also kill from util.h]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 19:09:45 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
0845b2f13c sanity check for optdepends syntax
only allow optdepends like:
pkgname: description

some (real) examples of invalid optdepends:
 'tcl, python and/or ruby: to use corresponding binding'
 'xorg-fonts-75dpi : X bitmap fonts needed for the interface'
 'ruby-htmlentities (AUR): for one provider named Deastore'
 'xpdf - for pdf'

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Allan: rebase off de39a1f6 and adjust man page]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:52:47 -05:00
Oleg Finkelshteyn
5dbd00faf7 Don't wrap lines when we don't have a column size
For example when we are not in a tty, there is no point in wrapping the
output. This actually makes the job harder for scripts.

$ pacman -Si binutils | grep Desc
Description           : A set of programs to assemble and manipulate binary and

The description was cut because the rest was on the following line.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: use printf everywhere]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:50:20 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
c88ac86292 Log commandline in pacman/alpm log
This implements FS#11452.

Original-work-by: silvio <silvio@port1024.net>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:17:17 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
6e1b1aea59 Add pactest for 'any' architecture
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 16:04:05 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
b53aa87ea9 makepkg : check for invalid backup entry
This implements FS#13551

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:57:30 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
cb07265851 makepkg : refactor run_build and run_package
These two functions were very similar.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:57:14 -05:00
Henning Garus
545eac145d makepkg: exit on error during build() or package()
Set the ERR trap to abort upon encountering an error during the execution
of a build or package function.

Activate set -E, which lets functions inherit the ERR trap.

Signed-off-by: Henning Garus <henning.garus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:56:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
b9dd8ce233 Merge branch 'maint' 2009-09-06 15:54:11 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
65c1f06be5 Allow $arch to be used in Server
similarly to the $repo variable, Server can now contain $arch, which will be
automatically replaced by the appropriate architecture.

This allows us to have one universal mirrorlist file, for both i686 and x86_64,
woohoo!

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:53:54 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
5b27e78ba0 Check package arch before installing
This implements FS#15622

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:51:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
594621cbeb Add Architecture and --arch option
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-09-06 15:50:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
92f0775e76 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/dload.c
2009-08-18 20:49:25 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
7dae79e7b9 dload.c : various fixes
- fix one memleak if get_filename failed

- cleanup according to Joerg's feedback:

"url_for_string: If fetchParseURL returned successful, you should always
have a scheme set. The logic for anonftp should only be needed for very
broken server -- do you know of any such?

download_internal:
Specifying 'p' is now a nop -- it is tried by default first with
fall-back to active FTP."

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
[Dan: remove from pacman.conf and pacman.conf.5]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-18 20:47:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
7bb9c4098b Merge branch 'maint' 2009-08-08 11:23:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
e8806748ec Fix nonsensical replace
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:23:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
619d1fcf7f Pass all xsltproc-opts in one argument
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:22:52 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
3cf0ee98c0 dload.c : only call fwrite once
I assume the loop was never iterated more than once, because the write
location was not updated at each loop iteration (buffer instead of buffer +
nwritten), yet we never had reports of corrupted download.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:17:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
68200676d2 Be consistent with naming of handle_deps function
All other "dep" functions (check_deps, resolve_deps, remove_deps)
have underscores separating words.

Being consistent, convert handledeps to handle_deps.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:13:48 -05:00
Xavier Chantry
d7675e393f dload.c : change the way to check for mtimes
libfetch supports checking mtime so we do not need to do it manually.

when the databases are already up-to-date, initiating a connection with
fetchXGet and closing it right after with fetchIO_close took a very long
time (up to 10min!) on some network.

Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2009-08-08 11:13:33 -05:00
577 changed files with 117621 additions and 59163 deletions

27
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,30 +1,21 @@
Makefile
Makefile.in
mkinstalldirs
*~
*.o
aclocal.m4
autom4te.cache
config.guess
config.h
config.h.in
config.log
config.status
config.status.lineno
config.rpath
config.sub
configure
configure.lineno
depcomp
install-sh
libtool
ltmain.sh
missing
stamp-h1
*.o
*~
root
tags
cscope.out
cscope.in.out
cscope.out
cscope.po.out
libtool
Makefile
Makefile.in
pacman-*.tar.gz
root
stamp-h1
tags

30
.mailmap Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org> <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Nezmer <git@nezmer.info> <Nezmer@allurelinux.org>
Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>

18
.tx/config Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
[main]
host = https://www.transifex.net
[archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
source_lang = en
[archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot]
file_filter = src/pacman/po/<lang>.po
source_file = src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
source_lang = en
[archlinux-pacman.pacman-scripts-pot]
file_filter = scripts/po/<lang>.po
source_file = scripts/po/pacman-scripts.pot
source_lang = en

17
AUTHORS
View File

@@ -1,16 +1 @@
Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Miklós Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
Josh Wheeler <deltalima@gmail.com>
David Kimpe <DNAku@frugalware.org>
James Rosten <seinfeld90@gmail.com>
Roman Kyrylych <Roman.Kyrylych@gmail.com>
Andrew Fyfe <andrew@neptune-one.net>
Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Nathan Jones <nathanj@insightbb.com>
Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Use `git shortlog -s` for a list of contributors.

59
HACKING
View File

@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Coding style
1. All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
this file) By default, source files contain the following VIM modeline:
+
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
2. When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ Coding style
braces, even if it's just a one-line block. This reduces future error when
blocks are expanded beyond one line.
+
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
for(lp = list; lp; lp = lp->next) {
newlist = _alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
}
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ while(it) {
if(fn) {
fn(it->data);
} else {
return(1);
return 1;
}
free(it);
it = ptr;
}
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
3. When declaring a new function, put the opening and closing braces on their
own line. Also, when declaring a pointer, do not put a space between the
asterisk and the variable name.
+
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
}
...
}
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
4. Comments should be ANSI-C89 compliant. That means no `// Comment` style;
use only `/* Comment */` style.
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
NOT
// This is a comment
5. Return statements should be written like a function call.
5. Return statements should *not* be written like function calls.
return(0);
NOT
return 0;
NOT
return(0);
6. The sizeof() operator should accept a type, not a value. (TODO: in certain
cases, it may be better- should this be a set guideline? Read "The Practice
@@ -101,38 +101,51 @@ Currently our #include usage is in messy shape, but this is no reason to
continue down this messy path. When adding an include to a file, follow this
general pattern, including blank lines:
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
#include "config.h"
#include <standardheader.h>
#include <another.h>
#include <...>
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
Follow this with some more headers, depending on whether the file is in libalpm
or pacman proper. For libalpm:
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
/* libalpm */
#include "yourfile.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "anythingelse.h"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
For pacman:
[code,C]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
#include <alpm.h>
#include <alpm_list.h>
/* pacman */
#include "yourfile.h"
#include "anythingelse.h"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-------------------------------------------
GDB and Valgrind Usage
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When using GDB or valgrind on pacman, you will want to run it on the actual
binary rather than the shell script wrapper produced by libtool. The actual
binary lives at `src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman`, and will exist after running
`./src/pacman/pacman` at least once.
For example, to run valgrind:
./src/pacman/pacman
valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

View File

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ properly build pacman.
libarchive
http://code.google.com/p/libarchive/
libfetch
ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/net/libfetch/README.html
libcurl
http://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc po pactest contrib
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc test/pacman test/util contrib
if WANT_DOC
SUBDIRS += doc
endif
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
@@ -12,15 +14,20 @@ EXTRA_DIST = HACKING
# Sample makepkg prototype files
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
dist_pkgdata_DATA = PKGBUILD.proto PKGBUILD-split.proto proto.install ChangeLog.proto
dist_pkgdata_DATA = \
proto/PKGBUILD.proto \
proto/PKGBUILD-split.proto \
proto/proto.install \
proto/ChangeLog.proto
# run the pactest test suite and vercmp tests
check-local: pactest src/pacman src/util
$(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/pactest/pactest.py --debug=1 \
--test $(top_srcdir)/pactest/tests/*.py \
check-local: test/pacman test/util src/pacman src/util
LC_ALL=C $(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py --debug=1 \
--test $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/*.py \
-p $(top_builddir)/src/pacman/pacman
rm -rf $(top_builddir)/root
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/pactest/vercmptest.sh \
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/pacsorttest.sh \
$(top_builddir)/src/util/pacsort
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/vercmptest.sh \
$(top_builddir)/src/util/vercmp
# create the pacman DB and cache directories upon install
@@ -29,4 +36,9 @@ install-data-local:
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
update-po:
$(MAKE) -C lib/libalpm/po update-po
$(MAKE) -C scripts/po update-po
$(MAKE) -C src/pacman/po update-po
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

237
NEWS
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,240 @@
VERSION DESCRIPTION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.0.0 - well-integrated and powerful signed packages and databases
support in pacman, the library, and scripts (FS#5331)
- over 800 commits to pacman.git since 3.5.4 release
- many code cleanup commits across library/binaries/scripts
- many performance improvement commits across library/binaries
- add new -S --recursive operation to upgrade a full dep chain
- report upgrade size on sync operations (FS#12566)
- early terminal input is flushed before question prompts
- remove duplicate code shared in sync and upgrade operations
- remove ShowSize; replaced with VerbosePkgLists (FS#15772)
- print callback (warning, error) messages to stderr (FS#25099)
- download progress callback has more room for filenames
- fix selection entry for long values (FS#25253)
- make config parsing two-pass process, enhance error messages
- print helpful tips on -Qi <filename> or -S <filename>
- replace libfetch with libcurl for backend download library
- timeout when mirror is not responding (FS#15369)
- full HTTPS protocol support (FS#22435)
- support of non-traditional/redirected URLs (FS#22645)
- ensure downloads are only resumed if appropriate (FS#23803)
- only remove empty directories if no remaining owner (FS#25141)
- better cache directory choosing and honor $TMPDIR (FS#25435)
- replaces are parsed as dependency-style strings (FS#23410)
- split package verification and load stages
- sync database reading refactor for performance
- use a larger buffer for package checksum validation
- filelists now have a dedicated type with metadata
- diskspace check no longer requires iterating package archives
- update and add checksum routines from PolarSSL
- validate sync database sha256sum if available
- correctly parse sizes in database > 2GiB
- API: several type renames from pm* to alpm_* prefix
- API: several enum constant renames from PM to ALPM_* prefix
- API: several types are now public exposed structs
- API: handle is no longer a single global variable
- API: more changes than can be mentioned here, see README
- much improved API documentation for use by Doxygen
- pactest: several performance/checking improvements
- scripts:
- refactor some common components into shared bash library
- split translations into pacman-scripts catalog (FS#15148)
- makepkg:
- allow signing packages after creation
- allow verifying source file signatures (FS#20448)
- support UPX compression of executables (FS#17213)
- allow usage of an alternate build directory (FS#22308)
- cleancache option has been removed; use shell instead
- improved variable sanity checking (FS#16004)
- better handling of package extensions (.tar.Z or invalid)
- allow PKGEXT/SRCEXT environment overrides (FS#19860)
- only check for writable PKGDEST if necessary (FS#24735)
- check_software function exits early if missing req'd binaries
- do source packaging in fakeroot (FS#24330)
- be more POSIX-compatible in use of `ln` (FS#24893)
- handle spaces with filenames in noextract (FS#25100)
- allow epoch-versioned optdepends
- pacman-key: new keyring management tool for signed data
- pacsort: new utility, sort version numbers as pacman does
- pactree: support sync databases with -s option
- pkgdelta: add a manpage
- repo-add:
- handle and include package signatures in databases
- verify database signature before modification
- sign database after creation/modification
- general script cleanup and bash-ification
- add sha256sums to database (FS#23103)
- contrib/bacman: code cleanups and small bug fixes
- contrib/bash_completion: updates for new options/commands
- contrib/paccache: new, pacman cache cleanup script
- contrib/paclist: rewrite using bash
- contrib/paclog-pkglist: new, recover from missing local DB
- documentation: extensive updates to all manpages
- translations: extensive updates, new languages: lt, zh_TW
3.5.4 - fix display of lists on non-TTYs and other output fixes
- fix group selection entry for large inputs (FS#24253)
- fix divide by zero when downloading zero length files
- flush terminal input before reading response (FS#20538)
- allow files to be replaced by directories (FS#24904)
- makepkg: fix filenames with spaces and noextract (FS#25100)
- scripts: remove ln -f option for POSIX compliance (FS#24893)
- various small documentation updates
- minor translation updates: de, fi
3.5.3 - segfault when creating lock in non-existent dir (FS#24292)
- segfault when uninstalling broken backed-up symlink (FS#24230)
- --print should not enable --noconfirm (FS#24287)
- fix default path substitution in documentation
- makepkg: quote variables that may contain spaces (FS#24002)
- makepkg: fix creation of source package with -p (FS#24567)
- repo-add: include dotfiles in filelists (FS#24534)
- minor translation updates: de, fi, fr, sk, zh_CN
3.5.2 - ensure we show correct missing dependency info (FS#23424)
- pacman usage/--help updates (FS#23433, FS#23369)
- ensure stdout/stderr are flushed before prompts (FS#23492)
- compile/portability fixes for FreeBSD platform
- extensive documentation updates for alpm.h interfaces
- fix several missing pm_errno error code returns
- makepkg:
- simplify log redirection and remove sync (FS#23378)
- improve parsing for sanity checks (FS#23524)
- avoid use of `tr` to avoid locale and other issues
- fix GNU-ism in `su` invocation
- bacman: update for new local database format (FS#23641)
- extensive translation updates and fixes
3.5.1 - don't error on unknown pacman.conf directives (FS#23055)
- only read arguments from stdin if '-' is provided as target
- fix case with ignore handling in argument list (FS#23342)
- don't show group selection prompt with -Sp (FS#23340)
- restore old --debug/--verbose behavior (FS#23370)
- ensure repo DBs are saved with sane umask (FS#23343)
- fix segfault when a repo includes deltas entries (FS#23314)
- fix potential data corruption issue on sync DB read
- get zsh completion in a working state (FS#23322)
- makepkg: improve optdepends extraction (FS#23307)
- translations:
- de: fix makepkg fatal error (FS#23315)
- sr, sr@latin: new Serbian translation
- various other translation updates
- build system: ensure libtool respects LDFLAGS (FS#23325)
3.5.0 - sync DBs read directly from the database tarball
(FS#8586, FS#20233)
- local DB "depends" file has been merged into the "desc" file
- pacman-db-upgrade script provided to update the local
database format
- sync database extension is .db (without compression suffix)
- requires repo-add from pacman-3.4+
- package versions can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison
- this replaces the use of the "force" option in allowing for
package updates with versions that do not conform to the
default version comparison operations
- package versions have the format [epoch:]pkgver-pkgrel
- check available disk space before installing packages (FS#11639)
- enabled by the "CheckSpace" option in pacman.conf
- attempt to stop install if we hit an extraction issue
(FS#7692, FS#22034)
- improved interactive selection for groups/provides
(FS#19704, FS#19853)
- finer grained control of ignoring dependency resolution
- -Sd to ignore dependency versions only
- -Sdd to ignore all dependency information
- clean-up of --help output (FS#19526)
- CleanMethod for package cache cleaning can use both
KeepInstalled and KeepCurrent simultaneously
- various speed-ups:
- improved internal storage of the package cache
- faster pkgname/depends searches
- use OpenSSL crypto functions if available
- makepkg:
- add support for running testsuites in a check() function
(FS#15145)
- controlled by BUILDENV option 'check' in makepkg.conf
which may be overridden by --check/--nocheck on the
command-line
- extract any file bsdtar recognizes
- STRIP_DIRS has been removed in favor of stripping all
recognized files
- improve $srcdir/$pkgdir check to reduce false positives
- $pkgname can be used in split package() functions (FS#22174)
- added '!buildflags' option to allow unsetting of CFLAGS,
CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS
- repo-add: added -f/--files to create files database (FS#11302)
- pactree: rewritten in C using libalpm
3.4.3 - fix attempted double remove of all files issue during upgrades
- respect IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup for group members (FS#19854)
- back out epoch changes; 3.5.X will handle them differently
3.4.2 - fix progress bar display with empty packages
- make pactest testsuite Python 2.7 compatible
- write epoch values in preparation for 3.5.X releases
- fix null pointer dereference in architecture check (FS#21668)
- documentation: remove unnecessary "|| return 1"
- contrib/bacman: update package compression selection
- contrib/PKGBUILD.vim: add a few more license options
- translations: es, kk, sv, pt, ru updated
3.4.1 - fix interaction of --needed and multiple repo groups (FS#20221)
- bash completion: small fixes to prevent alias problems
- rankmirrors: fix bogus/empty variable assignment (FS#19911)
- repo-add: ensure bare DB symlinks are relative (FS#20498)
- repo-add: fallback to copy if symlink not permitted (FS#19907)
- makepkg:
- use absolute path to 'du' to exclude wrapper progs (FS#19932)
- ensure $startdir check doesn't stall indefinitely (FS#19975)
- fix repackaging with multiple passed packages (FS#20272)
- translations:
- zh_CN: fix crash when using during install (FS#20188)
- sk: new Slovak translation
- pt: new European Portuguese translation
- other small updates to various translations
3.4.0 - new "Architecture" option that will restrict pacman to
installing only packages from the given architecture. Can be
set to "auto" in which case the output of "uname -m" is used
- use "$arch" when specifying a mirror url to automatically
select the correct architecture
- Installing packages with -U can handle installing
dependencies, conflict resolution and replacing packages
(FS#3492, FS#5798)
- can upgrade the system and install a new package using
"pacman -Syu <pkg>" (FS#15581)
- new -D/--database operation for modifying package install
reasons (FS#12950)
- new --print and --print-format options to output information
in suitable format for wrapper scripts (FS#14208)
- only extract new entries when updating a repo database
- show "Required by" in -Sii output (FS#16244)
- -U and -R options always ask for confirmation
- allow -Qo to perform a functional 'which' (FS#8798)
- cache cleaning cleans all directories, not just first
- cleanupdelta: new utility to help remove unused deltas from
a repo database
- bash completion: rewrite for size and performance (FS#16630)
- repo-add: handle removing the final package from a repo
- rankmirrors: rewrite using bash
- vercmp: does not link to libalpm to prevent upgrade issues
- makepkg:
- automatically aborts on any errors during packaging
- changelogs are now included via the "changelog" variable
- override pkgver, pkgrel and arch in split packages (FS#15955)
- repackaging without a package() function is deprecated
- stricter syntax checking for backup and optdepends entries
- file stripping options are configurable
- New --pkg flag to allow building specific package(s) from
split PKGBUILDs (FS#15956)
- build() function is now optional (FS#15147)
- warn about reference to build root in a package (FS#14751)
- configure source package destination with SRCPKGDEST
- major internal refactoring of handling tests ("[" to "[[")
- contrib/pactree: print reverse dependency tree
3.3.3 - correctly check the return code from opendir()
- fix possible infinite loop in alpm_list_remove()
- makepkg:
- quote arrays to preserve spaces in arrays (FS#16871)
- allow passing arguments with spaces
- adjust preselected option for clearing cache
- translations:
- zh_CN: fix positional parameter usage in makepkg (FS#16983)
- el: fix Y/N response translation (FS#16568)
3.3.2 - fix infinite filesize download issue (FS#16359)
- fix bogus download size on TotalDownload
- documentation updates
@@ -418,7 +653,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- Makefile fix for nonstandard lib search paths (Kevin Piche)
- fixed the leftover directories in /tmp
- speed improvement patches from Tommi Rantala
2.9.2 - bugfix for 2.9.1
2.9.2 - bugfix for 2.9.1
2.9.1 - --refresh now only downloads fresh packages lists if they've
been updated (currently only works with FTP)
2.9 - Improved -Rs functionality -- pacman now tracks why a package

161
README
View File

@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ library is initialized.
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory (Default: /var/lib/pacman)
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
* usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
* nopassiveftp: Do not use passive FTP commands for ftp connections.
The following options also have `alpm_option_{add,remove}_*` functions, as the
values are list structures.
@@ -74,8 +73,8 @@ The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database
(Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
* localdb: A pmdb_t structure for the local (installed) database
* syncdbs: A list of pmdb_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
* localdb: A alpm_db_t structure for the local (installed) database
* syncdbs: A list of alpm_db_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
The following options are write-only, having ONLY alpm_option_set_* functions:
@@ -155,7 +154,7 @@ specified error code into a more friendly sentence, and alpm_strerrorlast()
does the same for the last error encountered (represented by pm_errno).
[List - alpm_list_t]
[List - alpm_list_t]
The alpm_list_t structure is a doubly-linked list for use with the libalpm
routines. This type is provided publicly so that frontends are free to use it
@@ -193,8 +192,8 @@ remove.c and sync.c).
The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf". Some
of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
control the output like showsize or totaldownload, or the behavior with
cleanmethod and syncfirst). The rest is used to configure the library.
control the output like totaldownload, or the behavior with cleanmethod and
syncfirst). The rest is used to configure the library.
[UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
@@ -296,3 +295,153 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.2 AND 3.3
- error codes:
PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED, PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED and
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.3 AND 3.4
===============================
[REMOVED]
- pmtranstype_t struct (transaction type), alpm_trans_get_type()
- alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp(), alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp()
[CHANGED]
- interface for target loading:
- alpm_trans_addtarget() and alpm_trans_sysupgrade() were removed
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() can be used to add a sync target
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade() can be used to add outdated packages (for sysupgrade)
- alpm_add_target() can be used to add an add/upgrade target
- alpm_remove_target() can be used to add a remove target
- interface for target listing:
- alpm_trans_get_pkgs() was removed
- alpm_pkg_get_removes() was removed
- alpm_trans_get_add() can be used to list add/upgrade/sync targets
- alpm_trans_get_remove() can be used to list to-be-removed packages
- the type parameter of alpm_trans_init() was removed
- the type of alpm_db_fetch callback function: mtimeold and mtimenew parameters
were replaced by force parameter
- unsigned short -> int changes for Boolean variables
[ADDED]
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason()
- alpm_option_get_arch(), alpm_option_set_arch()
- alpm_option_get_usedelta()
- alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
- alpm_conflict_get_reason()
- error code: PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
===============================
[REMOVED]
- alpm_db_register_local()
- alpm_pkg_has_force()
- alpm_depcmp()
[CHANGED]
- alpm_trans_cb_progress type had some types changed from int to size_t
- alpm_cb_log format string is now const char *
- the interface to add/remove targets:
- functions take pmpkg_t * rather than char *.
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() are replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
- alpm_add_target() is replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
- alpm_remove_target() is replaced by alpm_remove_pkg()
- packages can come from:
- alpm_db_get_pkg() for normal targets
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() for versioned provisions
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs() for groups
- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexibile alpm_find_satisfier()
- size_t used for alpm_list_t sizes
- return type for alpm_list_count()
- parameter type in alpm_list_msort() and alpm_list_nth()
[ADDED]
- alpm_option_get_checkspace(), alpm_option_set_checkspace()
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs()
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
- error codes:
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
- flags
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
===============================
[REMOVED]
- error codes:
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH, PM_ERR_WRITE
- alpm_option_set_root(), alpm_option_set_dbpath()
- alpm_list_first()
- alpm_grp_get_name(), alpm_grp_get_pkgs()
- alpm_delta_get_from(), alpm_delta_get_to(), alpm_delta_get_filename(),
alpm_delta_get_md5sum(), alpm_delta_get_size()
- alpm_miss_get_target(), alpm_miss_get_dep(), alpm_miss_get_causingpkg()
- alpm_dep_get_mod(), alpm_dep_get_name(), alpm_dep_get_version()
- alpm_conflict_get_package1(), alpm_conflict_get_package2(),
alpm_conflict_get_reason()
- alpm_fileconflict_get_target(), alpm_fileconflict_get_type(),
alpm_fileconflict_get_file(), alpm_fileconflict_get_ctarget()
- alpm_db_get_url()
[CHANGED]
- PM_ prefixes for enum values are now ALPM_
- pm prefixes for structs and enums are now alpm_
- alpm_initialize now has parameters: char *root, char *dbpath,
_alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
- alpm_release now takes an alpm_handle_t *.
- alpm_db_register_sync() now requires a extra parameter of a alpm_siglevel_t.
- alpm_pkg_load() now requires an extra parameter of an alpm_siglevel_t
- alpm_db_setserver() replaced by alpm_db_set_servers(), alpm_db_add_server(),
alpm_db_remove_server()
- alpm_trans_init() no longer takes callbacks, set those using
alpm_option_set_*cb() functions
- many functions now require a first parameter of an alpm_handle_t *:
- alpm_option_get_*
- alpm_option_set_*
- alpm_option_add_*
- alpm_option_remove_*
- alpm_trans_*
- alpm_add_pkg
- alpm_checkconflicts
- alpm_checkdeps
- alpm_db_register_sync
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason
- alpm_db_unregister_all
- alpm_fetch_pkgurl
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier
- alpm_logaction
- alpm_pkg_load
- alpm_release
- alpm_remove_pkg
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade
- several structs are no longer opaque
- alpm_conflict_t
- alpm_delta_t
- alpm_depend_t
- alpm_depmissing_t
- alpm_depmod_t
- alpm_fileconflict_t
- alpm_group_t
- alpm_pkg_reason_t
[ADDED]
- option functions:
alpm_{get,set}_eventcb(), alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb(),
alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
- package signing functions:
alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(), alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(),
alpm_option_get_gpgdir(), alpm_option_set_gpgdir(), alpm_db_get_siglevel(),
alpm_siglist_cleanup(), alpm_db_check_pgp_signature(), alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature(),
alpm_pkg_get_origin(), alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum(), alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
- list functions:
alpm_list_to_array(), alpm_list_previous()
- structs:
alpm_backup_t, alpm_file_t, alpm_filelist_t
- enums:
alpm_siglevel_t, alpm_sigstatus_t, alpm_sigvalidity_t, alpm_pkgfrom_t
- error codes:
ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING

View File

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
== This is my custom TODO file ==
* transaction object should contain two package list (install and remove)
instead of a single list of syncpkgs - this should allow us to get rid of that
type. This also requires seperate functionality to return a list of
"replaces" packages to the front end, so the frontend can handle the QUESTION()
stuff in that case
* libalpm -> front end communication needs a work-up. Both progress functions
can be combined into one callback, IFF we adjust it to accept a prefix string
for the progress bars, and format it at the lib side. Question functions
should also do the same - create the string at the library side, and simply
call some sort of int yes_no = ask_question("Do foo with bar?");
* move logging (alpm_logaction) out of the library. log files should be
written by the app, not the library. Adding a PM_LOG_* constant that
frontends can recognize and send to a file is probably a good idea.
* clear up list allocation/deallocation - some lists need to be free'd, some
do not and there is no clear indication WHEN this should happen.
* remove DB entries (directories) on a read error?
* Add a pm_errstr error string, which will allow us to do things like:
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
pm_errstr = archive_error_string(archive);
or:
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD;
pm_errstr = downloadLastErrString;
This way we don't break abstraction when returning specific errors in
cases like the above.
* pacman: A LOT of functions are way too long. There should be an upper limit of
100-200 lines. _alpm_add_commit is around 600 lines, and is far too complex.
* pacman: fixup doxygen documentation for public interface
* feature for 3.1: package file hooks *
I've been planning on this one for some time. Here's a simple rundown:
in /etc/pacman.d/hooks:
Hook /usr/include/* : /usr/bin/ctags -R /usr/include/*.h -f /usr/include/systags
This will allow us to make "global hooks" to simplify a lot of repetitive
install files (scrollkeeper, depmod, etc). This also allows us to move
ldconfig out of pacman entirely.
possible: /etc/pacman.hooks/* files for hooks, so packages can add them too
* feature for 3.1: multiple search/match types
option: MatchType regex (current way)
MatchType fnmatch (use fnmatch to match things like 'pacman -S gnome*')
MatchType plain (no matching. expect plain text).
* feature for 3.1: revamp the autotools system. I'd LOVE to use a manual system
like wmii and friends do. It'd be real nice if we could just do away with
autotools altogether.
**** BUGS ****
* Removal of conflicts on -A and -U (INCOMPLETE)

101
TODO.dan
View File

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
TODO.dan
========
This is my personal TODO list. No guarantees if it is out of date and things no
longer apply. If you want to help out with any of it, send me an email.
Pacman 3.1:
-----------
Downgrade feature - allow users to see cached packages and downgrade to
(previous or any?) available options.
Installed size and download size in -Si/Qi output should scale with package
size- KB to MB to GB. We should also get consistancy of K/KB, M/MB, etc.
Extreme similarity between some of the sync and add code...we have to be able
to abstract more away from sync actions and add actions to just 'actions'
(example: sync,c, add.c, and deptest.c all contain a switch on PM_DEP_MOD_*).
Merge update, add, and sync code when possible, so we reduce duplication.
Review progress/transaction event subsystem. (from TODO)
Add Doxygen comments to every function in libalpm including private functions.
Ensure functions are doing exactly their purpose and nothing more. Find
functions that perform duplicate behavior and merge them. Combine and refactor
others. Delete unnecessary functions. Stop keeping everything clustered in
little add/sync/remove parts, allow transactions to share code.
Go through options list. Decide if namings are good, all options are still
relevant, etc. Ideas for -Re (#6273), changing meaning of -c (has two meanings,
another FS bug), etc. Remove the -A flag and possibly -D, -T, and -Y (-Y is
killed now in favor of vercmp binary) if they can be done by other actions.
Possible switch of -U --> -I (#5571).
Review display and logging functions. There seems to be an abundance of them.
Make it extensible to use color, review what verbose/debug means. Perhaps
separate logging functionality- Pacman has its normal log, and alpm backend
keeps a very simple log file - listing only adds (including syncs) and removes.
This way a consistency list can be kept of what is currently installed and what
isn't, without all the logging junk from the front end.
Profile the code. Find the functions that are being called a lot, and see what
can be done about it. Find out if all these calls are necessary (e.g. excessive
alpm_list_count calls), and maybe think about changing data structures to speed
operations up (e.g. a 'count' field). NOTE: already found two huge issues with
quick profiling- excessive setlocale calls, and extremely excessive strcmp
calls.
Fix other localized issues- use non-printf when necessary. We may need to use
some wchar_t output on the progress bar as char/byte counts differ here. Sizes
of packages (e.g. 10,400.23 MB) should all be localized with correct
seperators.
Rewrite makepkg to use terminal-safe coloring/bolding. tput utility should
allow us to do this. Make universal message functions for systemwide use,
including all pacman utilites- abs, pacman-optimize, etc.
Bugs/FRs to smash: 6468, 6437, 6430?, 6420, 6404, 6389, 6312?, 6284, 6273?,
6255?, 6208, 5987, 5885, 5571, 4182, 3492, 2810?, 1769, 1588, 1571
Update doxygen comments, they may need some work. Try to document all of the
private internal functions too- it helps a ton for people just getting a
start on pacman hacking.
Other smaller things:
---------------------
unsigned int vs. unsigned- determine a standard and stick with it
FS #4185 - move where message is logged, perhaps?
Update copyrights (2007)
Update pacman website, and add/finish pacman coding style page
Refine makepkg error codes. Each kind of failure could have its own code:
--package already built
--failed integ checks
--failed build
--etc.
Add utility function to either frontend or backend to convert sizes: e.g. bytes
to KB, MB, GB.
Revamp the downloadprog function a bit. Seems kind of messy.
--print-uri option to sync should not require saying yes or no to up to date
Build a replacement for this, or at least standardize its use. We shouldn't
always need to pass handle->root around, it is constant. Something like char*
buildpath(file).
/* build the new entryname relative to handle->root */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, entryname);
Random ideas:
-------------
Possibly split utilities/extras from pacman package
Make .indent.pro file for GNU indent (started, but didn't finish)

View File

@@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
Thanks to all of those who have helped translate pacman, both in the past
and currently. Here are some of the current translators (past translators
can be found by looking in the GIT history).
Thanks to all of those who have helped translate pacman, both in the past and
currently. Our translations are currently maintained in Transifex; please read
doc/translation-help.txt for more details.
If your language is listed here and you are interested in helping translate,
contact either the pacman mailing list at pacman-dev@archlinux.org, or one
of the translators listed above.
Below is a list of past translators before we switched to Transifex; more can
be found by looking in the GIT history.
If your language is not listed here and you wish it was, let the pacman mailing
list know you are interested in making a translation. We will be happy to add
your language to the mix.
If your language is not already in the various po/ subdirectories and you wish
it was, set up a team in Transifex for your language and we will be happy to
add your language to the mix.
Catalan (ca):
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org>
Czech (cs):
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
German (de):
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ Italian (it):
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
Kazakh (kk):
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov <baurthefirst@gmail.com>
Norwegian (nb_NO):
Norwegian (nb):
Hans-Kristian Arntzen <maister@archlinux.us>
Polish (pl):
Mateusz Herych <heniekk@gmail.com>
@@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ Russian (ru):
Vitaly Dolgov <ferhiord@gmail.com>
Oleg Finkelshteyn <olegfink@gmail.com>
Vladimir Bayrakovskiy <4rayven@gmail.com>
Swedish (sv_SE):
Swedish (sv):
Christian Larsson <congacx@gmail.com>
Turkish (tr):
Samed Beyribey <ras0ir@eventualis.org>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -18,20 +18,15 @@ rm -f scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f pactest{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f test/{pacman,util}{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f contrib/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f pactest/*.pyc
rm -f test/pacman/*.pyc
rm -f doc/html/*.html
rm -f doc/man3/*.3
rm -f po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f po/POTFILES
rm -f po/stamp-po
rm -f po/*.gmo
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/POTFILES
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/stamp-po
rm -f lib/libalpm/po/*.gmo
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/POTFILES
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/stamp-po
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/*.gmo

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#!/bin/sh -xu
aclocal
aclocal -I m4 --install
autoheader
automake --foreign
autoconf

255
config.guess vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2008-01-23'
timestamp='2010-08-21'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ timestamp='2008-01-23'
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context
# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
# entry.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
# don't specify an explicit build system type.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ if test $# != 0; then
exit 1
fi
trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
trap 'exit 1' HUP INT TERM
# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
set_cc_for_build='
trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" HUP INT PIPE TERM ;
: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
| grep -q __ELF__
then
# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
@@ -324,14 +325,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
esac ;;
s390x:SunOS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
eval $set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH="i386"
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
fi
fi
echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
@@ -532,7 +552,7 @@ EOF
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:[456])
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
@@ -640,7 +660,7 @@ EOF
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
grep -q __LP64__
then
HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
else
@@ -791,12 +811,12 @@ EOF
i*:PW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
exit ;;
*:Interix*:[3456]*)
*:Interix*:*)
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
EM64T | authenticamd)
authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
IA64)
@@ -806,6 +826,9 @@ EOF
[345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
exit ;;
8664:Windows_NT:*)
echo x86_64-pc-mks
exit ;;
i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
@@ -835,6 +858,20 @@ EOF
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
@@ -857,6 +894,17 @@ EOF
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
LIBC=gnu
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#ifdef __dietlibc__
LIBC=dietlibc
#endif
EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
@@ -866,74 +914,33 @@ EOF
m68*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
mips:Linux:*:*)
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#undef CPU
#undef mips
#undef mipsel
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=mipsel
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=mips
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^CPU/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
;;
mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#undef CPU
#undef mips64
#undef mips64el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=mips64el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=mips64
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^CPU/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
;;
or32:Linux:*:*)
echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
padre:Linux:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
@@ -943,8 +950,11 @@ EOF
*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
esac
exit ;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
@@ -958,6 +968,9 @@ EOF
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-tilera-linux-gnu
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
exit ;;
@@ -965,71 +978,8 @@ EOF
echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
| sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
s/.*supported targets: *//
s/ .*//
p'`
case "$ld_supported_targets" in
elf32-i386)
TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
;;
a.out-i386-linux)
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
exit ;;
coff-i386)
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
exit ;;
"")
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
# one that does not give us useful --help.
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
exit ;;
esac
# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __ELF__
# ifdef __GLIBC__
# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
LIBC=gnu
# else
LIBC=gnulibc1
# endif
# else
LIBC=gnulibc1
# endif
#else
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
LIBC=gnu
#else
LIBC=gnuaout
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __dietlibc__
LIBC=dietlibc
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
/^LIBC/{
s: ::g
p
}'`"
test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
exit
}
test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
@@ -1058,7 +1008,7 @@ EOF
i*86:syllable:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
exit ;;
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i*86:*DOS:*:*)
@@ -1102,8 +1052,11 @@ EOF
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
@@ -1141,6 +1094,16 @@ EOF
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1153,7 +1116,7 @@ EOF
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
@@ -1216,6 +1179,9 @@ EOF
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-beos
exit ;;
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1243,6 +1209,16 @@ EOF
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
i386)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
fi
fi ;;
unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
esac
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -1324,6 +1300,9 @@ EOF
i*86:rdos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
exit ;;
i*86:AROS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
exit ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2

159
config.sub vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2008-01-16'
timestamp='2010-09-11'
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -32,13 +32,16 @@ timestamp='2008-01-16'
# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
@@ -72,8 +75,9 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -120,8 +124,10 @@ esac
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
@@ -148,10 +154,13 @@ case $os in
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-bluegene*)
os=-cnk
;;
-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
os=
basic_machine=$1
@@ -249,13 +258,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
| ip2k | iq2000 \
| lm32 \
| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \
| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
| mips16 \
| mips64 | mips64el \
| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
@@ -268,28 +280,41 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mn10200 | mn10300 \
| moxie \
| mt \
| msp430 \
| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
| nios | nios2 \
| ns16k | ns32k \
| or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
| pyramid \
| rx \
| score \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh64 | sh64le \
| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
| spu | strongarm \
| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
| ubicom32 \
| v850 | v850e \
| we32k \
| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
| z8k)
| z8k | z80)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
c54x)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
;;
c55x)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
;;
c6x)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
;;
m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip)
# Motorola 68HC11/12.
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
os=-none
@@ -320,7 +345,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
| elxsi-* \
@@ -329,14 +354,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
| lm32-* \
| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
| mips16-* \
| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
@@ -351,27 +379,30 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mmix-* \
| mt-* \
| msp430-* \
| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
| nios-* | nios2-* \
| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
| orion-* \
| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
| pyramid-* \
| romp-* | rs6000-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
| sparclite-* \
| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
| tile-* | tilegx-* \
| tron-* \
| ubicom32-* \
| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
| we32k-* \
| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
| ymp-* \
| z8k-*)
| z8k-* | z80-*)
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
xtensa*)
@@ -439,6 +470,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=-bsd
;;
aros)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-aros
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=-aux
@@ -455,10 +490,27 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
os=-linux
;;
bluegene*)
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
os=-cnk
;;
c54x-*)
basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c55x-*)
basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c6x-*)
basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c90)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=-cegcc
;;
convex-c1)
basic_machine=c1-convex
os=-bsd
@@ -526,6 +578,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
os=-sysv3
;;
dicos)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=-dicos
;;
djgpp)
basic_machine=i586-pc
os=-msdosdjgpp
@@ -699,6 +755,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
microblaze)
basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
;;
mingw32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-mingw32
@@ -803,6 +862,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
neo-tandem)
basic_machine=neo-tandem
;;
nse-tandem)
basic_machine=nse-tandem
;;
nsr-tandem)
basic_machine=nsr-tandem
;;
@@ -1037,17 +1102,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=t90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
tic54x | c54x*)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tic55x | c55x*)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tic6x | c6x*)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
os=-coff
# This must be matched before tile*.
tilegx*)
basic_machine=tilegx-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
tile*)
basic_machine=tile-unknown
@@ -1128,6 +1186,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=z8k-unknown
os=-sim
;;
z80-*-coff)
basic_machine=z80-unknown
os=-sim
;;
none)
basic_machine=none-none
os=-none
@@ -1166,7 +1228,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
basic_machine=sh-unknown
;;
sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
@@ -1216,6 +1278,9 @@ case $os in
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-auroraux)
os=-auroraux
;;
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
@@ -1236,10 +1301,11 @@ case $os in
# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
| -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
| -aos* \
| -aos* | -aros* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
@@ -1248,9 +1314,10 @@ case $os in
| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
| -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
@@ -1258,7 +1325,7 @@ case $os in
| -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
| -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
| -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
| -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
| -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-qnx*)
@@ -1388,6 +1455,11 @@ case $os in
-zvmoe)
os=-zvmoe
;;
-dicos*)
os=-dicos
;;
-nacl*)
;;
-none)
;;
*)
@@ -1428,6 +1500,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic54x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic55x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic6x-*)
os=-coff
;;
# This must come before the *-dec entry.
pdp10-*)
os=-tops20
@@ -1585,7 +1666,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
-sunos*)
vendor=sun
;;
-aix*)
-cnk*|-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-beos*)

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# -*- Autoconf -*-
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
# Minimum version of autoconf required
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
AC_PREREQ(2.62)
# UPDATING VERSION NUMBERS FOR RELEASES
#
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.60)
# Bugfix releases:
# pacman_version_micro += 1
m4_define([lib_current], [4])
m4_define([lib_revision], [2])
m4_define([lib_current], [7])
m4_define([lib_revision], [0])
m4_define([lib_age], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [3])
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [3])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [2])
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [4])
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version],
[pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LIB_VERSION], ["$LIB_VERSION"], [libalpm version number])
# Help line for root directory
AC_ARG_WITH(root-dir,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of pacman's root operating directory]),
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of the root operating directory]),
[ROOTDIR=$withval], [ROOTDIR=/])
# Help line for package extension
@@ -83,20 +83,23 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(src-ext,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
[SRCEXT=$withval], [SRCEXT=.src.tar.gz])
# Help line for database extension
AC_ARG_WITH(db-ext,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-db-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by the database]),
[DBEXT=$withval], [DBEXT=.db.tar.gz])
# Help line for buildscript filename
AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
# Help line for libfetch
AC_ARG_ENABLE(internal-download,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-internal-download], [do not build with libfetch support]),
[internaldownload=$enableval], [internaldownload=yes])
# Help line for using OpenSSL
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
[], [with_openssl=check])
# Help line for using gpgme
AC_ARG_WITH(gpgme,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gpgme], [use GPGME for PGP signature verification]),
[], [with_gpgme=check])
# Check for useable libcurl
LIBCURL_CHECK_CONFIG([yes], [7.19.4], [with_libcurl=yes], [with_libcurl=no])
# Help line for documentation
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
@@ -122,58 +125,88 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_AWK
AC_PROG_CC_C99
AC_PROG_CXX
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_LN_S
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.6 python2.5 python], [false])
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2 python], [false])
AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4 bash3], [false])
# find installed gettext
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13.1)
AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [fabs], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libm is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Check for libarchive
AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Enable or disable usage of libfetch
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libfetch)
if test "x$internaldownload" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE([INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD], , [Use internal download library])
# Check for a download library if it was actually requested
AC_CHECK_LIB([fetch], [fetchParseURL], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libfetch is needed to compile with internal download support]) )
# Check if libfetch supports conditional GET
# (version >=2.21, struct url has member last_modified)
AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct url.last_modified, ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libfetch must be version 2.21 or greater]),
[#include <fetch.h>] )
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, test "x$internaldownload" = "xyes")
# Check for OpenSSL
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libssl)
AS_IF([test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([ssl], [MD5_Final], ,
[if test "x$with_openssl" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-openssl was given, but -lssl was not found])
fi],
[-lcrypto])
with_openssl=$ac_cv_lib_ssl_MD5_Final],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBSSL], [test "x$with_openssl" = "xyes"])
# Check for gpgme
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libgpgme)
AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([gpgme], [gpgme_check_version], ,
[if test "x$with_gpgme" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-ggpme was given, but -lgpgme was not found])
fi],
[-lgpgme])
with_gpgme=$ac_cv_lib_gpgme_gpgme_check_version],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [test "x$with_gpgme" = "xyes"])
# Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h string.h strings.h sys/ioctl.h sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h sys/syslimits.h sys/time.h syslog.h wchar.h])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h float.h glob.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h \
mntent.h stddef.h string.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mount.h \
sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h sys/time.h sys/types.h \
sys/ucred.h syslog.h termios.h wchar.h])
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
AC_C_INLINE
AC_TYPE_INT64_T
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
AC_STRUCT_TM
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
PATH_MAX_DEFINED
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_FORK
AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
AC_FUNC_MKTIME
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([geteuid realpath regcomp strcasecmp \
strndup strrchr strsep swprintf \
wcwidth uname])
AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 getcwd geteuid getmntinfo gettimeofday memmove memset \
mkdir realpath regcomp rmdir setenv setlocale strcasecmp \
strchr strcspn strdup strerror strndup strrchr strsep strstr \
strtol swprintf tcflush wcwidth uname])
# For the diskspace code
FS_STATS_TYPE
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>]])
# Enable large file support if available
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
@@ -186,10 +219,13 @@ GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
# Host-dependant definitions
SIZECMD="stat -L -c %s"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i"
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
case "${host_os}" in
*bsd*)
SIZECMD="stat -L -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i ''"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i \"\""
;;
cygwin*)
host_os_cygwin=yes
@@ -199,62 +235,37 @@ case "${host_os}" in
host_os_darwin=yes
SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -L -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
STRIP_BINARIES=""
STRIP_SHARED="-S"
STRIP_STATIC="-S"
;;
esac
AM_CONDITIONAL([CYGWIN], test "x$host_os_cygwin" = "xyes")
AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
# Check for architecture, used in default makepkg.conf
# (Note single space left after CARCHFLAGS)
case "${host}" in
i686-*)
CARCH="i686"
CARCHFLAGS="-march=i686 "
;;
x86_64-*)
CARCH="x86_64"
CARCHFLAGS="-march=x86-64 "
;;
ia64-*)
CARCH="ia64"
CARCHFLAGS="-march=ia64 "
;;
sparc-*)
CARCH="sparc"
CARCHFLAGS="-mcpu=v9 "
;;
ppc-* | powerpc-*)
CARCH="ppc"
CARCHFLAGS="-mcpu=750 "
;;
i386-*)
CARCH="i386"
CARCHFLAGS="-march=i386 "
;;
arm-*)
CARCH="arm"
CARCHFLAGS="-march=armv4 "
;;
*)
AC_MSG_WARN([[Your architecture is unknown for makepkg.conf, consider adding it to configure.ac]])
CARCH="unknown"
CARCHFLAGS=""
;;
esac
# Now do some things common to all architectures
# Variables plugged into makepkg.conf
CARCH="${host%%-*}"
CHOST="${host}"
AC_SUBST(CARCH)
AC_SUBST(CARCHFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CHOST)
# Check for documentation support and status
AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building documentation])
if test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, enabled by configure])
else
asciidoc="(warning : asciidoc not installed)"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes $asciidoc])
fi
wantdoc=yes
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
@@ -289,6 +300,7 @@ if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
# Check for -fstack-protector availability
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g -Wall -Werror"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
@@ -296,10 +308,10 @@ else
fi
# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
usegitver=yes
@@ -322,9 +334,6 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packa
# Set source package file extension
AC_SUBST(SRCEXT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman source packages])
# Set database file extension
AC_SUBST(DBEXT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBEXT], "$DBEXT", [The file extension used by pacman databases])
# Set makepkg build script name
AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
@@ -334,13 +343,15 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([
lib/libalpm/Makefile
lib/libalpm/po/Makefile.in
src/pacman/Makefile
src/pacman/po/Makefile.in
src/util/Makefile
scripts/Makefile
scripts/po/Makefile.in
doc/Makefile
etc/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
pactest/Makefile
pactest/tests/Makefile
test/pacman/Makefile
test/pacman/tests/Makefile
test/util/Makefile
contrib/Makefile
Makefile
])
@@ -357,12 +368,15 @@ ${PACKAGE_NAME}:
localstatedir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})
database dir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/lib/pacman/
cache dir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/cache/pacman/pkg/
compiler : ${CC}
preprocessor flags : ${CPPFLAGS}
compiler flags : ${CFLAGS}
defines : ${DEFS}
library flags : ${LIBS}
linker flags : ${LDFLAGS}
Architecture : ${CARCH}
Architecture flags : ${CARCHFLAGS}
Host Type : ${CHOST}
Filesize command : ${SIZECMD}
In-place sed command : ${SEDINPLACE}
@@ -376,12 +390,13 @@ ${PACKAGE_NAME}:
root working directory : ${ROOTDIR}
package extension : ${PKGEXT}
source pkg extension : ${SRCEXT}
database extension : ${DBEXT}
build script name : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
Compilation options:
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc}
Use download library : ${internaldownload}
Use libcurl : ${with_libcurl}
Use GPGME : ${with_gpgme}
Use OpenSSL : ${with_openssl}
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
Doxygen support : ${usedoxygen}
debug support : ${debug}
"

10
contrib/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
bacman
bash_completion
paccache
pacdiff
paclist
paclog-pkglist
pacscripts
pacsearch
wget-xdelta.sh
zsh_completion

View File

@@ -1,17 +1,65 @@
EXTRA_DIST = \
PKGBUILD.vim \
OURSCRIPTS = \
bacman \
bash_completion \
gensync \
paccache \
pacdiff \
paclist \
paclog-pkglist \
pacscripts \
pacsearch \
pactree \
updatesync \
pacsearch
OURFILES = \
bash_completion \
zsh_completion
EXTRA_DIST = \
PKGBUILD.vim \
bacman.in \
bash_completion.in \
paccache.in \
paclog-pkglist.in \
pacdiff.in \
paclist.in \
pacscripts.in \
pacsearch.in \
vimprojects \
wget-xdelta.sh \
zsh_completion \
zsh_completion.in \
README
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES) *.tmp
edit = sed \
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|@SIZECMD[@]|$(SIZECMD)|g' \
-e '1s|!/bin/bash|!$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
$(OURSCRIPTS): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod +x $@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
$(OURFILES): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES)
bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.in
bash_completion: $(srcdir)/bash_completion.in
paccache: $(srcdir)/paccache.in
pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.in
paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.in
paclog-pkglist: $(srcdir)/paclog-pkglist.in
pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.in
pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
pactree: $(srcdir)/pactree.in
zsh_completion: $(srcdir)/zsh_completion.in
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
endif
let b:main_syntax = "sh"
let b:is_bash = 1
runtime! syntax/sh.vim
" case on
@@ -25,6 +26,13 @@ syn match pbValidPkgname /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIl
syn match pbIllegalPkgname /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
syn match pbPkgnameGroup /^pkgname=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgname,pb_k_pkgname,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" pkgbase
" FIXME if '=' is in pkgbase/pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
syn keyword pb_k_pkgbase pkgbase contained
syn match pbValidPkgbase /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgbase
syn match pbIllegalPkgbase /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
syn match pbPkgbaseGroup /^pkgbase=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgbase,pb_k_pkgbase,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" pkgver
syn keyword pb_k_pkgver pkgver contained
syn match pbValidPkgver /\([[:alnum:]]\|\.\|+\|_\)/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
@@ -33,7 +41,7 @@ syn match pbPkgverGroup /^pkgver=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgver,pbValidPkgver,pb_k
" pkgrel
syn keyword pb_k_pkgrel pkgrel contained
syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgrel
syn match pbIllegalPkgrel /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
syn match pbPkgrelGroup /^pkgrel=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgrel,pbValidPkgrel,pb_k_pkgrel,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
@@ -45,6 +53,12 @@ syn match pbValidPkgdesc /[^='"]\.\{,80}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc
syn match pbPkgdescGroup /^pkgdesc=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc,pb_k_desc,pbValidPkgdesc,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
syn match pbPkgdescSign /[='"]/ contained
" epoch
syn keyword pb_k_epoch epoch contained
syn match pbValidEpoch /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalEpoch
syn match pbIllegalEpoch /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
syn match pbEpochGroup /^epoch=.*/ contains=pbIllegalEpoch,pbValidEpoch,pb_k_epoch,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" url
syn keyword pb_k_url url contained
syn match pbValidUrl /['"]*\(https\|http\|ftp\)\:\/.*\.\+.*/ contained
@@ -54,10 +68,13 @@ syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubl
" license
syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CDDL EPL FDL GPL LGPL MPL PHP RUBY ZLIB ISC MIT BSD contained
" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RALINK RUBY ZPL contained
" special cases from http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicense
syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
" backup
syn keyword pb_k_backup backup contained
@@ -90,6 +107,11 @@ syn keyword pb_k_optdepends optdepends contained
syn match pbValidOptdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn region pbOptdependsGroup start=/^optdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_optdepends,pbValidOptdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" checkdepends
syn keyword pb_k_ckdepends ckdepends contained
syn match pbValidCkdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn region pbCkdependsGroup start=/^checkdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_ckdepends,pbValidCkdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" conflicts
syn keyword pb_k_conflicts conflicts contained
syn match pbValidConflicts /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
@@ -115,6 +137,12 @@ syn match pbValidInstall /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*\.install/ contained
syn match pbIllegalInstall /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidInstall
syn match pbInstallGroup /^install=.*/ contains=pb_k_install,pbValidInstall,pbIllegalInstall,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" changelog
syn keyword pb_k_changelog changelog contained
syn match pbValidChangelog /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn match pbIllegalChangelog /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidChangelog
syn match pbChangelogGroup /^changelog=.*/ contains=pb_k_changelog,pbValidChangelog,pbIllegalChangelog,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" source:
" XXX remove source from shStatement, fix strange bug
syn clear shStatement
@@ -127,13 +155,12 @@ syn match pbDerefEmulation /\$[{]\?[[:alnum:]_]*[}]\?/ contained
hi def link pbDerefEmulation PreProc
" md5sums
syn keyword pb_k_md5sums md5sums contained
syn match pbIllegalMd5sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
syn match pbValidMd5sums /[[:alnum:]]\{32\}/ contained
syn match pbValidMd5sums /\x\{32\}/ contained
syn region pbMd5sumsGroup start=/^md5sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_md5sums,pbMd5Quotes,pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums keepend
syn match pbMd5Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums
syn match pbMd5Hash /[[:alnum:]]\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
syn match pbMd5Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
hi def link pbMd5Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbMd5Hash Error
hi def link pbValidMd5sums Number
@@ -141,17 +168,17 @@ hi def link pbValidMd5sums Number
" sha1sums
syn keyword pb_k_sha1sums sha1sums contained
syn match pbIllegalSha1sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
syn match pbValidSha1sums /[[:alnum:]]\{40\}/ contained
syn match pbValidSha1sums /\x\{40\}/ contained
syn region pbSha1sumsGroup start=/^sha1sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha1sums,pbSha1Quotes,pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums keepend
syn match pbSha1Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums
syn match pbSha1Hash /[[:alnum:]]\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
syn match pbSha1Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha1sums Number
" options
syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|force\)/ contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
syn match pbOptionsNeg /\!/ contained
syn match pbOptionsDeprec /no/ contained
syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
@@ -181,6 +208,9 @@ hi def link pbTodo Todo
hi def link pbIllegalPkgname Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgname pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalPkgbase Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgbase pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalPkgver Error
hi def link pb_k_pkgver pbKeywords
@@ -190,6 +220,9 @@ hi def link pb_k_pkgrel pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalPkgdesc Error
hi def link pb_k_desc pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalEpoch Error
hi def link pb_k_epoch pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalUrl Error
hi def link pb_k_url pbKeywords
@@ -204,6 +237,7 @@ hi def link pbIllegalArch Error
hi def link pb_k_groups pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_makedepends pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_optdepends pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_ckdepends pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_depends pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_replaces pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_conflicts pbKeywords
@@ -212,6 +246,9 @@ hi def link pb_k_provides pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalInstall Error
hi def link pb_k_install pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalChangelog Error
hi def link pb_k_changelog pbKeywords
hi def link pb_k_source pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSource Error

View File

@@ -23,18 +23,8 @@ pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
listed.
pactree - generate a dependency tree of an installed package in textual or
graphical form (using graphviz).
bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.
wget-xdelta.sh - A download script for pacman which allows binary deltas
generated with makepkg to be used instead of downloading full binary packages.
This should cut download sizes for some package upgrades significantly.
gensync, updatesync - The former repository management scripts that have since
been superseded by repo-add and repo-remove. They are here for posterity's
sake, and to show how repo-add and repo-remove can be wrapped in other scripts.

View File

@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# bacman: recreate a package from a running system
# This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
# stored into the pacman database and system files
#
# (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
readonly progname="bacman"
readonly progver="0.2.0"
#
# User Friendliness
#
function usage(){
echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
echo "Usage: $progname <installed package name>"
echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
}
if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
usage
exit 1
fi
if [ "$1" = "--help" -o "$1" = "-h" ] ; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [ "$1" = "--version" -o "$1" = "-v" ]; then
echo "$progname version $progver"
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
exit 0
fi
#
# Fakeroot support
#
if [ $EUID -gt 0 ]; then
if [ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]; then
echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
export INFAKEROOT="1"
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- $0 $1
exit $?
else
echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
echo " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
echo ""
fi
fi
#
# Setting environmental variables
#
if [ ! -r /etc/pacman.conf ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read /etc/pacman.conf"
exit 1
fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' /etc/pacman.conf)
pac_db="${DBPath:-/var/lib/pacman/}/local"
if [ ! -r /etc/makepkg.conf ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read /etc/makepkg.conf"
exit 1
fi
source "/etc/makepkg.conf"
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
pkg_ext=${PKGEXT:-'.pkg.tar.gz'}
pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
pkg_name="$1"
pkg_dir="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)"
pkg_namver="${pkg_dir##*/}"
#
# Checks everything is in place
#
if [ ! -d "$pac_db" ] ; then
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -d "$pkg_dir" ] ; then
echo "ERROR: package ${pkg_name} not found in pacman database"
exit 1
fi
#
# Begin
#
echo Package: ${pkg_namver}
work_dir=$(mktemp -d -p /tmp)
cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
#
# File copying
#
echo "Copying package files..."
cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
while read i; do
if [ -z "$i" ] ; then
continue
fi
if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case $current in
%FILES%)
ret=0
if [ -e "/$i" ]; then
bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
if [ ! -e "$work_dir/$i" ] && [ -L "$work_dir/$i"]; then
echo ""
echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
echo " If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
echo " you will need to run $progname as root"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
else
echo ""
echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
echo ""
fi
;;
esac
done
ret=$?
if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
if [ -f "$pkg_dir/install" ] ; then
cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
fi
if [ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ] ; then
cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
fi
#
# .PKGINFO stuff
#
echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
echo "# Generated by $progname $progver" > .PKGINFO
if [ "$INFAKEROOT" = "1" ]; then
echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)" >> .PKGINFO
fi
echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)" >> .PKGINFO
echo "#" >> .PKGINFO
cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files,depends} |
while read i; do
if [[ -z "$i" ]]; then
continue;
fi
if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case "$current" in
# desc
%NAME%)
echo "pkgname = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%VERSION%)
echo "pkgver = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%DESC%)
echo "pkgdesc = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%URL%)
echo "url = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%LICENSE%)
echo "license = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%ARCH%)
echo "arch = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%BUILDDATE%)
echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PACKAGER%)
echo "packager = $pkg_pkger" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%SIZE%)
echo "size = $pkg_size" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%GROUPS%)
echo "group = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%REPLACES%)
echo "replaces = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%FORCE%)
echo "force = true" >> .PKGINFO
;;
# files
%BACKUP%)
# strip the md5sum after the tab
echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}" >> .PKGINFO
;;
# depends
%DEPENDS%)
echo "depend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%OPTDEPENDS%)
echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%CONFLICTS%)
echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PROVIDES%)
echo "provides = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
esac
done
#
# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
#
chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
#
# Generate the package
#
echo "Generating the package..."
ret=0
bsdtar -czf "$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch$pkg_ext" $(ls -A) || ret=$?
if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
echo " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
rm -rf "$work_dir"
echo Done
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

306
contrib/bacman.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# bacman: recreate a package from a running system
# This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
# stored into the pacman database and system files
#
# (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
shopt -s extglob
shopt -s nullglob
readonly progname="bacman"
readonly progver="0.2.1"
#
# User Friendliness
#
usage() {
echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
echo "Usage: $progname <installed package name>"
echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
}
if (( $# != 1 )); then
usage
exit 1
fi
if [[ $1 == "--help" || $1 == "-h" ]]; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [[ $1 == "--version" || $1 == "-v" ]]; then
echo "$progname version $progver"
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
exit 0
fi
#
# Fakeroot support
#
if (( EUID )); then
if [[ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]]; then
echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
export INFAKEROOT="1"
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- "$0" "$@"
exit $?
else
echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
echo " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
echo ""
fi
fi
#
# Setting environmental variables
#
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
exit 1
fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
exit 1
fi
source "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
if [[ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
pkg_name="$1"
pkg_dir=("$pac_db/$pkg_name"-+([^-])-+([0-9]))
pkg_namver=("${pkg_dir[@]##*/}")
#
# Checks everything is in place
#
if [[ ! -d $pac_db ]]; then
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
exit 1
fi
if (( ${#pkg_dir[@]} != 1 )); then
printf "ERROR: %d entries for package %s found in pacman database\n" \
${#pkg_dir[@]} "${pkg_name}"
printf "%s\n" "${pkg_dir[@]}"
exit 1
fi
if [[ ! -d $pkg_dir ]]; then
printf "ERROR: package %s is found in pacman database,\n" "${pkg_name}"
printf " but \`%s' is not a directory\n" "${pkg_dir}"
exit 1
fi
#
# Begin
#
echo "Package: ${pkg_namver}"
work_dir=$(mktemp -d --tmpdir bacman.XXXXXXXXXX)
cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
#
# File copying
#
echo "Copying package files..."
cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
while read i; do
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
continue
fi
if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case "$current" in
%FILES%)
ret=0
if [[ -e /$i ]]; then
bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
if ! [[ -e $work_dir/$i || -L $work_dir/$i ]]; then
echo ""
echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
echo " If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
echo " you will need to run $progname as root"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
else
echo ""
echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
echo ""
fi
;;
esac
done
ret=$?
if (( ret )); then
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
#
# .PKGINFO stuff
# TODO adopt makepkg's write_pkginfo() into this or scripts/library
#
echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
echo "# Generated by $progname $progver" > .PKGINFO
if [[ $INFAKEROOT == "1" ]]; then
echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)" >> .PKGINFO
fi
echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)" >> .PKGINFO
echo "#" >> .PKGINFO
cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files} |
while read i; do
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
continue;
fi
if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
current=$i
continue
fi
case "$current" in
# desc
%NAME%)
echo "pkgname = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%VERSION%)
echo "pkgver = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%DESC%)
echo "pkgdesc = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%URL%)
echo "url = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%LICENSE%)
echo "license = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%ARCH%)
echo "arch = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%BUILDDATE%)
echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PACKAGER%)
echo "packager = $pkg_pkger" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%SIZE%)
echo "size = $pkg_size" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%GROUPS%)
echo "group = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%REPLACES%)
echo "replaces = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%DEPENDS%)
echo "depend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%OPTDEPENDS%)
echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%CONFLICTS%)
echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
%PROVIDES%)
echo "provides = $i" >> .PKGINFO
;;
# files
%BACKUP%)
# strip the md5sum after the tab
echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}" >> .PKGINFO
;;
esac
done
comp_files=".PKGINFO"
if [[ -f $pkg_dir/install ]]; then
cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
comp_files+=" .INSTALL"
fi
if [[ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ]]; then
cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
comp_files+=" .CHANGELOG"
fi
#
# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
#
chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
#
# Generate the package
#
echo "Generating the package..."
pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
ret=0
# TODO: Maybe this can be set globally for robustness
shopt -s -o pipefail
bsdtar -cf - $comp_files * |
case "$PKGEXT" in
*tar.gz) gzip -c -f -n ;;
*tar.bz2) bzip2 -c -f ;;
*tar.xz) xz -c -z - ;;
*tar.Z) compress -c -f ;;
*tar) cat ;;
*) echo "WARNING: '%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
"$PKGEXT" >&2; cat ;;
esac > "${pkg_file}"; ret=$?
if (( ret )); then
echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
echo " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
rm -rf "$work_dir"
echo Done
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:
# file: /etc/bash_completion.d/pacman
# Bash completion for pacman
# Original: Manolis Tzanidakis <mtzanidakis@freemail.gr>
#
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License, v2 or later.
#
## initial functions
rem_selected ()
{
# (Adapted from bash_completion by Ian Macdonald <ian@caliban.org>)
# This removes any options from the list of completions that have
# already been specified on the command line.
COMPREPLY=($(echo "${COMP_WORDS[@]}" | \
(while read -d ' ' i; do
[ "${i}" == "" ] && continue
# flatten array with spaces on either side,
# otherwise we cannot grep on word boundaries of
# first and last word
COMPREPLY=" ${COMPREPLY[@]} "
# remove word from list of completions
COMPREPLY=(${COMPREPLY/ ${i%% *} / })
done
echo ${COMPREPLY[@]})))
return 0
}
_available_repos ()
{
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$(grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )" -- $cur ) )
}
_installed_pkgs ()
{
local installed_pkgs
installed_pkgs=$( ls /var/lib/pacman/local/ )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $installed_pkgs; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_available_pkgs ()
{
#find balks easilly on a find /foo/*/* type dir, especially one like
# /var/lib/pacman/*/*
# This little change-up removes the find *and* only uses enabled repos
local available_pkgs
local enabled_repos
enabled_repos=$( grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )
available_pkgs=$( for r in $enabled_repos; do echo /var/lib/pacman/sync/$r/*; done )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $available_pkgs; do j=${i##*/}; echo ${j%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_installed_groups ()
{
local installed_groups
installed_groups=$( find /var/lib/pacman/local -name desc -exec sed -ne '/%GROUPS%/,/^$/{//d; p}' {} \; | sort -u )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $installed_groups; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
_available_groups ()
{
#find balks easilly on a find /foo/*/* type dir, especially one like
# /var/lib/pacman/*/*
# This little change-up removes the find *and* only uses enabled repos
local available_groups
local enabled_repos
enabled_repos=$( grep '\[' /etc/pacman.conf | grep -v -e 'options' -e '^#' | tr -d '[]' )
available_groups=$( for r in $enabled_repos; do sed '/%GROUPS%/,/^$/{//d; p}' /var/lib/pacman/sync/$r/*/desc | sort -u; done )
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W "$( for i in $available_groups; do echo ${i%-*-*}; done )" -- $cur ) )
}
## makepkg completion
_makepkg ()
{
local cur prev
COMPREPLY=()
cur=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD]}
prev=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD-1]}
case "$prev" in
-p)
_filedir
return 0
;;
--help|--cleancache)
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
;;
esac
if [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-A --ignorearch \
-b --builddeps \
-c --clean \
-C --cleancache \
-d --nodeps \
-e --noextract \
-f --force \
-g --geninteg \
-h --help \
-i --install \
-L --log \
-m --nocolor \
-o --nobuild \
-p \
-r --rmdeps \
-s --syncdeps \
--asroot \
--source \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar' -- $cur ) )
fi
rem_selected
}
complete -o default -F _makepkg makepkg
## pacman completion
_instring ()
{
str="${1}"
shift 1
for c in "${@}"; do
if [ $(expr index "${str}" "${c}") -gt 0 ]; then
return 0
fi
done
return 1
}
_pacman ()
{
local a arg toparse op mod cur
COMPREPLY=()
# This argument parsing is done so we can check for flag existance later
# right now it's a tad crappy, but does the job
for (( i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++ )); do
a=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
arg="${a:0:2}"
toparse="${a:2}"
case "${arg}" in
-@(U|R|S|Q|h|V))
op="${arg/-}"
mod="${mod}${a:2}"
;;
--)
arg="${a:2}"
case "${arg}" in
remove) op="R" ;;
upgrade) op="U" ;;
query) op="Q" ;;
sync) op="S" ;;
help) op="h" ;;
version) op="V" ;;
verbose) mod="${mod}v" ;;
root) mod="${mod}r" ;;
dbpath) mod="${mod}b" ;;
nodeps) mod="${mod}d" ;;
force) mod="${mod}f" ;;
groups) mod="${mod}g" ;;
info) mod="${mod}i" ;;
list) mod="${mod}l" ;;
print-uris) mod="${mod}p" ;;
search) mod="${mod}s" ;;
sysupgrade) mod="${mod}u" ;;
upgrades) mod="${mod}u" ;;
downloadonly) mod="${mod}w" ;;
refresh) mod="${mod}y" ;;
changelog) mod="${mod}c" ;;
deps) mod="${mod}d" ;;
explicit) mod="${mod}e" ;;
unrequired) mod="${mod}t" ;;
foreign) mod="${mod}m" ;;
owns) mod="${mod}o" ;;
file) mod="${mod}p" ;;
search) mod="${mod}s" ;;
upgrades) mod="${mod}u" ;;
cascade) mod="${mod}c" ;;
check) mod="${mod}k" ;;
dbonly) mod="${mod}k" ;;
nosave) mod="${mod}n" ;;
recursive) mod="${mod}s" ;;
unneeded) mod="${mod}u" ;;
esac ;;
*) toparse="${a}" ;;
esac
arglen=$(( ${#toparse}-1 ))
for c in $(seq 0 "${arglen}"); do
arg=${toparse:$c:1}
[ "${arg}" != "-" ] && mod="${mod}${arg}"
done
done
cur=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD]}
if [ $COMP_CWORD -eq 1 ] && [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-h --help \
-Q --query \
-R --remove \
-S --sync \
-U --upgrade \
-V --version \
' -- $cur ) )
rem_selected
return 0
fi
if [[ "$cur" == -* ]]; then
case "${op}" in
U)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
--asdeps \
--asexplicit \
-d --nodeps \
-f --force \
-h --help \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
R)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-c --cascade \
-d --nodeps \
-h --help \
-k --dbonly \
-n --nosave \
-s --recursive \
-u --unneeded \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
S)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
--asdeps \
--asexplicit \
-c --clean \
-d --nodeps \
-f --force \
-g --groups \
-h --help \
-i --info \
-l --list \
-p --print-uris \
-s --search \
-u --sysupgrade \
-w --downloadonly \
-y --refresh \
--needed \
--ignore \
--ignoregroup \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
Q)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '\
-c --changelog \
-d --deps \
-e --explicit \
-g --groups \
-h --help \
-i --info \
-k --check \
-l --list \
-m --foreign \
-o --owns \
-p --file \
-s --search \
-t --unrequired \
-u --upgrades \
--config \
--logfile \
--noconfirm \
--noprogressbar \
--noscriptlet \
-v --verbose \
-r --root \
-b --dbpath \
--cachedir \
' -- $cur ) )
return 0
;;
esac
rem_selected
else
case "${op}" in
U)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -X '!*.pkg.tar.gz' -- "$cur" ) )
return 0
;;
h|V)
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
;;
Q)
if _instring $mod g; then
_installed_groups
elif _instring $mod o; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -- "$cur" ) )
elif _instring $mod p; then
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -d -- "$cur" ) \
$( compgen -f -X '!*.pkg.tar.gz' -- "$cur" ) )
elif _instring $mod u; then
COMPREPLY=''
return 0
else
_installed_pkgs
fi
return 0
;;
R)
_installed_pkgs
return 0
;;
S)
if _instring $mod l; then
_available_repos
else
_available_pkgs
fi
return 0
;;
esac
fi
rem_selected
}
complete -o filenames -F _pacman pacman

129
contrib/bash_completion.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
# This file is in the public domain.
_arch_compgen() {
local i r
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$*' -- "$cur"))
for ((i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++)); do
for r in ${!COMPREPLY[@]}; do
if [[ ${COMP_WORDS[i]} = ${COMPREPLY[r]} ]]; then
unset 'COMPREPLY[r]'; break
fi
done
done
}
_arch_ptr2comp() {
local list= x y
for x; do
for y in '0 --' '1 -'; do
eval 'set -- ${'$x'[${y% *}]}'
list+=\ ${@/#/${y#* }}
done
done
_arch_compgen $list
}
_arch_incomp() {
local r="\s-(-${1#* }\s|\w*${1% *})"; [[ $COMP_LINE =~ $r ]]
}
_pacman_key() {
local cur opts prev
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
if [[ $cur = -* &&
$prev != -@(a|-add|c|-config|g|-gpgdir|h|-help|import?(-trustdb)) ]]; then
opts=('add delete export finger help list-keys recv-keys updatedb verify version
config edit-key gpgdir import import-trustdb init keyserver list-sigs
lsign-key populate refresh-keys'
'a d e f h l r u v V')
_arch_ptr2comp opts
fi
true
}
_makepkg() {
local cur opts prev
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(config|help)$|\w*[Chp]) ]]; then
opts=('allsource asroot check clean config force geninteg help holdver ignorearch
install log nobuild nocheck nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract noprogressbar
nosign pkg repackage rmdeps sign skipinteg source syncdeps'
'A L R S c d e f g h i m o p r s')
_arch_ptr2comp opts
fi
true
}
_pacman_pkg() {
_arch_compgen "$(
if [[ $2 ]]; then
\pacman -$1 | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
else
\pacman -$1
fi
)"
}
_pacman() {
local common core cur database prev query remove sync upgrade o
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
database=('asdeps asexplicit')
query=('changelog check deps explicit file foreign groups info list owns
search unrequired upgrades' 'c e g i k l m o p s t u')
remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c n p s u')
sync=('asdeps asexplicit clean dbonly downloadonly force groups ignore ignoregroup
info list needed nodeps print refresh recursive search sysupgrade'
'c f g i l p s u w y')
upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force needed nodeps print recursive' 'f p')
common=('arch cachedir config dbpath debug help logfile noconfirm
noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
core=('database help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D Q R S U V h')
for o in 'D database' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
_arch_incomp "$o" && break
done
if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
_arch_ptr2comp core
elif [[ ! $prev =~ ^-\w*[Vbhr] &&
! $prev = --@(cachedir|config|dbpath|help|logfile|root|version) ]]
then
[[ $cur = -* ]] && _arch_ptr2comp ${o#* } common ||
case ${o% *} in
D|R)
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
Q)
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Qg sort; } ||
{ _arch_incomp 'p file' && _pacman_file; } ||
_arch_incomp 'o owns' || _arch_incomp 'u upgrades' ||
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
S)
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Sg; } ||
{ _arch_incomp 'l list' && _pacman_pkg Sl sort; } ||
_pacman_pkg Slq;;
U)
_pacman_file;;
esac
fi
true
}
if [[ $(type -t compopt) = "builtin" ]]; then
_pacman_file() {
compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
else
_pacman_file() {
_filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o filenames -o default pacman
fi
complete -F _makepkg -o default makepkg
complete -F _pacman_key -o default pacman-key
# ex:et ts=2 sw=2 ft=sh

View File

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# gensync
#
# Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
myver='3.1.1'
# functions
usage() {
printf "gensync (pacman) %s\n\n" "$myver"
printf "Usage: %s <root> <destfile> [package_directory]\n\n" "$0"
printf "\
gensync will generate a sync database by reading all PKGBUILD files\n\
from <root>. gensync builds the database in a temporary directory\n\
and then compresses it to <destfile>.\n\n"
printf "\
gensync will calculate md5sums of packages in the same directory as\n\
<destfile>, unless an alternate [package_directory] is specified.\n\n"
printf "\
note: The <destfile> name is important. It must be of the form\n\
{treename}.db.tar.gz where {treename} is the name of the custom\n\
package repository you configured in /etc/pacman.conf. The\n\
generated database must reside in the same directory as your\n\
custom packages (also configured in /etc/pacman.conf)\n\n"
echo "Example: gensync /var/abs/local /home/mypkgs/custom.db.tar.gz"
}
version() {
printf "gensync (pacman) %s\n" "$myver"
printf "\
Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>.\n\n\
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.\n\
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
}
error () {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> ERROR: ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
}
die () {
error $*
exit 1
}
# PROGRAM START
if [ "$1" = "-h" -o "$1" = "--help" ]; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [ "$1" = "-V" -o "$1" = "--version" ]; then
version
exit 0
fi
if [ $# -lt 2 ]; then
usage
exit 1
fi
# source system and user makepkg.conf
if [ -r /etc/makepkg.conf ]; then
source /etc/makepkg.conf
else
die "/etc/makepkg.conf not found. Cannot continue."
fi
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
d=$(dirname $1)
rootdir="$(cd $d && pwd)/$(basename $1)"
d="$(dirname $2)"
destdir="$(cd $d && pwd)"
destfile="$destdir/$(basename $2)"
pkgdir=""
if [ "$3" != "" ]; then
pkgdir="$3"
fi
[ ! -d "$rootdir" ] && die "invalid root dir: $rootdir"
echo "gensync: building database entries, generating md5sums..." >&2
cd "$destdir"
pkgs=""
for file in $(find "$rootdir"/* -name "$BUILDSCRIPT"); do
unset pkgname pkgver pkgrel options
source $file || die "failed to parse $file"
if [ "$arch" = 'any' ]; then
CARCH='any'
fi
if [ "$pkgdir" != "" ]; then
pkgfile="$pkgdir/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-${CARCH}${PKGEXT}"
else
pkgfile="$destdir/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-${CARCH}${PKGEXT}"
fi
if [ ! -f "$pkgfile" ]; then
error "could not find %s-%s-%s-%s%s - skipping" $pkgname $pkgver $pkgrel $CARCH $PKGEXT
else
pkgs="$pkgs $pkgfile"
fi
done
echo "creating repo DB..."
# we'll trim the output just a tad, as gensync may be used on large repos
repo-add $destfile $pkgs \
| grep -e "package" -e "database"
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

300
contrib/paccache.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# pacache - flexible pacman cache cleaning
#
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
shopt -s extglob
declare -a candidates=() cmdopts=() whitelist=() blacklist=()
declare -i delete=0 dryrun=0 filecount=0 move=0 needsroot=0 totalsaved=0 verbose=0
declare cachedir=@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg delim=$'\n' keep=3 movedir= scanarch=
msg() {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> $mesg\n" "$@"
} >&2
error() {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> ERROR: $mesg\n" "$@"
} >&2
die() {
error "$@"
exit 1
}
# reads a list of files on stdin and prints out deletion candidates
pkgfilter() {
# there's whitelist and blacklist parameters passed to this
# script after the block of awk.
awk -v keep="$1" -v scanarch="$2" '
function parse_filename(filename, parts, count, i, pkgname, arch) {
count = split(filename, parts, "-")
i = 1
pkgname = parts[i++]
while (i <= count - 3) {
pkgname = pkgname "-" parts[i++]
}
arch = substr(parts[count], 1, index(parts[count], ".") - 1)
# filter on whitelist or blacklist
if (wlen && !whitelist[pkgname]) return
if (blen && blacklist[pkgname]) return
if ("" == packages[pkgname,arch]) {
packages[pkgname,arch] = filename
} else {
packages[pkgname,arch] = packages[pkgname,arch] SUBSEP filename
}
}
BEGIN {
# create whitelist
wlen = ARGV[1]; delete ARGV[1]
for (i = 2; i < 2 + wlen; i++) {
whitelist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# create blacklist
blen = ARGV[i]; delete ARGV[i]
while (i++ < ARGC) {
blacklist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# read package filenames
while (getline < "/dev/stdin") {
parse_filename($0)
}
for (pkglist in packages) {
# idx[1,2] = idx[pkgname,arch]
split(pkglist, idx, SUBSEP)
# enforce architecture match if specified
if (!scanarch || scanarch == idx[2]) {
count = split(packages[idx[1], idx[2]], pkgs, SUBSEP)
for(i = 1; i <= count - keep; i++) {
print pkgs[i]
}
}
}
}' "${@:3}"
}
size_to_human() {
awk -v size="$1" '
BEGIN {
suffix[1] = "B"
suffix[2] = "KiB"
suffix[3] = "MiB"
suffix[4] = "GiB"
suffix[5] = "TiB"
count = 1
while (size > 1024) {
size /= 1024
count++
}
sizestr = sprintf("%.2f", size)
sub(/\.?0+$/, "", sizestr)
printf("%s %s", sizestr, suffix[count])
}'
}
runcmd() {
if (( needsroot )); then
msg "Privilege escalation required"
if sudo -v &>/dev/null && sudo -l &>/dev/null; then
sudo "$@"
else
printf '%s ' 'root'
su -c "$(printf '%q ' "$@")"
fi
else
"$@"
fi
}
summarize() {
local -i filecount=$1; shift
local seenarch= seen= arch= name=
local -r pkg_re='(.+)-[^-]+-[0-9]+-([^.]+)\.pkg.*'
if (( delete )); then
printf -v output 'finished: %d packages removed' "$filecount"
elif (( move )); then
printf -v output "finished: %d packages moved to \`%s'" "$filecount" "$movedir"
elif (( dryrun )); then
if (( verbose )); then
msg "Candidate packages:"
while read -r pkg; do
if (( verbose >= 3 )); then
[[ $pkg =~ $pkg_re ]] && name=${BASH_REMATCH[1]} arch=${BASH_REMATCH[2]}
if [[ -z $seen || $seenarch != "$arch" || $seen != "$name" ]]; then
printf '%s (%s):\n' "$name" "$arch"
fi
printf ' %s\n' "$pkg"
elif (( verbose >= 2 )); then
printf "$PWD/%s$delim" "$pkg"
else
printf "%s$delim" "$pkg"
fi
done < <(printf '%s\n' "$@" | pacsort)
fi
printf -v output 'finished dry run: %d candidates' "$filecount"
fi
printf '\n' >&2
msg "$output (diskspace saved: %s)" "$(size_to_human "$totalsaved")"
}
usage() {
cat <<EOF
usage: ${0##*/} <operation> [options] [targets...]
${0##*/} is a flexible pacman cache cleaning utility, which has numerous
options to help control how much, and what, is deleted from any directory
containing pacman package tarballs.
Operations:
-d perform a dry run, only finding candidate packages.
-m <movedir> move candidate packages to 'movedir'.
-r remove candidate packages.
Options:
-a <arch> scan for 'arch' (default: all architectures).
-c <cachedir> scan 'cachedir' for packages (default: @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg).
-f apply force to mv(1) and rm(1) operations.
-h display this help message.
-i <pkgs> ignore 'pkgs', which is a comma separated. Alternatively,
specify '-' to read package names from stdin, newline delimited.
-k <num> keep 'num' of each package in 'cachedir' (default: 3).
-u target uninstalled packages.
-v increase verbosity. specify up to 3 times.
-z use null delimiters for candidate names (only with -v and -vv)
EOF
}
if (( ! UID )); then
error "Do not run this script as root. You will be prompted for privilege escalation."
exit 42
fi
while getopts ':a:c:dfhi:k:m:rsuvz' opt; do
case $opt in
a) scanarch=$OPTARG ;;
c) cachedir=$OPTARG ;;
d) dryrun=1 ;;
f) cmdopts=(-f) ;;
h) usage
exit 0 ;;
i) if [[ $OPTARG = '-' ]]; then
[[ ! -t 0 ]] && IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign
else
IFS=',' read -r -a ign <<< "$OPTARG"
fi
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset i ign ;;
k) keep=$OPTARG
if [[ -z $keep || -n ${keep//[0-9]/} ]]; then
die 'argument to option -k must be a non-negative integer'
else
keep=$(( 10#$keep ))
fi ;;
m) move=1 movedir=$OPTARG ;;
r) delete=1 ;;
u) IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign < <(pacman -Qq)
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset ign ;;
v) (( ++verbose )) ;;
z) delim='\0' ;;
:) die "option '--%s' requires an argument" "$OPTARG" ;;
?) die "invalid option -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
esac
done
shift $(( OPTIND - 1 ))
# remaining args are a whitelist
whitelist=("$@")
# sanity checks
case $(( dryrun+delete+move )) in
0) die "no operation specified (use -h for help)" ;;
[^1]) die "only one operation may be used at a time" ;;
esac
[[ -d $cachedir ]] ||
die "cachedir \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
[[ $movedir && ! -d $movedir ]] &&
die "move-to directory \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$movedir"
if (( move || delete )); then
# make it an absolute path since we're about to chdir
[[ ${movedir:0:1} != '/' ]] && movedir=$PWD/$movedir
[[ ! -w $cachedir || ( $movedir && ! -w $movedir ) ]] && needsroot=1
fi
# unlikely that this will fail, but better make sure
cd "$cachedir" || die "failed to chdir to \`%s'" "$cachedir"
# note that these results are returned in an arbitrary order from awk, but
# they'll be resorted (in summarize) iff we have a verbosity level set.
IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a candidates < \
<(printf '%s\n' *.pkg.tar?(.+([^.])) | pacsort |
pkgfilter "$keep" "$scanarch" \
"${#whitelist[*]}" "${whitelist[@]}" \
"${#blacklist[*]}" "${blacklist[@]}")
if (( ! ${#candidates[*]} )); then
msg 'no candidate packages found for pruning'
exit 1
fi
# grab this prior to signature scavenging
pkgcount=${#candidates[*]}
# copy the list, merging in any found sigs
for cand in "${candidates[@]}"; do
candtemp+=("$cand")
[[ -f $cand.sig ]] && candtemp+=("$cand.sig")
done
candidates=("${candtemp[@]}")
unset candtemp
# do this before we destroy anything
totalsaved=$(@SIZECMD@ "${candidates[@]}" | awk '{ sum += $1 } END { print sum }')
# crush. kill. destroy.
(( verbose )) && cmdopts+=(-v)
if (( delete )); then
runcmd rm "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}"
elif (( move )); then
runcmd mv "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}" "$movedir"
fi
summarize "$pkgcount" "${candidates[@]}"

View File

@@ -18,19 +18,23 @@
#
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
locate=0
usage() {
echo "pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater"
echo "Usage : pacdiff [-l]"
echo "The -l/--locate flag makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
echo " -l/--locate makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
echo " DIFFPROG variable allows to override the default vimdiff"
echo " DIFFSEARCHPATH allows to override the default /etc path"
echo "Example : DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH=\"/boot /etc /usr\" pacdiff"
}
cmd() {
if [ $locate -eq 1 ]; then
locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave
else
find /etc/ \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
fi
}

View File

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
#
# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
use strict;
use warnings;
my $progname = "paclist";
my $version = "1.0";
if ($#ARGV != 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
print "$progname - List all packages installed from a given repo\n";
print "Usage: $progname <repo>\n";
print "Example: $progname testing\n";
if ($#ARGV != 0) {
exit 1;
}
exit 0;
}
if ( $ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
print "$progname version $version\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee\n";
exit 0;
}
# This hash table will be used to store pairs of ('name version', count) from
# the return of both pacman -Sl <repo> and pacman -Q output. We then check to
# see if a value was added twice (count = 2)- if so, we will print that package
# as it is both in the repo we queried and installed on our local system.
my %packages = ();
my $output;
$output = `pacman -Sl $ARGV[0]`;
if ($? != 0) {
exit 1;
}
my @sync = split(/\n/, $output);
# sample output from pacman -Sl:
# testing foobar 1.0-1
foreach $_ (@sync) {
my @info = split(/ /);
# we only want to store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
my $pkg = $info[1] . " " . $info[2];
$packages{$pkg}++;
}
$output = `pacman -Q`;
if ($? != 0) {
exit 1;
}
# sample output from pacman -Q:
# foobar 1.0-1
my @local = split(/\n/, $output);
foreach $_ (@local) {
# store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
$packages{$_}++;
}
# run comparison check- if value was added twice, it was in the intersection
my @intersection;
foreach $_ (keys %packages) {
if ($packages{$_} == 2) {
push @{ \@intersection }, $_;
}
}
# print our intersection, and bask in the glory and speed of perl
@intersection = sort @intersection;
foreach $_ (@intersection) {
print $_ . "\n";
}
#vim: set noet:

43
contrib/paclist.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
#!/bin/bash
# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
#
# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
# determine whether we have gettext; make it a no-op if we do not
if ! type gettext &>/dev/null; then
gettext() {
echo "$@"
}
fi
if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
printf '%s - List all packages installed from a given repo\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'Usage: %s <repo>\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'Example: %s testing\n' "${0##*/}"
exit 1
fi
printf -v installed '[%s]' "$(gettext installed)"
pacman -Sl $1 | awk -v i="$installed" '$NF == i { print $2,$3 }'
# exit with pacman's return value, not awk's
exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

68
contrib/paclog-pkglist.in Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# paclog-pkglist - Parse a log file into a list of currently installed packages
#
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dave@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
declare logfile=${1:-@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log}
if [[ $1 ]]; then
if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
printf 'usage: %s [pacman log]\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'example: %s @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n' "${0##*/}"
printf '\ndefaults to: @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n'
exit 0
elif [[ ! -e $logfile ]]; then
printf $"target not found: %s\n" "$1"
exit 1
fi
fi
<"$logfile" awk '
{
action = $3
pkgname = $4
pkgver = $5
upgver = $7
}
NF == 5 && action == "installed" {
gsub(/[()]/, "", pkgver)
pkg[pkgname] = pkgver
next
}
NF == 7 && action == "upgraded" {
sub(/\)/, "", upgver)
pkg[pkgname] = upgver
next
}
NF == 5 && action == "removed" {
pkg[pkgname] = -1
}
END {
for (i in pkg) {
if (pkg[i] != -1) {
printf "%s %s\n",i,pkg[i]
}
}
}' | sort
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ set -o errexit
progname=$(basename $0)
progver="0.4"
conf="/etc/pacman.conf"
conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
if [ ! -r "$conf" ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read $conf"
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
eval $(awk '/CacheDir/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
pac_db="${DBPath:-/var/lib/pacman}/local"
pac_cache="${CacheDir:-/var/cache/pacman/pkg}"
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman}/local"
pac_cache="${CacheDir:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}"
error() {
local mesg=$1; shift
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ spacman() {
if [ $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
pacman "$@"
else
if [ ! "$(type -p sudo)" ]; then
if ! type -p sudo; then
error "Cannot find the sudo binary! Is sudo installed?"
error "Otherwise try to run the program as root"
exit 1

View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
#
# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
# Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
#
# Based off original shell script version:
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
print "$progname version $version\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Dan McGee\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Dan McGee\n";
exit 0;
}
@@ -53,17 +53,19 @@ my $CLR6 = "\e[0;33m";
my $CLR7 = "\e[1;36m";
my $INST = "\e[1;31m";
my $BASE = "\e[0m";
my $INSTMARK = $INST."***";
# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the respository name
# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the repository name
sub to_color {
my $line = shift;
# get the installed text colored first
$line =~ s/(\[.*\]$)/$INST$1$BASE/;
# and now the repo and dealings
$line =~ s/(^core\/.*)/$CLR1$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^extra\/.*)/$CLR2$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community\/.*)/$CLR3$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^testing\/.*)/$CLR4$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^unstable\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^custom\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community-testing\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^multilib\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^local\/.*)/$CLR7$1$BASE/;
# any other unknown repository
$line =~ s/(^[\w-]*\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
@@ -83,10 +85,15 @@ if ($#syncpkgs >= 0) {
# counter var for packages, used here and in the query loop too
my $cnt = 0;
foreach $_ (@syncpkgs) {
# we grab 3 fields here: repo, name/ver, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?)\n(.*)$/s;
# add a fourth field that will indicate install status
push (@pkgfields, "");
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
if(not @pkgfields) {
# skip any non-matching line and just print it for the user
print $_, "\n";
next;
}
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# add a fifth field that indicates original order
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add each sync pkg by name/ver to a hash table for quick lookup
@@ -102,16 +109,15 @@ if ($#querypkgs >= 0) {
}
foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
# we grab 3 fields here: repo, name/ver, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?)\n(.*)$/s;
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
# skip any non-matching line
next if not defined $pkgfields[1];
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# check if the package was listed in the sync out
# if it is we want to mark it with a *** marker
if (exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
# mark it in our fourth field as installed
@{ $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} }[3] = $INSTMARK;
} else {
# add a fourth field that will indicate install status
push (@pkgfields, $INSTMARK);
if (not exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
$pkgfields[2] = "[installed]";
# add a fifth field that indicates original order (after sync)
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add our local-only package to the hash
@@ -122,11 +128,11 @@ foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
# sort by original order (the fifth field) and print
foreach $_ ( sort{ @{$allpkgs{$a}}[4] <=> @{$allpkgs{$b}}[4] } keys %allpkgs) {
my @v = @{$allpkgs{$_}};
my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1]";
my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1] $v[2]";
$line = to_color($line);
# print install marker + colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string
print "$v[3]$line\n";
print "$v[2]\n";
# print colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string with possible installed text
print "$line\n";
print "$v[3]\n";
}
#vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# pactree : a simple dependency tree viewer
#
# Copyright (C) 2008 Carlo "carlocci" Bersani <carlocci@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Original http://carlocci.ngi.it/arch/pactree
# Credit to scj for the graphviz idea
# set the colors
branch1_color="\033[0;33m" #Brown
branch2_color="\033[0;37m" #Gray
leaf_color="\033[1;32m" #Light green
leaf2_color="\033[0;32m" #Green
# set the separators
separator=" "
branch_tip1="|--"
branch_tip2="+--"
provides="provides "
# set the graphviz options
# http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/output.html for available output formats
# http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/colors.html for available colors
gformat="png" #output format
start_color="red" #START color
nodes_color="green" #color of the nodes
arrow1_color="chocolate4" #color of the normal arrow
arrow2_color="grey" #color of the "provided by" headless arrow
readonly prog_name="pactree"
readonly prog_ver="0.2"
_usage(){
echo "This program generates the dependency tree of an installed package"
echo "Usage: $prog_name [OPTIONS] <installed packages>"
echo
echo " OPTIONS:"
echo " -c, --color Enable color output"
echo " -d, --depth INT Limit the shown dependencies depth"
echo " -g, --graph Use graphviz to make an image of the tree"
echo " -l, --linear Enable linear output"
echo " -s, --silent Shh, let me hear those errors!"
echo " -u, --unique Print the dependency list with no duplicates"
echo
echo " -h, --help Print this help message"
echo " -v, --version Print the program name and version"
echo
echo "Example: $prog_name -c -d 2 readline"
}
_version(){
echo "$prog_name version $prog_ver"
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 Carlo \"carlocci\" Bersani <carlocci@gmail.com>"
}
# end of the friendliness
# grab a field from the database: $1=path/to/file, $2=field to grab
_grabfield(){
for line in $(cat "$1" 2>/dev/null ); do
if [ -z "$line" ]; then
continue;
fi;
if [[ "$line" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]]; then
current="$line"
continue;
fi;
if [ "$current" = "$2" ]; then
echo "$line"
fi;
done
}
# find a dep in the db: $1=dep, $2=field, $3=dbfile, ret=file list
_finddep(){
for line in $(awk 'BEGIN{RS=""}
{
if ($1=="'"$2"'"){
for (i=2 ; i<=NF ; ++i){
if ($i ~ /^'"$1"'([<>=]+.*|)$/ ){
print FILENAME}
}
}
}' $(find $pac_db -name $3)); do
echo "${line%/*}"
done
}
# Recursive function: does all of the work, pays all of the taxes #
_tree(){
pkg_name="$1"
pkg_dirs="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)"
# Is $pkg_name real or provided?
[ ! -d "$pkg_dirs" ] && pkg_dirs="$(_finddep $pkg_name %PROVIDES% depends)"
for pkg_dir in $pkg_dirs ; do
spaces="$2"
unset provided
branch_tip="$branch_tip1"
branch_color="$branch1_color"
pkg_name="$(_grabfield "$pkg_dir/desc" %NAME%)"
if [ ! "$pkg_name" = "$1" ]; then
provided="$leaf2_color $provides$leaf_color$1"
branch_tip="$branch_tip2"
branch_color="$branch2_color"
if [ $graphviz -eq 1 ] && [[ ! "${dep_list[@]}" =~ _$1_ ]] && [ $spaces -ne $((max_depth+1)) ]; then
echo "\"$1\" -> \"$pkg_name\" [arrowhead=none, color=$arrow2_color];"
dep_list=( "${dep_list[@]}" "_$1_" )
_tree "$pkg_name" $((spaces+1))
continue
fi
fi
# Generate the spacer
spacer=""
for each in $(seq 1 $spaces); do
spacer="$spacer$separator"
done
spacer="$spacer$branch_tip"
[ $silent -ne 1 ] && echo -e "$branch_color$spacer$leaf_color$pkg_name$provided"
[ ! -d "$pkg_dir" ] && echo "No $pkg_name in the database (inconsistent database?)" >&2
if [[ ! " ${dep_list[@]} " =~ " $pkg_name " ]] && [ $spaces -ne $max_depth ]; then
dep_list=( "${dep_list[@]}" "$pkg_name" )
for dep_pkg in $(_grabfield "$pkg_dir/depends" %DEPENDS%); do
spaces=$2 #Bash scoping ;_;
if [ $graphviz -eq 1 ]; then
echo "\"$1\" -> \"${dep_pkg%%[<>=]*}\" [color=$arrow1_color];"
fi
_tree "${dep_pkg%%[<>=]*}" $((spaces+1))
done
fi
done
}
# Main program: gets all of the money, pays none of the taxes
# Command line parameters parser
if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
_usage
exit 1
fi
options=( "$@" )
len_options=${#options[@]}
for (( n=0 ; n < $len_options ; n++ )); do
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "--" ]; then
unset options[$n]
break
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-h" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--help" ]; then
_usage
exit 0
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-v" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--version" ]; then
_version
exit 0
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-l" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--linear" ]; then
unset options[$n]
linear=1
continue
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-s" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--silent" ]; then
unset options[$n]
silent=1
continue
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-u" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--unique" ]; then
unset options[$n]
silent=1
nodup=1
continue
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-g" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--graph" ]; then
unset options[$n]
graphviz=1
continue
fi
if [ "${options[$n]}" = "-c" -o "${options[$n]}" = "--color" ]; then
unset options[$n]
colored=1
continue
fi
if [[ "${options[$n]}" =~ -d[[:digit:]]+ || "${options[$n]}" == "--depth" ]]; then
if [[ "${options[$n]#-d}" =~ [[:digit:]]+ ]]; then
max_depth="${options[$n]#-d}"
elif [[ ${options[$((n+1))]} =~ [[:digit:]]+ ]]; then
max_depth="${options[$((n+1))]}"
unset options[$((n+1))]
((++n))
fi
unset options[$n]
continue
fi
done
# End of the dumb command line parser
# Env
colored=${colored:-0}
max_depth=${max_depth:--10}
linear=${linear:-0}
silent=${silent:-0}
nodup=${nodup:-0}
graphviz=${graphviz:-0}
if [ $colored -ne 1 ]; then
unset branch1_color
unset leaf_color
unset leaf2_color
unset branch2_color
fi
if [ $linear -eq 1 ]; then
unset separator
unset branch_tip1
unset branch_tip2
unset provides
fi
if [ $graphviz -eq 1 ]; then
silent=1
nodup=0
if [ ! -f /usr/bin/dot ]; then
echo "ERROR: package graphviz is not installed"
echo " Run pacman -S graphviz to install it"
exit 1
fi
fi
if [ ! -r /etc/pacman.conf ]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read /etc/pacman.conf"
exit 1
else
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' /etc/pacman.conf)
fi
pac_db="${DBPath:-/var/lib/pacman}/local"
if [ ! -d "$pac_db" ] ; then
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
exit 1
fi
# Env End
# Program starts
_main(){
for pkg_name in ${options[@]} ; do
[ $graphviz -eq 1 ] && echo -e "\"START\" -> \"$pkg_name\" ;"
_tree "$pkg_name" 0
if [ $nodup -eq 1 ]; then
for pkg_tree in ${dep_list[@]} ; do
echo "$pkg_tree"
done
fi
done
if [ $silent -eq 0 ]; then
echo -ne '\033[0m' # return colors to normal?
echo -ne '\033[?25h' #return cursor to normal?
fi
}
if [ $graphviz -eq 1 ]; then
root_pkgs="${options[@]}"
# Uncomment for the "generated by pactree" node in graphviz
#advert="xyz [height=0.07, fontsize=8.0, label=\"GENERATED WITH PACTREE\",shape=box,color="black",style=filled,fontcolor="white"];\n"
echo -e "digraph G { START [color=$start_color, style=filled];\n node [style=filled, color=$nodes_color];\n$(_main)\n$advert}" | dot -T$gformat -o "${root_pkgs// /_}.deps.$gformat"
else _main
fi
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# updatesync
#
# Copyright (c) 2004 by Jason Chu <jason@archlinux.org>
# Derived from gensync (c) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
myver='3.1.1'
# functions
usage() {
printf "updatesync (pacman) %s\n\n" "$myver"
printf "Usage: %s <action> <destfile> <option> [package_directory]\n\n" "$0"
printf "\
updatesync will update a sync database by reading a PKGBUILD and\n\
modifying the destfile. updatesync updates the database in a temporary\n\
directory and then compresses it to <destfile>.\n\n"
printf "There are two types of actions:\n\n"
printf "upd - Will update a package's entry or create it if it doesn't exist.\n It takes the package's PKGBUILD as an option.\n"
printf "del - Will remove a package's entry from the db. It takes the package's\n name as an option.\n"
echo
printf "\
updatesync will calculate md5sums of packages in the same directory as\n\
<destfile>, unless an alternate [package_directory] is specified.\n\n"
echo "Example: updatesync upd /home/mypkgs/custom.db.tar.gz PKGBUILD"
}
version() {
printf "updatesync (pacman) %s\n" "$myver"
printf "\
Copyright (C) 2004 Jason Chu <jason@archlinux.org>.\n\n\
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.\n\
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
}
error () {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> ERROR: ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
}
die () {
error $*
exit 1
}
# PROGRAM START
if [ "$1" = "-h" -o "$1" = "--help" ]; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [ "$1" = "-V" -o "$1" = "--version" ]; then
version
exit 0
fi
if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then
usage
exit 1
fi
# source system and user makepkg.conf
if [ -r /etc/makepkg.conf ]; then
source /etc/makepkg.conf
else
die "/etc/makepkg.conf not found. Cannot continue."
fi
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
if [ "$1" != "upd" -a "$1" != "del" ]; then
usage
exit 1
fi
action=$1
pkgdb=$2
option=$3
pkgdir="$(pwd)"
if [ "$4" != "" ]; then
pkgdir="$4"
fi
if [ "$action" = "upd" ]; then # INSERT / UPDATE
if [ ! -f "$option" ]; then
die "$option not found"
fi
unset pkgname pkgver pkgrel options
source $option || die "failed to parse $option"
if [ "$arch" = 'any' ]; then
CARCH='any'
fi
pkgfile="$pkgdir/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-${CARCH}${PKGEXT}"
if [ ! -f "$pkgfile" ]; then
die "could not find %s-%s-%s-%s%s - aborting" $pkgname $pkgver $pkgrel $CARCH $PKGEXT
fi
repo-add "$pkgdb" "$pkgfile"
else # DELETE
fname="$(basename $option)"
if [ "$fname" = "PKGBUILD" ]; then
if [ ! -f "$option" ]; then
die "%s not found" $option
fi
unset pkgname pkgver pkgrel options
source $option
else
pkgname=$option
fi
repo-remove "$pkgdb" "$pkgname"
fi
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
if [ -r "/etc/makepkg.conf" ]; then
source /etc/makepkg.conf
else
echo "wget-xdelta: Unable to find makepkg.conf"
exit 1
fi
if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
out_file=$(basename $1)
file_url=$2
if ! [[ "$out_file" =~ "pkg.tar.gz" ]]; then
# If it's not a package file download as normal and exit.
#wget --passive-ftp -c -O "$out_file" "$file_url"
exit $?
fi
# Get the package name and version
[[ "$out_file" =~ "$CARCH" ]] && arch="-$CARCH" || arch=""
pkg_data=$(echo $out_file | \
sed "s|^\(.*\)-\([[:alnum:]_\.]*-[[:alnum:]_\.]*\)${arch}${PKGEXT}.part|\1 \2|")
pkgname=$(echo $pkg_data | cut -d ' ' -f 1)
new_version=$(echo $pkg_data | cut -d ' ' -f 2)
base_url=${file_url%/*}
# Look for the last version
for file in $(ls -r /var/cache/pacman/pkg/${pkgname}-*-*{,-$CARCH}$PKGEXT 2>/dev/null); do
[[ "$file" =~ "$CARCH" ]] && arch="-$CARCH" || arch=""
check_version=$(echo $file | \
sed "s|^.*/${pkgname}-\([[:alnum:]_\.]*-[[:alnum:]_\.]*\)${arch}$PKGEXT$|\1|" | \
grep -v "^/var/cache/pacman/pkg")
[ "$check_version" = "" ] && continue
vercmp=$(vercmp "$check_version" "$old_version")
if [ "$check_version" != "$new_version" -a $vercmp -gt 0 ]; then
old_version=$check_version
old_file=$file
fi
done
if [ "$old_version" != "" -a "$old_version" != "$new_version" ]; then
# Great, we have a cached file, now calculate a patch name from it
delta_name="$pkgname-${old_version}_to_${new_version}-${CARCH}.delta"
echo "wget-xdelta: Attempting to download delta $delta_name..." >&2
if wget --passive-ftp -c "$base_url/$delta_name"; then
echo "wget-xdelta: Applying delta..."
if xdelta patch "$delta_name" "$old_file" "$out_file"; then
echo "wget-xdelta: Delta applied successfully!"
rm "$delta_name"
exit 0
else
echo "wget-xdelta: Failed to apply delta!"
rm $delta_name
fi
fi
fi
echo "wget-xdelta: Downloading new package..."
wget --passive-ftp -c -O "$out_file" "$file_url"
exit $?
# vim:set ts=4 sw=4 noet:

View File

@@ -26,13 +26,17 @@ _pacman_opts_common=(
'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation]'
'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
'--noscriptlet[Do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists]'
'--print[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --upgrade commands
_pacman_opts_pkgfile=(
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz(.)"'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: subactions for --query command
@@ -61,9 +65,9 @@ _pacman_opts_query_modifiers=(
_pacman_opts_remove=(
'-c[Remove all dependent packages]'
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-k[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'-n[Remove protected configuration files]'
'-s[Remove dependencies not required by other packages]'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'*:installed package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
)
@@ -73,6 +77,9 @@ _pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
'*-cc[Remove all packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->sync_group'
'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->sync_search'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
@@ -109,18 +116,18 @@ _pacman_action_none() {
_pacman_action_query() {
local context state line
typeset -A opt_args
# _arguments -s : \
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]"
case $state in
query_file)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz"'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
query_group)
_arguments -s : \
@@ -161,12 +168,12 @@ _pacman_action_remove() {
_pacman_action_sync() {
local context state line
typeset -A opt_args
# _arguments -s : \
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_sync_actions[@]" #\
# #"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]"
case $state in
sync_clean)
_arguments -s : \
@@ -213,6 +220,7 @@ _pacman_completions_all_groups() {
local -a cmd groups
_pacman_get_command
groups=( $(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Sg) )
typeset -U groups
compadd "$@" -a groups
}
@@ -220,23 +228,20 @@ _pacman_completions_all_groups() {
# these can be specified as either 'package' or 'repository/package'
_pacman_completions_all_packages() {
local -a cmd packages repositories packages_long
_pacman_get_command
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/sync/${^repositories}/*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/sync\//}#*/}%-*-*} )
typeset -U packages
_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
if [[ $PREFIX != */* ]] ; then
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd -S "/" $repositories
else
compset -P '*/'
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/sync/$IPREFIX*(/))
packages=(${(o)${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/sync\//}#*/}%-*-*} )
if compset -P1 '*/*'; then
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql ${words[CURRENT]%/*}) )
typeset -U packages
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${(@)packages}
else
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql) )
typeset -U packages
_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd -S "/" $repositories
fi
}
@@ -244,7 +249,7 @@ _pacman_completions_all_packages() {
_pacman_completions_installed_groups() {
local -a cmd groups
_pacman_get_command
groups=(${(o)${(f)"$(pacman -Qg)"}% *})
groups=(${(o)${(f)"$(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Qg)"}% *})
typeset -U groups
compadd "$@" -a groups
}
@@ -252,15 +257,15 @@ _pacman_completions_installed_groups() {
# provides completions for installed packages
_pacman_completions_installed_packages() {
local -a cmd packages packages_long
packages_long=(/var/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
packages=( ${${packages_long/\/var\/lib\/pacman\/local\//}%-*-*} )
packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
packages=( ${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/}%-*-*} )
compadd "$@" -a packages
}
# provides completions for repository names
_pacman_completions_repositories() {
local -a cmd repositories
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(</etc/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
# Uniq the array
typeset -U repositories
compadd "$@" -a repositories
@@ -295,11 +300,11 @@ _pacman() {
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files'
;;
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.gz
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.*
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.gz"'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
-Q*) _pacman_action_query ;;
-R*) _pacman_action_remove ;;

116
depcomp
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301, USA.
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
@@ -87,6 +85,15 @@ if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
@@ -192,14 +199,14 @@ sgi)
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
' ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
>> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
@@ -215,34 +222,39 @@ aix)
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
else
stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
fi
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
outname="$stripped.o"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
@@ -323,7 +335,12 @@ hp2)
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
@@ -399,7 +416,7 @@ dashmstdout)
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
@@ -450,32 +467,39 @@ makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
@@ -495,7 +519,7 @@ cpp)
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
@@ -533,13 +557,27 @@ cpp)
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
@@ -552,16 +590,23 @@ msvisualcpp)
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
@@ -580,5 +625,6 @@ exit 0
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

4
doc/.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -3,10 +3,14 @@ libalpm.3
makepkg.8
makepkg.conf.5
pacman.8
pacman-key.8
pacman.conf.5
pkgdelta.8
repo-add.8
repo-remove.8
vercmp.8
*.css
*.html
*.xml
man3
website.tar.gz

View File

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.5
# Doxyfile 1.7.5.1
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
PROJECT_NAME = libalpm
PROJECT_NUMBER =
PROJECT_NUMBER =
PROJECT_BRIEF = "Arch Linux Package Manager Library"
PROJECT_LOGO =
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
@@ -25,27 +27,31 @@ ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
SHORT_NAMES = NO
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
DETAILS_AT_TOP = NO
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
TAB_SIZE = 4
ALIASES =
ALIASES =
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
SUBGROUPING = YES
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -63,20 +69,27 @@ INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
INLINE_INFO = YES
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
SHOW_FILES = YES
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
LAYOUT_FILE =
CITE_BIB_FILES =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -86,25 +99,26 @@ WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
WARN_LOGFILE =
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
INPUT = ../lib/libalpm/
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
FILE_PATTERNS =
FILE_PATTERNS =
RECURSIVE = NO
EXCLUDE =
EXCLUDE =
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
EXAMPLE_PATH =
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
EXAMPLE_PATH =
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
IMAGE_PATH =
INPUT_FILTER =
FILTER_PATTERNS =
IMAGE_PATH =
INPUT_FILTER =
FILTER_PATTERNS =
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -121,31 +135,58 @@ VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
IGNORE_PREFIX =
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_HTML = NO
HTML_OUTPUT = html
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
HTML_HEADER =
HTML_FOOTER =
HTML_STYLESHEET =
HTML_HEADER =
HTML_FOOTER =
HTML_STYLESHEET =
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
CHM_FILE =
HHC_LOCATION =
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
CHM_FILE =
HHC_LOCATION =
GENERATE_CHI = NO
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
BINARY_TOC = NO
TOC_EXPAND = NO
GENERATE_QHP = NO
QCH_FILE =
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
QHG_LOCATION =
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
USE_MATHJAX = NO
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
SEARCHENGINE = NO
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -154,13 +195,16 @@ LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
LATEX_HEADER =
PAPER_TYPE = letter
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
LATEX_HEADER =
LATEX_FOOTER =
PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
USE_PDFLATEX = NO
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -168,8 +212,8 @@ GENERATE_RTF = NO
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
COMPACT_RTF = NO
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -182,8 +226,8 @@ MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_XML = NO
XML_OUTPUT = xml
XML_SCHEMA =
XML_DTD =
XML_SCHEMA =
XML_DTD =
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
@@ -195,9 +239,9 @@ GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
@@ -207,24 +251,31 @@ INCLUDE_PATH = ../..
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = *.h
PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
SYMHIDDEN= \
SYMEXPORT=
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
SYMEXPORT= \
HAVE_LIBARCHIVE \
HAVE_LIBCURL \
HAVE_LIBGPGME
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAGFILES =
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
TAGFILES =
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
MSCGEN_PATH =
MSCGEN_PATH =
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
HAVE_DOT = YES
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
DOT_FONTPATH =
CLASS_GRAPH = YES
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
@@ -237,15 +288,13 @@ CALLER_GRAPH = NO
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
DOT_PATH =
DOTFILE_DIRS =
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
DOT_PATH =
DOTFILE_DIRS =
MSCFILE_DIRS =
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 3
DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEARCHENGINE = NO

View File

@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
pacman.8 \
makepkg.8 \
repo-add.8 \
vercmp.8 \
pkgdelta.8 \
pacman-key.8 \
PKGBUILD.5 \
makepkg.conf.5 \
pacman.conf.5 \
@@ -18,6 +21,9 @@ HTML_MANPAGES = \
pacman.8.html \
makepkg.8.html \
repo-add.8.html \
vercmp.8.html \
pkgdelta.8.html \
pacman-key.8.html \
PKGBUILD.5.html \
makepkg.conf.5.html \
pacman.conf.5.html \
@@ -38,6 +44,9 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \
pacman.8.txt \
makepkg.8.txt \
repo-add.8.txt \
vercmp.8.txt \
pkgdelta.8.txt \
pacman-key.8.txt \
PKGBUILD.5.txt \
PKGBUILD-example.txt \
makepkg.conf.5.txt \
@@ -52,7 +61,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \
$(DOXYGEN_MANS)
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8 website.tar.gz
# Ensure manpages are fresh when building a dist tarball
dist-hook:
@@ -60,14 +69,14 @@ dist-hook:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all
if USE_GIT_VERSION
GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 | sed s/^v//')-dirty
GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
else
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
endif
man_MANS =
dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) repo-remove.8
dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS)
if USE_DOXYGEN
man_MANS += $(DOXYGEN_MANS)
@@ -80,33 +89,48 @@ endif
html: $(HTML_DOCS)
website: html
bsdtar czf website.tar.gz $(HTML_DOCS) \
-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
asciidoc.css asciidoc-manpage.css \
-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
asciidoc.js \
-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
images
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
-f asciidoc.conf \
-f $(srcdir)/asciidoc.conf \
-a pacman_version="$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir)
A2X_OPTS = \
--no-xmllint \
-d manpage \
-f manpage \
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0' \
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0' \
--destination-dir='./'
# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS)" $@.txt
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) --out-file=./$@.xml" $(srcdir)/$@.txt
%.html: %.txt
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -a linkcss $*.txt
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) $*.txt
dos2unix $@
HACKING.html: ../HACKING
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -a linkcss -o $@ ../HACKING
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o $@ ../HACKING
dos2unix $@
# Customizations for certain HTML docs
$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf
%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons
%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
@@ -115,13 +139,26 @@ $(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf
pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
pkgdelta.8 pkgdelta.8.html: pkgdelta.8.txt
pacman-key.8 pacman-key.8.html: pacman-key.8.txt
PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
libalpm.3 libalpm.3.html: libalpm.3.txt
# this one is just a symlink
repo-remove.8: repo-add.8
rm -f repo-remove.8
$(RM) repo-remove.8
$(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
install-data-hook:
cd $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8 && \
$(RM) repo-remove.8 && \
( $(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
ln repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
cp repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 )
uninstall-hook:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8/repo-remove.8
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

View File

@@ -13,8 +13,12 @@ source=(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
md5sums=('ee5ae84d115f051d87fcaaef3b4ae782')
build() {
cd $srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
./configure --prefix=/usr
make || return 1
make prefix=$pkgdir/usr install
make
}
package() {
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
make prefix="$pkgdir"/usr install
}

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
PKGBUILD(5)
===========
@@ -16,93 +16,112 @@ PKGBUILD
Description
-----------
This manual page is meant to describe general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
This manual page describes general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
with pacman.
NOTE: If you are using Arch Linux and have a local copy of the Arch Build
System (ABS) tree on your computer, or are using another distribution that
provides a similar tree of build files, you can copy the provided
PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make customizations to
suit your needs. An up to date prototype file can also be found in the source
distribution of this package.
NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
along with other example files such as a ChangeLog and an install
script. You can copy the provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build
directory and make customizations to suit your needs.
Options and Directives
----------------------
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
will be directly transferred to the built package.
of them will be directly transferred to the built package.
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
recommended to name your custom variables with an '_' (underscore) prefix.
recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
similar to `$_basekernver`.
*pkgname*::
The name of the package. This has be a unix-friendly name as it will be
used in the package filename.
*pkgname (array)*::
Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
Because it will be used in the package filename, this has to be unix-friendly.
Members of the array are not allowed to start with hyphens.
*pkgver*::
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g. '2.7.1').
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
*pkgrel*::
This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
flags, for example. A pkgrel of 1 is typically used for each upstream
software release and is incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates.
flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
*pkgdesc*::
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
Try to keep the description to one line of text.
Try to keep the description to one line of text and not use the package's name.
*epoch*::
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
version comparisons.
*url*::
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
packaged. This is typically the project's website.
packaged. Typically the project's website.
*license (array)*::
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
Commonly-used licenses are found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
Commonly used licenses can be found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
field (e.g. `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
found in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include the license
field (e.g., `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
available in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include it
in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname' when building the package. If
multiple licenses are applicable for a package, list all of them:
'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/' when building the package. If
multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
*install*::
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g. `install=pkgname.install`).
in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
*changelog*::
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
*source (array)*::
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD file, or be a
fully-qualified URL that makepkg will use to download the file. In order
to make the PKGBUILD as useful as possible, use the $pkgname and $pkgver
variables if possible when specifying the download location. Any files
that are compressed will automatically be extracted, unless found in
the noextract array listed below.
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
To make the PKGBUILD as useful as possible, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
variables if possible when specifying the download location. Compressed files
will be extracted automatically unless found in
the noextract array described below.
+
It is also possible to specify an optional filename, which is helpful
It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
+
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig` or `.asc` are recognized by
makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify the integrity
of the corresponding source file.
*noextract (array)*::
An array of filenames corresponding to those from the source array. Files
listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
is useful for packages which use compressed data which is downloaded but
not necessary to uncompress.
is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
*md5sums (array)*::
This array contains an MD5 hash for every source file specified in the
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily generate md5sums, run
``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
appropriate location.
*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
@@ -117,61 +136,79 @@ name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
*arch (array)*::
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
files may use arch=('any').
files should use `arch=('any')`.
*backup (array)*::
A space-delimited array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
An array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in /etc. See
Handling Config Files in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
*depends (array)*::
An array of packages that this package depends on to run. Packages in
An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
form 'name<>version', where <> is one of five comparisons: >= (greater
than or equal to), <= (less than or equal to), = (equal to), > (greater
than), or < (less than).
form 'name<>version', where `<>` is one of five comparisons: `>=` (greater
than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
(greater than), or `<` (less than).
+
If the dependency name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
try to find a binary that depends on the library in the built package and
append the version needed by the binary. Appending the version yourself
disables auto detection.
*makedepends (array)*::
An array of packages that this package depends on to build, but are not
An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
depends.
*checkdepends (array)*::
An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
*optdepends (array)*::
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
should be similar to the following:
for specifying optdepends is:
optdepends=('fakeroot: for makepkg usage as normal user')
*conflicts (array)*::
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are also supported.
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
operators as described in `depends`.
*provides (array)*::
An array of ``virtual provisions'' that this package provides. This allows
An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format.
For example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0'
dependency of other packages. Provisions involving the '>' and '<'
operators are invalid as only specific versions of a package may be
provided.
+
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format. For
example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
only specific versions of a package may be provided.
+
If the provision name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
try to find the library in the built package and append the correct
version. Appending the version yourself disables auto detection.
*replaces (array)*::
An array of packages that this package should replace, and can be used
An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
as expected even though the package has moved. Sysupgrade is currently
the only pacman operation that utilizes this field, a normal sync will
not use its value.
as expected even though the package has moved. Versioned replaces are
supported using the operators as described in `depends`.
+
Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
*options (array)*::
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
@@ -179,8 +216,8 @@ name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*NOTE:* 'force' is a special option only used in a linkman:PKGBUILD[5],
do not use it unless you know what you are doing.
*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
variable.
*strip*;;
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
@@ -201,6 +238,9 @@ name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
*zipman*;;
Compress man and info pages with gzip.
*upx*;;
Compress binary executable files using UPX.
*ccache*;;
Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
@@ -211,74 +251,88 @@ name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
with distcc.
*buildflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS, LDFLAGS)
during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in
its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that have problems
building with custom buildflags.
*makeflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
*force*;;
Force the package to be upgraded by a pacman system upgrade
operation, even if the version number would normally not trigger
such an upgrade. This is useful when the version numbering scheme
of a package changes (or is alphanumeric). See linkman:pacman[8] for
more information on version comparisons.
build() Function
----------------
In addition to the above directives, the build() bash function comprises the
remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so
anything that bash or the system has available is available for use here. Be
sure any exotic commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
In addition to the above directives, the optional build() function usually
comprises the remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed
by makepkg, so anything that bash or the system has available is available for
use here. The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits
with a non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic
commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
All of the above variables such as `pkgname` and `pkgver` are available for use
in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines three variables for your
use during the build and install process. These three variables are as follows:
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for use
in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines the following three
variables for use during the build and install process:
*startdir*::
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD was
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
*srcdir*::
This points to the directory where makepkg extracts or copies all source
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
files.
*pkgdir*::
This points to the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
(this directory will become the root directory of your built package).
If you create any variables of your own in the build function, it is
recommended to use the bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
the build function.
check() Function
----------------
An optional check() function can be specified in which a packages test-suite
may be run. This function is run between the build() and package() functions.
The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic commands
used are covered by `checkdepends`.
package() Function
------------------
An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build() function.
This function is run immediately after the build() function. When specified in
combination with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot
usage will be limited to running the packaging stage. The build() function will be
run as the user calling makepkg.
An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build()
function. This function is run after the build() and check() functions. The
function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. When specified in combination
with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot usage
will be limited to running the packaging stage. An existing build() function
will be run as the user calling makepkg.
Package Splitting
-----------------
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is achieved
by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive. Each split package
uses a corresponding packaging function with name `package_foo()`, where `foo` is the
name of the split package.
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values given
within the PKGBUILD. However, some of these can be overridden within each split
package's packaging function. The following variables can be overridden: `pkgdesc`,
`license`, `groups`, `depends`, `optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`,
`backup`, `options` and `install`.
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
each split package's packaging function:
`pkgver`, `pkgrel`, `epoch`, `pkgdesc`, `arch`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`,
`optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`,
`install` and `changelog`.
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
*pkgbase*::
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
element in the `pkgname` array is used.
element in the `pkgname` array is used. The variable is not allowed to
begin with a hyphen.
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
--------------------------------
@@ -286,31 +340,37 @@ Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation:
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
or remove scripts will be called.
Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel' if epoch is
non-zero.
*pre_install*::
script is run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
new package version.
Run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
new package full version string.
*post_install*::
script is run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
new package version.
Run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
new package full version string.
*pre_upgrade*::
script is run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed
in the following order: new package version, old package version.
Run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this
order: new package full version string, old package full version string.
*post_upgrade*::
script is run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed
in the following order: new package version, old package version.
Run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this order:
new package full version string, old package full version string.
*pre_remove*::
script is run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
old package version.
Run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
old package full version string.
*post_remove*::
script is run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
old package version.
Run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
old package full version string.
To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
@@ -318,9 +378,8 @@ same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
install=pkgname.install
The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
template install file is available with the source distribution of this
program, or one may be provided by your distribution. For example, Arch Linux
provides prototype install files in the ABS tree.
template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
reference with all of the available functions defined.
Development Directives
@@ -329,7 +388,7 @@ makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
separate utility 'versionpkg'. In order to utilize this functionality, your
PKGBUILD must use correct variable names depending on the SCM being fetched
from.
from (e.g., 'makepkg-git', 'mplayer-svn').
*CVS*::
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
@@ -350,8 +409,7 @@ from.
The SVN module to fetch.
*Git*::
The generated pkgver will be one formatted by the 'git-describe'
command, with '-' characters converted to '_' characters.
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
*_gitroot*;;
The URL (all protocols supported) to the GIT repository.

View File

@@ -17,7 +17,11 @@ plus=&#43;
caret=&#94;
startsb=&#91;
endsb=&#93;
backslash=&#92;
tilde=&#126;
apostrophe=&#39;
backtick=&#96;
litdd=&#45;&#45;
ifdef::backend-docbook[]
[linkman-inlinemacro]

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
See the pacman website at http://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
@@ -18,13 +18,17 @@ Authors
Current maintainers:
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Past contributors:
Past major contributors:
* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
* Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
See the 'AUTHORS' file for additional contributors.
For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the pacman.git
repository.

View File

@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ automatically and can download packages from a remote server.
History
~~~~~~~
Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the `--sync`
Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the '\--sync'
option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the `--add` and
`--upgrade` operations.
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the '\--add' and
'\--upgrade' operations.
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman- a backend named libalpm
(library for Arch Linux Package Management), and the familiar pacman frontend.
@@ -41,17 +41,20 @@ configuration files dealing with pacman.
* linkman:makepkg[8]
* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
* linkman:pacman[8]
* linkman:pacman-key[8]
* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
* linkman:pkgdelta[8]
* linkman:repo-add[8]
* linkman:vercmp[8]
Changelog
~~~~~~~~~
For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=pacman.git[Gitweb] summary
page for the project.
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
project.
See the most recent
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=pacman.git;a=blob_plain;f=NEWS;hb=HEAD[NEWS]
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
@@ -62,6 +65,16 @@ Releases
`------------`-------
Date Version
---------------------
2011-08-10 v3.5.4
2011-06-07 v3.5.3
2011-04-18 v3.5.2
2011-03-23 v3.5.1
2011-03-16 v3.5.0
2011-01-22 v3.4.3
2010-12-29 v3.4.2
2010-09-03 v3.4.1
2010-06-16 v3.4.0
2009-11-10 v3.3.3
2009-10-05 v3.3.2
2009-09-22 v3.3.1
2009-08-02 v3.3.0
@@ -96,9 +109,9 @@ link:ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
commands:
$ ./configure
$ make
# make install
$ ./configure
$ make
# make install
You may wish to read the options presented by `./configure --help` in order to
set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
@@ -109,8 +122,8 @@ Development
Mailing List
~~~~~~~~~~~~
There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
link:http://www.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
link:http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
Source Code
~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -121,11 +134,12 @@ these trees).
The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
You can browse the source as well using
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=pacman.git[Gitweb].
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
@@ -141,17 +155,17 @@ Other Utilities
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
extensively in link:http://archlinux.org[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
extensively in link:http://archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
are available in the Arch Linux projects
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[Gitweb browser].
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
Utilities available:
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=abs.git[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=devtools.git[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=namcap.git[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=pacbuild.git[pacbuild] - a package building system utilizing a daemon
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=srcpac.git[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
Bugs
----
@@ -160,7 +174,7 @@ mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
if it helps.
You can also post a bug to the Archlinux bug tracker
You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
bugs under the Pacman project.
@@ -188,11 +202,11 @@ Pacman/libalpm frontends:
Copyright
---------
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team
<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
version 2 or later.
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
libalpm(3)
==========

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
makepkg(8)
==========
@@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ makepkg - package build utility
Synopsis
--------
makepkg [options]
'makepkg' [options]
Description
-----------
makepkg is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
using the script are a build-capable \*nix platform and a custom build script
for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
you have the build script for a package, makepkg will do the rest: download and
you have the build script for a package, 'makepkg' will do the rest: download and
validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
to use.
NOTE: makepkg uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
NOTE: 'makepkg' uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
your logs and output are not localized.
@@ -48,12 +48,9 @@ Options
*-c, \--clean*::
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
*-C, \--cleancache*::
Removes all cached source files from the directory specified in `SRCDEST`
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*--config* <`/path/to/config`>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the `/etc/makepkg.conf` default;
*\--config* <file>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
default.
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
@@ -81,14 +78,20 @@ Options
*-g, \--geninteg*::
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks
generated are determined by the value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. This output can be redirected into your
PKGBUILD for source validation using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
*--skipinteg*::
Do not fail when the PKGBUILD does not contain any integrity checks, just
print a warning instead.
Do not perform any integrity checks (checksum and PGP) on source files.
*\--skipchecksums*::
Do not verify checksums of source files.
*\--skippgpcheck*::
Do not verify PGP signatures of source files.
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command line options.
@@ -114,10 +117,10 @@ Options
*-o, \--nobuild*::
Download and extract files only, but do not build them. Useful with the
`\--noextract` option if you wish to tweak the files in src/ before
'\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files in src/ before
building.
*-p* <`buildscript`>::
*-p* <buildscript>::
Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5].
@@ -135,6 +138,13 @@ Options
dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
*-S, \--source*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
*\--allsource*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
includes all sources, including those that are normally download via
@@ -142,12 +152,27 @@ Options
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
*\--source*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
*\--pkg <list>*::
Only build listed packages from a split package.
*\--check*::
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*\--nocheck*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
*\--sign*::
Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*\--nosign*::
Do not create a signature for the built package.
*\--key* <key>::
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. If not specified in either location, the
default key from the keyring will be used.
*\--noconfirm*::
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
@@ -166,6 +191,26 @@ separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
set up a development PKGBUILD.
Environment Variables
---------------------
*PACMAN*::
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
install and remove packages. Pacman's -Qq, -Rns, -S, -T, and -U
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
makepkg.conf(5)
===============
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Options
This is often used to set the number of jobs used, for example, `-j2`.
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache**)**::
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign**)**::
This array contains options that affect the build environment, the defaults
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
or disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
@@ -93,12 +93,36 @@ Options
be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
PKGBUILD options array.
*check*;;
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options respectively.
*sign*;;
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
--detach-sign --use-agent` on the built package to generate a detached
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature
file will be the entire filename of the package with a ``.sig''
extension.
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
`MAKEFLAGS`.
**OPTIONS=(**strip !docs libtool emptydirs zipman**)**::
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, packages will by default be built in
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
option allows setting the build location to another folder.
Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
this option to fail.
**GPGKEY=**""::
Specify a key to use for gpg signing instead of the default key in the
keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
**OPTIONS=(**strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx**)**::
This array contains options that affect the default packaging. They are
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
@@ -130,11 +154,27 @@ Options
Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
package.
*upx*;;
Compress binary executable files using UPX. Additional options
can be passed to UPX by specifying the `UPXFLAGS` variable.
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
`md5`, `sha1`, `sha256`, `sha384`, and `sha512`.
**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
If `zipman` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
@@ -148,13 +188,6 @@ Options
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
**STRIP_DIRS=(**bin lib sbin usr/{bin,lib} ...**)**::
If `strip` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to for files to strip. If you build
packages that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory
to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory
name.
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
If `purge` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
@@ -171,14 +204,21 @@ Options
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
It is recommended you change this to your name and email address.
*PKGEXT*, *SRCEXT*::
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages. The
current valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar,bz2`, `.tar.xz`, and
`.tar.Z`.
Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]

142
doc/pacman-key.8.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
pacman-key(8)
=============
Name
----
pacman-key - manage pacman's list of trusted keys
Synopsis
--------
'pacman-key' [options]
Description
-----------
'pacman-key' is a wrapper script for GnuPG used to manage pacman's keyring, which
is the collection of PGP keys used to check signed packages and databases. It
provides the ability to import and export keys, fetch keys from keyservers and
update the key trust database.
More complex keyring management can be achieved using GnuPG directly combined with
the '\--homedir' option pointing at the pacman keyring (located in
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+ by default).
Options
-------
*-a, \--add* [file(s)]::
Add the key(s) contained in the specified file or files to pacman's
keyring. If a key already exists, update it.
*\--config* <file>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
default.
*-d, \--delete* <keyid(s)>::
Remove the key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) from pacman's
keyring.
*-e, \--export* [keyid(s)]::
Export key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) to 'stdout'. If no keyid
is specified, all keys will be exported.
*\--edit-key* <keyid(s)>::
Present a menu for key management task on the specified keyid(s). Useful
for adjusting a keys trust level.
*-f, \--finger* [keyid(s)]::
List a fingerprint for each specified keyid, or for all known keys if no
keyids are specified.
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command line options.
*\--import* <dir(s)>::
Imports keys from `pubring.gpg` into the public keyring from the specified
directories.
*\--import-trustdb* <dir(s)> ::
Imports ownertrust values from `trustdb.gpg` into the shared trust database
from the specified directories.
*\--init*::
Ensure the keyring is properly initialized and has the required access
permissions.
*\--keyserver* <keyserver>::
Use the specified keyserver if the operation requires one. This will take
precedence over any keyserver option specified in a `gpg.conf`
configuration file. Running '\--init' with this option will set the default
keyserver if one was not already configured.
*-l, \--list-keys* [keyid(s)]::
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
*\--list-sigs* [keyid(s)]::
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
*\--lsign-key* <keyid>::
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
*-r, \--recv-keys* <keyid(s)>::
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--refresh-keys* [keyid(s)]::
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--populate* [keyring(s)]::
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
<<SC,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
*-u, \--updatedb*::
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG.
*-v, \--verify* <signature>::
Verify the given signature file.
*-V, \--version*::
Displays the program version.
Providing a Keyring for Import
------------------------------
A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
PGP keyring file `foo.gpg` that contains the keys for the foo keyring in the
directory +{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+.
Optionally, the file `foo-trusted` can be provided containing a list of trusted
key IDs for that keyring. This is a file in a format compatible with 'gpg
\--export-ownertrust' output. This file will inform the user which keys a user
needs to verify and sign to build a local web of trust, in addition to
assigning provided owner trust values.
Also optionally, the file `foo-revoked` can be provided containing a list of
revoked key IDs for that keyring. Revoked is defined as "no longer valid for
any signing", so should be used with prudence. A key being marked as revoked
will be disabled in the keyring and no longer treated as valid, so this always
takes priority over it's trusted state in any other keyring.
All files are required to be signed (detached) by a trusted PGP key that the
user must manually import to the pacman keyring. This prevents a potentially
malicious repository adding keys to the pacman keyring without the users
knowledge.
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
pacman(8)
=========
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ pacman - package manager utility
Synopsis
--------
'pacman' <operation> [options] [packages]
'pacman' <operation> [options] [targets]
Description
-----------
@@ -25,9 +24,21 @@ Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the frontend to linkman:libalpm[3], the
``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
front ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
Invoking pacman involves specifying an operation with any potential options and
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, filename, URL, or
a search string. Targets can be provided as command line arguments.
Additionally, if a single dash (-) is passed as an argument, targets will be
read from stdin.
Operations
----------
*-D, \--database*::
Modify the package database. This operation allows you to modify certain
attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. At the
moment, you can only change the install reason using '\--asdeps' and
'\--asexplicit' options.
*-Q, \--query*::
Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
@@ -43,7 +54,7 @@ Operations
removed, in which case every package in that group will be removed.
Files belonging to the specified package will be deleted, and the
database will be updated. Most configuration files will be saved
with a `.pacsave` extension unless the '\--nosave' option is used.
with a '.pacsave' extension unless the '\--nosave' option is used.
See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
*-S, \--sync*::
@@ -57,34 +68,46 @@ Operations
interprets ">" as redirection to file.)
+
In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will install every
package in the gnome group, as well as the dependencies of those packages.
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will provide a
prompt allowing you to select which packages to install from a numbered list.
The package selection is specified using a space separated list of package
numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first and last
package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is achieved by
prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
+
Packages which provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages which
Packages that provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages that
provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
found, it will be installed.
found, it will be installed. A selection prompt is provided if multiple packages
providing foo are found.
+
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
Alphanumeric:
1.0a < 1.0alpha < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
Numeric:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
+
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
*-T, \--deptest*::
Check dependencies; this is useful in scripts such as makepkg to check
installed packages. This operation will check each dependency specified and
return a list of those which are not currently satisfied on the system.
return a list of dependencies that are not currently satisfied on the system.
This operation accepts no other options. Example usage: `pacman -T qt
"bash>=3.2"`.
*-U, \--upgrade*::
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system. Either a URL or file path can be
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<HCF,Handling Config
Files>> for an explanation on how pacman takes care of config files.
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
dependencies from sync repos. Either a URL or file path can be
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
on how pacman takes care of config files.
*-V, \--version*::
Display version and exit.
@@ -96,6 +119,94 @@ to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
Options
-------
*-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what you are
doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
not automatically prepended.
*-r, \--root* <path>::
Specify an alternative installation root (default is `/`). This should
not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
`/usr`. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
temporary mounted partition that is "owned" by another system.
*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
be inside this root path.
*-v, \--verbose*::
Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
*\--arch* <arch>::
Specify an alternate architecture.
*\--cachedir* <dir>::
Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*\--config* <file>::
Specify an alternate configuration file.
*\--debug*::
Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
to be used.
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures (a
typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*\--logfile* <file>::
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
the installation root setting.
*\--noconfirm*::
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
--------------------------------------------------
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Skips dependency version checks. Package names are still checked. Normally,
pacman will always check a package's dependency fields to ensure that all
dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
*\--dbonly*::
Adds/Removes the database entry only, leaves all files in place.
*\--noprogressbar*::
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
*\--noscriptlet*::
If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
unless you know what you are doing.
*-p, \--print*::
Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
'-S', filenames with '-U' and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
*\--print-format* <format>::
Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
operation. The possible attributes are: %n for pkgname, %v for pkgver,
%l for location, %r for repo and %s for size.
Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
--------------------------------------------
*-f, \--force*::
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
*\--asdeps*::
Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
@@ -108,83 +219,42 @@ Options
as explicitly installed so it will not be removed by the '\--recursive'
remove operation.
*-b, \--dbpath* <'path'>::
Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
``/var/lib/pacman''). This should not be used unless you know what you are
doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
not automatically prepended.
*\--ignore* <package>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
with a comma.
*-d, \--nodeps*::
Skips all dependency checks. Normally, pacman will always check a
package's dependency fields to ensure that all dependencies are
installed and there are no package conflicts in the system.
*\--ignoregroup* <group>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
separating them with a comma.
*-f, \--force*::
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
*\--needed*::
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
*-r, \--root* <'path'>::
Specify an alternative installation root (default is ``/''). This should
not be used as a way to install software into ``/usr/local'' instead of
``/usr''. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
temporary mounted partition which is "owned" by another system.
*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
be inside this root path.
*-v, \--verbose*::
Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
*\--debug*::
Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
to be used.
*\--cachedir* <'dir'>::
Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
``/var/cache/pacman/pkg''). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*\--config* <'file'>::
Specify an alternate configuration file.
*\--logfile* <'file'>::
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
the installation root setting.
*\--noconfirm*::
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
*\--noprogressbar*::
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
*\--noscriptlet*::
If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
unless you know what you are doing.
*\--recursive*::
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
reinstalls.
Query Options[[QO]]
-------------------
*-c, \--changelog*::
View the ChangeLog of a package. Not every package will provide one but
it will be shown if available.
View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
*-d, \--deps*::
Restrict or filter output to packages installed as dependencies. This
option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans- packages that
option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans - packages that
were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any
installed package. ('-Qdt' is equivalent to the pacman 3.0.X '-Qe'
option.)
installed package.
*-e, \--explicit*::
Restrict or filter output to packages explicitly installed. This option
can be combined with '-t' to list top-level packages- those packages
that were explicitly installed but are not required by any other
package. ('-Qet' is equivalent to the pacman 2.9.X '-Qe' option.)
Restrict or filter output to explicitly installed packages. This option
can be combined with '-t' to list explicitly installed packages that
are not required by any other package.
*-g, \--groups*::
Display all packages that are members of a named group. If a name is not
@@ -210,9 +280,9 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
and installed with '\--upgrade'.
*-o, \--owns* <'file'>::
Search for the package that owns file. The path can be relative or
absolute.
*-o, \--owns* <file>::
Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
relative or absolute and one or more files can be specified.
*-p, \--file*::
Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
@@ -229,11 +299,10 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
and missing files; a bare query will only show package names
rather than names and versions.
*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
This will search each locally-installed package for names or
descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
be returned.
*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
Search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions that
match `regexp`. When including multiple search terms, only packages
with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
*-t, \--unrequired*::
Restrict or filter output to packages not required by any currently
@@ -253,13 +322,10 @@ Remove Options[[RO]]
or more target packages. This operation is recursive, and must be used
with care since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
*-k, \--keep*::
Removes the database entry only. Leaves all files in place.
*-n, \--nosave*::
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
file is removed from the system the database is checked to see if the
file should be renamed with a ``.pacsave'' extension.
file should be renamed with a '.pacsave' extension.
*-s, \--recursive*::
Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
@@ -269,7 +335,7 @@ Remove Options[[RO]]
orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
*-u, \--unneeded*::
Removes the targets that are not required by any other packages.
Removes targets that are not required by any other packages.
This is mostly useful when removing a group without using the '-c' option,
to avoid breaking any dependencies.
@@ -296,18 +362,14 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
view all groups and their members.
*-i, \--info*::
Display dependency and other information for a given package. This will
search through all repositories for a matching package.
Display information on a given sync database package. Passing two '\--info'
or '-i' flags will also display those packages in all repositories that
depend on this package.
*-l, \--list*::
List all packages in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories
can be specified on the command line.
*-p, \--print-uris*::
Print out URIs for each package that will be installed, including any
dependencies yet to be installed. These can be piped to a file and
downloaded at a later time, using a program like wget.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain sync operations. (This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
@@ -315,7 +377,7 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
only show package names and omit group names.
*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
This will search each package in the sync databases for names or
descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
@@ -327,34 +389,34 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented and the operation
will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
necessary. Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this
case pacman will select sync packages whose version does not match with
the local version. This can be useful when the user switches from a testing
repo to a stable one.
necessary.
+
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this case pacman will
select sync packages whose version does not match with the local version. This
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repo to a stable one.
+
Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
system upgrade and install/upgrade the foo package in the same operation.
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade
anything.
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
*-y, \--refresh*::
Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the server(s)
defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they are thought to be up
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they appear to be up
to date.
*\--needed*::
Don't reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
*\--ignore* <'package'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
with a comma.
*\--ignoregroup* <'group'>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
separating them with a comma.
*\--recursive*::
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
reinstalls.
Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
@@ -367,7 +429,7 @@ actual file existing on the filesystem. After comparing these 3 hashes, the
follow scenarios can result:
original=X, current=X, new=X::
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue Install the
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
new file.
original=X, current=X, new=Y::
@@ -388,6 +450,25 @@ original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
necessary changes into the original file.
Examples
--------
pacman -Ss ne.hack::
Search for regexp "ne.hack" in package database.
pacman -S gpm::
Download and install gpm including dependencies.
pacman -U /home/user/ceofhack-0.6-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz::
Install ceofhack-0.6-1 package from a local file.
pacman -Syu::
Update package list and upgrade all packages afterwards.
pacman -Syu gpm::
Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
wasn't already installed.
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
pacman.conf(5)
==============
@@ -57,22 +57,31 @@ Options
*DBPath =* path/to/db/dir::
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. A
typical default is ``/var/lib/pacman/''. Most users will not need to set
typical default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
path is not automatically prepended.
*CacheDir =* path/to/cache/dir::
Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. A typical
default is ``/var/cache/pacman/pkg/''. Multiple cache directories can be
default is +{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/+. Multiple cache directories can be
specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*GPGDir =* path/to/gpg/dir::
Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
files for GnuPG. A typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
This directory should contain two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`.
`pubring.gpg` holds the public keys of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg`
contains a so-called trust database, which specifies that the keys are
authentic and trusted.
*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
prepended.
*LogFile =* '/path/to/file'::
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
is ``/var/log/pacman.log''. This is an absolute path and the root directory
is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
is not prepended.
*HoldPkg =* package ...::
@@ -98,7 +107,16 @@ Options
*Include =* path::
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
general configuration options.
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
use the system architecture, provided by in ``uname -m''. If unset, no
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: packages with the special
architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
architecture independent.
*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
@@ -111,9 +129,6 @@ Options
http/ftp support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
utilities like wget.
*NoPassiveFtp*::
Disables passive ftp connections when downloading packages. (aka Active Mode)
*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
All files listed with a `NoUpgrade` directive will never be touched during
a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
@@ -130,21 +145,24 @@ Options
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled | KeepCurrent::
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
packages that are no longer installed (not present in the local database).
If set to `KeepCurrent`, '-Sc' will clean outdated packages (not present in
any sync database).
The second behavior is useful when the package cache is shared among
multiple machines, where the local databases are usually different, but the
sync databases in use could be the same.
sync databases in use could be the same. If both values are specified,
packages are only cleaned if not installed locally and not present in any
known sync database.
*SigLevel =* ...::
Set the default signature verification level. For more information, see
<<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
*UseSyslog*::
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
``/var/log/messages'' or equivalent.
*ShowSize*::
Display the size of individual packages for '\--sync' and '\--query' modes.
+{localstatedir}/log/messages+ or equivalent.
*UseDelta*::
Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
@@ -156,6 +174,14 @@ Options
than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
bar is still based solely on the current file download.
*CheckSpace*::
Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
installing packages.
*VerbosePkgLists*::
Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
Repository Sections
-------------------
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
@@ -171,18 +197,10 @@ contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
--------
[core]
# use this repository first
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/core/os/arch
# use this server first
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
--------
During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile.
--------
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/arch
Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
--------
The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
@@ -190,6 +208,88 @@ listed first will take precedence over those listed later in the file when
packages in two repositories have identical names, regardless of version
number.
*Include =* path::
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
*Server =* url::
A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if
available) for this repository can be found.
+
During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
the `$arch` variable to the value of `Architecture`, so the same mirrorfile can
even be used for different architectures.
*SigLevel =* ...::
Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
information, see <<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
Package and Database Signature Checking
---------------------------------------
The 'SigLevel' directive is valid in both the `[options]` and repository
sections. If used in `[options]`, it sets a default value for any repository
that does not provide the setting.
* If set to *Never*, no signature checking will take place.
* If set to *Optional* , signatures will be checked when present, but unsigned
databases and packages will also be accepted.
* If set to *Required*, signatures will be required on all packages and
databases.
Alternatively, you can get more fine-grained control by combining some of
the options and prefixes described below. All options in a config file are
processed in top-to-bottom, left-to-right fashion, where later options override
and/or supplement earlier ones. If 'SigLevel' is specified in a repository
section, the starting value is that from the `[options]` section, or the
built-in system default as shown below if not specified.
The options are split into two main groups, described below. Terms used such as
``marginally trusted'' are terms used by GnuPG, for more information please
consult linkman:gpg[1].
When to Check::
These options control if and when signature checks should take place.
*Never*;;
All signature checking is suppressed, even if signatures are present.
*Optional* (default);;
Signatures are checked if present; absence of a signature is not an
error. An invalid signature is a fatal error, as is a signature from a
key not in the keyring.
*Required*;;
Signatures are required; absence of a signature or an invalid signature
is a fatal error, as is a signature from a key not in the keyring.
What is Allowed::
These options control what signatures are viewed as permissible. Note that
neither of these options allows acceptance of invalid or expired
signatures, or those from revoked keys.
*TrustedOnly* (default);;
If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring and fully trusted;
marginal trust does not meet this criteria.
*TrustAll*;;
If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring, but is not
required to be assigned a trust level (e.g., unknown or marginal
trust).
Options in both groups can additionally be prefixed with either *Package* or
*Database*, which will cause it to only take effect on the specified object
type. For example, `PackageTrustAll` would allow marginal and unknown trust
level signatures for packages.
The built-in default is the following:
--------
SigLevel = Optional TrustedOnly
--------
Using Your Own Repository
-------------------------
If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate
@@ -201,11 +301,12 @@ directory with these packages so pacman can find it when run with '\--refresh'.
The above command will generate a compressed database named
'/home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz'. Note that the database must be of the form
'{treename}.db.tar.gz', where '{treename}' is the name of the section defined in
the configuration file. That's it! Now configure your custom section in the
configuration file as shown in the config example above. Pacman will now use your
package repository. If you add new packages to the repository, remember to
re-generate the database and use pacman's '\--refresh' option.
'\{treename\}.db.tar.{ext}', where '\{treename\}' is the name of the section
defined in the configuration file and '\{ext\}' is a valid compression type as
documented in linkman:repo-add[8]. That's it! Now configure your custom section
in the configuration file as shown in the config example above. Pacman will now
use your package repository. If you add new packages to the repository,
remember to re-generate the database and use pacman's '\--refresh' option.
For more information on the repo-add command, see ``repo-add \--help'' or
linkman:repo-add[8].

42
doc/pkgdelta.8.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
pkgdelta(8)
=========
Name
----
pkgdelta - package delta generation utility
Synopsis
--------
'pkgdelta' [-q] <package1> <package2>
Description
-----------
'pkgdelta' is used to create package delta files between two versions of the
same package. These files are essentially binary patches. linkman:pacman[8] can
download deltas instead of full package upgrades, and use them with the
previous versions of packages (in the package cache) to synthesize the upgraded
version of the packages. This likely reduces download sizes for upgrades
significantly.
'pkgdelta' requires linkman:xdelta3[1] to do its job.
Options
-------
*-q, \--quiet*::
Be quiet. Do not output anything but warnings and errors.
Examples
--------
$ pkgdelta libreoffice-3.3.2-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz libreoffice-3.3.2-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:xdelta3[1]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
repo-add(8)
==========
@@ -10,33 +10,66 @@ repo-add - package database maintenance utility
Synopsis
--------
repo-add [-q] <path-to-db> <package1> [<package2> ...]
'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package|delta> [<package|delta> ...]
repo-remove [-q] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename2> ...]
'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename|delta> [<packagename|delta> ...]
Description
-----------
repo-add and repo-remove are two scripts to help build a package database for
'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
They also handle package deltas produced by linkman:pkgdelta[8].
repo-add will update a package database by reading a built package file.
Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package or package
delta file. Multiple packages and/or deltas to add can be specified on the
command line.
repo-remove will update a package database by removing the package name
specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
on the command line.
'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name or
delta specified on the command line. Multiple packages and/or delta to remove
can be specified on the command line.
A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
``.db'' or ``.files'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'',
``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'', ``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need
to exist, but all parent directories must exist.
Options
-------
Common Options
--------------
*-q, \--quiet*::
Force this program to keep quiet and run silent except for warning and
error messages.
*-s, \--sign*::
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
--detach-sign --use-agent` on the generated database to generate a detached
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
*-k, \--key* <key>::
Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
the GPGKEY environmental variable. If not specified in either location, the
default key from the keyring will be used.
*-v, \--verify*::
Verify the PGP signature of the database before updating the database.
If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
proceed.
repo-add Options
----------------
*-d, \--delta*::
Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
*-f, \--files*::
Tells repo-add also to create and include a list of the files in the
specified packages. This is useful for creating databases listing all files
in a given sync repository for tools that may use this information.
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pkgdelta[8]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
Creating your patch
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Creating your patch
The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
Please use your real name and email address. Feel free to "scramble" the
address if you're afraid of spam.
@@ -94,5 +94,5 @@ aren't their own.
--
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

View File

@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@ Pacman - Translating
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
libalpm messages, and the manpages for the entire pacman package.
A quick note- the gettext website is a very useful guide to read before
embarking on translation work, as it describes many of the commands in more
detail than I will here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]
We are currently using http://www.transifex.net/[Transifex] as the translation
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
and then register with a translation team on the
http://www.transifex.net/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
In addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[]
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]. In
addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[].
Translating Messages
@@ -28,35 +32,46 @@ original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
either be hand edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
http://help.transifex.net/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
Here is an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are
not worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory
is checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
tx pull -f
poedit po/<mylang>.po
poedit lib/libalpm/po/<mylang>.po
tx push -t -l <mylang>
Or to just push one of the two available resources:
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l fi
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l fi
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
Pre-release Updates
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
and an email will be sent by the 'translation lieutenant' to the
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev] mailing list asking for
translations. This email will have a prefix of *[translation]* for anyone
looking to set up an email filter.
and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
*[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
At this time, the `.po` language files will be made available at a URL
specified in the email. Each language will have two files available (backend
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to send a
follow-up message to the mailing list stating exactly what they intend to
translate so efforts are not duplicated on the same language.
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
Transifex project page. Each language will have two files available (backend
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
language.
Once a translator has completed the translation (*OR* realizes they do not have
time to finish), please email the `.po` files back to the list with a subject
such as '[translation] Updated German translation'. At this point, the
'translation lieutenant' will gather the translations together for inclusion in
the upcoming release.
time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
NOTE: Please email your translations back to the list as soon as possible- this
will give other speakers of your language time to review your translations and
update them as necessary.
For those familiar with GIT, you may wish to follow the procedure outlined
below as another alternative.
NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible- this will give other
speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
necessary.
Incremental Updates
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -64,7 +79,7 @@ Incremental Updates
If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
repository.
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
Next, you will need to run `./autogen.sh` and `./configure` in the base
directory to generate the correct Makefiles. At this point, all necessary
@@ -76,11 +91,11 @@ We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either the
work on first, and execute the following command. If you are working in the
`po/` tree, replace 'libalpm.pot' with 'pacman.pot':
make libalpm.pot-update
make libalpm.pot-update
Next, update your specific language's translation file:
make <po file>-update
make <po file>-update
At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
@@ -89,7 +104,7 @@ submit a GIT-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
with the following command:
make update-po
make update-po
Adding a New Language
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -118,16 +133,16 @@ msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
are ignored- if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
following two translations are equivalent:
msgstr "This is a test translation"
msgstr "This is a test translation"
msgstr ""
"This is a test translation"
msgstr ""
"This is a test translation"
If you want to test the translation (for example, the frontend one):
rm *.gmo stamp-po
make
cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
rm *.gmo stamp-po
make
cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
Translating Manpages
@@ -145,5 +160,5 @@ check there first before undergoing a translation effort to ensure you are not
duplicating efforts.
/////
vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

71
doc/vercmp.8.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
vercmp(8)
=========
Name
----
vercmp - version comparsion utility
Synopsis
--------
'vercmp' <version1> <version2>
Description
-----------
'vercmp' is used to determine the relationship between two given version
numbers. It outputs values as follows:
* < 0 : if ver1 < ver2
* = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
* > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
Version comparsion operates as follows:
Alphanumeric:
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
Numeric:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
Options
-------
*-h, \--help*::
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
then the general syntax is shown.
Examples
--------
$ vercmp 1 2
-1
$ vercmp 2 1
1
$ vercmp 2.0-1 1.7-6
1
$ vercmp 2.0 2.0-13
0
$ vercmp 4.34 1:001
-1
Configuration
-------------
There is none.
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -13,15 +13,17 @@ edit = sed \
-e 's|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|$(PACKAGE_NAME)|g' \
-e 's|@PKGEXT[@]|$(PKGEXT)|g' \
-e 's|@SRCEXT[@]|$(SRCEXT)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_BINARIES[@]|$(STRIP_BINARIES)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_SHARED[@]|$(STRIP_SHARED)|g' \
-e 's|@STRIP_STATIC[@]|$(STRIP_STATIC)|g' \
-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
-e 's|@CARCHFLAGS[@]|$(CARCHFLAGS)|g' \
-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g'
$(dist_sysconf_DATA): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@

View File

@@ -8,16 +8,16 @@
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 --no-check-certificate -O %o %u'
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -fC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
# /usr/bin/snarf
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
# /usr/bin/curl
# /usr/bin/wget
#########################################################################
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
@@ -26,11 +26,9 @@ DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
CARCH="@CARCH@"
CHOST="@CHOST@"
#-- Exclusive: will only run on @CARCHFLAGS@
# -march (or -mcpu) builds exclusively for an architecture
# -mtune optimizes for an architecture, but builds for whole processor family
CFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
CXXFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
#CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
#CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
#LDFLAGS=""
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
@@ -39,45 +37,55 @@ CXXFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache)
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- fakeroot: Allow building packages as a non-root user
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
#
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache)
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
#DISTCC_HOSTS=""
#
#-- Specify a directory for package building.
#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
#########################################################################
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries in STRIP_DIRS
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- upx: Compress binary executable files using UPX
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_SHARED="@STRIP_SHARED@"
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_STATIC="@STRIP_STATIC@"
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Directories to be searched for the strip option (if strip is specified)
STRIP_DIRS=(bin lib sbin usr/{bin,lib,sbin,local/{bin,lib,sbin}} opt/*/{bin,lib,sbin})
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
@@ -91,8 +99,12 @@ PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
#GPGKEY=""
#########################################################################
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS

View File

@@ -13,12 +13,14 @@
#DBPath = @localstatedir@/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
# If upgrades are available for these packages they will be asked for first
SyncFirst = pacman
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl %u > %o
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
@@ -27,12 +29,15 @@ SyncFirst = pacman
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options (all disabled by default)
#NoPassiveFtp
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#ShowSize
#UseDelta
#TotalDownload
CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
# PGP signature checking
#SigLevel = Optional
#
# REPOSITORIES
@@ -42,6 +47,7 @@ SyncFirst = pacman
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
@@ -57,12 +63,14 @@ SyncFirst = pacman
# servers immediately after the header and they will be used before the
# default mirrors.
#[core]
#Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/i686/
#SigLevel = Required
#Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/$arch/
# The file referenced here should contain a list of 'Server = ' lines.
#Include = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2006-10-14.15
scriptversion=2010-02-06.18; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
@@ -58,34 +58,49 @@ fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_glob=
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
chgrpcmd=
stripcmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dstarg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
@@ -95,65 +110,55 @@ In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
-c (ignored)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) shift
continue;;
-c) ;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
shift
shift
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
continue;;
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dstarg=$2
shift
shift
continue;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true
shift
continue;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
@@ -165,21 +170,22 @@ while test $# -ne 0; do
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dstarg"; then
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dstarg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dstarg"
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dstarg=$arg
dst_arg=$arg
done
fi
@@ -194,7 +200,11 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
@@ -224,7 +234,7 @@ for src
do
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $src in
-*) src=./$src ;;
-*) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
@@ -242,22 +252,22 @@ do
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dstarg"; then
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dstarg
dst=$dst_arg
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $dst in
-*) dst=./$dst ;;
-*) dst=./$dst;;
esac
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
@@ -378,26 +388,19 @@ do
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix=/ ;;
-*) prefix=./ ;;
*) prefix= ;;
/*) prefix='/';;
-*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
case $posix_glob in
'')
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=true
else
posix_glob=false
fi ;;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob && set -f
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob && set +f
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
@@ -459,41 +462,54 @@ do
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
&& { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
|| {
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
if test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
|| { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \
&& { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }; }\
|| {
echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
else
:
fi
} &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
} || exit 1
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
@@ -503,5 +519,6 @@ done
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

View File

@@ -25,27 +25,42 @@ libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
alpm.h alpm.c \
alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
backup.h backup.c \
be_files.c \
be_local.c \
be_package.c \
cache.h cache.c \
be_sync.c \
conflict.h conflict.c \
db.h db.c \
delta.h delta.c \
deps.h deps.c \
diskspace.h diskspace.c \
dload.h dload.c \
error.c \
graph.h \
graph.h graph.c \
group.h group.c \
handle.h handle.c \
log.h log.c \
md5.h md5.c \
package.h package.c \
pkghash.h pkghash.c \
rawstr.c \
remove.h remove.c \
signing.c signing.h \
sync.h sync.c \
trans.h trans.c \
util.h util.c
util.h util.c \
version.c
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
if !HAVE_LIBSSL
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
md5.h md5.c \
sha2.h sha2.c
endif
if HAVE_LIBGPGME
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
base64.h base64.c
endif
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO) @LIBCURL@
libalpm_la_LIBADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* add.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,9 +24,7 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "trans.h"
int _alpm_add_loadtarget(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, char *name);
int _alpm_add_prepare(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t **data);
int _alpm_add_commit(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
#endif /* _ALPM_ADD_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -23,15 +23,17 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
/* Globals */
enum _pmerrno_t pm_errno SYMEXPORT;
/** \addtogroup alpm_interface Interface Functions
* @brief Functions to initialize and release libalpm
* @{
@@ -39,40 +41,85 @@ enum _pmerrno_t pm_errno SYMEXPORT;
/** Initializes the library. This must be called before any other
* functions are called.
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
* @param root the root path for all filesystem operations
* @param dbpath the absolute path to the libalpm database
* @param err an optional variable to hold any error return codes
* @return a context handle on success, NULL on error, err will be set if provided
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_initialize(void)
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
enum _alpm_errno_t *err)
{
ASSERT(handle == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL, -1));
enum _alpm_errno_t myerr;
const char *lf = "db.lck";
size_t lockfilelen;
alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
handle = _alpm_handle_new();
if(handle == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
if(myhandle == NULL) {
myerr = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
goto cleanup;
}
if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(root, &(myhandle->root), 1))) {
goto cleanup;
}
if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(dbpath, &(myhandle->dbpath), 1))) {
goto cleanup;
}
lockfilelen = strlen(myhandle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
myhandle->lockfile = calloc(lockfilelen, sizeof(char));
snprintf(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", myhandle->dbpath, lf);
if(_alpm_db_register_local(myhandle) == NULL) {
myerr = myhandle->pm_errno;
goto cleanup;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
#endif
return(0);
return myhandle;
cleanup:
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
if(err && myerr) {
*err = myerr;
}
return NULL;
}
/** Release the library. This should be the last alpm call you make.
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
* After this returns, handle should be considered invalid and cannot be reused
* in any way.
* @param myhandle the context handle
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(void)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
int ret = 0;
alpm_db_t *db;
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
CHECK_HANDLE(myhandle, return -1);
if(alpm_db_unregister_all() == -1) {
return(-1);
/* close local database */
db = myhandle->db_local;
if(db) {
db->ops->unregister(db);
myhandle->db_local = NULL;
}
_alpm_handle_free(handle);
if(alpm_db_unregister_all(myhandle) == -1) {
ret = -1;
}
return(0);
_alpm_handle_unlock(myhandle);
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
curl_global_cleanup();
#endif
return ret;
}
/** @} */
@@ -81,9 +128,30 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(void)
* @brief Various libalpm functions
*/
/* Get the version of library */
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void) {
return(LIB_VERSION);
/** Get the version of library.
* @return the library version, e.g. "6.0.4"
* */
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void)
{
return LIB_VERSION;
}
/** Get the capabilities of the library.
* @return a bitmask of the capabilities
* */
enum alpm_caps SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
{
return 0
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_NLS
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_DOWNLOADER
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
#endif
| 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm_list.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
@@ -90,9 +89,9 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
ptr = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
ptr = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(ptr == NULL) {
return(list);
return list;
}
ptr->data = data;
@@ -101,7 +100,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
/* Special case: the input list is empty */
if(list == NULL) {
ptr->prev = ptr;
return(ptr);
return ptr;
}
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
ptr->prev = lp;
list->prev = ptr;
return(list);
return list;
}
/**
@@ -124,13 +123,13 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
if(!fn || !list) {
return(alpm_list_add(list, data));
return alpm_list_add(list, data);
} else {
alpm_list_t *add = NULL, *prev = NULL, *next = list;
add = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
add = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(add == NULL) {
return(list);
return list;
}
add->data = data;
@@ -146,19 +145,19 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_
add->prev = list->prev; /* list != NULL */
add->next = list;
list->prev = add;
return(add);
return add;
} else if(next == NULL) { /* another special case: add last element */
add->prev = prev;
add->next = NULL;
prev->next = add;
list->prev = add;
return(list);
return list;
} else {
add->prev = prev;
add->next = next;
next->prev = add;
prev->next = add;
return(list);
return list;
}
}
}
@@ -178,11 +177,11 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
{
alpm_list_t *tmp;
if (first == NULL) {
return(second);
if(first == NULL) {
return second;
}
if (second == NULL) {
return(first);
if(second == NULL) {
return first;
}
/* tmp is the last element of the first list */
tmp = first->prev;
@@ -193,7 +192,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
/* set the back reference to the tail */
second->prev = tmp;
return(first);
return first;
}
/**
@@ -207,14 +206,20 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp;
alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp, *tail_ptr, *left_tail_ptr, *right_tail_ptr;
if (left == NULL)
if(left == NULL) {
return right;
if (right == NULL)
}
if(right == NULL) {
return left;
}
if (fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
/* Save tail node pointers for future use */
left_tail_ptr = left->prev;
right_tail_ptr = right->prev;
if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
newlist = left;
left = left->next;
}
@@ -226,8 +231,8 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
newlist->next = NULL;
lp = newlist;
while ((left != NULL) && (right != NULL)) {
if (fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
while((left != NULL) && (right != NULL)) {
if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
lp->next = left;
left->prev = lp;
left = left->next;
@@ -240,24 +245,23 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
lp = lp->next;
lp->next = NULL;
}
if (left != NULL) {
if(left != NULL) {
lp->next = left;
left->prev = lp;
tail_ptr = left_tail_ptr;
}
else if (right != NULL) {
else if(right != NULL) {
lp->next = right;
right->prev = lp;
tail_ptr = right_tail_ptr;
}
else {
tail_ptr = lp;
}
/* Find our tail pointer
* TODO maintain this in the algorithm itself */
lp = newlist;
while(lp && lp->next) {
lp = lp->next;
}
newlist->prev = lp;
newlist->prev = tail_ptr;
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/**
@@ -269,9 +273,9 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
if (n > 1) {
if(n > 1) {
alpm_list_t *left = list;
alpm_list_t *lastleft = alpm_list_nth(list, n/2 - 1);
alpm_list_t *right = lastleft->next;
@@ -282,9 +286,56 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cm
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - (n/2), fn);
list = alpm_list_mmerge(left, right, fn);
}
return(list);
return list;
}
/**
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
* item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
*
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
* @param item the item to remove from the list
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
alpm_list_t *item)
{
if(haystack == NULL || item == NULL) {
return haystack;
}
if(item == haystack) {
/* Special case: removing the head node which has a back reference to
* the tail node */
haystack = item->next;
if(haystack) {
haystack->prev = item->prev;
}
item->prev = NULL;
} else if(item == haystack->prev) {
/* Special case: removing the tail node, so we need to fix the back
* reference on the head node. We also know tail != head. */
if(item->prev) {
/* i->next should always be null */
item->prev->next = item->next;
haystack->prev = item->prev;
item->prev = NULL;
}
} else {
/* Normal case, non-head and non-tail node */
if(item->next) {
item->next->prev = item->prev;
}
if(item->prev) {
item->prev->next = item->next;
}
}
return haystack;
}
/**
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
*
@@ -295,64 +346,38 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cm
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
{
alpm_list_t *i = haystack, *tmp = NULL;
alpm_list_t *i = haystack;
if(data) {
*data = NULL;
}
if(needle == NULL) {
return(haystack);
return haystack;
}
while(i) {
if(i->data == NULL) {
i = i->next;
continue;
}
tmp = i->next;
if(fn(i->data, needle) == 0) {
/* we found a matching item */
if(i == haystack) {
/* Special case: removing the head node which has a back reference to
* the tail node */
haystack = i->next;
if(haystack) {
haystack->prev = i->prev;
}
i->prev = NULL;
} else if(i == haystack->prev) {
/* Special case: removing the tail node, so we need to fix the back
* reference on the head node. We also know tail != head. */
if(i->prev) {
/* i->next should always be null */
i->prev->next = i->next;
haystack->prev = i->prev;
i->prev = NULL;
}
} else {
/* Normal case, non-head and non-tail node */
if(i->next) {
i->next->prev = i->prev;
}
if(i->prev) {
i->prev->next = i->next;
}
}
haystack = alpm_list_remove_item(haystack, i);
if(data) {
*data = i->data;
}
i->data = NULL;
free(i);
i = NULL;
break;
} else {
i = tmp;
i = i->next;
}
}
return(haystack);
return haystack;
}
/**
@@ -367,8 +392,8 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needl
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
const char *needle, char **data)
{
return(alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data));
return alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data);
}
/**
@@ -390,7 +415,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list)
}
lp = lp->next;
}
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/**
@@ -408,7 +433,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list)
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
lp = lp->next;
}
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/**
@@ -426,7 +451,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list)
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
lp = lp->next;
}
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/**
@@ -445,14 +470,14 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
while(lp) {
void *newdata = calloc(1, size);
void *newdata = malloc(size);
if(newdata) {
memcpy(newdata, lp->data, size);
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, newdata);
lp = lp->next;
}
}
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/**
@@ -468,7 +493,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL, *backup;
if(list == NULL) {
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
@@ -481,27 +506,11 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
lp = lp->prev;
}
list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
return(newlist);
return newlist;
}
/* Accessors */
/**
* @brief Get the first element of a list.
*
* @param list the list
*
* @return the first element in the list
*/
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
if(list) {
return((alpm_list_t*)list);
} else {
return(NULL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
*
@@ -510,13 +519,13 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list)
*
* @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
{
const alpm_list_t *i = list;
while(n--) {
i = i->next;
}
return((alpm_list_t*)i);
return (alpm_list_t *)i;
}
/**
@@ -529,9 +538,25 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n)
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
{
if(node) {
return(node->next);
return node->next;
} else {
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
}
/**
* @brief Get the previous element of a list.
*
* @param list the list head
*
* @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
*/
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
if(list && list->prev->next) {
return list->prev;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
@@ -545,9 +570,9 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
if(list) {
return(list->prev);
return list->prev;
} else {
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
}
@@ -560,8 +585,8 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
*/
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
{
if(node == NULL) return(NULL);
return(node->data);
if(node == NULL) return NULL;
return node->data;
}
/* Misc */
@@ -573,15 +598,15 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
*
* @return the number of list items
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
{
unsigned int i = 0;
size_t i = 0;
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
while(lp) {
++i;
lp = lp->next;
}
return(i);
return i;
}
/**
@@ -599,32 +624,33 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
const alpm_list_t *lp = haystack;
while(lp) {
if(lp->data && fn(lp->data, needle) == 0) {
return(lp->data);
return lp->data;
}
lp = lp->next;
}
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
/* trivial helper function for alpm_list_find_ptr */
static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
{
return(p != q);
return (p != q);
}
/**
* @brief Find an item in a list.
*
* Search for the item whos data matches that of the `needle`.
* Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
*
* @param needle the data to search for (== comparison)
* @param haystack the list
*
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
*/
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle)
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
const void *needle)
{
return(alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp));
return alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp);
}
/**
@@ -638,16 +664,70 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *need
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
const char *needle)
{
return((char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void*)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp));
return (char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void *)needle,
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
}
/**
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
* @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
*
* Entries are not duplicated. Operation is O(m*n). The first list is stepped
* through one node at a time, and for each node in the first list, each node
* in the second list is compared to it.
* The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
* `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
* list.
*
* @param left the first list
* @param right the second list
* @param fn the comparison function
* @param onlyleft pointer to the first result list
* @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
*
*/
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
{
const alpm_list_t *l = left;
const alpm_list_t *r = right;
if(!onlyleft && !onlyright) {
return;
}
while(l != NULL && r != NULL) {
int cmp = fn(l->data, r->data);
if(cmp < 0) {
if(onlyleft) {
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
}
l = l->next;
}
else if(cmp > 0) {
if(onlyright) {
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
}
r = r->next;
} else {
l = l->next;
r = r->next;
}
}
while(l != NULL) {
if(onlyleft) {
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
}
l = l->next;
}
while(r != NULL) {
if(onlyright) {
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
}
r = r->next;
}
}
/**
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
*
* @param lhs the first list
* @param rhs the second list
@@ -658,22 +738,51 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
const alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *left, *right;
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
for(i = lhs; i; i = i->next) {
int found = 0;
for(j = rhs; j; j = j->next) {
if(fn(i->data, j->data) == 0) {
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if(!found) {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, i->data);
}
left = alpm_list_copy(lhs);
left = alpm_list_msort(left, alpm_list_count(left), fn);
right = alpm_list_copy(rhs);
right = alpm_list_msort(right, alpm_list_count(right), fn);
alpm_list_diff_sorted(left, right, fn, &ret, NULL);
alpm_list_free(left);
alpm_list_free(right);
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
* Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
* will point to the original data.
*
* @param list the list to copy
* @param n the size of the list
* @param size the size of each data element
*
* @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
*/
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
size_t size)
{
size_t i;
const alpm_list_t *item;
char *array;
if(n == 0) {
return NULL;
}
return(ret);
array = malloc(n * size);
if(array == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
for(i = 0, item = list; i < n && item; i++, item = item->next) {
memcpy(array + i * size, item->data, size);
}
return array;
}
/** @} */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm_list.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, int n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
@@ -66,18 +67,21 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t size);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
/* item accessors */
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, int n);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
void *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *entry);
/* misc */
int alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* backup.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -32,82 +32,67 @@
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
/* split a backup string "file\thash" into two strings : file and hash */
int _alpm_backup_split(const char *string, char **file, char **hash)
/* split a backup string "file\thash" into the relevant components */
int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup)
{
char *str = strdup(string);
char *ptr;
char *str, *ptr;
STRDUP(str, string, return -1);
/* tab delimiter */
ptr = strchr(str, '\t');
ptr = str ? strchr(str, '\t') : NULL;
if(ptr == NULL) {
if(file) {
*file = str;
} else {
/* don't need our dup as the fname wasn't requested, so free it */
FREE(str);
}
return(0);
(*backup)->name = str;
(*backup)->hash = NULL;
return 0;
}
*ptr = '\0';
ptr++;
/* now str points to the filename and ptr points to the hash */
if(file) {
*file = strdup(str);
}
if(hash) {
*hash = strdup(ptr);
}
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, return -1);
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, return -1);
FREE(str);
return(1);
return 0;
}
char *_alpm_backup_file(const char *string)
{
char *file = NULL;
_alpm_backup_split(string, &file, NULL);
return(file);
}
char *_alpm_backup_hash(const char *string)
{
char *hash = NULL;
_alpm_backup_split(string, NULL, &hash);
return(hash);
}
/* Look for a filename in a pmpkg_t.backup list. If we find it,
* then we return the md5 hash (parsed from the same line)
/* Look for a filename in a alpm_pkg_t.backup list. If we find it,
* then we return the full backup entry.
*/
char *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, const alpm_list_t *backup)
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
const alpm_list_t *lp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(file == NULL || backup == NULL) {
return(NULL);
if(file == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
/* run through the backup list and parse out the hash for our file */
for(lp = backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *filename = NULL;
char *hash = NULL;
for(lp = alpm_pkg_get_backup(pkg); lp; lp = lp->next) {
alpm_backup_t *backup = lp->data;
/* no hash found */
if(!_alpm_backup_split((char *)lp->data, &filename, &hash)) {
FREE(filename);
continue;
if(strcmp(file, backup->name) == 0) {
return backup;
}
if(strcmp(file, filename) == 0) {
FREE(filename);
return(hash);
}
FREE(filename);
FREE(hash);
}
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup)
{
free(backup->name);
free(backup->hash);
free(backup);
}
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
{
alpm_backup_t *newbackup;
CALLOC(newbackup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, return NULL);
return newbackup;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* backup.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,10 +21,12 @@
#define _ALPM_BACKUP_H
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
char *_alpm_backup_file(const char *string);
char *_alpm_backup_hash(const char *string);
char *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, const alpm_list_t *backup);
int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup);
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup);
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup);
#endif /* _ALPM_BACKUP_H */

190
lib/libalpm/base64.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/*
* RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
*
* This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
* Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
*
* All rights reserved.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/*
* Pacman Notes:
*
* Taken from the PolarSSL project at www.polarssl.org under terms of the
* GPL. This is from version 0.14.2 of the library, and has been modified
* as following, which may be helpful for future updates:
* * remove "polarssl/config.h" include
* * change include from "polarssl/base64.h" to "base64.h"
* * removal of SELF_TEST code
*/
#include "base64.h"
static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
{
'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T',
'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd',
'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n',
'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x',
'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
'8', '9', '+', '/'
};
static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
{
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
127, 127, 127, 62, 127, 127, 127, 63, 52, 53,
54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 127, 127,
127, 64, 127, 127, 127, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 26, 27, 28,
29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
49, 50, 51, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127
};
/*
* Encode a buffer into base64 format
*/
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
{
size_t i, n;
int C1, C2, C3;
unsigned char *p;
if( slen == 0 )
return( 0 );
n = (slen << 3) / 6;
switch( (slen << 3) - (n * 6) )
{
case 2: n += 3; break;
case 4: n += 2; break;
default: break;
}
if( *dlen < n + 1 )
{
*dlen = n + 1;
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
}
n = (slen / 3) * 3;
for( i = 0, p = dst; i < n; i += 3 )
{
C1 = *src++;
C2 = *src++;
C3 = *src++;
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 & 3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C2 & 15) << 2) + (C3 >> 6)) & 0x3F];
*p++ = base64_enc_map[C3 & 0x3F];
}
if( i < slen )
{
C1 = *src++;
C2 = ((i + 1) < slen) ? *src++ : 0;
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 & 3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
if( (i + 1) < slen )
*p++ = base64_enc_map[((C2 & 15) << 2) & 0x3F];
else *p++ = '=';
*p++ = '=';
}
*dlen = p - dst;
*p = 0;
return( 0 );
}
/*
* Decode a base64-formatted buffer
*/
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
{
size_t i, j, n;
unsigned long x;
unsigned char *p;
for( i = j = n = 0; i < slen; i++ )
{
if( ( slen - i ) >= 2 &&
src[i] == '\r' && src[i + 1] == '\n' )
continue;
if( src[i] == '\n' )
continue;
if( src[i] == '=' && ++j > 2 )
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
if( src[i] > 127 || base64_dec_map[src[i]] == 127 )
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
if( base64_dec_map[src[i]] < 64 && j != 0 )
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
n++;
}
if( n == 0 )
return( 0 );
n = ((n * 6) + 7) >> 3;
if( *dlen < n )
{
*dlen = n;
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
}
for( j = 3, n = x = 0, p = dst; i > 0; i--, src++ )
{
if( *src == '\r' || *src == '\n' )
continue;
j -= ( base64_dec_map[*src] == 64 );
x = (x << 6) | ( base64_dec_map[*src] & 0x3F );
if( ++n == 4 )
{
n = 0;
if( j > 0 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >> 16 );
if( j > 1 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >> 8 );
if( j > 2 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x );
}
}
*dlen = p - dst;
return( 0 );
}

70
lib/libalpm/base64.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/**
* \file base64.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
*
* This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
* Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
*
* All rights reserved.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _BASE64_H
#define _BASE64_H
#include <string.h>
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0010 /**< Output buffer too small. */
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0012 /**< Invalid character in input. */
/**
* \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
*
* \param dst destination buffer
* \param dlen size of the buffer
* \param src source buffer
* \param slen amount of data to be encoded
*
* \return 0 if successful, or POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
* *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
*
* \note Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
* required buffer size in *dlen
*/
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
/**
* \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer
*
* \param dst destination buffer
* \param dlen size of the buffer
* \param src source buffer
* \param slen amount of data to be decoded
*
* \return 0 if successful, POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
* POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_DATA if the input data is not
* correct. *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
*
* \note Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
* required buffer size in *dlen
*/
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
#endif /* base64.h */

View File

@@ -1,921 +0,0 @@
/*
* be_files.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* uintmax_t, intmax_t */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#include <locale.h> /* setlocale */
/* libalpm */
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "delta.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "dload.h"
/*
* Return the last update time as number of seconds from the epoch.
* Returns 0 if the value is unknown or can't be read.
*/
static time_t getlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db)
{
FILE *fp;
char *file;
time_t ret = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(ret);
}
/* db->path + '.lastupdate' + NULL */
MALLOC(file, strlen(db->path) + 12, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, ret));
sprintf(file, "%s.lastupdate", db->path);
/* get the last update time, if it's there */
if((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) {
free(file);
return(ret);
} else {
char line[64];
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
ret = atol(line);
}
}
fclose(fp);
free(file);
return(ret);
}
/*
* writes the dbpath/.lastupdate file with the value in time
*/
static int setlastupdate(const pmdb_t *db, time_t time)
{
FILE *fp;
char *file;
int ret = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || time == 0) {
return(-1);
}
/* db->path + '.lastupdate' + NULL */
MALLOC(file, strlen(db->path) + 12, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, ret));
sprintf(file, "%s.lastupdate", db->path);
if((fp = fopen(file, "w")) == NULL) {
free(file);
return(-1);
}
if(fprintf(fp, "%ju", (uintmax_t)time) <= 0) {
ret = -1;
}
fclose(fp);
free(file);
return(ret);
}
static int checkdbdir(pmdb_t *db)
{
struct stat buf;
char *path = db->path;
if(stat(path, &buf) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
path);
if(_alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
} else if(!S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("removing invalid database: %s\n"), path);
if(unlink(path) != 0 || _alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
}
return(0);
}
/** Update a package database
*
* An update of the package database \a db will be attempted. Unless
* \a force is true, the update will only be performed if the remote
* database was modified since the last update.
*
* A transaction is necessary for this operation, in order to obtain a
* database lock. During this transaction the front-end will be informed
* of the download progress of the database via the download callback.
*
* Example:
* @code
* pmdb_t *db;
* int result;
* db = alpm_list_getdata(alpm_option_get_syncdbs());
* if(alpm_trans_init(PM_TRANS_TYPE_SYNC, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0) {
* result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
* alpm_trans_release();
*
* if(result > 0) {
* printf("Unable to update database: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
* } else if(result < 0) {
* printf("Database already up to date\n");
* } else {
* printf("Database updated\n");
* }
* }
* @endcode
*
* @ingroup alpm_databases
* @note After a successful update, the \link alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
* package cache \endlink will be invalidated
* @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
* the database isn't up to date
* @param db pointer to the package database to update
* @return 0 on success, > 0 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), < 0 if up
* to date
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, pmdb_t *db)
{
char *dbfile, *dbfilepath;
time_t newmtime = 0, lastupdate = 0;
const char *dbpath;
size_t len;
int ret;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL && db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
/* Verify we are in a transaction. This is done _mainly_ because we need a DB
* lock - if we update without a db lock, we may kludge some other pacman
* process that _has_ a lock.
*/
ASSERT(handle->trans != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(handle->trans->state == STATE_INITIALIZED, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED, -1));
ASSERT(handle->trans->type == PM_TRANS_TYPE_SYNC, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE, -1));
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(handle->dbs_sync, db)) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
if(!force) {
/* get the lastupdate time */
lastupdate = getlastupdate(db);
if(lastupdate == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to get lastupdate time for %s\n",
db->treename);
}
}
len = strlen(db->treename) + strlen(DBEXT) + 1;
MALLOC(dbfile, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(dbfile, "%s" DBEXT, db->treename);
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
ret = _alpm_download_single_file(dbfile, db->servers, dbpath,
lastupdate, &newmtime);
free(dbfile);
if(ret == 1) {
/* mtimes match, do nothing */
pm_errno = 0;
return(1);
} else if(ret == -1) {
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
return(-1);
} else {
/* remove the old dir */
if(_alpm_rmrf(db->path) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not remove database %s\n"), db->treename);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_REMOVE, -1);
}
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* form the path to the db location */
len = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(DBEXT) + 1;
MALLOC(dbfilepath, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
sprintf(dbfilepath, "%s%s" DBEXT, dbpath, db->treename);
/* uncompress the sync database */
checkdbdir(db);
ret = _alpm_unpack(dbfilepath, db->path, NULL);
if(ret) {
free(dbfilepath);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
unlink(dbfilepath);
free(dbfilepath);
/* if we have a new mtime, set the DB last update value */
if(newmtime) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sync: new mtime for %s: %ju\n",
db->treename, (uintmax_t)newmtime);
setlastupdate(db, newmtime);
}
}
return(0);
}
static int splitname(const char *target, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
/* the format of a db entry is as follows:
* package-version-rel/
* package name can contain hyphens, so parse from the back- go back
* two hyphens and we have split the version from the name.
*/
char *tmp, *p, *q;
if(target == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
STRDUP(tmp, target, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
p = tmp + strlen(tmp);
/* do the magic parsing- find the beginning of the version string
* by doing two iterations of same loop to lop off two hyphens */
for(q = --p; *q && *q != '-'; q--);
for(p = --q; *p && *p != '-'; p--);
if(*p != '-' || p == tmp) {
return(-1);
}
/* copy into fields and return */
if(pkg->version) {
FREE(pkg->version);
}
STRDUP(pkg->version, p+1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
/* insert a terminator at the end of the name (on hyphen)- then copy it */
*p = '\0';
if(pkg->name) {
FREE(pkg->name);
}
STRDUP(pkg->name, tmp, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
free(tmp);
return(0);
}
int _alpm_db_populate(pmdb_t *db)
{
int count = 0;
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
struct stat sbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
DIR *dbdir;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
dbdir = opendir(db->path);
if(dbdir == NULL) {
return(0);
}
while((ent = readdir(dbdir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
pmpkg_t *pkg;
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
/* stat the entry, make sure it's a directory */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", db->path, name);
if(stat(path, &sbuf) != 0 || !S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
continue;
}
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(pkg == NULL) {
closedir(dbdir);
return(-1);
}
/* split the db entry name */
if(splitname(name, pkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"),
name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
/* explicitly read with only 'BASE' data, accessors will handle the rest */
if(_alpm_db_read(db, pkg, INFRQ_BASE) == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("corrupted database entry '%s'\n"), name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_CACHE;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
/* add to the collection */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
count++;
}
closedir(dbdir);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache, count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
return(count);
}
/* Note: the return value must be freed by the caller */
static char *get_pkgpath(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info)
{
size_t len;
char *pkgpath;
len = strlen(db->path) + strlen(info->name) + strlen(info->version) + 3;
MALLOC(pkgpath, len, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(pkgpath, "%s%s-%s/", db->path, info->name, info->version);
return(pkgpath);
}
int _alpm_db_read(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
char path[PATH_MAX];
char line[513];
char *pkgpath = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
if(info == NULL || info->name == NULL || info->version == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "invalid package entry provided to _alpm_db_read, skipping\n");
return(-1);
}
if(info->origin == PKG_FROM_FILE) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "request to read database info for a file-based package '%s', skipping...\n", info->name);
return(-1);
}
/* bitmask logic here:
* infolevel: 00001111
* inforeq: 00010100
* & result: 00000100
* == to inforeq? nope, we need to load more info. */
if((info->infolevel & inforeq) == inforeq) {
/* already loaded this info, do nothing */
return(0);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
info->name, inforeq);
/* clear out 'line', to be certain - and to make valgrind happy */
memset(line, 0, 513);
pkgpath = get_pkgpath(db, info);
if(access(pkgpath, F_OK)) {
/* directory doesn't exist or can't be opened */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot find '%s-%s' in db '%s'\n",
info->name, info->version, db->treename);
goto error;
}
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sdesc", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(!feof(fp)) {
if(fgets(line, 256, fp) == NULL) {
break;
}
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(strcmp(line, "%NAME%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
if(strcmp(_alpm_strtrim(line), info->name) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: name "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, info->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VERSION%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
if(strcmp(_alpm_strtrim(line), info->version) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, info->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->filename, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->desc, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->groups = alpm_list_add(info->groups, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%URL%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->url, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->licenses = alpm_list_add(info->licenses, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ARCH%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->arch, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(line);
char first = tolower(line[0]);
if(first > 'a' && first < 'z') {
struct tm tmp_tm = {0}; /* initialize to null in case of failure */
setlocale(LC_TIME, "C");
strptime(line, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", &tmp_tm);
info->builddate = mktime(&tmp_tm);
setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
} else {
info->builddate = atol(line);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%INSTALLDATE%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
_alpm_strtrim(line);
char first = tolower(line[0]);
if(first > 'a' && first < 'z') {
struct tm tmp_tm = {0}; /* initialize to null in case of failure */
setlocale(LC_TIME, "C");
strptime(line, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", &tmp_tm);
info->installdate = mktime(&tmp_tm);
setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
} else {
info->installdate = atol(line);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->packager, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REASON%") == 0) {
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
info->reason = (pmpkgreason_t)atol(_alpm_strtrim(line));
} else if(strcmp(line, "%SIZE%") == 0 || strcmp(line, "%CSIZE%") == 0) {
/* NOTE: the CSIZE and SIZE fields both share the "size" field
* in the pkginfo_t struct. This can be done b/c CSIZE
* is currently only used in sync databases, and SIZE is
* only used in local databases.
*/
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
info->size = atol(_alpm_strtrim(line));
/* also store this value to isize if isize is unset */
if(info->isize == 0) {
info->isize = info->size;
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ISIZE%") == 0) {
/* ISIZE (installed size) tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
info->isize = atol(_alpm_strtrim(line));
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MD5SUM%") == 0) {
/* MD5SUM tag only appears in sync repositories,
* not the local one. */
if(fgets(line, 512, fp) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(info->md5sum, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->replaces = alpm_list_add(info->replaces, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FORCE%") == 0) {
info->force = 1;
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* FILES */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_FILES) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sfiles", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(fgets(line, 256, fp)) {
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->files = alpm_list_add(info->files, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BACKUP%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->backup = alpm_list_add(info->backup, linedup);
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DEPENDS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DEPENDS) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sdepends", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
goto error;
}
while(!feof(fp)) {
fgets(line, 255, fp);
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
pmdepend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(_alpm_strtrim(line));
info->depends = alpm_list_add(info->depends, dep);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->optdepends = alpm_list_add(info->optdepends, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->conflicts = alpm_list_add(info->conflicts, linedup);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->provides = alpm_list_add(info->provides, linedup);
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DELTAS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DELTAS) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sdeltas", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "r"))) {
while(!feof(fp)) {
fgets(line, 255, fp);
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, 512, fp) && strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
pmdelta_t *delta = _alpm_delta_parse(line);
if(delta) {
info->deltas = alpm_list_add(info->deltas, delta);
}
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
}
/* INSTALL */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_SCRIPTLET) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sinstall", pkgpath);
if(access(path, F_OK) == 0) {
info->scriptlet = 1;
}
}
/* internal */
info->infolevel |= inforeq;
free(pkgpath);
return(0);
error:
free(pkgpath);
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return(-1);
}
int _alpm_db_prepare(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info)
{
mode_t oldmask;
int retval = 0;
char *pkgpath = NULL;
if(checkdbdir(db) != 0) {
return(-1);
}
oldmask = umask(0000);
pkgpath = get_pkgpath(db, info);
if((retval = mkdir(pkgpath, 0755)) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not create directory %s: %s\n"),
pkgpath, strerror(errno));
}
free(pkgpath);
umask(oldmask);
return(retval);
}
int _alpm_db_write(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
char path[PATH_MAX];
mode_t oldmask;
alpm_list_t *lp = NULL;
int retval = 0;
int local = 0;
char *pkgpath = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || info == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
pkgpath = get_pkgpath(db, info);
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
oldmask = umask(0022);
if(strcmp(db->treename, "local") == 0) {
local = 1;
}
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DESC information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sdesc", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
fprintf(fp, "%%NAME%%\n%s\n\n"
"%%VERSION%%\n%s\n\n", info->name, info->version);
if(info->desc) {
fprintf(fp, "%%DESC%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->desc);
}
if(info->groups) {
fputs("%GROUPS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->groups; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->replaces) {
fputs("%REPLACES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->replaces; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->force) {
fprintf(fp, "%%FORCE%%\n\n");
}
if(local) {
if(info->url) {
fprintf(fp, "%%URL%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->url);
}
if(info->licenses) {
fputs("%LICENSE%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->licenses; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->arch) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ARCH%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->arch);
}
if(info->builddate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BUILDDATE%%\n"
"%ju\n\n", (uintmax_t)info->builddate);
}
if(info->installdate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%INSTALLDATE%%\n"
"%ju\n\n", (uintmax_t)info->installdate);
}
if(info->packager) {
fprintf(fp, "%%PACKAGER%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->packager);
}
if(info->isize) {
/* only write installed size, csize is irrelevant once installed */
fprintf(fp, "%%SIZE%%\n"
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->isize);
}
if(info->reason) {
fprintf(fp, "%%REASON%%\n"
"%u\n\n", info->reason);
}
} else {
if(info->size) {
fprintf(fp, "%%CSIZE%%\n"
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->size);
}
if(info->isize) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ISIZE%%\n"
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->isize);
}
if(info->md5sum) {
fprintf(fp, "%%MD5SUM%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->md5sum);
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* FILES */
if(local && (inforeq & INFRQ_FILES)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s FILES information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sfiles", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(info->files) {
fprintf(fp, "%%FILES%%\n");
for(lp = info->files; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->backup) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BACKUP%%\n");
for(lp = info->backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* DEPENDS */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DEPENDS) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DEPENDS information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%sdepends", pkgpath);
if((fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
if(info->depends) {
fputs("%DEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->depends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->optdepends) {
fputs("%OPTDEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->optdepends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->conflicts) {
fputs("%CONFLICTS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->conflicts; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->provides) {
fputs("%PROVIDES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->provides; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* INSTALL */
/* nothing needed here (script is automatically extracted) */
cleanup:
umask(oldmask);
free(pkgpath);
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return(retval);
}
int _alpm_db_remove(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info)
{
int ret = 0;
char *pkgpath = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || info == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1);
}
pkgpath = get_pkgpath(db, info);
ret = _alpm_rmrf(pkgpath);
free(pkgpath);
if(ret != 0) {
ret = -1;
}
return(ret);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

947
lib/libalpm/be_local.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,947 @@
/*
* be_local.c : backend for the local database
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
/* libalpm */
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "deps.h"
static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
#define LAZY_LOAD(info, errret) \
do { \
if(!(pkg->infolevel & info)) { \
local_db_read(pkg, info); \
} \
} while(0)
/* Cache-specific accessor functions. These implementations allow for lazy
* loading by the files backend when a data member is actually needed
* rather than loading all pieces of information when the package is first
* initialized.
*/
static const char *_cache_get_desc(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->desc;
}
static const char *_cache_get_url(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->url;
}
static time_t _cache_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
return pkg->builddate;
}
static time_t _cache_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
return pkg->installdate;
}
static const char *_cache_get_packager(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->packager;
}
static const char *_cache_get_arch(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->arch;
}
static off_t _cache_get_isize(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
return pkg->isize;
}
static alpm_pkgreason_t _cache_get_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
return pkg->reason;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_licenses(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->licenses;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_groups(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->groups;
}
static int _cache_has_scriptlet(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_SCRIPTLET, NULL);
return pkg->scriptlet;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_depends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->depends;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_optdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->optdepends;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_conflicts(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->conflicts;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_provides(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->provides;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_replaces(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->replaces;
}
static alpm_filelist_t *_cache_get_files(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES, NULL);
return &(pkg->files);
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_backup(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_FILES, NULL);
return pkg->backup;
}
/**
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
* except that the returned 'file stream' is from the database.
* @param pkg the package (from db) to read the changelog
* @return a 'file stream' to the package changelog
*/
static void *_cache_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
alpm_db_t *db = alpm_pkg_get_db(pkg);
char *clfile = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, pkg, "changelog");
FILE *f = fopen(clfile, "r");
free(clfile);
return f;
}
/**
* Read data from an open changelog 'file stream'. Similar to fread in
* functionality, this function takes a buffer and amount of data to read.
* @param ptr a buffer to fill with raw changelog data
* @param size the size of the buffer
* @param pkg the package that the changelog is being read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return the number of characters read, or 0 if there is no more data
*/
static size_t _cache_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
return fread(ptr, 1, size, (FILE *)fp);
}
/**
* Close a package changelog for reading. Similar to fclose in functionality,
* except that the 'file stream' is from the database.
* @param pkg the package that the changelog was read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
*/
static int _cache_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
return fclose((FILE *)fp);
}
static int _cache_force_load(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
return local_db_read(pkg, INFRQ_ALL);
}
/** The local database operations struct. Get package fields through
* lazy accessor methods that handle any backend loading and caching
* logic.
*/
static struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
.get_desc = _cache_get_desc,
.get_url = _cache_get_url,
.get_builddate = _cache_get_builddate,
.get_installdate = _cache_get_installdate,
.get_packager = _cache_get_packager,
.get_arch = _cache_get_arch,
.get_isize = _cache_get_isize,
.get_reason = _cache_get_reason,
.has_scriptlet = _cache_has_scriptlet,
.get_licenses = _cache_get_licenses,
.get_groups = _cache_get_groups,
.get_depends = _cache_get_depends,
.get_optdepends = _cache_get_optdepends,
.get_conflicts = _cache_get_conflicts,
.get_provides = _cache_get_provides,
.get_replaces = _cache_get_replaces,
.get_files = _cache_get_files,
.get_backup = _cache_get_backup,
.changelog_open = _cache_changelog_open,
.changelog_read = _cache_changelog_read,
.changelog_close = _cache_changelog_close,
.force_load = _cache_force_load,
};
static int checkdbdir(alpm_db_t *db)
{
struct stat buf;
const char *path = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(stat(path, &buf) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
path);
if(_alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
} else if(!S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("removing invalid database: %s\n"), path);
if(unlink(path) != 0 || _alpm_makepath(path) != 0) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
}
}
return 0;
}
static int is_dir(const char *path, struct dirent *entry)
{
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
if(entry->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN) {
return (entry->d_type == DT_DIR);
}
#endif
{
char buffer[PATH_MAX];
struct stat sbuf;
snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", path, entry->d_name);
if(!stat(buffer, &sbuf)) {
return S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode);
}
}
return 0;
}
static int local_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
const char *dbpath;
DIR *dbdir;
int ret = -1;
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID) {
return 0;
}
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
return -1;
}
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(dbpath == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
dbdir = opendir(dbpath);
if(dbdir == NULL) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
/* database dir doesn't exist yet */
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
return 0;
} else {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
}
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
while((ent = readdir(dbdir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
char path[PATH_MAX];
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
if(!is_dir(dbpath, ent)) {
continue;
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s/depends", dbpath, name);
if(access(path, F_OK) == 0) {
/* we found a depends file- bail */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_VERSION;
goto done;
}
}
/* we found no depends file after full scan */
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
ret = 0;
done:
if(dbdir) {
closedir(dbdir);
}
return ret;
}
static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
size_t est_count;
int count = 0;
struct stat buf;
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
const char *dbpath;
DIR *dbdir;
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, -1);
}
/* note: DB_STATUS_MISSING is not fatal for local database */
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(dbpath == NULL) {
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
return -1;
}
dbdir = opendir(dbpath);
if(dbdir == NULL) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
/* no database existing yet is not an error */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
return 0;
}
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
if(fstat(dirfd(dbdir), &buf) != 0) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
if(buf.st_nlink >= 2) {
est_count = buf.st_nlink;
} else {
/* Some filesystems don't subscribe to the two-implicit links school of
* thought, e.g. BTRFS, HFS+. See
* http://kerneltrap.org/mailarchive/linux-btrfs/2010/1/23/6723483/thread
*/
est_count = 0;
while(readdir(dbdir) != NULL) {
est_count++;
}
rewinddir(dbdir);
}
if(est_count >= 2) {
/* subtract the two extra pointers to get # of children */
est_count -= 2;
}
/* initialize hash at 50% full */
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 2);
if(db->pkgcache == NULL){
closedir(dbdir);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
while((ent = readdir(dbdir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
if(!is_dir(dbpath, ent)) {
continue;
}
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(pkg == NULL) {
closedir(dbdir);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
/* split the db entry name */
if(_alpm_splitname(name, &(pkg->name), &(pkg->version),
&(pkg->name_hash)) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"),
name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
/* duplicated database entries are not allowed */
if(_alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkg->name)) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("duplicated database entry '%s'\n"), pkg->name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_LOCALDB;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
pkg->ops = &local_pkg_ops;
pkg->handle = db->handle;
/* explicitly read with only 'BASE' data, accessors will handle the rest */
if(local_db_read(pkg, INFRQ_BASE) == -1) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("corrupted database entry '%s'\n"), name);
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
continue;
}
/* add to the collection */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
count++;
}
closedir(dbdir);
if(count > 0) {
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list, (size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "added %d packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
count, db->treename);
return count;
}
/* Note: the return value must be freed by the caller */
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename)
{
size_t len;
char *pkgpath;
const char *dbpath;
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
len = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(info->name) + strlen(info->version) + 3;
len += filename ? strlen(filename) : 0;
MALLOC(pkgpath, len, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(pkgpath, "%s%s-%s/%s", dbpath, info->name, info->version,
filename ? filename : "");
return pkgpath;
}
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) goto error; \
_alpm_strip_newline(line); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
READ_NEXT(); \
STRDUP(f, line, goto error); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
char *linedup; \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(!feof(fp)) goto error; else break; \
} \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) break; \
STRDUP(linedup, line, goto error); \
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(!feof(fp)) goto error; else break; \
} \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, _alpm_splitdep(line)); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
char line[1024];
char *pkgpath;
alpm_db_t *db = info->origin_data.db;
/* bitmask logic here:
* infolevel: 00001111
* inforeq: 00010100
* & result: 00000100
* == to inforeq? nope, we need to load more info. */
if((info->infolevel & inforeq) == inforeq) {
/* already loaded all of this info, do nothing */
return 0;
}
if(info->infolevel & INFRQ_ERROR) {
/* We've encountered an error loading this package before. Don't attempt
* repeated reloads, just give up. */
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
info->name, inforeq);
pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
if(!pkgpath || access(pkgpath, F_OK)) {
/* directory doesn't exist or can't be opened */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot find '%s-%s' in db '%s'\n",
info->name, info->version, db->treename);
goto error;
}
free(pkgpath);
/* clear out 'line', to be certain - and to make valgrind happy */
memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC && !(info->infolevel & INFRQ_DESC)) {
char *path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "desc");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
free(path);
goto error;
}
free(path);
while(!feof(fp)) {
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) {
goto error;
}
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) {
/* length of stripped line was zero */
continue;
}
if(strcmp(line, "%NAME%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strcmp(line, info->name) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: name "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, info->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VERSION%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strcmp(line, info->version) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, info->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->desc);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(info->groups);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%URL%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->url);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(info->licenses);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ARCH%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->arch);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%INSTALLDATE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->installdate = _alpm_parsedate(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->packager);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REASON%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->reason = (alpm_pkgreason_t)atoi(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%SIZE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->replaces);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->depends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(info->optdepends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->conflicts);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->provides);
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
info->infolevel |= INFRQ_DESC;
}
/* FILES */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_FILES && !(info->infolevel & INFRQ_FILES)) {
char *path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "files");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
free(path);
goto error;
}
free(path);
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
_alpm_strip_newline(line);
if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) && _alpm_strip_newline(line)) {
if(files_count >= files_size) {
size_t old_size = files_size;
if(files_size == 0) {
files_size = 8;
} else {
files_size *= 2;
}
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
if(!files) {
ALLOC_FAIL(sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
goto error;
}
/* ensure all new memory is zeroed out, in both the initial
* allocation and later reallocs */
memset(files + old_size, 0,
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * (files_size - old_size));
}
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, line, goto error);
/* TODO: lstat file, get mode/size */
files_count++;
}
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
info->files.count = files_count;
info->files.files = files;
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BACKUP%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) && _alpm_strip_newline(line)) {
alpm_backup_t *backup;
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), goto error);
if(_alpm_split_backup(line, &backup)) {
goto error;
}
info->backup = alpm_list_add(info->backup, backup);
}
}
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
info->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
}
/* INSTALL */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_SCRIPTLET && !(info->infolevel & INFRQ_SCRIPTLET)) {
char *path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "install");
if(access(path, F_OK) == 0) {
info->scriptlet = 1;
}
free(path);
info->infolevel |= INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
}
return 0;
error:
info->infolevel |= INFRQ_ERROR;
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return -1;
}
int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info)
{
mode_t oldmask;
int retval = 0;
char *pkgpath;
if(checkdbdir(db) != 0) {
return -1;
}
oldmask = umask(0000);
pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
if((retval = mkdir(pkgpath, 0755)) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not create directory %s: %s\n"),
pkgpath, strerror(errno));
}
free(pkgpath);
umask(oldmask);
return retval;
}
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
mode_t oldmask;
alpm_list_t *lp;
int retval = 0;
if(db == NULL || info == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL)) {
return -1;
}
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
oldmask = umask(0022);
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
char *path;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DESC information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "desc");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"),
path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
free(path);
goto cleanup;
}
free(path);
fprintf(fp, "%%NAME%%\n%s\n\n"
"%%VERSION%%\n%s\n\n", info->name, info->version);
if(info->desc) {
fprintf(fp, "%%DESC%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->desc);
}
if(info->groups) {
fputs("%GROUPS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->groups; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->replaces) {
fputs("%REPLACES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->replaces; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->url) {
fprintf(fp, "%%URL%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->url);
}
if(info->licenses) {
fputs("%LICENSE%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->licenses; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->arch) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ARCH%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->arch);
}
if(info->builddate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BUILDDATE%%\n"
"%ld\n\n", info->builddate);
}
if(info->installdate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%INSTALLDATE%%\n"
"%ld\n\n", info->installdate);
}
if(info->packager) {
fprintf(fp, "%%PACKAGER%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->packager);
}
if(info->isize) {
/* only write installed size, csize is irrelevant once installed */
fprintf(fp, "%%SIZE%%\n"
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->isize);
}
if(info->reason) {
fprintf(fp, "%%REASON%%\n"
"%u\n\n", info->reason);
}
if(info->depends) {
fputs("%DEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->depends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->optdepends) {
fputs("%OPTDEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->optdepends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->conflicts) {
fputs("%CONFLICTS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->conflicts; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->provides) {
fputs("%PROVIDES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->provides; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* FILES */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_FILES) {
char *path;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s FILES information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "files");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"),
path, strerror(errno));
retval = -1;
free(path);
goto cleanup;
}
free(path);
if(info->files.count) {
size_t i;
fprintf(fp, "%%FILES%%\n");
for(i = 0; i < info->files.count; i++) {
const alpm_file_t *file = info->files.files + i;
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", file->name);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->backup) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BACKUP%%\n");
for(lp = info->backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_backup_t *backup = lp->data;
fprintf(fp, "%s\t%s\n", backup->name, backup->hash);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* INSTALL */
/* nothing needed here (script is automatically extracted) */
cleanup:
umask(oldmask);
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return retval;
}
int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info)
{
int ret = 0;
char *pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
/* TODO explicit file removes and then an rmdir? */
ret = _alpm_rmrf(pkgpath);
free(pkgpath);
if(ret != 0) {
ret = -1;
}
return ret;
}
struct db_operations local_db_ops = {
.validate = local_db_validate,
.populate = local_db_populate,
.unregister = _alpm_db_unregister,
};
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_db_t *db;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering local database\n");
db = _alpm_db_new("local", 1);
if(db == NULL) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE;
return NULL;
}
db->ops = &local_db_ops;
db->handle = handle;
if(local_db_validate(db)) {
/* pm_errno set in local_db_validate() */
_alpm_db_free(db);
return NULL;
}
handle->db_local = db;
return db;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* be_package.c
* be_package.c : backend for packages
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,12 +20,9 @@
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <locale.h> /* setlocale */
#include <errno.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
@@ -33,144 +30,372 @@
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "deps.h" /* _alpm_splitdep */
/**
* Parses the package description file for a package into a pmpkg_t struct.
* @param archive the archive to read from, pointed at the .PKGINFO entry
* @param newpkg an empty pmpkg_t struct to fill with package info
*
* @return 0 on success, 1 on error
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
* except that the returned 'file stream' is from an archive.
* @param pkg the package (file) to read the changelog
* @return a 'file stream' to the package changelog
*/
static int parse_descfile(struct archive *a, pmpkg_t *newpkg)
static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
char line[PATH_MAX];
char *ptr = NULL;
char *key = NULL;
int linenum = 0;
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* loop until we reach EOF (where archive_fgets will return NULL) */
while(_alpm_archive_fgets(line, PATH_MAX, a) != NULL) {
linenum++;
_alpm_strtrim(line);
if(strlen(line) == 0 || line[0] == '#') {
continue;
}
ptr = line;
key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
} else {
key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
if(!strcmp(key, "pkgname")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "pkgver")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "pkgdesc")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "group")) {
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "url")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "license")) {
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "builddate")) {
char first = tolower(ptr[0]);
if(first > 'a' && first < 'z') {
struct tm tmp_tm = {0}; /* initialize to null in case of failure */
setlocale(LC_TIME, "C");
strptime(ptr, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", &tmp_tm);
newpkg->builddate = mktime(&tmp_tm);
setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
} else {
newpkg->builddate = atol(ptr);
}
} else if(!strcmp(key, "packager")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "arch")) {
STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "size")) {
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
newpkg->isize = atol(ptr);
} else if(!strcmp(key, "depend")) {
pmdepend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
} else if(!strcmp(key, "optdepend")) {
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "conflict")) {
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "replaces")) {
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "provides")) {
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "backup")) {
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, strdup(ptr));
} else if(!strcmp(key, "makepkgopt")) {
/* not used atm */
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
}
}
line[0] = '\0';
}
return(0);
}
/**
* Load a package and create the corresponding pmpkg_t struct.
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
* through the full archive
* @return An information filled pmpkg_t struct
*/
static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, unsigned short full)
{
int ret = ARCHIVE_OK;
int config = 0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive *archive = NULL;
struct archive_entry *entry;
pmpkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
struct stat st;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
if(stat(pkgfile, &st) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if (archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
return archive;
}
}
/* we didn't find a changelog */
archive_read_finish(archive);
errno = ENOENT;
return NULL;
}
/**
* Read data from an open changelog 'file stream'. Similar to fread in
* functionality, this function takes a buffer and amount of data to read.
* @param ptr a buffer to fill with raw changelog data
* @param size the size of the buffer
* @param pkg the package that the changelog is being read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return the number of characters read, or 0 if there is no more data
*/
static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data((struct archive *)fp, ptr, size);
/* Report error (negative values) */
if(sret < 0) {
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 0);
} else {
return (size_t)sret;
}
}
/**
* Close a package changelog for reading. Similar to fclose in functionality,
* except that the 'file stream' is from an archive.
* @param pkg the package (file) that the changelog was read from
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
* @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
*/
static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
return archive_read_finish((struct archive *)fp);
}
/** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
* rather than a static struct as in be_files because we want to reuse the
* majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and add only a few operations of
* our own on top.
*/
static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
{
static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
if(!file_pkg_ops_initialized) {
file_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_open = _package_changelog_open;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_read = _package_changelog_read;
file_pkg_ops.changelog_close = _package_changelog_close;
file_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
}
return &file_pkg_ops;
}
/**
* Parses the package description file for a package into a alpm_pkg_t struct.
* @param archive the archive to read from, pointed at the .PKGINFO entry
* @param newpkg an empty alpm_pkg_t struct to fill with package info
*
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
*/
static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg)
{
char *ptr = NULL;
char *key = NULL;
int ret, linenum = 0;
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line);
linenum++;
if(len == 0 || buf.line[0] == '#') {
continue;
}
ptr = buf.line;
key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
} else {
key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
while(*ptr == ' ') ptr++;
ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, return -1);
newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "arch") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "size") == 0) {
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
newpkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(ptr);
} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *conflict = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *replace = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, replace);
} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *provide = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, provide);
} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
alpm_backup_t *backup;
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, return -1);
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
/* deprecated, skip it */
} else if(strcmp(key, "makepkgopt") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", key, linenum);
}
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "error parsing package descfile\n");
return -1;
}
newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
return 0;
}
static void files_merge(alpm_file_t a[], alpm_file_t b[], alpm_file_t c[],
size_t m, size_t n)
{
size_t i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
while(i < m && j < n) {
if(strcmp(a[i].name, b[j].name) < 0) {
c[k++] = a[i++];
} else {
c[k++] = b[j++];
}
}
while(i < m) {
c[k++] = a[i++];
}
while(j < n) {
c[k++] = b[j++];
}
}
static alpm_file_t *files_msort(alpm_file_t *files, size_t n)
{
alpm_file_t *work;
size_t blocksize = 1;
CALLOC(work, n, sizeof(alpm_file_t), return NULL);
for(blocksize = 1; blocksize < n; blocksize *= 2) {
size_t i, max_extent = 0;
for(i = 0; i < n - blocksize; i += 2 * blocksize) {
/* this limits our actual merge to the length of the array, since we will
* not likely be a perfect power of two. */
size_t right_blocksize = blocksize;
if(i + blocksize * 2 > n) {
right_blocksize = n - i - blocksize;
}
files_merge(files + i, files + i + blocksize, work + i,
blocksize, right_blocksize);
max_extent = i + blocksize + right_blocksize;
}
/* ensure we only copy what we actually touched on this merge pass,
* no more, no less */
memcpy(files, work, max_extent * sizeof(alpm_file_t));
}
free(work);
return files;
}
/**
* Validate a package.
* @param handle the context handle
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
* @param syncpkg package object to load verification data from (md5sum,
* sha256sum, and/or base64 signature)
* @param level the required level of signature verification
* @param sigdata signature data from the package to pass back
* @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
*/
int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, alpm_siglevel_t level,
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata)
{
int has_sig;
handle->pm_errno = 0;
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
}
/* attempt to access the package file, ensure it exists */
if(access(pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
/* can we get away with skipping checksums? */
has_sig = 0;
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
if(syncpkg && syncpkg->base64_sig) {
has_sig = 1;
} else {
char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, pkgfile);
if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
has_sig = 1;
}
free(sigpath);
}
}
if(syncpkg && !has_sig) {
if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_CSUM_MD5) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
}
}
if(syncpkg->sha256sum) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sha256sum: %s\n", syncpkg->sha256sum);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking sha256sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_CSUM_SHA256) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
}
}
}
/* even if we don't have a sig, run the check code if level tells us to */
if(has_sig || level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
const char *sig = syncpkg ? syncpkg->base64_sig : NULL;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sig data: %s\n", sig ? sig : "<from .sig>");
if(_alpm_check_pgp_helper(handle, pkgfile, sig,
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_MARGINAL_OK,
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_UNKNOWN_OK, sigdata)) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG;
return -1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Load a package and create the corresponding alpm_pkg_t struct.
* @param handle the context handle
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
* through the full archive
*/
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *pkgfile, int full)
{
int ret, config = 0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
struct stat st;
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
/* attempt to stat the package file, ensure it exists */
if(stat(pkgfile, &st) == 0) {
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
}
newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
} else {
/* couldn't stat the pkgfile, return an error */
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, NULL);
}
/* try to create an archive object to read in the package */
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
* metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
@@ -180,17 +405,17 @@ static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, unsigned short full)
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".PKGINFO") == 0) {
/* parse the info file */
if(parse_descfile(archive, newpkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
if(parse_descfile(handle, archive, newpkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
if(newpkg->name == NULL || strlen(newpkg->name) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
if(newpkg->version == NULL || strlen(newpkg->version) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
config = 1;
@@ -200,15 +425,35 @@ static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, unsigned short full)
} else if(*entry_name == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
} else {
} else if(full) {
/* Keep track of all files for filelist generation */
newpkg->files = alpm_list_add(newpkg->files, strdup(entry_name));
if(files_count >= files_size) {
size_t old_size = files_size;
if(files_size == 0) {
files_size = 4;
} else {
files_size *= 2;
}
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
if(!files) {
ALLOC_FAIL(sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
goto error;
}
/* ensure all new memory is zeroed out, in both the initial
* allocation and later reallocs */
memset(files + old_size, 0,
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * (files_size - old_size));
}
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, entry_name, goto error);
files[files_count].size = archive_entry_size(entry);
files[files_count].mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
files_count++;
}
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
@@ -219,73 +464,65 @@ static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, unsigned short full)
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occured */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
if(!config) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
archive_read_finish(archive);
/* internal fields for package struct */
newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_FILE;
newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
newpkg->handle = handle;
if(full) {
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
newpkg->files = alpm_list_msort(newpkg->files, alpm_list_count(newpkg->files),
_alpm_str_cmp);
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_ALL;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
newpkg->files.files = files_msort(files, files_count);
newpkg->files.count = files_count;
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_FILES | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
} else {
/* get rid of any partial filelist we may have collected, it is invalid */
FREELIST(newpkg->files);
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_DEPENDS;
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
}
return(newpkg);
return newpkg;
pkg_invalid:
pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
error:
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
archive_read_finish(archive);
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
/** Create a package from a file.
* If full is false, the archive is read only until all necessary
* metadata is found. If it is true, the entire archive is read, which
* serves as a verfication of integrity and the filelist can be created.
* @param filename location of the package tarball
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
* through the full archive
* @param pkg address of the package pointer
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(const char *filename, unsigned short full,
pmpkg_t **pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
alpm_siglevel_t level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(filename != NULL && strlen(filename) != 0,
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
*pkg = pkg_load(filename, full);
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL) == -1) {
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_validate */
return -1;
}
*pkg = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
if(*pkg == NULL) {
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
return(-1);
return -1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

663
lib/libalpm/be_sync.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
/*
* be_sync.c : backend for sync databases
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "delta.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "dload.h"
static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
size_t len = strlen(handle->dbpath) + 6;
char *syncpath;
struct stat buf;
MALLOC(syncpath, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(syncpath, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
if(stat(syncpath, &buf) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
syncpath);
if(_alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
free(syncpath);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
}
} else if(!S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("removing invalid file: %s\n"), syncpath);
if(unlink(syncpath) != 0 || _alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
free(syncpath);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
}
}
return syncpath;
}
static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
alpm_siglevel_t level;
const char *dbpath;
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID || db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
return 0;
}
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG;
return -1;
}
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(!dbpath) {
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
return -1;
}
/* we can skip any validation if the database doesn't exist */
if(access(dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
"database file for '%s' does not exist\n", db->treename);
goto valid;
}
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
/* this takes into account the default verification level if UNKNOWN
* was assigned to this db */
level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
if(level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
int retry, ret;
do {
retry = 0;
alpm_siglist_t *siglist;
ret = _alpm_check_pgp_helper(db->handle, dbpath, NULL,
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
if(ret) {
retry = _alpm_process_siglist(db->handle, db->treename, siglist,
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
}
alpm_siglist_cleanup(siglist);
free(siglist);
} while(retry);
if(ret) {
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG;
return 1;
}
}
valid:
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
return 0;
}
/** Update a package database
*
* An update of the package database \a db will be attempted. Unless
* \a force is true, the update will only be performed if the remote
* database was modified since the last update.
*
* This operation requires a database lock, and will return an applicable error
* if the lock could not be obtained.
*
* Example:
* @code
* alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_option_get_syncdbs();
* for(i = syncs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
* alpm_db_t *db = alpm_list_getdata(i);
* result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
*
* if(result < 0) {
* printf("Unable to update database: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
* } else if(result == 1) {
* printf("Database already up to date\n");
* } else {
* printf("Database updated\n");
* }
* }
* @endcode
*
* @ingroup alpm_databases
* @note After a successful update, the \link alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
* package cache \endlink will be invalidated
* @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
* the database isn't up to date
* @param db pointer to the package database to update
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), 1 if up to
* to date
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
{
char *syncpath;
alpm_list_t *i;
int ret = -1;
mode_t oldmask;
alpm_handle_t *handle;
alpm_siglevel_t level;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
handle = db->handle;
handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
syncpath = get_sync_dir(handle);
if(!syncpath) {
return -1;
}
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
oldmask = umask(0022);
level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
/* attempt to grab a lock */
if(_alpm_handle_lock(handle)) {
free(syncpath);
umask(oldmask);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, -1);
}
for(i = db->servers; i; i = i->next) {
const char *server = i->data;
struct dload_payload payload;
size_t len;
int sig_ret = 0;
memset(&payload, 0, sizeof(struct dload_payload));
/* set hard upper limit of 25MiB */
payload.max_size = 25 * 1024 * 1024;
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 5;
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db", server, db->treename);
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = force;
payload.unlink_on_fail = 1;
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
if(ret == 0 && (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE)) {
/* an existing sig file is no good at this point */
char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, _alpm_db_path(db));
if(!sigpath) {
ret = -1;
break;
}
unlink(sigpath);
free(sigpath);
/* if we downloaded a DB, we want the .sig from the same server */
/* print server + filename into a buffer (leave space for .sig) */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 9;
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db.sig", server, db->treename);
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = 1;
payload.errors_ok = (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
/* set hard upper limit of 16KiB */
payload.max_size = 16 * 1024;
sig_ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
/* errors_ok suppresses error messages, but not the return code */
sig_ret = payload.errors_ok ? 0 : sig_ret;
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
}
if(ret != -1 && sig_ret != -1) {
break;
}
}
if(ret == 1) {
/* files match, do nothing */
handle->pm_errno = 0;
goto cleanup;
} else if(ret == -1) {
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n",
alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
goto cleanup;
}
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
if(sync_db_validate(db)) {
/* pm_errno should be set */
ret = -1;
}
cleanup:
if(_alpm_handle_unlock(handle)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not remove lock file %s\n"),
handle->lockfile);
}
free(syncpath);
umask(oldmask);
return ret;
}
/* Forward decl so I don't reorganize the whole file right now */
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg);
static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
const char **entry_filename, alpm_pkg_t *likely_pkg)
{
char *pkgname = NULL, *pkgver = NULL;
unsigned long pkgname_hash;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
/* get package and db file names */
if(entry_filename) {
char *fname = strrchr(entryname, '/');
if(fname) {
*entry_filename = fname + 1;
} else {
*entry_filename = NULL;
}
}
if(_alpm_splitname(entryname, &pkgname, &pkgver, &pkgname_hash) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"), entryname);
return NULL;
}
if(likely_pkg && strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
pkg = likely_pkg;
} else {
pkg = _alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkgname);
}
if(pkg == NULL) {
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(pkg == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
}
pkg->name = pkgname;
pkg->version = pkgver;
pkg->name_hash = pkgname_hash;
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
pkg->ops = &default_pkg_ops;
pkg->handle = db->handle;
/* add to the collection */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
} else {
free(pkgname);
free(pkgver);
}
return pkg;
}
/*
* This is the data table used to generate the estimating function below.
* "Weighted Avg" means averaging the bottom table values; thus each repo, big
* or small, will have equal influence. "Unweighted Avg" means averaging the
* sums of the top table columns, thus each package has equal influence. The
* final values are calculated by (surprise) averaging the averages, because
* why the hell not.
*
* Database Pkgs tar bz2 gz xz
* community 2096 5294080 256391 421227 301296
* core 180 460800 25257 36850 29356
* extra 2606 6635520 294647 470818 339392
* multilib 126 327680 16120 23261 18732
* testing 76 204800 10902 14348 12100
*
* Bytes Per Package
* community 2096 2525.80 122.32 200.97 143.75
* core 180 2560.00 140.32 204.72 163.09
* extra 2606 2546.25 113.06 180.67 130.23
* multilib 126 2600.63 127.94 184.61 148.67
* testing 76 2694.74 143.45 188.79 159.21
* Weighted Avg 2585.48 129.42 191.95 148.99
* Unweighted Avg 2543.39 118.74 190.16 137.93
* Average of Avgs 2564.44 124.08 191.06 143.46
*/
static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
{
unsigned int per_package;
switch(archive_compression(archive)) {
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_NONE:
per_package = 2564;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_GZIP:
per_package = 191;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_BZIP2:
per_package = 124;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
per_package = 193;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_LZMA:
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_XZ:
per_package = 143;
break;
#ifdef ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU:
per_package = 3543;
break;
#endif
default:
/* assume it is at least somewhat compressed */
per_package = 200;
}
return (size_t)((st->st_size / per_package) + 1);
}
static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
const char *dbpath;
size_t est_count;
int count = 0;
struct stat buf;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = NULL;
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, -1);
}
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, -1);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(!dbpath) {
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database archive %s\n", dbpath);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, dbpath,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), dbpath,
archive_error_string(archive));
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
if(stat(dbpath, &buf) != 0) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
/* initialize hash at 66% full */
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 3 / 2);
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
mode_t mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
if(S_ISDIR(mode)) {
continue;
} else {
/* we have desc, depends or deltas - parse it */
if(sync_db_read(db, archive, entry, &pkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("could not parse package description file '%s' from db '%s'\n"),
archive_entry_pathname(entry), db->treename);
continue;
}
}
}
count = alpm_list_count(db->pkgcache->list);
if(count > 0) {
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list, (size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "added %d packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
count, db->treename);
return count;
}
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
line = buf.line; \
_alpm_strip_newline(line); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
READ_NEXT(); \
STRDUP(f, line, goto error); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
char *linedup; \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
STRDUP(linedup, buf.line, goto error); \
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, _alpm_splitdep(line)); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg)
{
const char *entryname, *filename;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(entryname == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"invalid archive entry provided to _alpm_sync_db_read, skipping\n");
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data from archive entry %s\n",
entryname);
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
pkg = load_pkg_for_entry(db, entryname, &filename, *likely_pkg);
if(pkg == NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database",
entryname, db->treename);
return -1;
}
if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
|| strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
int ret;
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
char *line = buf.line;
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) {
/* length of stripped line was zero */
continue;
}
if(strcmp(line, "%NAME%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strcmp(line, pkg->name) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: name "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VERSION%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strcmp(line, pkg->version) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->filename);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->desc);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->groups);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%URL%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->url);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->licenses);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ARCH%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->arch);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
pkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->packager);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CSIZE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
pkg->size = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ISIZE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
pkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MD5SUM%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->md5sum);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%SHA256SUM%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->sha256sum);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PGPSIG%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->base64_sig);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->replaces);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->depends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->optdepends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->conflicts);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->provides);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%") == 0) {
/* Different than the rest because of the _alpm_delta_parse call. */
while(1) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
pkg->deltas = alpm_list_add(pkg->deltas, _alpm_delta_parse(line));
}
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
goto error;
}
*likely_pkg = pkg;
} else if(strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
/* currently do nothing with this file */
} else {
/* unknown database file */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
}
return 0;
error:
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "error parsing database file: %s\n", filename);
return -1;
}
struct db_operations sync_db_ops = {
.validate = sync_db_validate,
.populate = sync_db_populate,
.unregister = _alpm_db_unregister,
};
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
alpm_db_t *db;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
#ifndef HAVE_LIBGPGME
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
#endif
db = _alpm_db_new(treename, 0);
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
}
db->ops = &sync_db_ops;
db->handle = handle;
db->siglevel = level;
sync_db_validate(db);
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
return db;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
/*
* cache.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "cache.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "group.h"
#include "db.h"
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
* It frees the cache if it already exists.
*/
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
if(_alpm_db_populate(db) == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG,
"failed to load package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
return(-1);
}
db->pkgcache_loaded = 1;
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
alpm_list_free(db->pkgcache);
db->pkgcache = NULL;
db->pkgcache_loaded = 0;
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->pkgcache_loaded) {
_alpm_db_load_pkgcache(db);
}
/* hmmm, still NULL ?*/
if(!db->pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning: pkgcache is NULL for db '%s'\n", db->treename);
}
return(db->pkgcache);
}
/* "duplicate" pkg with BASE info (to spare some memory) then add it to pkgcache */
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
pmpkg_t *newpkg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
newpkg->name = strdup(pkg->name);
newpkg->version = strdup(pkg->version);
if(newpkg->name == NULL || newpkg->version == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_MEMORY;
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
return(-1);
}
newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_CACHE;
newpkg->origin_data.db = db;
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(newpkg), db->treename);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
return(0);
}
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg)
{
void *vdata;
pmpkg_t *data;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->pkgcache_loaded || pkg == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing entry '%s' from '%s' cache\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
db->pkgcache = alpm_list_remove(db->pkgcache, pkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp, &vdata);
data = vdata;
if(data == NULL) {
/* package not found */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot remove entry '%s' from '%s' cache: not found\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg), db->treename);
return(-1);
}
_alpm_pkg_free(data);
_alpm_db_free_grpcache(db);
return(0);
}
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
alpm_list_t *pkgcache = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
if(!pkgcache) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "warning: failed to get '%s' from NULL pkgcache\n",
target);
return(NULL);
}
return(_alpm_pkg_find(pkgcache, target));
}
/* Returns a new group cache from db.
*/
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(-1);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_list_t *i;
pmpkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); i; i = i->next) {
const char *grpname = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
pmgrp_t *grp = NULL;
int found = 0;
/* first look through the group cache for a group with this name */
for(j = db->grpcache; j; j = j->next) {
grp = j->data;
if(strcmp(grp->name, grpname) == 0
&& !alpm_list_find_ptr(grp->packages, pkg)) {
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if(found) {
continue;
}
/* we didn't find the group, so create a new one with this name */
grp = _alpm_grp_new(grpname);
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
db->grpcache = alpm_list_add(db->grpcache, grp);
}
}
db->grpcache_loaded = 1;
return(0);
}
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lg;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || !db->grpcache_loaded) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "freeing group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
for(lg = db->grpcache; lg; lg = lg->next) {
_alpm_grp_free(lg->data);
lg->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(db->grpcache);
db->grpcache_loaded = 0;
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
}
if(!db->grpcache_loaded) {
_alpm_db_load_grpcache(db);
}
return(db->grpcache);
}
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || target == NULL || strlen(target) == 0) {
return(NULL);
}
for(i = _alpm_db_get_grpcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
pmgrp_t *info = i->data;
if(strcmp(info->name, target) == 0) {
return(info);
}
}
return(NULL);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/*
* cache.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_CACHE_H
#define _ALPM_CACHE_H
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "group.h"
#include "package.h"
/* packages */
int _alpm_db_load_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *pkg);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_ensure_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db, pmdbinfrq_t infolevel);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
/* groups */
int _alpm_db_load_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
void _alpm_db_free_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db);
pmgrp_t *_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(pmdb_t *db, const char *target);
#endif /* _ALPM_CACHE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* conflict.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
@@ -34,102 +34,90 @@
/* libalpm */
#include "conflict.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "deps.h"
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2)
static alpm_conflict_t *conflict_new(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2,
alpm_depend_t *reason)
{
pmconflict_t *conflict;
alpm_conflict_t *conflict;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(pmconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
conflict->package1_hash = pkg1->name_hash;
conflict->package2_hash = pkg2->name_hash;
STRDUP(conflict->package1, pkg1->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(conflict->package2, pkg2->name, return NULL);
conflict->reason = reason;
STRDUP(conflict->package1, package1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->package2, package2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(conflict);
return conflict;
}
void _alpm_conflict_free(pmconflict_t *conflict)
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
{
FREE(conflict->package2);
FREE(conflict->package1);
FREE(conflict);
}
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const pmconflict_t *conflict)
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
{
pmconflict_t *newconflict;
CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(pmconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
alpm_conflict_t *newconflict;
CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
newconflict->package1_hash = conflict->package1_hash;
newconflict->package2_hash = conflict->package2_hash;
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, return NULL);
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, return NULL);
newconflict->reason = conflict->reason;
return(newconflict);
return newconflict;
}
int _alpm_conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
for(i = haystack; i; i = i->next) {
pmconflict_t *conflict = i->data;
char *cpkg1 = conflict->package1;
char *cpkg2 = conflict->package2;
char *npkg1 = needle->package1;
char *npkg2 = needle->package2;
if((!strcmp(cpkg1, npkg1) && !strcmp(cpkg2, npkg2))
|| (!strcmp(cpkg1, npkg2) && !strcmp(cpkg2, npkg1))) {
return(1);
alpm_conflict_t *conflict = i->data;
if(needle->package1_hash == conflict->package1_hash
&& needle->package2_hash == conflict->package2_hash
&& strcmp(needle->package1, conflict->package1) == 0
&& strcmp(needle->package2, conflict->package2) == 0) {
return 1;
}
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
/** Check if pkg1 conflicts with pkg2
* @param pkg1 package we are looking at
* @param conflict name of the possible conflict
* @param pkg2 package to check
* @return 0 for no conflict, non-zero otherwise
*/
static int does_conflict(pmpkg_t *pkg1, const char *conflict, pmpkg_t *pkg2)
{
const char *pkg1name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg1);
const char *pkg2name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg2);
pmdepend_t *conf = _alpm_splitdep(conflict);
int match = 0;
match = alpm_depcmp(pkg2, conf);
if(match) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s conflicts with %s (by %s)\n",
pkg1name, pkg2name, conflict);
}
_alpm_dep_free(conf);
return(match);
}
/** Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list
* @param *baddeps list to add conflict to
/** Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
* @param handle the context handle
* @param baddeps list to add conflict to
* @param pkg1 first package
* @param pkg2 package causing conflict
* @param reason reason for this conflict
*/
static void add_conflict(alpm_list_t **baddeps, const char *pkg1,
const char *pkg2)
static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2, alpm_depend_t *reason)
{
pmconflict_t *conflict = _alpm_conflict_new(pkg1, pkg2);
if(conflict && !_alpm_conflict_isin(conflict, *baddeps)) {
alpm_conflict_t *conflict = conflict_new(pkg1, pkg2, reason);
if(!conflict) {
return -1;
}
if(!conflict_isin(conflict, *baddeps)) {
char *conflict_str = alpm_dep_compute_string(reason);
*baddeps = alpm_list_add(*baddeps, conflict);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s conflicts with %s (by %s)\n",
pkg1->name, pkg2->name, conflict_str);
free(conflict_str);
} else {
_alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
}
return 0;
}
/** Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
@@ -138,39 +126,42 @@ static void add_conflict(alpm_list_t **baddeps, const char *pkg1,
* If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found, it is added to the baddeps list
* in this order if order >= 0, or reverse order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param list1 first list of packages
* @param list2 second list of packages
* @param *baddeps list to store conflicts
* @param baddeps list to store conflicts
* @param order if >= 0 the conflict order is preserved, if < 0 it's reversed
*/
static void check_conflict(alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order) {
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *i;
if(!baddeps) {
return;
}
for(i = list1; i; i = i->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg1 = i->data;
const char *pkg1name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg1);
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1 = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_conflicts(pkg1); j; j = j->next) {
const char *conflict = j->data;
alpm_depend_t *conflict = j->data;
alpm_list_t *k;
for(k = list2; k; k = k->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg2 = k->data;
const char *pkg2name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg2);
alpm_pkg_t *pkg2 = k->data;
if(strcmp(pkg1name, pkg2name) == 0) {
if(pkg1->name_hash == pkg2->name_hash
&& strcmp(pkg1->name, pkg2->name) == 0) {
/* skip the package we're currently processing */
continue;
}
if(does_conflict(pkg1, conflict, pkg2)) {
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg2, conflict)) {
if(order >= 0) {
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg1name, pkg2name);
add_conflict(handle, baddeps, pkg1, pkg2, conflict);
} else {
add_conflict(baddeps, pkg2name, pkg1name);
add_conflict(handle, baddeps, pkg2, pkg1, conflict);
}
}
}
@@ -179,189 +170,179 @@ static void check_conflict(alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
}
/* Check for inter-conflicts */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_list_t *packages)
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
{
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs targets\n");
check_conflict(handle, packages, packages, &baddeps, 0);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs targets\n");
check_conflict(packages, packages, &baddeps, 0);
return(baddeps);
return baddeps;
}
/* Check for target vs (db - target) conflicts
* In case of conflict the package1 field of pmdepconflict_t contains
* the target package, package2 field contains the local package
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
/* Check for target vs (db - target) conflicts */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
{
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL) {
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
alpm_list_t *dblist = alpm_list_diff(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db), packages,
_alpm_pkg_cmp);
alpm_list_t *dblist = alpm_list_diff(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db),
packages, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
/* two checks to be done here for conflicts */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs db\n");
check_conflict(packages, dblist, &baddeps, 1);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check db vs targets\n");
check_conflict(dblist, packages, &baddeps, -1);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs db\n");
check_conflict(db->handle, packages, dblist, &baddeps, 1);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check db vs targets\n");
check_conflict(db->handle, dblist, packages, &baddeps, -1);
alpm_list_free(dblist);
return(baddeps);
return baddeps;
}
/** Check the package conflicts in a database
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param pkglist the list of packages to check
* @return an alpm_list_t of pmconflict_t
* @return an alpm_list_t of alpm_conflict_t
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_list_t *pkglist) {
return(_alpm_innerconflicts(pkglist));
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *pkglist)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return _alpm_innerconflicts(handle, pkglist);
}
/* Returns a alpm_list_t* of file conflicts.
* Hooray for set-intersects!
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
static const int DIFFERENCE = 0;
static const int INTERSECT = 1;
/* Returns a set operation on the provided two lists of files.
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
*
* Operations:
* DIFFERENCE - a difference operation is performed. filesA - filesB.
* INTERSECT - an intersection operation is performed. filesA & filesB.
*/
static alpm_list_t *chk_fileconflicts(alpm_list_t *filesA, alpm_list_t *filesB)
static alpm_list_t *filelist_operation(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB, int operation)
{
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
alpm_list_t *pA = filesA, *pB = filesB;
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
while(pA && pB) {
const char *strA = pA->data;
const char *strB = pB->data;
/* skip directories, we don't care about dir conflicts */
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
alpm_file_t *fileB = filesB->files + ctrB;
const char *strA = fileA->name;
const char *strB = fileB->name;
/* skip directories, we don't care about them */
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] == '/') {
pA = pA->next;
ctrA++;
} else if(strB[strlen(strB)-1] == '/') {
pB = pB->next;
ctrB++;
} else {
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
if(cmp < 0) {
/* item only in filesA, ignore it */
pA = pA->next;
if(operation == DIFFERENCE) {
/* item only in filesA, qualifies as a difference */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
ctrA++;
} else if(cmp > 0) {
/* item only in filesB, ignore it */
pB = pB->next;
ctrB++;
} else {
/* item in both, record it */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, strdup(strA));
pA = pA->next;
pB = pB->next;
if(operation == INTERSECT) {
/* item in both, qualifies as an intersect */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
ctrA++;
ctrB++;
}
}
}
return(ret);
}
/* Returns a alpm_list_t* of files that are in filesA but *NOT* in filesB
* This is an 'A minus B' set operation
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
*/
static alpm_list_t *chk_filedifference(alpm_list_t *filesA, alpm_list_t *filesB)
{
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
alpm_list_t *pA = filesA, *pB = filesB;
/* if both filesA and filesB have entries, do this loop */
while(pA && pB) {
const char *strA = pA->data;
const char *strB = pB->data;
/* skip directories, we don't care about dir conflicts */
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] == '/') {
pA = pA->next;
} else if(strB[strlen(strB)-1] == '/') {
pB = pB->next;
} else {
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
if(cmp < 0) {
/* item only in filesA, record it */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, strdup(strA));
pA = pA->next;
} else if(cmp > 0) {
/* item only in fileB, but this means nothing */
pB = pB->next;
} else {
/* item in both, ignore it */
pA = pA->next;
pB = pB->next;
}
}
}
/* ensure we have completely emptied pA */
while(pA) {
const char *strA = pA->data;
/* if doing a difference, ensure we have completely emptied pA */
while(operation == DIFFERENCE && ctrA < filesA->count) {
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
const char *strA = fileA->name;
/* skip directories */
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] != '/') {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, strdup(strA));
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
pA = pA->next;
ctrA++;
}
return(ret);
return ret;
}
/* Adds pmfileconflict_t to a conflicts list. Pass the conflicts list, type (either
* PM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET or PM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM), a file string, and either
* two package names or one package name and NULL. This is a wrapper for former
* functionality that was done inline.
/* Adds alpm_fileconflict_t to a conflicts list. Pass the conflicts list, the
* conflicting file path, and either two packages or one package and NULL.
*/
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_list_t *conflicts,
pmfileconflicttype_t type, const char *filestr,
const char* name1, const char* name2)
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *conflicts, const char *filestr,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
{
pmfileconflict_t *conflict;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(pmfileconflict_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
conflict->type = type;
STRDUP(conflict->target, name1, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
if(name2) {
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, name2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(conflict->target, pkg1->name, goto error);
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, goto error);
if(pkg2) {
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET;
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
} else {
conflict->ctarget = "";
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
}
conflicts = alpm_list_add(conflicts, conflict);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "found file conflict %s, packages %s and %s\n",
filestr, name1, name2 ? name2 : "(filesystem)");
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "found file conflict %s, packages %s and %s\n",
filestr, pkg1->name, pkg2 ? pkg2->name : "(filesystem)");
return(conflicts);
return conflicts;
error:
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, conflicts);
}
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
{
if(strlen(conflict->ctarget) > 0) {
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
}
FREE(conflict->file);;
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
FREE(conflict->file);
FREE(conflict->target);
FREE(conflict);
}
static int dir_belongsto_pkg(char *dirpath, pmpkg_t *pkg)
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
const char *name)
{
size_t i;
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files;
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
if(strcmp(file->name, name) == 0) {
return file;
}
file++;
}
return NULL;
}
static int dir_belongsto_pkg(const char *root, const char *dirpath,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
struct stat sbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
char abspath[PATH_MAX];
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
DIR *dir;
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, dirpath);
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, dirpath);
dir = opendir(abspath);
if(dir == NULL) {
return(1);
return 1;
}
while((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
@@ -369,105 +350,117 @@ static int dir_belongsto_pkg(char *dirpath, pmpkg_t *pkg)
continue;
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", dirpath, name);
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, path);
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, path);
if(stat(abspath, &sbuf) != 0) {
continue;
}
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
if(dir_belongsto_pkg(path, pkg)) {
if(dir_belongsto_pkg(root, path, pkg)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return(0);
return 0;
}
} else {
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg),path)) {
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg), path)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return(0);
return 0;
}
}
}
closedir(dir);
return(1);
return 1;
}
/* Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction with two checks:
* 1: check every target against every target
* 2: check every target against the filesystem */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *conflicts = NULL;
int numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
int current;
alpm_list_t *i, *conflicts = NULL;
size_t numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
size_t current;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(db == NULL || upgrade == NULL) {
return(NULL);
if(!upgrade) {
return NULL;
}
/* TODO this whole function needs a huge change, which hopefully will
* be possible with real transactions. Right now we only do half as much
* here as we do when we actually extract files in add.c with our 12
* different cases. */
for(current = 1, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
alpm_list_t *k, *tmpfiles = NULL;
pmpkg_t *p1, *p2, *dbpkg;
char path[PATH_MAX+1];
for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
alpm_pkg_t *p1 = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
alpm_filelist_t tmpfiles;
alpm_pkg_t *dbpkg;
size_t filenum;
p1 = i->data;
if(!p1) {
continue;
}
double percent = (double)current / numtargs;
PROGRESS(trans, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", (percent * 100),
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
/* CHECK 1: check every target against every target */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
alpm_pkg_get_name(p1));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
p1->name);
for(j = i->next; j; j = j->next) {
p2 = j->data;
if(!p2) {
continue;
}
tmpfiles = chk_fileconflicts(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1), alpm_pkg_get_files(p2));
alpm_list_t *common_files;
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = j->data;
common_files = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(p2), INTERSECT);
if(tmpfiles) {
for(k = tmpfiles; k; k = k->next) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, (char *)k->data);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(conflicts, PM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET, path,
alpm_pkg_get_name(p1), alpm_pkg_get_name(p2));
if(common_files) {
alpm_list_t *k;
char path[PATH_MAX];
for(k = common_files; k; k = k->next) {
alpm_file_t *file = k->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, file->name);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, p2);
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
FREELIST(conflicts);
FREELIST(common_files);
return NULL;
}
}
FREELIST(tmpfiles);
alpm_list_free(common_files);
}
}
/* declarations for second check */
struct stat lsbuf, sbuf;
char *filestr = NULL;
/* CHECK 2: check every target against the filesystem */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for filesystem conflicts: %s\n", p1->name);
dbpkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, p1->name);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for filesystem conflicts: %s\n",
p1->name);
dbpkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p1->name);
/* Do two different checks here. If the package is currently installed,
* then only check files that are new in the new package. If the package
* is not currently installed, then simply stat the whole filelist */
* is not currently installed, then simply stat the whole filelist. Note
* that the former list needs to be freed while the latter list should NOT
* be freed. */
if(dbpkg) {
alpm_list_t *difference;
/* older ver of package currently installed */
tmpfiles = chk_filedifference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg));
difference = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), DIFFERENCE);
tmpfiles.count = alpm_list_count(difference);
tmpfiles.files = alpm_list_to_array(difference, tmpfiles.count,
sizeof(alpm_file_t));
alpm_list_free(difference);
} else {
/* no version of package currently installed */
tmpfiles = alpm_list_strdup(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1));
tmpfiles = *alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
}
for(j = tmpfiles; j; j = j->next) {
filestr = j->data;
for(filenum = 0; filenum < tmpfiles.count; filenum++) {
alpm_file_t *file = tmpfiles.files + filenum;
const char *filestr = file->name;
const char *relative_path;
alpm_list_t *k;
/* have we acted on this conflict? */
int resolved_conflict = 0;
struct stat lsbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
@@ -475,46 +468,56 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
if(_alpm_lstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
continue;
}
stat(path, &sbuf);
if(path[strlen(path)-1] == '/') {
if(S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
struct stat sbuf;
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is a directory, not a conflict\n", path);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is a directory, not a conflict\n", path);
continue;
} else if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG,
}
stat(path, &sbuf);
if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"%s is a symlink to a dir, hopefully not a conflict\n", path);
continue;
}
/* if we made it to here, we want all subsequent path comparisons to
* not include the trailing slash. This allows things like file ->
* directory replacements. */
path[strlen(path) - 1] = '\0';
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
int resolved_conflict = 0; /* have we acted on this conflict? */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
relative_path = path + strlen(handle->root);
/* Check remove list (will we remove the conflicting local file?) */
for(k = remove; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
pmpkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
if(rempkg && alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg), filestr)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "local file will be removed, not a conflict: %s\n", filestr);
alpm_pkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
if(rempkg && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
relative_path)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"local file will be removed, not a conflict: %s\n", path);
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
for(k = upgrade; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
p2 = k->data;
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = k->data;
if(!p2 || strcmp(p1->name, p2->name) == 0) {
continue;
}
pmpkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, p2->name);
alpm_pkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
/* localp2->files will be removed (target conflicts are handled by CHECK 1) */
if(localp2 && alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), filestr)) {
if(localp2 && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), filestr)) {
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
trans->skip_remove = alpm_list_add(trans->skip_remove, strdup(path));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist: %s\n", filestr);
handle->trans->skip_remove =
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(filestr));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist: %s\n", path);
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
@@ -523,102 +526,66 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && dbpkg) {
char *dir = malloc(strlen(filestr) + 2);
sprintf(dir, "%s/", filestr);
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg),dir)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "check if all files in %s belongs to %s\n",
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), dir)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"check if all files in %s belongs to %s\n",
dir, dbpkg->name);
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkg(filestr, dbpkg);
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkg(handle->root, filestr, dbpkg);
}
free(dir);
}
if(!resolved_conflict && dbpkg) {
char *rpath = calloc(PATH_MAX+1, sizeof(char));
char *rpath = calloc(PATH_MAX, sizeof(char));
const char *relative_rpath;
if(!realpath(path, rpath)) {
FREE(rpath);
free(rpath);
continue;
}
char *filestr = rpath + strlen(handle->root);
if(alpm_list_find_str(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg),filestr)) {
relative_rpath = rpath + strlen(handle->root);
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_rpath)) {
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
free(rpath);
}
/* is the file unowned and in the backup list of the new package? */
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(filestr, p1)) {
alpm_list_t *local_pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
int found = 0;
for(k = local_pkgs; k && !found; k = k->next) {
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), filestr)) {
found = 1;
}
}
if(!found) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"file was unowned but in new backup list: %s\n", path);
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
if(!resolved_conflict) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "file found in conflict: %s\n", path);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(conflicts, PM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM,
path, p1->name, NULL);
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, NULL);
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
FREELIST(conflicts);
if(dbpkg) {
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
free(tmpfiles.files);
}
return NULL;
}
}
}
FREELIST(tmpfiles);
if(dbpkg) {
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
free(tmpfiles.files);
}
}
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
numtargs, current);
return(conflicts);
return conflicts;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_conflict_get_package1(pmconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->package1;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_conflict_get_package2(pmconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->package2;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fileconflict_get_target(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->target;
}
pmfileconflicttype_t SYMEXPORT alpm_fileconflict_get_type(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(-1));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(-1));
return conflict->type;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fileconflict_get_file(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->file;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fileconflict_get_ctarget(pmfileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return(NULL));
return conflict->ctarget;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* conflict.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,28 +24,17 @@
#include "db.h"
#include "package.h"
struct __pmconflict_t {
char *package1;
char *package2;
};
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
struct __pmfileconflict_t {
char *target;
pmfileconflicttype_t type;
char *file;
char *ctarget;
};
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict);
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2);
pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const pmconflict_t *conflict);
void _alpm_conflict_free(pmconflict_t *conflict);
int _alpm_conflict_isin(pmconflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(pmfileconflict_t *conflict);
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
const char *name);
#endif /* _ALPM_CONFLICT_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* db.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -26,12 +26,8 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include <time.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "db.h"
@@ -39,100 +35,73 @@
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "group.h"
/** \addtogroup alpm_databases Database Functions
* @brief Functions to query and manipulate the database of libalpm
* @{
*/
/** Register a sync database of packages.
* @param treename the name of the sync repository
* @return a pmdb_t* on success (the value), NULL on error
*/
pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename)
/** Register a sync database of packages. */
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *treename, alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, NULL));
ASSERT(treename != NULL && strlen(treename) != 0, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
ASSERT(treename != NULL && strlen(treename) != 0,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
return(_alpm_db_register_sync(treename));
}
/** Register the local package database.
* @return a pmdb_t* representing the local database, or NULL on error
*/
pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_local(void)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, NULL));
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
return(_alpm_db_register_local());
return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, level);
}
/* Helper function for alpm_db_unregister{_all} */
static void _alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
{
if(db == NULL) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "unregistering database '%s'\n", db->treename);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unregistering database '%s'\n", db->treename);
_alpm_db_free(db);
}
/** Unregister all package databases
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(void)
/** Unregister all package databases. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
alpm_db_t *db;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
/* close local database */
_alpm_db_unregister(handle->db_local);
handle->db_local = NULL;
/* and also sync ones */
/* unregister all sync dbs */
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *db = i->data;
_alpm_db_unregister(db);
db = i->data;
db->ops->unregister(db);
i->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
return(0);
return 0;
}
/** Unregister a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to unregister
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
/** Unregister a package database. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
{
int found = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
alpm_handle_t *handle;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
handle = db->handle;
handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
if(db == handle->db_local) {
handle->db_local = NULL;
@@ -151,225 +120,279 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(pmdb_t *db)
}
if(!found) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
_alpm_db_unregister(db);
return(0);
db->ops->unregister(db);
return 0;
}
/** Set the serverlist of a database.
/** Get the serverlist of a database. */
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
return db->servers;
}
/** Set the serverlist of a database. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *servers)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
if(db->servers) FREELIST(db->servers);
db->servers = servers;
return 0;
}
static char *sanitize_url(const char *url)
{
char *newurl;
size_t len = strlen(url);
STRDUP(newurl, url, return NULL);
/* strip the trailing slash if one exists */
if(newurl[len - 1] == '/') {
newurl[len - 1] = '\0';
}
return newurl;
}
/** Add a download server to a database.
* @param db database pointer
* @param url url of the server
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_setserver(pmdb_t *db, const char *url)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int found = 0;
char *newurl;
int len = 0;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(db != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i && !found; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *sdb = i->data;
if(strcmp(db->treename, sdb->treename) == 0) {
found = 1;
}
}
if(!found) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
if(!newurl) {
return -1;
}
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
db->treename, newurl);
if(url) {
len = strlen(url);
}
if(len) {
newurl = strdup(url);
/* strip the trailing slash if one exists */
if(newurl[len - 1] == '/') {
newurl[len - 1] = '\0';
}
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
db->treename, newurl);
} else {
FREELIST(db->servers);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "serverlist flushed for '%s'\n", db->treename);
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
/** Get the name of a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database
* @return the name of the package database, NULL on error
/** Remove a download server from a database.
* @param db database pointer
* @param url url of the server
* @return 0 on success, 1 on server not present,
* -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const pmdb_t *db)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
if(!newurl) {
return -1;
}
db->servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->servers, newurl, &vdata);
free(newurl);
if(vdata) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
db->treename, newurl);
free(vdata);
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/** Get the name of a package database. */
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const alpm_db_t *db)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
return db->treename;
}
/** Get a download URL for the package database
* @param db pointer to the package database
* @return a fully-specified download URL, NULL on error
*/
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_url(const pmdb_t *db)
/** Get the signature verification level for a database. */
alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
{
char *url;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, return(NULL));
url = (char*)db->servers->data;
return(url);
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
if(db->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
return db->handle->siglevel;
} else {
return db->siglevel;
}
}
/** Get a package entry from a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the package from
* @param name of the package
* @return the package entry on success, NULL on error
*/
pmpkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(pmdb_t *db, const char *name)
/** Check the validity of a database. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_valid(alpm_db_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0, return(NULL));
return(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, name));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
return db->ops->validate(db);
}
/** Get the package cache of a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the package from
* @return the list of packages on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(pmdb_t *db)
/** Get a package entry from a package database. */
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
return(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, name);
if(!pkg) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, NULL);
}
return pkg;
}
/** Get a group entry from a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the group from
* @param name of the group
* @return the groups entry on success, NULL on error
*/
pmgrp_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_readgrp(pmdb_t *db, const char *name)
/** Get the package cache of a package database. */
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0, return(NULL));
return(_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache(db, name));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
return _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
}
/** Get the group cache of a package database
* @param db pointer to the package database to get the group from
* @return the list of groups on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_grpcache(pmdb_t *db)
/** Get a group entry from a package database. */
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_readgroup(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
return(_alpm_db_get_grpcache(db));
return _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(db, name);
}
/** Searches a database
* @param db pointer to the package database to search in
* @param needles the list of strings to search for
* @return the list of packages on success, NULL on error
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
/** Get the group cache of a package database. */
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return(NULL));
ASSERT(db != NULL, return(NULL));
return _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db);
}
return(_alpm_db_search(db, needles));
/** Searches a database. */
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
return _alpm_db_search(db, needles);
}
/** Set install reason for a package in db. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_pkgreason(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
alpm_pkgreason_t reason)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin == PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin_data.db == handle->db_local,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"setting install reason %u for %s\n", reason, pkg->name);
if(alpm_pkg_get_reason(pkg) == reason) {
/* we are done */
return 0;
}
/* set reason (in pkgcache) */
pkg->reason = reason;
/* write DESC */
if(_alpm_local_db_write(handle->db_local, pkg, INFRQ_DESC)) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE, -1);
}
return 0;
}
/** @} */
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *dbpath, const char *treename)
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
{
pmdb_t *db;
const size_t pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(treename) + 2;
alpm_db_t *db;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(alpm_db_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, return NULL);
if(is_local) {
db->status |= DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
} else {
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
}
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(pmdb_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
CALLOC(db->path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(db->path, "%s%s/", dbpath, treename);
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(db);
return db;
}
void _alpm_db_free(pmdb_t *db)
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* cleanup pkgcache */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* cleanup server list */
FREELIST(db->servers);
FREE(db->path);
FREE(db->_path);
FREE(db->treename);
FREE(db);
return;
}
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db)
{
pmdb_t *db1 = (pmdb_t *)d1;
pmdb_t *db2 = (pmdb_t *)d2;
return(strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename));
if(!db) {
return NULL;
}
if(!db->_path) {
const char *dbpath;
size_t pathsize;
dbpath = db->handle->dbpath;
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL) {
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + 2;
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(db->_path, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
} else {
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + 4;
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s.db", dbpath, db->treename);
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
db->treename, db->_path);
}
return db->_path;
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
{
const alpm_db_t *db1 = d1;
const alpm_db_t *db2 = d2;
return strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename);
}
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
{
const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
alpm_list_t *list = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
for(i = needles; i; i = i->next) {
char *targ;
regex_t reg;
@@ -379,16 +402,16 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
}
ret = NULL;
targ = i->data;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
if(regcomp(&reg, targ, REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_ICASE | REG_NEWLINE) != 0) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX, NULL);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX, NULL);
}
for(j = list; j; j = j->next) {
pmpkg_t *pkg = j->data;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = j->data;
const char *matched = NULL;
const char *name = alpm_pkg_get_name(pkg);
const char *name = pkg->name;
const char *desc = alpm_pkg_get_desc(pkg);
/* check name as regex AND as plain text */
@@ -396,7 +419,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
matched = name;
}
/* check desc */
else if (desc && regexec(&reg, desc, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
else if(desc && regexec(&reg, desc, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = desc;
}
/* TODO: should we be doing this, and should we print something
@@ -404,7 +427,8 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
if(!matched) {
/* check provides */
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
if (regexec(&reg, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *provide = k->data;
if(regexec(&reg, provide->name, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = k->data;
break;
}
@@ -413,7 +437,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
if(!matched) {
/* check groups */
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
if (regexec(&reg, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
if(regexec(&reg, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = k->data;
break;
}
@@ -421,7 +445,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
}
if(matched != NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, " search target '%s' matched '%s'\n",
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, " search target '%s' matched '%s'\n",
targ, matched);
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, pkg);
}
@@ -434,72 +458,242 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
regfree(&reg);
}
return(ret);
return ret;
}
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_local(void)
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
* It frees the cache if it already exists.
*/
static int load_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
pmdb_t *db;
const char *dbpath;
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(handle->db_local != NULL) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("attempt to re-register the 'local' DB\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading package cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
if(db->ops->populate(db) == -1) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"failed to load package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering local database\n");
db->status |= DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
return 0;
}
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
static void free_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lg;
if(db == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE)) {
return;
}
db = _alpm_db_new(dbpath, "local");
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"freeing group cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
for(lg = db->grpcache; lg; lg = lg->next) {
_alpm_group_free(lg->data);
lg->data = NULL;
}
FREELIST(db->grpcache);
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE;
}
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
if(db == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
return;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
if(db->pkgcache) {
alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
}
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
free_groupcache(db);
}
alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db)
{
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
return NULL;
}
handle->db_local = db;
return(db);
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID)) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, NULL);
}
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
load_pkgcache(db);
}
return db->pkgcache;
}
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename)
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
pmdb_t *db;
const char *dbpath;
char path[PATH_MAX];
alpm_list_t *i;
alpm_pkghash_t *hash = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(hash == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
pmdb_t *sdb = i->data;
if(strcmp(treename, sdb->treename) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "attempt to re-register the '%s' database, using existing\n", sdb->treename);
return sdb;
return hash->list;
}
/* "duplicate" pkg then add it to pkgcache */
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
return -1;
}
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg, &newpkg)) {
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
newpkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg);
free_groupcache(db);
return 0;
}
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
alpm_pkg_t *data = NULL;
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing entry '%s' from '%s' cache\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_remove(db->pkgcache, pkg, &data);
if(data == NULL) {
/* package not found */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot remove entry '%s' from '%s' cache: not found\n",
pkg->name, db->treename);
return -1;
}
_alpm_pkg_free(data);
free_groupcache(db);
return 0;
}
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
{
if(db == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
if(!pkgcache) {
return NULL;
}
return _alpm_pkghash_find(pkgcache, target);
}
/* Returns a new group cache from db.
*/
static int load_grpcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
if(db == NULL) {
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading group cache for repository '%s'\n",
db->treename);
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_list_t *i;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); i; i = i->next) {
const char *grpname = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
alpm_group_t *grp = NULL;
int found = 0;
/* first look through the group cache for a group with this name */
for(j = db->grpcache; j; j = j->next) {
grp = j->data;
if(strcmp(grp->name, grpname) == 0
&& !alpm_list_find_ptr(grp->packages, pkg)) {
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if(found) {
continue;
}
/* we didn't find the group, so create a new one with this name */
grp = _alpm_group_new(grpname);
if(!grp) {
free_groupcache(db);
return -1;
}
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
db->grpcache = alpm_list_add(db->grpcache, grp);
}
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
db->status |= DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE;
return 0;
}
dbpath = alpm_option_get_dbpath();
if(!dbpath) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
}
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%ssync/", dbpath);
db = _alpm_db_new(path, treename);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
{
if(db == NULL) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
return NULL;
}
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
return(db);
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID)) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, NULL);
}
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE)) {
load_grpcache(db);
}
return db->grpcache;
}
alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
if(db == NULL || target == NULL || strlen(target) == 0) {
return NULL;
}
for(i = _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
alpm_group_t *info = i->data;
if(strcmp(info->name, target) == 0) {
return info;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* db.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -22,47 +22,90 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_DB_H
#define _ALPM_DB_H
#include "alpm.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include <time.h>
/* Database entries */
typedef enum _pmdbinfrq_t {
INFRQ_BASE = 0x01,
INFRQ_DESC = 0x02,
INFRQ_DEPENDS = 0x04,
INFRQ_FILES = 0x08,
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = 0x10,
INFRQ_DELTAS = 0x20,
/* ALL should be sum of all above */
INFRQ_ALL = 0x3F
} pmdbinfrq_t;
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* Database */
struct __pmdb_t {
char *path;
char *treename;
unsigned short pkgcache_loaded;
alpm_list_t *pkgcache;
unsigned short grpcache_loaded;
alpm_list_t *grpcache;
alpm_list_t *servers;
#include "alpm.h"
#include "pkghash.h"
#include "signing.h"
/* Database entries */
typedef enum _alpm_dbinfrq_t {
INFRQ_BASE = 1,
INFRQ_DESC = (1 << 1),
INFRQ_FILES = (1 << 2),
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = (1 << 3),
INFRQ_DSIZE = (1 << 4),
/* ALL should be info stored in the package or database */
INFRQ_ALL = 0x1F,
INFRQ_ERROR = (1 << 31)
} alpm_dbinfrq_t;
/** Database status. Bitflags. */
enum _alpm_dbstatus_t {
DB_STATUS_VALID = (1 << 0),
DB_STATUS_INVALID = (1 << 1),
DB_STATUS_EXISTS = (1 << 2),
DB_STATUS_MISSING = (1 << 3),
DB_STATUS_LOCAL = (1 << 10),
DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE = (1 << 11),
DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE = (1 << 12)
};
/* db.c, database general calls */
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *dbpath, const char *treename);
void _alpm_db_free(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(pmdb_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles);
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_local(void);
pmdb_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(const char *treename);
struct db_operations {
int (*validate) (alpm_db_t *);
int (*populate) (alpm_db_t *);
void (*unregister) (alpm_db_t *);
};
/* be.c, backend specific calls */
int _alpm_db_populate(pmdb_t *db);
int _alpm_db_read(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_db_prepare(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info);
int _alpm_db_write(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info, pmdbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_db_remove(pmdb_t *db, pmpkg_t *info);
/* Database */
struct __alpm_db_t {
alpm_handle_t *handle;
char *treename;
/* do not access directly, use _alpm_db_path(db) for lazy access */
char *_path;
alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache;
alpm_list_t *grpcache;
alpm_list_t *servers;
struct db_operations *ops;
/* flags determining validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
enum _alpm_dbstatus_t status;
alpm_siglevel_t siglevel;
};
/* db.c, database general calls */
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local);
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db);
const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db);
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles);
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle);
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
alpm_siglevel_t level);
void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db);
/* be_*.c, backend specific calls */
int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename);
/* cache bullshit */
/* packages */
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db);
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db);
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
/* groups */
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db);
alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
#endif /* _ALPM_DB_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* delta.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -34,83 +34,32 @@
#include "log.h"
#include "graph.h"
/** \addtogroup alpm_deltas Delta Functions
* @brief Functions to manipulate libalpm deltas
* @{
*/
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_from(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->from);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_to(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->to);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_filename(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->delta);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_delta_get_md5sum(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(NULL));
return(delta->delta_md5);
}
off_t SYMEXPORT alpm_delta_get_size(pmdelta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return(-1));
return(delta->delta_size);
}
/** @} */
static alpm_list_t *delta_graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas)
static alpm_list_t *graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas, int reverse)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
/* create the vertices */
for(i = deltas; i; i = i->next) {
char *fpath, *md5sum;
pmgraph_t *v = _alpm_graph_new();
pmdelta_t *vdelta = i->data;
alpm_graph_t *v = _alpm_graph_new();
if(!v) {
alpm_list_free(vertices);
return NULL;
}
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = i->data;
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size;
v->weight = LONG_MAX;
/* determine whether the delta file already exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(vdelta->delta);
md5sum = alpm_compute_md5sum(fpath);
if(fpath && md5sum && strcmp(md5sum, vdelta->delta_md5) == 0) {
vdelta->download_size = 0;
}
FREE(fpath);
FREE(md5sum);
/* determine whether a base 'from' file exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(vdelta->from);
if(fpath) {
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
}
FREE(fpath);
v->data = vdelta;
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, v);
}
/* compute the edges */
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
pmdelta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
/* loop a second time so we make all possible comparisons */
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_j = j->data;
pmdelta_t *d_j = v_j->data;
alpm_graph_t *v_j = j->data;
alpm_delta_t *d_j = v_j->data;
/* We want to create a delta tree like the following:
* 1_to_2
* |
@@ -119,24 +68,69 @@ static alpm_list_t *delta_graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas)
* 3_to_4
* If J 'from' is equal to I 'to', then J is a child of I.
* */
if(strcmp(d_j->from, d_i->to) == 0) {
if((!reverse && strcmp(d_j->from, d_i->to) == 0) ||
(reverse && strcmp(d_j->to, d_i->from) == 0)) {
v_i->children = alpm_list_add(v_i->children, v_j);
}
}
v_i->childptr = v_i->children;
}
return(vertices);
return vertices;
}
static off_t delta_vert(alpm_list_t *vertices,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path) {
static void graph_init_size(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *vertices)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
pmgraph_t *v;
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
char *fpath, *md5sum;
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
/* determine whether the delta file already exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->delta);
if(fpath) {
md5sum = alpm_compute_md5sum(fpath);
if(md5sum && strcmp(md5sum, vdelta->delta_md5) == 0) {
vdelta->download_size = 0;
}
FREE(md5sum);
FREE(fpath);
} else {
char *fnamepart;
CALLOC(fnamepart, strlen(vdelta->delta) + 6, sizeof(char), return);
sprintf(fnamepart, "%s.part", vdelta->delta);
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, fnamepart);
if(fpath) {
struct stat st;
if(stat(fpath, &st) == 0) {
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size - st.st_size;
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->download_size < 0 ? 0 : vdelta->download_size;
}
FREE(fpath);
}
FREE(fnamepart);
}
/* determine whether a base 'from' file exists */
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->from);
if(fpath) {
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
}
FREE(fpath);
}
}
static void dijkstra(alpm_list_t *vertices)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
alpm_graph_t *v;
while(1) {
v = NULL;
/* find the smallest vertice not visited yet */
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
if(v_i->state == -1) {
continue;
@@ -154,8 +148,8 @@ static off_t delta_vert(alpm_list_t *vertices,
v->childptr = v->children;
while(v->childptr) {
pmgraph_t *v_c = v->childptr->data;
pmdelta_t *d_c = v_c->data;
alpm_graph_t *v_c = v->childptr->data;
alpm_delta_t *d_c = v_c->data;
if(v_c->weight > v->weight + d_c->download_size) {
v_c->weight = v->weight + d_c->download_size;
v_c->parent = v;
@@ -165,13 +159,18 @@ static off_t delta_vert(alpm_list_t *vertices,
}
}
}
v = NULL;
static off_t shortest_path(alpm_list_t *vertices, const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
alpm_graph_t *v = NULL;
off_t bestsize = 0;
alpm_list_t *rpath = NULL;
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
pmgraph_t *v_i = i->data;
pmdelta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
if(strcmp(d_i->to, to) == 0) {
if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
@@ -181,68 +180,108 @@ static off_t delta_vert(alpm_list_t *vertices,
}
}
alpm_list_t *rpath = NULL;
while(v != NULL) {
pmdelta_t *vdelta = v->data;
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
rpath = alpm_list_add(rpath, vdelta);
v = v->parent;
}
*path = alpm_list_reverse(rpath);
alpm_list_free(rpath);
return(bestsize);
return bestsize;
}
/** Calculates the shortest path from one version to another.
* The shortest path is defined as the path with the smallest combined
* size, not the length of the path.
* @param deltas the list of pmdelta_t * objects that a file has
* @param handle the context handle
* @param deltas the list of alpm_delta_t * objects that a file has
* @param to the file to start the search at
* @param path the pointer to a list location where pmdelta_t * objects that
* @param path the pointer to a list location where alpm_delta_t * objects that
* have the smallest size are placed. NULL is set if there is no path
* possible with the files available.
* @return the size of the path stored, or LONG_MAX if path is unfindable
*/
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas,
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
{
alpm_list_t *bestpath = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices;
off_t bestsize = LONG_MAX;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(deltas == NULL) {
*path = NULL;
return(bestsize);
return bestsize;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "started delta shortest-path search for '%s'\n", to);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started delta shortest-path search for '%s'\n", to);
vertices = delta_graph_init(deltas);
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 0);
graph_init_size(handle, vertices);
dijkstra(vertices);
bestsize = shortest_path(vertices, to, &bestpath);
bestsize = delta_vert(vertices, to, &bestpath);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta shortest-path search complete : '%jd'\n", (intmax_t)bestsize);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta shortest-path search complete : '%jd'\n", (intmax_t)bestsize);
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
alpm_list_free(vertices);
*path = bestpath;
return(bestsize);
return bestsize;
}
/** Parses the string representation of a pmdelta_t object.
static alpm_list_t *find_unused(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *to, off_t quota)
{
alpm_list_t *unused = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices;
alpm_list_t *i;
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 1);
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
if(strcmp(vdelta->to, to) == 0)
{
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
}
}
dijkstra(vertices);
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
if(v->weight > quota) {
unused = alpm_list_add(unused, vdelta->delta);
}
}
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
alpm_list_free(vertices);
return unused;
}
/** \addtogroup alpm_deltas Delta Functions
* @brief Functions to manipulate libalpm deltas
* @{
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
return find_unused(pkg->deltas, pkg->filename, pkg->size * MAX_DELTA_RATIO);
}
/** @} */
/** Parses the string representation of a alpm_delta_t object.
* This function assumes that the string is in the correct format.
* This format is as follows:
* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile
* @param line the string to parse
* @return A pointer to the new pmdelta_t object
* @return A pointer to the new alpm_delta_t object
*/
/* TODO this does not really belong here, but in a parsing lib */
pmdelta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
{
pmdelta_t *delta;
alpm_delta_t *delta;
char *tmp = line, *tmp2;
regex_t reg;
@@ -253,47 +292,59 @@ pmdelta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
if(regexec(&reg, line, 0, 0, 0) != 0) {
/* delta line is invalid, return NULL */
regfree(&reg);
return(NULL);
return NULL;
}
regfree(&reg);
CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(pmdelta_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->delta, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(delta->delta, tmp2, return NULL);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->delta_md5, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(delta->delta_md5, tmp2, return NULL);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
delta->delta_size = atol(tmp2);
delta->delta_size = _alpm_strtoofft(tmp2);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->from, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(delta->from, tmp2, return NULL);
tmp2 = tmp;
STRDUP(delta->to, tmp2, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(delta->to, tmp2, return NULL);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta : %s %s '%lld'\n", delta->from, delta->to, (long long)delta->delta_size);
return(delta);
return delta;
}
void _alpm_delta_free(pmdelta_t *delta)
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta)
{
FREE(delta->from);
FREE(delta->to);
FREE(delta->delta);
FREE(delta->delta_md5);
FREE(delta->from);
FREE(delta->to);
FREE(delta);
}
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta)
{
alpm_delta_t *newdelta;
CALLOC(newdelta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta, delta->delta, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta_md5, delta->delta_md5, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->from, delta->from, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->to, delta->to, return NULL);
newdelta->delta_size = delta->delta_size;
newdelta->download_size = delta->download_size;
return newdelta;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* delta.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,30 +20,21 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_DELTA_H
#define _ALPM_DELTA_H
#include "config.h" /* ensure off_t is correct length */
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm.h"
struct __pmdelta_t {
/** filename of the delta patch */
char *delta;
/** md5sum of the delta file */
char *delta_md5;
/** filesize of the delta file */
off_t delta_size;
/** filename of the 'before' file */
char *from;
/** filename of the 'after' file */
char *to;
/** download filesize of the delta file */
off_t download_size;
};
pmdelta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line);
void _alpm_delta_free(pmdelta_t *delta);
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_list_t *deltas,
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line);
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta);
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta);
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path);
/* max percent of package size to download deltas */
#define MAX_DELTA_RATIO 0.7
#endif /* _ALPM_DELTA_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* deps.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -27,34 +27,17 @@
#include "package.h"
#include "alpm.h"
/* Dependency */
struct __pmdepend_t {
pmdepmod_t mod;
char *name;
char *version;
};
/* Missing dependency */
struct __pmdepmissing_t {
char *target;
pmdepend_t *depend;
char *causingpkg; /* this is used in case of remove dependency error only */
};
void _alpm_dep_free(pmdepend_t *dep);
pmdepend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const pmdepend_t *dep);
pmdepmissing_t *_alpm_depmiss_new(const char *target, pmdepend_t *dep,
const char *causinpkg);
void _alpm_depmiss_free(pmdepmissing_t *miss);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse);
void _alpm_recursedeps(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_resolvedep(pmdepend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *dbs, alpm_list_t *excluding, int prompt);
int _alpm_resolvedeps(pmdb_t *local, alpm_list_t *dbs_sync, pmpkg_t *pkg,
void _alpm_dep_free(alpm_depend_t *dep);
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep);
void _alpm_depmiss_free(alpm_depmissing_t *miss);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse);
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit);
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages, alpm_list_t *remove,
alpm_list_t **data);
int _alpm_dep_edge(pmpkg_t *pkg1, pmpkg_t *pkg2);
pmdepend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring);
pmpkg_t *_alpm_find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, pmdepend_t *dep);
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring);
int _alpm_depcmp_literal(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
#endif /* _ALPM_DEPS_H */

337
lib/libalpm/diskspace.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
/*
* diskspace.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#if defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
#include <mntent.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H)
#include <sys/ucred.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "diskspace.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "handle.h"
static int mount_point_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp1 = p1;
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp2 = p2;
/* the negation will sort all mountpoints before their parent */
return -strcmp(mp1->mount_dir, mp2->mount_dir);
}
static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points = NULL, *ptr;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
#if defined HAVE_GETMNTENT
struct mntent *mnt;
FILE *fp;
struct statvfs fsp;
fp = setmntent(MOUNTED, "r");
if(fp == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
while((mnt = getmntent(fp))) {
if(!mnt) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not get filesystem information\n"));
continue;
}
if(statvfs(mnt->mnt_dir, &fsp) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get filesystem information for %s: %s\n"),
mnt->mnt_dir, strerror(errno));
continue;
}
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), &fsp, sizeof(struct statvfs));
mp->read_only = fsp.f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
endmntent(fp);
#elif defined HAVE_GETMNTINFO
int entries;
FSSTATSTYPE *fsp;
entries = getmntinfo(&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
if(entries < 0) {
return NULL;
}
for(; entries-- > 0; fsp++) {
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(fsp->f_mntonname);
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), fsp, sizeof(FSSTATSTYPE));
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATVFS) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FLAG)
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATFS) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS)
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flags & MNT_RDONLY;
#endif
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
#endif
mount_points = alpm_list_msort(mount_points, alpm_list_count(mount_points),
mount_point_cmp);
for(ptr = mount_points; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next) {
mp = ptr->data;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "mountpoint: %s\n", mp->mount_dir);
}
return mount_points;
}
static alpm_mountpoint_t *match_mount_point(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
const char *real_path)
{
const alpm_list_t *mp;
for(mp = mount_points; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = mp->data;
if(strncmp(data->mount_dir, real_path, data->mount_dir_len) == 0) {
return data;
}
}
/* should not get here... */
return NULL;
}
static int calculate_removed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const alpm_list_t *mount_points, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
size_t i;
alpm_filelist_t *filelist = alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg);
if(!filelist->count) {
return 0;
}
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files + i;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
struct stat st;
char path[PATH_MAX];
const char *filename = file->name;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
_alpm_lstat(path, &st);
/* skip directories and symlinks to be consistent with libarchive that
* reports them to be zero size */
if(S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) || S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
continue;
}
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
if(mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not determine mount point for file %s\n"), filename);
continue;
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed -=
(st.st_size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->used |= USED_REMOVE;
}
return 0;
}
static int calculate_installed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const alpm_list_t *mount_points, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
size_t i;
alpm_filelist_t *filelist = alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg);
if(!filelist->count) {
return 0;
}
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files + i;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
char path[PATH_MAX];
const char *filename = file->name;
/* libarchive reports these as zero size anyways */
/* NOTE: if we do start accounting for directory size, a dir matching a
* mountpoint needs to be attributed to the parent, not the mountpoint. */
if(S_ISDIR(file->mode) || S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
continue;
}
/* approximate space requirements for db entries */
if(filename[0] == '.') {
filename = handle->dbpath;
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
if(mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not determine mount point for file %s\n"), filename);
continue;
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed +=
(file->size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->used |= USED_INSTALL;
}
return 0;
}
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points, *i;
alpm_mountpoint_t *root_mp;
size_t replaces = 0, current = 0, numtargs;
int error = 0;
alpm_list_t *targ;
alpm_trans_t *trans = handle->trans;
numtargs = alpm_list_count(trans->add);
mount_points = mount_point_list(handle);
if(mount_points == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine filesystem mount points\n"));
return -1;
}
root_mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, handle->root);
if(root_mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine root mount point %s\n"),
handle->root);
error = 1;
goto finish;
}
replaces = alpm_list_count(trans->remove);
if(replaces) {
numtargs += replaces;
for(targ = trans->remove; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
alpm_pkg_t *local_pkg;
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
local_pkg = targ->data;
calculate_removed_size(handle, mount_points, local_pkg);
}
}
for(targ = trans->add; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg, *local_pkg;
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
pkg = targ->data;
/* is this package already installed? */
local_pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name);
if(local_pkg) {
calculate_removed_size(handle, mount_points, local_pkg);
}
calculate_installed_size(handle, mount_points, pkg);
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
if(data->blocks_needed > data->max_blocks_needed) {
data->max_blocks_needed = data->blocks_needed;
}
}
}
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", 100,
numtargs, current);
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
if(data->used && data->read_only) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("Partition %s is mounted read only\n"),
data->mount_dir);
error = 1;
} else if(data->used & USED_INSTALL) {
/* cushion is roughly min(5% capacity, 20MiB) */
fsblkcnt_t fivepc = (data->fsp.f_blocks / 20) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t twentymb = (20 * 1024 * 1024 / data->fsp.f_bsize) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t cushion = fivepc < twentymb ? fivepc : twentymb;
blkcnt_t needed = data->max_blocks_needed + cushion;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"partition %s, needed %jd, cushion %ju, free %ju\n",
data->mount_dir, (intmax_t)data->max_blocks_needed,
(uintmax_t)cushion, (uintmax_t)data->fsp.f_bfree);
if(needed >= 0 && (fsblkcnt_t)needed > data->fsp.f_bfree) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Partition %s too full: %jd blocks needed, %jd blocks free\n"),
data->mount_dir, (intmax_t)needed, (uintmax_t)data->fsp.f_bfree);
error = 1;
}
}
}
finish:
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
FREE(data->mount_dir);
}
FREELIST(mount_points);
if(error) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
}
return 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

56
lib/libalpm/diskspace.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/*
* diskspace.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
#define _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "alpm.h"
enum mount_used_level {
USED_REMOVE = 1,
USED_INSTALL = (1 << 1),
};
typedef struct __alpm_mountpoint_t {
/* mount point information */
char *mount_dir;
size_t mount_dir_len;
/* storage for additional disk usage calculations */
blkcnt_t blocks_needed;
blkcnt_t max_blocks_needed;
enum mount_used_level used;
int read_only;
FSSTATSTYPE fsp;
} alpm_mountpoint_t;
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle);
#endif /* _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* download.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,18 +25,13 @@
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* the following two are needed on BSD for libfetch */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_SYSLIMITS_H)
#include <sys/syslimits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
#endif
#if defined(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD)
#include <fetch.h>
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
@@ -47,345 +42,574 @@
#include "util.h"
#include "handle.h"
static char *get_filename(const char *url) {
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
static const char *get_filename(const char *url)
{
char *filename = strrchr(url, '/');
if(filename != NULL) {
filename++;
}
return(filename);
return filename;
}
#if defined(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD)
static char *get_destfile(const char *path, const char *filename) {
char *destfile;
/* len = localpath len + filename len + null */
int len = strlen(path) + strlen(filename) + 1;
CALLOC(destfile, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(destfile, len, "%s%s", path, filename);
return(destfile);
}
static char *get_tempfile(const char *path, const char *filename) {
char *tempfile;
/* len = localpath len + filename len + '.part' len + null */
int len = strlen(path) + strlen(filename) + 6;
CALLOC(tempfile, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(tempfile, len, "%s%s.part", path, filename);
return(tempfile);
}
/* Build a 'struct url' from an url. */
static struct url *url_for_string(const char *url)
static char *get_fullpath(const char *path, const char *filename,
const char *suffix)
{
struct url *ret = NULL;
ret = fetchParseURL(url);
if(!ret) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("url '%s' is invalid\n"), url);
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL, NULL);
}
char *filepath;
/* len = localpath len + filename len + suffix len + null */
size_t len = strlen(path) + strlen(filename) + strlen(suffix) + 1;
MALLOC(filepath, len, return NULL);
snprintf(filepath, len, "%s%s%s", path, filename, suffix);
/* if no URL scheme specified, assume HTTP */
if(strlen(ret->scheme) == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("url scheme not specified, assuming HTTP\n"));
strcpy(ret->scheme, SCHEME_HTTP);
}
/* add a user & password for anonymous FTP */
if(strcmp(ret->scheme,SCHEME_FTP) == 0 && strlen(ret->user) == 0) {
strcpy(ret->user, "anonymous");
strcpy(ret->pwd, "libalpm@guest");
}
return(ret);
return filepath;
}
static const char *gethost(struct url *fileurl)
static CURL *get_libcurl_handle(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
const char *host = _("disk");
if(strcmp(SCHEME_FILE, fileurl->scheme) != 0) {
host = fileurl->host;
if(!handle->curl) {
curl_global_init(CURL_GLOBAL_SSL);
handle->curl = curl_easy_init();
}
return(host);
return handle->curl;
}
static int download_internal(const char *url, const char *localpath,
time_t mtimeold, time_t *mtimenew) {
fetchIO *dlf = NULL;
FILE *localf = NULL;
struct url_stat ust;
struct stat st;
int chk_resume = 0, ret = 0;
size_t dl_thisfile = 0;
ssize_t nread = 0;
char *tempfile, *destfile, *filename;
struct sigaction new_action, old_action;
struct url *fileurl = url_for_string(url);
char buffer[PM_DLBUF_LEN];
enum {
ABORT_SIGINT = 1,
ABORT_OVER_MAXFILESIZE
};
if(!fileurl) {
return(-1);
static int dload_interrupted;
static void inthandler(int UNUSED signum)
{
dload_interrupted = ABORT_SIGINT;
}
static int curl_progress(void *file, double dltotal, double dlnow,
double UNUSED ultotal, double UNUSED ulnow)
{
struct dload_payload *payload = (struct dload_payload *)file;
off_t current_size, total_size;
/* SIGINT sent, abort by alerting curl */
if(dload_interrupted) {
return 1;
}
filename = get_filename(url);
if(!filename) {
return(-1);
}
destfile = get_destfile(localpath, filename);
tempfile = get_tempfile(localpath, filename);
current_size = payload->initial_size + (off_t)dlnow;
if(mtimeold) {
fileurl->last_modified = mtimeold;
/* is our filesize still under any set limit? */
if(payload->max_size && current_size > payload->max_size) {
dload_interrupted = ABORT_OVER_MAXFILESIZE;
return 1;
}
/* pass the raw filename for passing to the callback function */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "using '%s' for download progress\n", filename);
/* none of what follows matters if the front end has no callback */
if(payload->handle->dlcb == NULL) {
return 0;
}
if(stat(tempfile, &st) == 0 && st.st_size > 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "existing file found, using it\n");
fileurl->offset = (off_t)st.st_size;
dl_thisfile = st.st_size;
localf = fopen(tempfile, "ab");
chk_resume = 1;
total_size = payload->initial_size + (off_t)dltotal;
if(DOUBLE_EQ(dltotal, 0.0) || payload->prevprogress == total_size) {
return 0;
}
/* initialize the progress bar here to avoid displaying it when
* a repo is up to date and nothing gets downloaded */
if(payload->prevprogress == 0) {
payload->handle->dlcb(payload->remote_name, 0, (off_t)dltotal);
}
payload->handle->dlcb(payload->remote_name, current_size, total_size);
payload->prevprogress = current_size;
return 0;
}
static int curl_gethost(const char *url, char *buffer)
{
size_t hostlen;
char *p, *q;
if(strncmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0) {
strcpy(buffer, _("disk"));
} else {
fileurl->offset = (off_t)0;
dl_thisfile = 0;
p = strstr(url, "//");
if(!p) {
return 1;
}
p += 2; /* jump over the found // */
hostlen = strcspn(p, "/");
/* there might be a user:pass@ on the URL. hide it. avoid using memrchr()
* for portability concerns. */
q = p + hostlen;
while(--q > p) {
if(*q == '@') {
break;
}
}
if(*q == '@' && p != q) {
hostlen -= q - p + 1;
p = q + 1;
}
if(hostlen > 255) {
/* buffer overflow imminent */
return 1;
}
snprintf(buffer, hostlen + 1, "%s", p);
}
/* print proxy info for debug purposes */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "HTTP_PROXY: %s\n", getenv("HTTP_PROXY"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "http_proxy: %s\n", getenv("http_proxy"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "FTP_PROXY: %s\n", getenv("FTP_PROXY"));
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "ftp_proxy: %s\n", getenv("ftp_proxy"));
return 0;
}
/* libfetch does not reset the error code */
fetchLastErrCode = 0;
/* 10s timeout */
fetchTimeout = 10;
/* ignore any SIGPIPE signals- these may occur if our FTP socket dies or
* something along those lines. Store the old signal handler first. */
new_action.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
sigemptyset(&new_action.sa_mask);
sigaction(SIGPIPE, NULL, &old_action);
sigaction(SIGPIPE, &new_action, NULL);
dlf = fetchXGet(fileurl, &ust, (handle->nopassiveftp ? "i" : "pi"));
if(fetchLastErrCode == FETCH_UNCHANGED) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "mtimes are identical, skipping %s\n", filename);
ret = 1;
goto cleanup;
static int utimes_long(const char *path, long seconds)
{
if(seconds != -1) {
struct timeval tv[2];
memset(&tv, 0, sizeof(tv));
tv[0].tv_sec = tv[1].tv_sec = seconds;
return utimes(path, tv);
}
return 0;
}
if(fetchLastErrCode != 0 || dlf == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBFETCH;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
filename, gethost(fileurl), fetchLastErrString);
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
} else {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "connected to %s successfully\n", fileurl->host);
}
static size_t parse_headers(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *user)
{
size_t realsize = size * nmemb;
const char *fptr, *endptr = NULL;
const char * const cd_header = "Content-Disposition:";
const char * const fn_key = "filename=";
struct dload_payload *payload = (struct dload_payload *)user;
if(ust.mtime && mtimenew) {
*mtimenew = ust.mtime;
}
if(_alpm_raw_ncmp(cd_header, ptr, strlen(cd_header)) == 0) {
if((fptr = strstr(ptr, fn_key))) {
fptr += strlen(fn_key);
if(chk_resume && fileurl->offset == 0) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("cannot resume download, starting over\n"));
if(localf != NULL) {
fclose(localf);
localf = NULL;
/* find the end of the field, which is either a semi-colon, or the end of
* the data. As per curl_easy_setopt(3), we cannot count on headers being
* null terminated, so we look for the closing \r\n */
endptr = fptr + strcspn(fptr, ";\r\n") - 1;
/* remove quotes */
if(*fptr == '"' && *endptr == '"') {
fptr++;
endptr--;
}
STRNDUP(payload->content_disp_name, fptr, endptr - fptr + 1,
RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, realsize));
}
}
if(localf == NULL) {
_alpm_rmrf(tempfile);
fileurl->offset = (off_t)0;
dl_thisfile = 0;
localf = fopen(tempfile, "wb");
if(localf == NULL) { /* still null? */
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("cannot write to file '%s'\n"), tempfile);
ret = -1;
return realsize;
}
static void curl_set_handle_opts(struct dload_payload *payload,
CURL *curl, char *error_buffer)
{
alpm_handle_t *handle = payload->handle;
const char *useragent = getenv("HTTP_USER_AGENT");
struct stat st;
/* the curl_easy handle is initialized with the alpm handle, so we only need
* to reset the handle's parameters for each time it's used. */
curl_easy_reset(curl);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_URL, payload->fileurl);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FAILONERROR, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER, error_buffer);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_CONNECTTIMEOUT, 10L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FILETIME, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS, 0L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FOLLOWLOCATION, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION, curl_progress);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA, (void *)payload);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, 1024L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_TIME, 10L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION, parse_headers);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER, (void *)payload);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NETRC, CURL_NETRC_OPTIONAL);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "url: %s\n", payload->fileurl);
if(payload->max_size) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "maxsize: %jd\n",
(intmax_t)payload->max_size);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_MAXFILESIZE_LARGE,
(curl_off_t)payload->max_size);
}
if(useragent != NULL) {
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_USERAGENT, useragent);
}
if(!payload->allow_resume && !payload->force && payload->destfile_name &&
stat(payload->destfile_name, &st) == 0) {
/* start from scratch, but only download if our local is out of date. */
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_TIMECONDITION, CURL_TIMECOND_IFMODSINCE);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_TIMEVALUE, (long)st.st_mtime);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"using time condition: %lu\n", (long)st.st_mtime);
} else if(stat(payload->tempfile_name, &st) == 0 && payload->allow_resume) {
/* a previous partial download exists, resume from end of file. */
payload->tempfile_openmode = "ab";
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_RESUME_FROM_LARGE, (curl_off_t)st.st_size);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"tempfile found, attempting continuation from %jd bytes\n",
(intmax_t)st.st_size);
payload->initial_size = st.st_size;
}
}
static void mask_signal(int signal, void (*handler)(int),
struct sigaction *origaction)
{
struct sigaction newaction;
newaction.sa_handler = handler;
sigemptyset(&newaction.sa_mask);
newaction.sa_flags = 0;
sigaction(signal, NULL, origaction);
sigaction(signal, &newaction, NULL);
}
static void unmask_signal(int signal, struct sigaction sa)
{
sigaction(signal, &sa, NULL);
}
static FILE *create_tempfile(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath)
{
int fd;
FILE *fp;
char *randpath;
size_t len;
/* create a random filename, which is opened with O_EXCL */
len = strlen(localpath) + 14 + 1;
MALLOC(randpath, len, RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(randpath, len, "%salpmtmp.XXXXXX", localpath);
if((fd = mkstemp(randpath)) == -1 ||
!(fp = fdopen(fd, payload->tempfile_openmode))) {
unlink(randpath);
close(fd);
_alpm_log(payload->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed to create temporary file for download\n"));
return NULL;
}
/* fp now points to our alpmtmp.XXXXXX */
free(payload->tempfile_name);
payload->tempfile_name = randpath;
free(payload->remote_name);
STRDUP(payload->remote_name, strrchr(randpath, '/') + 1,
RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return fp;
}
static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
const char *localpath, char **final_file)
{
int ret = -1;
FILE *localf = NULL;
char *effective_url;
/* RFC1123 states applications should support this length */
char hostname[256];
char error_buffer[CURL_ERROR_SIZE] = {0};
struct stat st;
long timecond, respcode = 0, remote_time = -1;
double remote_size, bytes_dl;
struct sigaction orig_sig_pipe, orig_sig_int;
/* shortcut to our handle within the payload */
alpm_handle_t *handle = payload->handle;
CURL *curl = get_libcurl_handle(handle);
handle->pm_errno = 0;
payload->tempfile_openmode = "wb";
if(!payload->remote_name) {
payload->remote_name = strdup(get_filename(payload->fileurl));
}
if(!payload->remote_name || curl_gethost(payload->fileurl, hostname) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("url '%s' is invalid\n"), payload->fileurl);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL, -1);
}
if(strlen(payload->remote_name) > 0 && strcmp(payload->remote_name, ".sig") != 0) {
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->remote_name, "");
payload->tempfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->remote_name, ".part");
if(!payload->destfile_name || !payload->tempfile_name) {
goto cleanup;
}
} else {
/* URL doesn't contain a filename, so make a tempfile. We can't support
* resuming this kind of download; partial transfers will be destroyed */
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
localf = create_tempfile(payload, localpath);
if(localf == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
}
/* Progress 0 - initialize */
if(handle->dlcb) {
handle->dlcb(filename, 0, ust.size);
curl_set_handle_opts(payload, curl, error_buffer);
if(localf == NULL) {
localf = fopen(payload->tempfile_name, payload->tempfile_openmode);
if(localf == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
}
while((nread = fetchIO_read(dlf, buffer, PM_DLBUF_LEN)) > 0) {
size_t nwritten = 0;
while(nwritten < nread) {
nwritten += fwrite(buffer, 1, (nread - nwritten), localf);
if(ferror(localf)) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error writing to file '%s': %s\n"),
destfile, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"opened tempfile for download: %s (%s)\n", payload->tempfile_name,
payload->tempfile_openmode);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_WRITEDATA, localf);
/* ignore any SIGPIPE signals- these may occur if our FTP socket dies or
* something along those lines. Store the old signal handler first. */
mask_signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN, &orig_sig_pipe);
mask_signal(SIGINT, &inthandler, &orig_sig_int);
/* perform transfer */
payload->curlerr = curl_easy_perform(curl);
/* disconnect relationships from the curl handle for things that might go out
* of scope, but could still be touched on connection teardown. This really
* only applies to FTP transfers. See FS#26327 for an example. */
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER, (char *)NULL);
/* was it a success? */
switch(payload->curlerr) {
case CURLE_OK:
/* get http/ftp response code */
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE, &respcode);
if(respcode >= 400) {
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
goto cleanup;
}
}
dl_thisfile += nread;
if(handle->dlcb) {
handle->dlcb(filename, dl_thisfile, ust.size);
}
break;
case CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK:
/* handle the interrupt accordingly */
if(dload_interrupted == ABORT_OVER_MAXFILESIZE) {
payload->curlerr = CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBCURL;
/* the hardcoded 'size exceeded' message is same as libcurl's normal */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
payload->remote_name, hostname, "Maximum file size exceeded");
}
goto cleanup;
default:
/* delete zero length downloads */
if(stat(payload->tempfile_name, &st) == 0 && st.st_size == 0) {
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
}
if(!payload->errors_ok) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBCURL;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
payload->remote_name, hostname, error_buffer);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n",
payload->remote_name, hostname, error_buffer);
}
goto cleanup;
}
/* did the transfer complete normally? */
if (nread == -1) {
/* not PM_ERR_LIBFETCH here because libfetch error string might be empty */
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s\n"),
filename, gethost(fileurl));
ret = -1;
/* retrieve info about the state of the transfer */
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_FILETIME, &remote_time);
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_DOWNLOAD, &remote_size);
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD, &bytes_dl);
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_CONDITION_UNMET, &timecond);
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL, &effective_url);
/* time condition was met and we didn't download anything. we need to
* clean up the 0 byte .part file that's left behind. */
if(timecond == 1 && DOUBLE_EQ(bytes_dl, 0)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "file met time condition\n");
ret = 1;
unlink(payload->tempfile_name);
goto cleanup;
}
if (ust.size != -1 && dl_thisfile < ust.size) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s appears to be truncated: %jd/%jd bytes\n"),
filename, (intmax_t)dl_thisfile, (intmax_t)ust.size);
ret = -1;
/* remote_size isn't necessarily the full size of the file, just what the
* server reported as remaining to download. compare it to what curl reported
* as actually being transferred during curl_easy_perform() */
if(!DOUBLE_EQ(remote_size, -1) && !DOUBLE_EQ(bytes_dl, -1) &&
!DOUBLE_EQ(bytes_dl, remote_size)) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s appears to be truncated: %jd/%jd bytes\n"),
payload->remote_name, (intmax_t)bytes_dl, (intmax_t)remote_size);
goto cleanup;
}
/* probably safer to close the file descriptors now before renaming the file,
* for example to make sure the buffers are flushed.
*/
fclose(localf);
localf = NULL;
fetchIO_close(dlf);
dlf = NULL;
if(payload->content_disp_name) {
/* content-disposition header has a better name for our file */
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->content_disp_name, "");
} else {
const char *effective_filename = strrchr(effective_url, '/');
if(effective_filename && strlen(effective_filename) > 2) {
effective_filename++;
/* if destfile was never set, we wrote to a tempfile. even if destfile is
* set, we may have followed some redirects and the effective url may
* have a better suggestion as to what to name our file. in either case,
* refactor destfile to this newly derived name. */
if(!payload->destfile_name || strcmp(effective_filename,
strrchr(payload->destfile_name, '/') + 1) != 0) {
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, effective_filename, "");
}
}
}
rename(tempfile, destfile);
ret = 0;
cleanup:
/* restore any existing SIGPIPE signal handler */
sigaction(SIGPIPE, &old_action, NULL);
FREE(tempfile);
FREE(destfile);
if(localf != NULL) {
fclose(localf);
utimes_long(payload->tempfile_name, remote_time);
}
if(dlf != NULL) {
fetchIO_close(dlf);
if(ret == 0) {
const char *realname = payload->tempfile_name;
if(payload->destfile_name) {
realname = payload->destfile_name;
if(rename(payload->tempfile_name, payload->destfile_name)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
payload->tempfile_name, payload->destfile_name, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
}
}
if(ret != -1 && final_file) {
STRDUP(*final_file, strrchr(realname, '/') + 1,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
}
}
fetchFreeURL(fileurl);
return(ret);
if((ret == -1 || dload_interrupted) && payload->unlink_on_fail &&
payload->tempfile_name) {
unlink(payload->tempfile_name);
}
/* restore the old signal handlers */
unmask_signal(SIGINT, orig_sig_int);
unmask_signal(SIGPIPE, orig_sig_pipe);
/* if we were interrupted, trip the old handler */
if(dload_interrupted) {
raise(SIGINT);
}
return ret;
}
#endif
static int download(const char *url, const char *localpath,
time_t mtimeold, time_t *mtimenew) {
/** Download a file given by a URL to a local directory.
* Does not overwrite an existing file if the download fails.
* @param payload the payload context
* @param localpath the directory to save the file in
* @param final_file the real name of the downloaded file (may be NULL)
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly if errors_ok == 0)
*/
int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
char **final_file)
{
alpm_handle_t *handle = payload->handle;
if(handle->fetchcb == NULL) {
#if defined(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD)
return(download_internal(url, localpath, mtimeold, mtimenew));
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
return curl_download_internal(payload, localpath, final_file);
#else
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
#endif
} else {
int ret = handle->fetchcb(url, localpath, mtimeold, mtimenew);
if(ret == -1) {
RET_ERR(PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
int ret = handle->fetchcb(payload->fileurl, localpath, payload->force);
if(ret == -1 && !payload->errors_ok) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
}
return(ret);
return ret;
}
}
/*
* Download a single file
* - if mtimeold is non-NULL, then only download the file if it's different
* than mtimeold.
* - if *mtimenew is non-NULL, it will be filled with the mtime of the remote
* file.
* - servers must be a list of urls WITHOUT trailing slashes.
*
* RETURN: 0 for successful download
* 1 if the mtimes are identical
* -1 on error
*/
int _alpm_download_single_file(const char *filename,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath,
time_t mtimeold, time_t *mtimenew)
/** Fetch a remote pkg. */
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *url)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int ret = -1;
ASSERT(servers != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
for(i = servers; i; i = i->next) {
const char *server = i->data;
char *fileurl = NULL;
int len;
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(filename) + 2;
CALLOC(fileurl, len, sizeof(char), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(fileurl, len, "%s/%s", server, filename);
ret = download(fileurl, localpath, mtimeold, mtimenew);
FREE(fileurl);
if(ret != -1) {
break;
}
}
return(ret);
}
int _alpm_download_files(alpm_list_t *files,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath)
{
int ret = 0;
alpm_list_t *lp;
for(lp = files; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *filename = lp->data;
if(_alpm_download_single_file(filename, servers,
localpath, 0, NULL) == -1) {
ret++;
}
}
return(ret);
}
/** Fetch a remote pkg.
* @param url URL of the package to download
* @return the downloaded filepath on success, NULL on error
* @addtogroup alpm_misc
*/
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(const char *url)
{
char *filename, *filepath;
char *filepath;
const char *cachedir;
char *final_file = NULL;
struct dload_payload payload;
int ret;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
filename = get_filename(url);
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
ASSERT(url, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
/* find a valid cache dir to download to */
cachedir = _alpm_filecache_setup();
cachedir = _alpm_filecache_setup(handle);
memset(&payload, 0, sizeof(struct dload_payload));
payload.handle = handle;
STRDUP(payload.fileurl, url, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
payload.allow_resume = 1;
/* download the file */
ret = download(url, cachedir, 0, NULL);
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &final_file);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
if(ret == -1) {
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_WARNING, _("failed to download %s\n"), url);
return(NULL);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("failed to download %s\n"), url);
free(final_file);
return NULL;
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "successfully downloaded %s\n", url);
/* attempt to download the signature */
if(ret == 0 && (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE)) {
char *sig_final_file = NULL;
size_t len;
len = strlen(url) + 5;
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s.sig", url);
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = 1;
payload.errors_ok = (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL);
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &sig_final_file);
if(ret == -1 && !payload.errors_ok) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("failed to download %s\n"), payload.fileurl);
/* Warn now, but don't return NULL. We will fail later during package
* load time. */
} else if(ret == 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"successfully downloaded %s\n", payload.fileurl);
}
FREE(sig_final_file);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "successfully downloaded %s\n", url);
/* we should be able to find the file the second time around */
filepath = _alpm_filecache_find(filename);
return(filepath);
filepath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, final_file);
free(final_file);
return filepath;
}
void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload)
{
ASSERT(payload, return);
FREE(payload->remote_name);
FREE(payload->tempfile_name);
FREE(payload->destfile_name);
FREE(payload->content_disp_name);
FREE(payload->fileurl);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* dload.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,14 +25,28 @@
#include <time.h>
#define PM_DLBUF_LEN (1024 * 10)
struct dload_payload {
alpm_handle_t *handle;
const char *tempfile_openmode;
char *remote_name;
char *tempfile_name;
char *destfile_name;
char *content_disp_name;
char *fileurl;
off_t initial_size;
off_t max_size;
off_t prevprogress;
int force;
int allow_resume;
int errors_ok;
int unlink_on_fail;
CURLcode curlerr; /* last error produced by curl */
};
int _alpm_download_single_file(const char *filename,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath,
time_t mtimeold, time_t *mtimenew);
void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload);
int _alpm_download_files(alpm_list_t *files,
alpm_list_t *servers, const char *localpath);
int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
char **final_file);
#endif /* _ALPM_DLOAD_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* error.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,136 +20,142 @@
#include "config.h"
/* TODO: needed for the libfetch stuff, unfortunately- we should kill it */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* the following two are needed on BSD for libfetch */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_SYSLIMITS_H)
#include <sys/syslimits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
#include <sys/param.h> /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
#endif
#if defined(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD)
#include <fetch.h> /* fetchLastErrString */
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
/* libalpm */
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerrorlast(void)
enum _alpm_errno_t SYMEXPORT alpm_errno(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
return alpm_strerror(pm_errno);
return handle->pm_errno;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(int err)
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
{
switch(err) {
/* System */
case PM_ERR_MEMORY:
case ALPM_ERR_MEMORY:
return _("out of memory!");
case PM_ERR_SYSTEM:
case ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM:
return _("unexpected system error");
case PM_ERR_BADPERMS:
case ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS:
return _("insufficient privileges");
case PM_ERR_NOT_A_FILE:
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_FILE:
return _("could not find or read file");
case PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR:
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR:
return _("could not find or read directory");
case PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS:
case ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS:
return _("wrong or NULL argument passed");
case ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE:
return _("not enough free disk space");
/* Interface */
case PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL:
return _("library not initialized");
case PM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL:
return _("library already initialized");
case PM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK:
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK:
return _("unable to lock database");
/* Databases */
case PM_ERR_DB_OPEN:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN:
return _("could not open database");
case PM_ERR_DB_CREATE:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE:
return _("could not create database");
case PM_ERR_DB_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NULL:
return _("database not initialized");
case PM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL:
return _("database already registered");
case PM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find database");
case PM_ERR_DB_WRITE:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID:
return _("invalid or corrupted database");
case ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG:
return _("invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature)");
case ALPM_ERR_DB_VERSION:
return _("database is incorrect version");
case ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE:
return _("could not update database");
case PM_ERR_DB_REMOVE:
case ALPM_ERR_DB_REMOVE:
return _("could not remove database entry");
/* Servers */
case PM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL:
case ALPM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL:
return _("invalid url for server");
case PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE:
case ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE:
return _("no servers configured for repository");
/* Transactions */
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL:
return _("transaction already initialized");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NULL:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NULL:
return _("transaction not initialized");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET:
return _("duplicate target");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED:
return _("transaction not initialized");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_PREPARED:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_PREPARED:
return _("transaction not prepared");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT:
return _("transaction aborted");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE:
return _("operation not compatible with the transaction type");
case PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED:
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED:
return _("transaction commit attempt when database is not locked");
/* Packages */
case PM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find or read package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED:
return _("operation cancelled due to ignorepkg");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID:
return _("invalid or corrupted package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM:
return _("invalid or corrupted package (checksum)");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG:
return _("invalid or corrupted package (PGP signature)");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN:
return _("cannot open package file");
case PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE:
return _("cannot remove all files for package");
case PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_NAME:
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_NAME:
return _("package filename is not valid");
case PM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND:
return _("no such repository");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH:
return _("package architecture is not valid");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find repository for target");
/* Signatures */
case ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING:
return _("missing PGP signature");
case ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID:
return _("invalid PGP signature");
/* Deltas */
case PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID:
case ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID:
return _("invalid or corrupted delta");
case PM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED:
case ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED:
return _("delta patch failed");
/* Dependencies */
case PM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS:
case ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS:
return _("could not satisfy dependencies");
case PM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS:
case ALPM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS:
return _("conflicting dependencies");
case PM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS:
case ALPM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS:
return _("conflicting files");
/* Miscellaenous */
case PM_ERR_RETRIEVE:
case ALPM_ERR_RETRIEVE:
return _("failed to retrieve some files");
case PM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX:
case ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX:
return _("invalid regular expression");
/* Errors from external libraries- our own wrapper error */
case PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE:
case ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE:
/* it would be nice to use archive_error_string() here, but that
* requires the archive struct, so we can't. Just use a generic
* error string instead. */
return _("libarchive error");
case PM_ERR_LIBFETCH:
#if defined(INTERNAL_DOWNLOAD)
return fetchLastErrString;
#else
/* obviously shouldn't get here... */
case ALPM_ERR_LIBCURL:
return _("download library error");
#endif
case PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD:
case ALPM_ERR_GPGME:
return _("gpgme error");
case ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD:
return _("error invoking external downloader");
/* Unknown error! */
default:

41
lib/libalpm/graph.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
* graph.c - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "graph.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
{
alpm_graph_t *graph = NULL;
CALLOC(graph, 1, sizeof(alpm_graph_t), return NULL);
return graph;
}
void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
{
alpm_graph_t *graph = data;
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
free(graph);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
/*
* graph.h - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,43 +16,27 @@
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_GRAPH_H
#define _ALPM_GRAPH_H
#include "config.h" /* ensure off_t is correct length */
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h" /* MALLOC() */
#include "alpm.h"
struct __pmgraph_t {
typedef struct __alpm_graph_t {
char state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
void *data;
off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
struct __pmgraph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
void *data;
struct __alpm_graph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
alpm_list_t *children;
alpm_list_t *childptr; /* points to a child in children list */
};
typedef struct __pmgraph_t pmgraph_t;
} alpm_graph_t;
static pmgraph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = NULL;
alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void);
void _alpm_graph_free(void *data);
MALLOC(graph, sizeof(pmgraph_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
if(graph) {
graph->state = 0;
graph->data = NULL;
graph->parent = NULL;
graph->children = NULL;
graph->childptr = NULL;
}
return(graph);
}
static void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
{
pmgraph_t *graph = data;
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
free(graph);
}
#endif /* _ALPM_GRAPH_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* group.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
/* libalpm */
@@ -31,22 +30,18 @@
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new(const char *name)
alpm_group_t *_alpm_group_new(const char *name)
{
pmgrp_t* grp;
alpm_group_t* grp;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CALLOC(grp, 1, sizeof(alpm_group_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(grp->name, name, free(grp); return NULL);
CALLOC(grp, 1, sizeof(pmgrp_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(grp->name, name, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return(grp);
return grp;
}
void _alpm_grp_free(pmgrp_t *grp)
void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(grp == NULL) {
return;
}
@@ -57,23 +52,4 @@ void _alpm_grp_free(pmgrp_t *grp)
FREE(grp);
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_name(const pmgrp_t *grp)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(grp != NULL, return(NULL));
return grp->name;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_grp_get_pkgs(const pmgrp_t *grp)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(grp != NULL, return(NULL));
return grp->packages;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* group.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,15 +22,8 @@
#include "alpm.h"
struct __pmgrp_t {
/** group name */
char *name;
/** list of pmpkg_t packages */
alpm_list_t *packages;
};
pmgrp_t *_alpm_grp_new(const char *name);
void _alpm_grp_free(pmgrp_t *grp);
alpm_group_t *_alpm_group_new(const char *name);
void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp);
#endif /* _ALPM_GROUP_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* handle.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <syslog.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "handle.h"
@@ -39,25 +39,17 @@
#include "trans.h"
#include "alpm.h"
/* global var for handle (private to libalpm) */
pmhandle_t *handle = NULL;
pmhandle_t *_alpm_handle_new()
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void)
{
pmhandle_t *handle;
alpm_handle_t *handle;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CALLOC(handle, 1, sizeof(alpm_handle_t), return NULL);
CALLOC(handle, 1, sizeof(pmhandle_t), RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
handle->lckfd = -1;
return(handle);
return handle;
}
void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle)
void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(handle == NULL) {
return;
}
@@ -72,6 +64,11 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle)
closelog();
}
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
/* release curl handle */
curl_easy_cleanup(handle->curl);
#endif
/* free memory */
_alpm_trans_free(handle->trans);
FREE(handle->root);
@@ -79,346 +76,365 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle)
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
FREE(handle->logfile);
FREE(handle->lockfile);
FREE(handle->arch);
FREE(handle->gpgdir);
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
FREELIST(handle->noextract);
FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
FREELIST(handle->ignoregrp);
FREELIST(handle->ignoregroup);
FREE(handle);
}
alpm_cb_log SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_logcb()
/** Lock the database */
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
int fd;
char *dir, *ptr;
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(handle->lckstream == NULL, return 0);
/* create the dir of the lockfile first */
dir = strdup(handle->lockfile);
ptr = strrchr(dir, '/');
if(ptr) {
*ptr = '\0';
}
if(_alpm_makepath(dir)) {
FREE(dir);
return -1;
}
FREE(dir);
do {
fd = open(handle->lockfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0000);
} while(fd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
if(fd >= 0) {
FILE *f = fdopen(fd, "w");
fprintf(f, "%ld\n", (long)getpid());
fflush(f);
fsync(fd);
handle->lckstream = f;
return 0;
}
return -1;
}
/** Remove a lock file */
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(handle->lckstream != NULL, return 0);
fclose(handle->lckstream);
handle->lckstream = NULL;
if(unlink(handle->lockfile) && errno != ENOENT) {
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
alpm_cb_log SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_logcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->logcb;
}
alpm_cb_download SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_dlcb()
alpm_cb_download SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_dlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->dlcb;
}
alpm_cb_fetch SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_fetchcb()
alpm_cb_fetch SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_fetchcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->fetchcb;
}
alpm_cb_totaldl SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
alpm_cb_totaldl SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_totaldlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->totaldlcb;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_root()
alpm_cb_event SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_eventcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->eventcb;
}
alpm_cb_question SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_questioncb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->questioncb;
}
alpm_cb_progress SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_progresscb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->progresscb;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_root(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->root;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbpath()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbpath(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->dbpath;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_cachedirs()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_cachedirs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->cachedirs;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_logfile()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->logfile;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_lockfile()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_lockfile(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->lockfile;
}
unsigned short SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usesyslog()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_gpgdir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return -1;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->gpgdir;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usesyslog(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
return handle->usesyslog;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noupgrades()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noupgrades(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->noupgrade;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noextracts()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noextracts(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->noextract;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->ignorepkg;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregrps()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
return handle->ignoregrp;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->ignoregroup;
}
unsigned short SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp()
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_arch(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return -1;
}
return handle->nopassiveftp;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->arch;
}
pmdb_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_localdb()
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usedelta(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
return handle->usedelta;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
return handle->checkspace;
}
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_localdb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->db_local;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_syncdbs()
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return NULL;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->dbs_sync;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logcb(alpm_cb_log cb)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_log cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->logcb = cb;
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dlcb(alpm_cb_download cb)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_download cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->dlcb = cb;
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_fetchcb(alpm_cb_fetch cb)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_fetchcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_fetch cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->fetchcb = cb;
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_totaldlcb(alpm_cb_totaldl cb)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_totaldlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_totaldl cb)
{
if (handle == NULL) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL;
return;
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->totaldlcb = cb;
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_root(const char *root)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_eventcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_event cb)
{
struct stat st;
char *realroot;
size_t rootlen;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(!root) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return(-1);
}
if(stat(root, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
return(-1);
}
realroot = calloc(PATH_MAX+1, sizeof(char));
if(!realpath(root, realroot)) {
FREE(realroot);
pm_errno = PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
return(-1);
}
/* verify root ends in a '/' */
rootlen = strlen(realroot);
if(realroot[rootlen-1] != '/') {
rootlen += 1;
}
if(handle->root) {
FREE(handle->root);
}
handle->root = calloc(rootlen + 1, sizeof(char));
strncpy(handle->root, realroot, rootlen);
handle->root[rootlen-1] = '/';
FREE(realroot);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'root' = %s\n", handle->root);
return(0);
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->eventcb = cb;
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dbpath(const char *dbpath)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_questioncb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_question cb)
{
struct stat st;
size_t dbpathlen, lockfilelen;
const char *lf = "db.lck";
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(!dbpath) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return(-1);
}
if(stat(dbpath, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
return(-1);
}
/* verify dbpath ends in a '/' */
dbpathlen = strlen(dbpath);
if(dbpath[dbpathlen-1] != '/') {
dbpathlen += 1;
}
if(handle->dbpath) {
FREE(handle->dbpath);
}
handle->dbpath = calloc(dbpathlen+1, sizeof(char));
strncpy(handle->dbpath, dbpath, dbpathlen);
handle->dbpath[dbpathlen-1] = '/';
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'dbpath' = %s\n", handle->dbpath);
if(handle->lockfile) {
FREE(handle->lockfile);
}
lockfilelen = strlen(handle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
handle->lockfile = calloc(lockfilelen, sizeof(char));
snprintf(handle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, lf);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'lockfile' = %s\n", handle->lockfile);
return(0);
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->questioncb = cb;
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_cachedir(const char *cachedir)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_progresscb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_progress cb)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->progresscb = cb;
return 0;
}
static char *canonicalize_path(const char *path) {
char *new_path;
size_t len;
/* verify path ends in a '/' */
len = strlen(path);
if(path[len - 1] != '/') {
len += 1;
}
CALLOC(new_path, len + 1, sizeof(char), return NULL);
strcpy(new_path, path);
new_path[len - 1] = '/';
return new_path;
}
enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
char **storage, int must_exist)
{
struct stat st;
char *real = NULL;
const char *path;
path = value;
if(!path) {
return ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
}
if(must_exist) {
if(stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
}
CALLOC(real, PATH_MAX, sizeof(char), return ALPM_ERR_MEMORY);
if(!realpath(path, real)) {
free(real);
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
}
path = real;
}
if(*storage) {
FREE(*storage);
}
*storage = canonicalize_path(path);
if(!*storage) {
return ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
}
free(real);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_cachedir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir)
{
char *newcachedir;
size_t cachedirlen;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
if(!cachedir) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return(-1);
}
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(cachedir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
/* don't stat the cachedir yet, as it may not even be needed. we can
* fail later if it is needed and the path is invalid. */
/* verify cachedir ends in a '/' */
cachedirlen = strlen(cachedir);
if(cachedir[cachedirlen-1] != '/') {
cachedirlen += 1;
newcachedir = canonicalize_path(cachedir);
if(!newcachedir) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
newcachedir = calloc(cachedirlen + 1, sizeof(char));
strncpy(newcachedir, cachedir, cachedirlen);
newcachedir[cachedirlen-1] = '/';
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_add(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir);
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'cachedir' = %s\n", newcachedir);
return(0);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'cachedir' = %s\n", newcachedir);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_cachedirs(alpm_list_t *cachedirs)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_cachedirs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *cachedirs)
{
if(handle->cachedirs) FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
if(cachedirs) handle->cachedirs = cachedirs;
alpm_list_t *i;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->cachedirs) {
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
}
for(i = cachedirs; i; i = i->next) {
int ret = alpm_option_add_cachedir(handle, i->data);
if(ret) {
return ret;
}
}
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_cachedir(const char *cachedir)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_cachedir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
char *newcachedir;
size_t cachedirlen;
/* verify cachedir ends in a '/' */
cachedirlen = strlen(cachedir);
if(cachedir[cachedirlen-1] != '/') {
cachedirlen += 1;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(cachedir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
newcachedir = canonicalize_path(cachedir);
if(!newcachedir) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
newcachedir = calloc(cachedirlen + 1, sizeof(char));
strncpy(newcachedir, cachedir, cachedirlen);
newcachedir[cachedirlen-1] = '/';
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir, &vdata);
FREE(newcachedir);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
return 1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(const char *logfile)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *logfile)
{
char *oldlogfile = handle->logfile;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(!logfile) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return(-1);
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return -1;
}
handle->logfile = strdup(logfile);
@@ -432,111 +448,186 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(const char *logfile)
fclose(handle->logstream);
handle->logstream = NULL;
}
_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'logfile' = %s\n", handle->logfile);
return(0);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'logfile' = %s\n", handle->logfile);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(unsigned short usesyslog)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_gpgdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *gpgdir)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(!gpgdir) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return -1;
}
if(handle->gpgdir) {
FREE(handle->gpgdir);
}
handle->gpgdir = strdup(gpgdir);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'gpgdir' = %s\n", handle->gpgdir);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(alpm_handle_t *handle, int usesyslog)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->usesyslog = usesyslog;
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noupgrade(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_add(handle->noupgrade, strdup(pkg));
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_list_t *noupgrade)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noupgrade)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->noupgrade) FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
if(noupgrade) handle->noupgrade = noupgrade;
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_strdup(noupgrade);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noupgrade, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
return 1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noextract(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noextract = alpm_list_add(handle->noextract, strdup(pkg));
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_list_t *noextract)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noextract)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->noextract) FREELIST(handle->noextract);
if(noextract) handle->noextract = noextract;
handle->noextract = alpm_list_strdup(noextract);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noextract = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noextract, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
return 1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignorepkg(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_add(handle->ignorepkg, strdup(pkg));
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->ignorepkg) FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
if(ignorepkgs) handle->ignorepkg = ignorepkgs;
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_strdup(ignorepkgs);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignorepkg, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
return 1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignoregrp(const char *grp)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
{
handle->ignoregrp = alpm_list_add(handle->ignoregrp, strdup(grp));
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_add(handle->ignoregroup, strdup(grp));
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignoregrps(alpm_list_t *ignoregrps)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignoregrps)
{
if(handle->ignoregrp) FREELIST(handle->ignoregrp);
if(ignoregrps) handle->ignoregrp = ignoregrps;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->ignoregroup) FREELIST(handle->ignoregroup);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_strdup(ignoregrps);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp(const char *grp)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
handle->ignoregrp = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignoregrp, grp, &vdata);
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignoregroup, grp, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return(1);
return 1;
}
return(0);
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp(unsigned short nopasv)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_arch(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *arch)
{
handle->nopassiveftp = nopasv;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->arch) FREE(handle->arch);
if(arch) {
handle->arch = strdup(arch);
} else {
handle->arch = NULL;
}
return 0;
}
void SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usedelta(unsigned short usedelta)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usedelta(alpm_handle_t *handle, int usedelta)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->usedelta = usedelta;
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, int checkspace)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->checkspace = checkspace;
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
handle->siglevel = level;
#else
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
}
#endif
return 0;
}
alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
return handle->siglevel;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* handle.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,49 +24,86 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "db.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "trans.h"
typedef struct _pmhandle_t {
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
#define EVENT(h, e, d1, d2) \
do { \
if((h)->eventcb) { \
(h)->eventcb(e, d1, d2); \
} \
} while(0)
#define QUESTION(h, q, d1, d2, d3, r) \
do { \
if((h)->questioncb) { \
(h)->questioncb(q, d1, d2, d3, r); \
} \
} while(0)
#define PROGRESS(h, e, p, per, n, r) \
do { \
if((h)->progresscb) { \
(h)->progresscb(e, p, per, n, r); \
} \
} while(0)
struct __alpm_handle_t {
/* internal usage */
pmdb_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync; /* List of (pmdb_t *) */
alpm_db_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync; /* List of (alpm_db_t *) */
FILE *logstream; /* log file stream pointer */
int lckfd; /* lock file descriptor if one exists */
pmtrans_t *trans;
FILE *lckstream; /* lock file stream pointer if one exists */
alpm_trans_t *trans;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
/* libcurl handle */
CURL *curl; /* reusable curl_easy handle */
#endif
/* callback functions */
alpm_cb_log logcb; /* Log callback function */
alpm_cb_download dlcb; /* Download callback function */
alpm_cb_totaldl totaldlcb; /* Total download callback function */
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
alpm_cb_event eventcb;
alpm_cb_question questioncb;
alpm_cb_progress progresscb;
/* filesystem paths */
char *root; /* Root path, default '/' */
char *dbpath; /* Base path to pacman's DBs */
char *logfile; /* Name of the log file */
char *lockfile; /* Name of the lock file */
char *gpgdir; /* Directory where GnuPG files are stored */
alpm_list_t *cachedirs; /* Paths to pacman cache directories */
/* package lists */
alpm_list_t *noupgrade; /* List of packages NOT to be upgraded */
alpm_list_t *noextract; /* List of files NOT to extract */
alpm_list_t *ignorepkg; /* List of packages to ignore */
alpm_list_t *ignoregrp; /* List of groups to ignore */
alpm_list_t *ignoregroup; /* List of groups to ignore */
/* options */
unsigned short usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
unsigned short nopassiveftp; /* Don't use PASV ftp connections */
unsigned short usedelta; /* Download deltas if possible */
} pmhandle_t;
int usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
char *arch; /* Architecture of packages we should allow */
int usedelta; /* Download deltas if possible */
int checkspace; /* Check disk space before installing */
alpm_siglevel_t siglevel; /* Default signature verification level */
/* global handle variable */
extern pmhandle_t *handle;
/* error code */
enum _alpm_errno_t pm_errno;
};
pmhandle_t *_alpm_handle_new();
void _alpm_handle_free(pmhandle_t *handle);
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void);
void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle);
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
char **storage, int must_exist);
#endif /* _ALPM_HANDLE_H */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* log.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,10 +22,7 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <time.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "log.h"
@@ -39,18 +36,16 @@
*/
/** A printf-like function for logging.
* @param handle the context handle
* @param fmt output format
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int ret;
va_list args;
ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return -1);
/* check if the logstream is open already, opening it if needed */
if(handle->logstream == NULL) {
@@ -58,18 +53,18 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...)
/* if we couldn't open it, we have an issue */
if(handle->logstream == NULL) {
if(errno == EACCES) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_BADPERMS;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
} else if(errno == ENOENT) {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
} else {
pm_errno = PM_ERR_SYSTEM;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM;
}
return(-1);
return -1;
}
}
va_start(args, fmt);
ret = _alpm_logaction(handle->usesyslog, handle->logstream, fmt, args);
ret = _alpm_logaction(handle, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
/* TODO We should add a prefix to log strings depending on who called us.
@@ -83,22 +78,21 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(char *fmt, ...)
* kpacman: "KPACMAN"
* This would allow us to share the log file between several frontends
* and know who does what */
return(ret);
return ret;
}
/** @} */
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, char *fmt, ...)
void _alpm_log(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_loglevel_t flag, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
alpm_cb_log logcb = alpm_option_get_logcb();
if(logcb == NULL) {
if(handle == NULL || handle->logcb == NULL) {
return;
}
va_start(args, fmt);
logcb(flag, fmt, args);
handle->logcb(flag, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* log.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,14 +22,8 @@
#include "alpm.h"
#ifdef PACMAN_DEBUG
/* Log funtion entry points if debugging is enabled */
#define ALPM_LOG_FUNC _alpm_log(PM_LOG_FUNCTION, "Enter %s\n", __func__)
#else
#define ALPM_LOG_FUNC
#endif
void _alpm_log(pmloglevel_t flag, char *fmt, ...) __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));
void _alpm_log(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_loglevel_t flag,
const char *fmt, ...) __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));
#endif /* _ALPM_LOG_H */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More